NUCO2 INC /FL
10-K, 1998-09-29
CHEMICALS & ALLIED PRODUCTS
Previous: NUCO2 INC /FL, NT 10-K, 1998-09-29
Next: DEVCAP TRUST, NSAR-B, 1998-09-29



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                              WASHINGTON, DC 20549



                                    FORM 10-K

                        FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS
                     PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(Mark One)
/ X/     ANNUAL  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO  SECTION  13 OR  15(d)  OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998

/  /     TRANSITION  REPORT  PURSUANT  TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934


For the transaction period from ___________ to ___________

                         Commission file number: 0-27378


                                   NUCO2 INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

          FLORIDA                                      65-0180800
- --------------------------------                   -----------------------------
(State or Other Jurisdiction of                    (I.R.S. Employer 
 Incorporation or Organization)                    Identification No.)

2800 S.E Market Place, Stuart, Florida                    34997
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)                (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:  (561) 221-1754

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

                                      None.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                          COMMON STOCK, $.001 PAR VALUE
                                (Title of Class)

            Indicate  by check mark  whether the  Registrant:  (1) has filed all
reports  required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the
Registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes /X/ No / /

            Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant
to  Item  405 of  Regulation  S-K is  not  contained  herein,  and  will  not be
contained,  to the  best of  Registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information  statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. /X/



                                                           (continued next page)
<PAGE>
            The  aggregate  market value at September  18, 1998 of shares of the
Registrant's  common  stock,  $.001 par value per share  (based upon the closing
price of $6.1875 per share of such stock on the Nasdaq  National  Market on such
date), held by  non-affiliates of the Registrant was approximately  $34,807,701.
Solely for the  purposes  of this  calculation,  shares  held by  directors  and
executive  officers of the Registrant have been excluded.  Such exclusion should
not be  deemed a  determination  or an  admission  by the  Registrant  that such
individuals are, in fact, affiliates of the Registrant.

            At September 18, 1998,  there were  outstanding  7,216,664 shares of
the Registrant's common stock, $.001 par value.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

            The  information  required by Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 of Part III is
incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  definitive proxy statement to be
filed not later than October 28, 1998 pursuant to Regulation 14A.



                                      -1-
<PAGE>
                                     PART I

1.          BUSINESS.

GENERAL

         NuCo2 Inc., a Florida corporation  organized in 1990 (together with its
subsidiaries, the "Company"), is the dominant national supplier of liquid carbon
dioxide ("bulk CO2") to retail  establishments such as restaurants,  convenience
stores,  taverns,  theaters,  theme  parks,  resorts and stadiums for use in the
carbonation and dispensing of fountain beverages.

         For the fiscal year ended June 30,  1998,  the Company had net sales of
approximately  $35.1  million,  compared  to net  sales of  approximately  $18.9
million for the fiscal  year ended June 30,  1997,  an  increase  of 85.2%.  The
Company  believes  that  earnings  before  interest,   taxes,  depreciation  and
amortization  ("EBITDA") is the principal financial measure by which the Company
should be measured as it continues to achieve  national  market  presence and to
build  route  density.  EBITDA  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1998 was
approximately $7.1 million, compared to EBITDA of approximately $4.1 million for
the fiscal year ended June 30, 1997,  with fourth  quarter fiscal 1998 net sales
and EBITDA setting record levels.

         Starting from its Florida base,  the Company,  through a combination of
internal  growth  and over 30  acquisitions,  expanded  its  service  area to 44
states,  operating 68 service and supply depots and  servicing  over 47,700 bulk
CO2 customers as of August 31, 1998. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998,
the Company  expanded  its service  area by 13 states and during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1997,  the Company  expanded  its service area by 12 states.  The
Company  services  most  of the  major  national  and  regional  restaurant  and
convenience store chains, movie theater operators and theme parks throughout the
continental  United  States  including  McDonald's,  Pizza Hut,  Kentucky  Fried
Chicken, Burger King, Checkers,  Chevy's,  7-Eleven, Circle K, EZ Serve, Conoco,
Carmike  Cinemas,  AMC  Theaters,  Friendly's  Restaurant,  Applebee's,  Cracker
Barrel,  Shoney's,  Inc., Hard Rock Cafe, Planet Hollywood,  Universal  Studios,
Walt Disney World, Raymond James Stadium and Pro Player Stadium.

         The Company offers its customers two principal  services:  a stationary
bulk CO2 system installed on the customer's  premises and routine filling of the
system  with bulk CO2 on a defined  schedule.  The bulk CO2  system  utilizes  a
cryogenic  vessel  that  preserves  carbon  dioxide in its liquid  form and then
converts the liquid product to gaseous carbon dioxide,  the necessary ingredient
for beverage carbonation.  Typically the bulk CO2 system is owned by the Company
and leased to the customer under a five year  noncancelable  contract,  although
some customers own their own bulk CO2 system.

         Carbon dioxide is universally  used for the  carbonation and dispensing
of fountain beverages.  In most instances,  carbon dioxide is presently supplied
to fountain  beverage users in the form of gas, which is transported  and stored
in high  pressure  cylinders.  The  Company's 44 state  service area enables the
Company to reach over 96% of  potential  CO2 beverage  users in the  continental
United  States.  The  Company  believes  that bulk CO2 systems  will  eventually
displace most high pressure  cylinders in the beverage CO2 market because from a
user's  perspective,  bulk CO2 systems  enjoy several  qualitative  and economic
advantages over high pressure cylinders,  and, therefore,  the bulk CO2 industry
presents  substantial  opportunity  for growth.  The Company  estimates  that it
currently  services  approximately  9,000 high  pressure CO2  customers and that
there is a total of approximately  800,000  potential  beverage CO2 users in the
United States.


<PAGE>
         The Company intends to continue to expand its bulk CO2 business through
a combination of internal growth, conversion of high pressure CO2 beverage users
and  acquisitions,  building  route  densities  in  order to  achieve  operating
economies of scale and profitability throughout its service area.

         In April 1997, the Company signed an agreement with MiCell Technologies
Inc.  ("MiCell") to be the exclusive United States and Canadian supplier of bulk
CO2  systems  and  liquid  carbon  dioxide to the  MiCell  customer  base in the
industrial  laundry and  professional  garment care industry (dry cleaning) that
will utilize the MiCare garment cleaning fluid system  technology  developed and
patented by MiCell.  This system  utilizes  carbon dioxide in  conjunction  with
non-toxic  cleaning  solutions.  MiCell  surfacants  allow  for a wide  range of
performance  in liquid CO2  systems,  that in  addition  to garment  care,  also
includes parts cleaning,  precision cleaning and textile  processing.  MiCell is
currently field testing its system and expects to commence  commercialization by
the end of 1998.

         In July 1997,  the  Company  reached  an  agreement  with  Geotechnical
Instruments,  Inc.  to be the  exclusive  distributor  in the  United  States of
stationary carbon dioxide detectors.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

            CO2 is  universally  used  for the  carbonation  and  dispensing  of
fountain  beverages.   The  Company  believes  that  bulk  CO2  technology  will
eventually displace most high pressure cylinders in the beverage CO2 market and,
therefore,  the bulk CO2 industry presents  substantial  opportunity for growth.
Major  restaurant  and  convenience  store  chains  continue  to adopt  this new
technology  and search for  qualified  suppliers  to install and  service  these
systems. Unlike high pressure cylinders,  which are typically changed when empty
and  transported  to the supplier's  depot for  refilling,  bulk CO2 systems are
permanently  installed at the customer's site and are kept charged by filling by
the  supplier  from a  specialized  bulk CO2 truck on a constant  "stay  filled"
basis. Advantages to users of bulk CO2 systems include enhanced safety, improved
beverage  quality and product  yields,  reduced  employee  handling and cylinder
storage  requirements,  and  elimination  of system  downtime and product  waste
during cylinder changeovers.

            Many types of businesses  compete in the beverage CO2 business,  and
market share is  fragmented.  High  pressure  cylinders and bulk CO2 service are
most frequently  provided by distributors of industrial  gases.  These companies
generally  provide a number of products  and  services  in addition to CO2,  and
often view bulk CO2 systems as  high-service  adjuncts  to their core  business.
Industrial gas distributors  generally have been reluctant to attempt to convert
their  cylinder  CO2  customers  to bulk CO2 systems for several  reasons,  that
include the capital  outlays  required to  purchase  the bulk CO2  systems,  the
idling  of  high  pressure   cylinders  and   associated   equipment,   and  the
inefficiencies  that would result from splitting their CO2 customer base between
two CO2  technologies.  Other  competitors  in the beverage  CO2 market  include
fountain supply companies and distributors of restaurant supplies and groceries,
which firms vary  greatly in size.  There are a number of small  companies  that
provide bulk CO2 service that operate on a local or regional  geographic  scope.
Many of these suppliers lack the capital  necessary to offer bulk CO2 systems to
customers on lease, or to purchase  additional or replacement  specialized  bulk
CO2 trucks and stationary depots.

            Management  believes that demand for bulk CO2 systems will be driven
by the safety,  product quality and other operating advantages afforded to users
by such systems, and the increasing  availability and acceptance within the food
and beverage  industry of bulk CO2 systems.  In addition,  the Company  believes
that,  other than the  Company,  qualified  suppliers of bulk CO2 systems do not
presently exist in many regions of the United States.

COMPETITIVE STRATEGY

            The central elements of the Company's  competitive  strategy are the
following:

            Focus on Bulk CO2 Market.  Unlike many of its  competitors  for whom
bulk CO2 is a secondary  service  line,  the  Company  has no material  lines of
business  at  present  other  than  the  provision  of bulk  CO2,  and  does not
anticipate  diversifying into other product or service lines. All aspects of the
Company's operations are guided by its focus on the bulk CO2 business, including
its selection of operating  equipment,  design of delivery  routes,  location of
depots,  structure of customer contracts,  content of employee training programs
and design of management  information and accounting systems. By restricting its
scope of activities to the bulk CO2 business,  and largely avoiding the dilution
of management time and Company resources that would be required by other service
lines,  the  Company  believes  it is able to  maximize  the level of service it
provides to its bulk CO2 customers.  The Company also believes that its focus on
this  product  line also  helps  minimize  operating  costs  through  the use of
equipment  dedicated  to bulk CO2  applications  and  through  the high level of
product experience held by its employees.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>
            Company  Owned  Equipment.  The Company  generally  places a Company
owned  bulk CO2  system on the  customer's  premises  under a  long-term  supply
contract.  This arrangement is often appealing to the customer since the Company
bears the initial  capital  cost of the  equipment  and  installation,  with the
customer  only facing a  predictable  and modest  monthly usage fee. The Company
believes that its ability to place its equipment on the customers premises helps
create customer loyalty.

            Long term Customer Contracts. The Company typically enters into five
year bulk CO2 system  lease  agreements  with its  customers.  Generally,  these
contracts are  classified as one of two types:  "budget plan" service  contracts
and "rental plus per pound charge" contracts. Pursuant to budget plan contracts,
customers  pay fixed  monthly  charges for the lease of a Company owned bulk CO2
system installed on the customer's premises and refills of bulk CO2 according to
a predetermined  schedule. The bulk CO2 is included in the monthly rental charge
up to a  predetermined  maximum annual  volume.  If the maximum annual volume is
exceeded, the customer is charged for additional bulk CO2 delivered. Pursuant to
rental  plus per pound  charge  contracts,  the  Company  also leases a bulk CO2
system to the customer, but the customer is charged on a per pound basis for all
bulk CO2 delivered.  In exchange for a noncancelable monthly charge, the Company
installs and rents to its customers a Company owned bulk CO2 system and, through
a delivery routing system, services the bulk CO2 system and supplies bulk CO2 to
the customer's  site on a regular basis.  Even with customers that own their own
bulk CO2 systems,  the Company seeks to arrange for multi-year supply contracts.
The Company believes that the use of long-term  contracts  provides  benefits to
both  itself and its  customers.  Customers  are able to largely  eliminate  CO2
supply interruptions and the need to operate CO2 equipment themselves, while the
contract adds stability to the Company's  revenue base.  After the expiration of
the initial  term of a contract,  the term of the  contract  continues in effect
until  either the Company or the  customer  notifies  the other of its desire to
terminate.  Generally,  the Company  has been  successful  contracting  with its
customers for a new long-term supply contract. To date, the Company's experience
has been that  contracts  roll-over  without a significant  portion of contracts
expiring without renewal in any one year. The largest number (approximately 40%)
of the Company's current contracts with customers expire by their terms in 2003.

            Capture  Advantages  of  Scale  and  Route  Density.  In many of its
current  markets the Company has  established  itself as the leading or dominant
supplier  of  bulk  CO2,  and  believes  it  enjoys  cost  advantages  over  its
competitors due to the greater density of the Company's route structure; a lower
average time and distance  traveled  between stops, and a lower average cost per
delivery.  Greater  scale  may also  lead to  better  vehicle  and  fixed  asset
utilization, as well as the ability to spread fixed marketing and administrative
costs over a broader revenue base.

            Superior Customer Service. The Company seeks to differentiate itself
through its attention to customer service.  Each bulk CO2 system serviced by the
Company  has a label with a  toll-free  help line for the  customer's  use.  The
Company has an advanced  dispatch and delivery system,  including the ability to
communicate by radio with route personnel at all times.  The Company responds to
service calls on a 24-hour,  seven day a week basis, and the experience level of
its  personnel  aids in the  resolution  of equipment  failures or other service
interruptions, whether or not caused by the Company's equipment. Recognizing the
public  visibility  of  its  customers,  the  Company  carefully  maintains  the
appearance of its vehicles and the professional image of its employees.

            Rapid Installation and Diverse  Configurations.  The bulk CO2 system
installed at the customer's site consists of a cryogenic  vessel for the storage
of liquid CO2 and related valves, regulators and gas lines. The Company operates
a fleet of 77 installation vehicles with dedicated installation personnel. A key
attribute in marketing  the Company's  services to  multi-unit  customers is its
ability to rapidly install bulk CO2 systems at customers' locations with minimal
disruption.  The Company  offers  systems  ranging  from 50 to 600 pounds of CO2
capacity.  With the recent  introduction  of the 50 pound capacity  system,  the
range of system  sizes  permits  the  Company to market its  services to a broad
range of potential customers.

            Attractive  Pricing to Customer.  The Company carefully monitors the
prices  offered in its markets by  providers  of high  pressure  CO2  cylinders.
Despite the  customer-level  advantages  of bulk CO2 systems over high  pressure
cylinders,  the Company generally prices its services comparably to the price of
high  pressure  cylinders.  This has  proved an  effective  inducement  to cause
customers to convert from cylinders to bulk CO2 systems.  When appropriate,  the
Company will adjust  pricing to meet local market  conditions  in order to build
route density.


                                      -3-
<PAGE>
GROWTH STRATEGY

            The  objective of the Company is to  strengthen  its position as the
dominant  national supplier of bulk CO2 systems for beverage  applications.  The
Company   intends  to  implement  its  strategy   through  (i)  internal  market
development  by which it builds route  densities  necessary to become the lowest
cost  operator  and (ii) a program of strategic  acquisitions,  by which it will
enter a new market area, or through tuck-in acquisitions whereby it consolidates
an underpenetrated existing market.

            Internal Market Development. The majority of growth is driven by the
conversion  of high  pressure  cylinder  CO2  users  to bulk  CO2  systems.  The
Company's  ability to drive  conversion  is  illustrated  by its  success in the
Florida  market,  where  it  continues  to  rapidly  add  new  bulk  CO2  system
installations,  even after  actively  marketing  in the state  since  1990.  The
Company's  internal  growth  initiatives   consist  of  marketing   multi-system
placements  to  corporate  and  franchised   operations  of  large   restaurant,
convenience  store and theater chains.  The Company's  relationships  with chain
customers in one geographic  market frequently help it to establish service with
these same chains when the Company expands to new markets. As the Company enters
a new market,  the Company may seek to  establish  an initial  presence  through
acquisition.  After  accessing the chain  accounts in a new market,  the Company
attempts  to  rapidly  build  route  density  by  leasing  bulk CO2  systems  to
independent restaurants, convenience stores and theaters.

            The  Company  believes  that  optimal  route  density is achieved at
approximately 350 accounts per bulk CO2 truck, and the Company typically employs
targeted  sales efforts to build density within an existing  route.  The Company
maintains  a  "hub  and  spoke"  route  structure  and  establishes   additional
stationary bulk CO2 depots as a service area expands through  geographic growth.
The Company's route density and market share is highest in Florida,  and is less
developed in the other areas where the Company  presently  has  operations.  The
Company's  entry to these states was  accomplished  largely by  acquisitions  of
businesses  with more thinly  developed  route networks than are typical for the
Company.  The  Company  expects to benefit  from  route  efficiencies  and other
economies of scale as it builds its customer  base in these states  through more
intensive internal marketing initiatives.

            Strategic  Acquisitions.  It has been the Company's  experience that
acquisition  opportunities on satisfactory terms have been regularly  available.
The Company  estimates that there are more than 100 distributors  throughout the
United  States  that  service   between  250  and  750  bulk  CO2  accounts  and
approximately  10  distributors  that  each  service  between  1,000  and  6,000
accounts,  many of which may represent attractive acquisition candidates for the
Company.  The Company has generally been able to acquire smaller distributors at
prices  near  their  asset  value.  Since this cost per system is similar to the
Company's internal installation costs, these acquisitions  represent an economic
means of  acquiring  accounts.  The  Company's  strategy is to acquire  bulk CO2
operations in strategic  markets in new territories,  as well as, target tuck-in
operations  that  can  be  easily  integrated  into  established  routes.  These
transactions  typically  involve the  purchase of  installed  bulk CO2  systems,
equipment  and  customer  lists and  require  little  additional  administrative
expense to operate. With these acquisitions,  all administrative  functions such
as billing,  dispatching and accounting are moved to the Company's  headquarters
in Stuart, Florida.


                                      -4-
<PAGE>
            As the Company  enters a new  market,  or  consolidates  an existing
market,  incumbent  bulk CO2  distributors  may be  willing  to be  acquired  on
satisfactory  terms for the following  reasons:  (i)  distributors  realize that
successful  competition  with the Company  will be  difficult if the Company has
already  achieved greater route density;  (ii) a distributor's  primary business
often is distribution of other industrial gases and welding supplies,  with bulk
CO2 not  representing  a key  service,  and a  reasonable  offer to  purchase  a
non-core   business  is  often   appealing;   (iii)  because  of  the  operating
efficiencies the Company brings to the accounts serviced, the accounts have more
value for the Company than for the seller;  (iv) a  distributor  may have little
opportunity for growth because of its inability to access capital; and (v) there
are few other credible buyers competing with the Company.

MARKETING AND CUSTOMERS

            The Company  markets its bulk CO2 systems to large customers such as
restaurant  and  convenience  store chains,  movie  theater  operators and theme
parks. The Company's  customers  include most of the major national and regional
chains  throughout the United States.  The Company  approaches large chains on a
corporate  or regional  level for approval to become the  exclusive  supplier of
bulk CO2 on a national basis or within a designated territory.  The Company then
directs  its sales  efforts  to the  managers  or owners  of the  individual  or
franchised operating units. Whereas the large chains offer immediate penetration
on a national or regional  basis,  the small  operators are  important  accounts
because they provide geographic density which optimizes delivery  efficiency and
reduces  cost on a per  customer  basis.  The  introduction  of smaller bulk CO2
systems (50 and 100 pound capacity  vessels),  which the Company helped develop,
allows the Company to penetrate the market for lower volume users of CO2 such as
mall-based food courts, small restaurants and mass-market retailers.

            As of August 31,  1998,  the  Company  distributed  bulk CO2 to over
47,700  customers,  none of which  accounted  for more than 5% of the  Company's
fiscal 1998 net sales. The Company has negotiated multi-system placements or CO2
supply  contracts  with numerous  customers,  including  McDonald's,  Pizza Hut,
Kentucky Fried Chicken,  Burger King, Checkers,  Chevy's,7-Eleven,  Circle K, EZ
Serve, Conoco, Carmike Cinemas, AMC Theaters, Friendly's Restaurant, Applebee's,
Cracker Barrel,  Shoney's,  Inc., Hard Rock Cafe,  Planet  Hollywood,  Universal
Studios,  Walt Disney World , Raymond James Stadium and Pro Player Stadium.  The
Company's relationships with chain customers in one geographic market frequently
help it establish service with these same chains when the Company expands to new
markets.  After  accessing  the chain  accounts  in a new  market,  the  Company
attempts  to  rapidly  build  route  density  by  leasing  bulk CO2  systems  to
independent restaurants, convenience stores and theaters.

            The Company also  supplies  high  pressure  gases in cylinder  form,
including  CO2,  helium and nitrogen.  The Company  estimates  that it currently
services  approximately  9,000 high  pressure CO2  customers,  most of whom were
either  customers of acquired  companies or are low volume users for which it is
not economical to convert to bulk CO2 systems. However, with the introduction of
50 and 100 pound capacity bulk CO2 systems,  the Company  anticipates  that many
low volume users will convert from high pressure cylinders.  Helium and nitrogen
are mostly  supplied to existing  bulk  customers  in  connection  with  filling
balloons and dispensing beer, respectively.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>
OPERATIONS

            As of August 31, 1998, the Company  operated 68 bulk CO2 service and
supply depots located  throughout its service area and operates 153  specialized
bulk CO2 trucks,  77  installation  and service  vehicles  and 17 high  pressure
cylinder  delivery  trucks.  Each  specialized  bulk CO2 truck  covers up to 350
accounts,  depending on market density,  refilling customer systems on a regular
schedule.  All delivery  quantities are measured by flow meters installed on the
Company's  tank  trucks.  This  information  is then loaded  onto the  Company's
centralized  billing  system,  which is  maintained  on an IBM AS/400  computer.
Service and supply  depots are equipped with large storage tanks (up to 40 tons)
which receive liquefied CO2 from large capacity tanker trucks and from which the
Company's bulk CO2 trucks refill for delivery to customers.  In most cases,  the
tank is accessible from the outside of the establishment.

            The Company has a record of timely bill  collections,  with accounts
receivable  historically  averaging 37 days of sales. The Company attributes its
successful  collection  history to several  factors:  (i) the Company  generates
invoices  immediately  after  delivery;  (ii) since fountain soda is generally a
highly  profitable  item,  customers are less likely to risk their CO2 supply by
not paying  their  bills;  (iii) the  Company  performs  continuous  proprietary
account  monitoring and may interrupt service to those customers that are behind
on their  accounts;  and  (iv)  the use of a  locking  device  on the fill  port
prevents customers from receiving bulk CO2 from other sources while bills to the
Company remain unpaid.

            All dispatch and billing  functions are conducted from the Company's
corporate  headquarters,  with route drivers,  installers and service  personnel
operating from the Company's depots.

BULK CO2 SUPPLY

            Bulk CO2 is currently a readily available commodity product which is
processed and sold by various sources.  In May 1997, the Company entered into an
exclusive ten year carbon dioxide supply agreement with The BOC Group, Inc. (the
"BOC CO2 Supply  Agreement").  The agreement  provides readily  available,  high
quality  CO2 as  well  as  relatively  stable  bulk  carbon  dioxide  prices  at
competitive levels.

BULK CO2 SYSTEMS

            The Company  purchases  new bulk CO2 systems from  Minnesota  Valley
Engineering,   Inc.  and   Taylor-Wharton   Cryogenics  (a  division  of  Harsco
Corporation), the two major manufacturers. The Company believes that it has been
the  largest  single  purchaser  of bulk  CO2  systems  from  the two  principal
manufacturers  combined.  The Company  purchases  vessels in six sizes (50, 100,
250,  300,  400 or 600 lbs.)  depending on the CO2 needs of its  customers.  The
Company's vessels are vacuum insulated containers with extremely high insulation
characteristics  allowing  the storage of CO2, in its liquid  form,  at very low
temperatures.  The vessels  operate under low pressure,  are fully automatic and
require no electricity.  The service life of the Company's  vessels,  based upon
manufacturers'   estimates,   is  expected  to  exceed  20  years  with  minimal
maintenance.

            The  Company's   in-house   service   department   coordinates   all
installations  and repairs of  equipment.  In addition to the normal single unit
bulk CO2 system installation,  the Company has performed many complex multi-unit
installations  in  stadiums  (e.g.,  Pro Players  Stadium  and Miami  Arena) and
amusement parks (e.g. Universal Studios).  These installations  involve erecting
custom-designed  piping  systems  to link bulk CO2  systems  situated  in remote


                                      -6-
<PAGE>
locations.  The Company's strong technical  capabilities  represent an important
competitive  advantage and have often  resulted in the  equipment  manufacturers
consulting with the Company on product modifications.

TRADEMARKS

            "NuCo2(R)"  is a registered  trademark  of the Company.  The Company
markets its services utilizing the "NuCo2(R)" trademark.

REGULATORY MATTERS

            The business of the Company is subject to federal and state laws and
regulations adopted for the protection of the environment, the health and safety
of employees and users of the Company's products. The transportation of bulk CO2
is subject to regulation by various federal, state and local agencies, including
the U.S. Department of Transportation.  These regulatory  authorities have broad
powers,  and the Company is subject to regulatory and  legislative  changes that
can affect the  economics  of the  industry by  requiring  changes in  operating
practices or by influencing the demand for, and the costs of providing services.
In addition,  the Company voluntarily complies with applicable safety standards.
Management  believes that the Company is in compliance in all material  respects
with all such laws,  regulations and standards  currently in effect and that the
cost of compliance with such laws,  regulations and standards has not and is not
anticipated to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

COMPETITION

            The Company  competes with other  distributors  of bulk CO2 and high
pressure CO2, including several regional  industrial gas distributors,  numerous
small  independent   operators  and  distributors  of  restaurant  supplies  and
groceries.  Bulk CO2 systems  typically are serviced by  industrial  and welding
supply  companies,  specialty gas  distributors  and fountain supply  companies.
These  suppliers range widely in size.  Some of the Company's  competitors  have
significantly  greater  financial,  technical  or marketing  resources  than the
Company. The Company believes that its ability to compete depends on a number of
factors, including price, product quality, availability and reliability,  credit
terms, name recognition, delivery time and post-sale service and support.

EMPLOYEES

            At June 30, 1998 the Company had 451  full-time  employees,  of whom
147 were involved in an executive,  marketing or administrative capacity, 214 of
whom were  route  drivers  and 90 of whom were in  installation  functions.  The
Company considers its relationship with its employees to be good.

SEASONALITY

            Of the Company's over 46,000 bulk CO2 customers, as of June 30, 1998
approximately  8,300 were  billed  utilizing  a "rental  plus per pound  charge"
program.  Additionally,  6,800  accounts  use their own bulk CO2 systems and are
billed by the pound for bulk CO2 delivered. Customers purchasing bulk CO2 by the
pound will tend to consume less CO2 in the winter  months and the  Company's net
sales  to such  customers  will be  correspondingly  lower  in  times of cold or
inclement weather.

BACKLOG

            As of June 30,  1998,  the  Company  had a backlog of  approximately
2,500 orders for its budget plan service.

2.          PROPERTIES.

            The Company's corporate  headquarters are located in a 32,400 square
foot  facility  in  Stuart,   Florida.  This  facility  accommodates  corporate,
administrative,  marketing,  sales  and  warehouse  space.  Annual  rent for the
facility is $237,175.  As of August 31, 1998, the Company also leased liquid CO2
service and supply depots at 68 locations in 35 states.  The properties on which
such  facilities are located are leased on terms  consistent with market rentals
prevailing  in the  location's  area.  The Company  believes  that its  existing
facilities are adequate for its current needs and that additional  facilities in
its service area are available to meet future needs.


                                      -7-
<PAGE>
3.          LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

            The Company is involved from time to time in  litigation  arising in
the ordinary  course of  business,  none of which is expected to have a material
adverse  effect on the  financial  condition  or  results of  operations  of the
Company.

4.          SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

            Not applicable.



                                      -8-
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

5.        MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

            The Common  Stock  trades on the Nasdaq  National  Market  under the
symbol "NUCO".

            The  following  table sets  forth,  for the periods  indicated,  the
highest  and lowest bid  quotations  for the Common  Stock,  as  reported by the
Nasdaq National Market. The prices reported reflect inter-dealer prices, without
retail   mark-up,   mark-down  or   commission,   and  may  not  reflect  actual
transactions.


CALENDAR 1996                           HIGH                       LOW
- -------------                           ----                       ---
Third Quarter                            31                       19 1/2
Fourth Quarter                           22                       11 1/4

CALENDAR 1997
First Quarter                            17 5/8                   11
Second Quarter                           18 3/8                   11 7/8
Third Quarter                            18 1/4                   14 3/8
Fourth Quarter                           16 1/8                   10 1/4

CALENDAR 1998
First Quarter                            13 3/4                   10 1/2
Second Quarter                           13 1/4                    9 7/8

            At June 30, 1998, there were  approximately 196 holders of record of
the Company's Common Stock. This number does not include an indeterminate number
of shareholders whose shares are held by brokers in "street name."

            The  Company  has not paid any cash  dividends  on the Common  Stock
since its inception and the Board of Directors does not anticipate declaring any
cash  dividends  on the Common  Stock in the  foreseeable  future.  The  Company
currently  intends to utilize any earnings it may achieve for the development of
its  business and working  capital  purposes.  In addition,  the payment of cash
dividends  on the Common  Stock is  restricted  by  financial  covenants  in the
Company's   credit  facility  with  SunTrust  Bank,   South  Florida,   National
Association and 12% Senior Subordinated Notes due October 31, 2004.

6.          SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA.

            The Selected Consolidated Financial Data set forth below reflect the
historical results of operations,  financial condition and operating data of the
Company for the periods  indicated  and should be read in  conjunction  with the
consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere
herein.



                                      -9-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                   Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
                                                                                   --------------------------

                                                                  1998            1997           1996         1995            1994
                                                                  ----            ----           ----         ----            ----
                                                                     (in thousands, except per share amounts and Operating Data)

INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
<S>                                                            <C>             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>      
Net sales..............................................        $  35,077       $ 18,944      $  11,966     $  6,062      $   4,221
Cost of products sold..................................           18,578          8,992          5,177        2,503          1,897
Selling, general and administrative expenses...........            9,396          5,859          3,066        1,448          1,093
Depreciation and amortization..........................            8,912          4,246          2,417        1,380            803
                                                               ---------       --------      ---------     --------      ---------

Operating income (loss)................................           (1,809)          (153)         1,305          731            428
Interest expense, net..................................            3,639           (681)         1,258        1,264            953
Other expenses.........................................            -               -              -            -               145
                                                               ---------       --------      ---------     --------      ---------

Income (loss) before extraordinary item................           (5,448)           527             47         (533)          (670)
Extraordinary item.....................................              187          -                860         -              -
                                                               ---------       --------      ---------     --------      ---------

Net income (loss)......................................           (5,635)           527           (813)        (533)          (670)

Dividends on Preferred Stock...........................             -              -              (111)        -              -
                                                               ---------       --------      ----------    --------      ---------

Net income (loss)......................................        $  (5,635)      $    527      $    (924)    $   (533)     $    (670)
                                                               ==========      ========       =========     ========      =========

Income (loss) per common share before
      extraordinary item...............................        $   (0.75)      $    .07      $    (.02)    $   (.17)
Extraordinary item.....................................            (0.03)          -              (.19)        -
                                                               ---------       --------      ----------    --------
Net income (loss) per common share                             $   (0.78)      $    .07      $    (.21)    $   (.17)

Weighted average shares outstanding....................            7,210          7,318          4,500        3,379

OTHER DATA:
EBITDA (1).............................................        $   7,103       $  4,093      $   3,722     $  2,111      $   1,231


OPERATING DATA:
Company owned bulk CO2 systems serviced:
      Beginning of period..............................           21,919         12,884          7,967        4,237          2,558
      New installations, net...........................            9,446          5,817          3,337        1,703          1,329
      Acquisitions.....................................            7,930          3,218          1,580        2,027            350
                                                               ---------      ---------      ---------     --------      ---------
Total Company owned bulk CO2 systems serviced:.........           39,295         21,919         12,884        7,967          4,237
Customer owned bulk CO2 systems serviced...............            6,800          4,800          2,900        2,300
                                                               ---------      ---------      ---------     --------
Total bulk CO2 systems serviced........................           46,095         26,719         15,784       10,267
Service and supply depots..............................               65             38             24           15              7

BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents..............................              337         11,673         43,001          562             58
Total assets...........................................          124,498         73,344         74,633       21,143          9,864
Total debt (including short-term debt).................           59,328          9,546         10,844       17,391          9,369
Total shareholders' equity (deficit)...................           55,643         60,702         60,684          743           (724)
</TABLE>

- ---------------------
(1)   EBITDA  represents  operating income plus  depreciation and  amortization.
      Information  regarding  EBITDA is presented  because of its use by certain
      investors  as one  measure of an issuer's  ability to generate  cash flow.
      EBITDA  should not be  considered an  alternative  to, or more  meaningful
      than,  operating  income or cash flows  from  operating  activities  as an
      indicator of an issuer's operating performance.


                                      -10-
<PAGE>
7.          MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND
            RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

            This Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties.  The Company's actual results could differ  materially from those
anticipated  in these  forward-looking  statements.  Factors that may cause such
differences  include,  but are not limited to, the Company's  expansion into new
markets, competition,  technological advances, Year 2000 issues and availability
of managerial personnel.

OVERVIEW

            At June 30, 1998 the Company  leased  approximately  39,300 bulk CO2
systems to its customers,  principally pursuant to five year noncancelable lease
contracts.  These customers include restaurants,  convenience stores,  theaters,
taverns and other businesses  which dispense  carbonated  beverages.  Generally,
these  contracts  are  classified  as one of two  types:  "budget-plan"  service
contracts and "rental plus per pound charge" contracts.  Pursuant to budget plan
service  contracts,  customers  pay a fixed  monthly  charge  for the lease of a
Company owned bulk CO2 system  installed on the customer's  premises and refills
of bulk CO2 according to a predetermined  schedule.  The bulk CO2 is included in
the monthly rental charge up to a  predetermined  maximum annual volume.  If the
maximum annual volume is exceeded,  the customer is charged for additional  bulk
CO2 delivered.  Pursuant to rental plus per pound charge contracts,  the Company
also leases a bulk CO2 system to the customer,  but the customer is charged on a
per pound basis for all bulk CO2 delivered.  The Company's  contracts  generally
provide for price increases based upon increases in the consumer price index.

            The Company  provides some services  besides those offered under the
above two types of contracts.  As of June 30, 1998,  the Company  provided "fill
only" service to approximately 6,800 customers.

            As  of  June  30,  1998,   approximately  15,100  of  the  Company's
approximately  46,100 bulk CO2 customers  were billed on a per pound basis which
varies with the quantity of bulk CO2  delivered.  These  customers  will tend to
consume less CO2 in the winter months, and this may cause the Company's revenues
and  earnings  for its  fiscal  quarters  ending  in  December  and  March to be
relatively lower than for its other quarters. As of June 30, 1998, approximately
31,000 of the Company's approximately 46,100 bulk CO2 customers were billed at a
flat monthly rate which generally does not vary throughout the year.

            The  Company's  installed  base of bulk CO2  systems  has  increased
through internally  generated new customers and through  acquisitions.  As route
density increases,  route profitability  increases as the fixed costs associated
with the  route are  spread  over a larger  revenue  base.  Since the  Company's
inception in February 1990 to June 30, 1998,  approximately 23,800 Company owned
bulk CO2 systems have been installed and approximately  21,800 customer accounts
have been acquired through 35 acquisitions.

            The Company  intends to continue to grow  through a  combination  of
internal growth and acquisitions.  The Company requires  significant  capital to
purchase and install bulk CO2 systems at  customers'  locations  and to grow the
network of service  and supply  depots and  specialized  CO2  delivery  vehicles
required to service these  installations.  Once  installed,  however,  there are
minimal additional capital requirements for bulk CO2 systems in service, and the
Company has generally experienced  significant positive cash flows on a per-unit
basis,  represented by per-unit  operating income adjusted for per-unit non-cash
charges for  depreciation  and  amortization.  The Company  believes its current
installed  base of bulk CO2 systems is stable,  partly due to the  existence  of
long-term contracts with its customers. In fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998, less than
5% of Company owned bulk CO2 systems  experienced service  termination.  Service
termination is typically caused by restaurant closure. Affected bulk CO2 systems
are either removed and  reconditioned  for use with other customers,  or left in
place  when  prospects  for a new  restaurant  in the same  location  are deemed
favorable.

GENERAL

            Under the budget plan, the Company's net sales consist of charges to
customers  for the use of Company  owned bulk CO2  systems  and a  predetermined
quantity  of liquid CO2. On customer  invoices,  the Company  does not  separate
charges for equipment use from charges for liquid CO2  delivered;  customers are
presented  with a single  amount  payable.  Customers  are  invoiced  monthly in
advance of services  rendered.  For  customers  on rental plus per pound  charge
contracts,  invoices are broken down into the two respective services,  with the
charge for liquid CO2 supply  varying with the amount  delivered.


                                      -11-
<PAGE>
The Company's net sales also include  revenues  received from customers to which
it supplies only CO2 refill services, based on the amount delivered.

            Cost of  products  sold is  comprised  of  purchased  CO2 and labor,
vehicle and depot costs  associated  with the Company's  storage and delivery of
bulk CO2 to customers.  Selling,  general and administrative expenses consist of
salaries,  dispatch  and  communications  costs,  and expenses  associated  with
marketing, administration, accounting and employee training. Consistent with the
capital  intensive  character of its business,  the Company  incurs  significant
depreciation  and  amortization  expenses.  These stem from the  depreciation of
Company owned bulk CO2 systems;  depreciation  and  amortization  of bulk system
installation  costs;  amortization  of sales  commissions,  and  amortization of
goodwill, deferred financing costs and other intangible assets.

            With respect to bulk CO2 systems, the Company only capitalizes costs
that are  associated  with specific  successful  placements of such systems with
customers under  noncancelable  contracts and which would not be incurred by the
Company  but for a  successful  placement.  All  other  service,  marketing  and
administrative costs are expensed as incurred.  Capitalized  component parts and
direct  costs  associated  with  installation  of bulk CO2  equipment  leased to
customers was approximately $3.2 million,  $6.3 million and $12.4 million at the
end of fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998,  respectively.  Depreciation and amortization
expense related to capitalized  component parts and direct costs associated with
installation was  approximately  $406,000,  $924,000 and $1.8 million for fiscal
1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

            The Company  believes  EBITDA is useful as a means of measuring  the
growth and earning power of its  business.  In addition,  the Company's  current
bank credit  facility  utilizes  EBITDA for its formal  calculation of financial
leverage,  affecting the amount of funds  available to the Company for borrowing
under such credit facility. EBITDA represents operating income plus depreciation
and amortization.  Information  regarding EBITDA is presented because of its use
by certain investors as one measure of a corporation's  ability to generate cash
flow.  EBITDA  should not be considered an  alternative  to, or more  meaningful
than,  operating income or cash flows from operating  activities as an indicator
of a corporation's  operating performance.  EBITDA excludes significant costs of
doing business and should not be considered in isolation from GAAP measures.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

            The  following  table sets  forth,  for the periods  indicated,  the
percentage relationship which the various items bear to net sales:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                              -------------------
                                                                                     1998            1997              1996
                                                                                     ----            ----              ----

Income Statement Data:

<S>                                                                                 <C>              <C>               <C>
Net sales..............................................                             100.0%           100.0%            100.0%

Cost of products sold..................................                              53.0             47.5              43.3

Selling, general and administrative expenses...........                              26.8             30.9              25.6

Depreciation and amortization..........................                              25.4             22.4              20.2
                                                                                 --------           ------            ------
Operating income (loss)................................                              (5.2)             (.8)             10.9

Interest expense (income)..............................                              10.4             (3.6)             10.5
                                                                                 --------           -------           ------
Income (loss) before extraordinary item................                             (15.6)             2.8                .4

Extraordinary item.....................................                                .5               --              (7.2)
                                                                                 --------           -------           ------

Net income (loss)......................................                             (16.1%)            2.8%             (6.8%)
                                                                                 =========           =====            =======
Other Data:

   EBITDA..............................................                              20.3%            21.6%             31.1%
                                                                                 =========           =====            =======
</TABLE>

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997

            Net sales increased $16.1 million,  or 85.2%,  from $18.9 million in
fiscal 1997 to $35.1 million in fiscal 1998.  Approximately  $6.1 million of the
increase  represented net sales from the 15 acquisitions  during the fiscal year
ended June 30,  1998.  In addition,  approximately  $2.9 million of the increase
represented  net sales from the nine  acquisitions  during fiscal 1997 which are
included  for the full year in fiscal  1998 as  compared  to from their dates of
acquisition in fiscal 1997. At June 30, 1998,  there were  approximately  39,300
Company  owned  bulk  systems  in  service,  an  increase  of  17,400  over  the
approximately  21,900 Company owned bulk systems in service at the end of fiscal
1997.  Of such  increase,  approximately  7,900  resulted from  acquisitions  of
businesses  completed  during fiscal 1998 and the remaining  9,500 resulted from
internal marketing  efforts.  Increases in net sales due to price increases were
insignificant.

            Cost of products sold increased by $9.6 million from $9.0 million in
fiscal 1997 to $18.6  million in fiscal 1998,  and  increased as a percentage of
net sales from 47.5% in fiscal 1997 to 53.0% in fiscal 1998.  This  increase was
attributable to the expansion of the Company into new territories.  Fully loaded
route drivers increased by $3.2 million from $3.0 million in fiscal 1997 to $6.2
million in fiscal 1998, and increased as a percentage of net sales from 16.0% to
17.7%.  The number of depots  operated by the Company at June 30, 1998 increased
to 65, compared to 38 at June 30, 1997. Rent expense and utilities  increased by
$850,000  from  $729,000  in fiscal  1997 to $1.6  million in fiscal  1998,  and
increased as a percentage of net sales from 3.8% to 4.5%. Auto and truck expense
increased  by $1.5  million  from $1.5 million in fiscal 1997 to $3.0 million in
fiscal 1998 and increased as a percentage  of net sales from 7.8% to 8.5%.  When
the  Company  opens new  depots  and  expands  into new  markets,  higher  costs
expressed  as a  percentage  of net sales are  incurred  until route  density is
achieved.  The  Company  typically  services  approximately  350  customers  per
delivery vehicle in its mature markets.  In new territories,  a delivery vehicle
can initially service as few as 100 customers.

            Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  by $3.5
million from $5.9  million in fiscal 1997 to $9.4  million in fiscal  1998,  and
decreased  as a  percentage  of net sales from 30.9% in fiscal  1997 to 26.8% in
fiscal 1998.  The dollar  increase was primarily  attributable  to growth in the
number of marketing and administrative  personnel and their associated expenses,
as well as the costs of expanding  the  Company's  geographic  areas of service.
Fully loaded marketing, administrative and executive personnel increased by $2.4
million from $3.2  million in fiscal 1997 to $5.6  million in fiscal  1998,  and
decreased  as a  percentage  of net sales from 16.9% in fiscal  1997 to 16.1% in
fiscal 1998. The percentage  decrease is  attributable to economies of scale. At
June 30, 1997 the Company had  operations  in 30 states and at the end of fiscal
1998, the Company had operations in 43 states.

            Depreciation  and  amortization  increased by $4.7 million from $4.2
million in fiscal 1997 to $8.9  million in fiscal 1998.  As a percentage  of net
sales, such expense increased from 22.4% in fiscal 1997 to 25.4% in fiscal 1998.
Depreciation  expense increased by $2.9 million from $3.1 million in fiscal 1997
to $6.0  million in fiscal  1998  principally  due to the  increase  in bulk CO2
systems leased to customers. As a percentage of net sales,  depreciation expense
increased  from  16.5% in  fiscal  1997 to 17.2% in  fiscal  1998.  Amortization
expense  increased  by $1.8  million  from $1.1  million in fiscal  1997 to $2.9
million in fiscal 1998 primarily due to the increase in amortization of deferred
lease   acquisition  costs  and  goodwill  and  customer  lists  resulting  from
acquisitions.  As a percentage of net sales, amortization expense increased from
5.9% in fiscal 1997 to 8.2% in fiscal 1998.

            Net  interest  income in fiscal  1997 was  $681,000  compared to net
interest expense in fiscal 1998 of $3.6 million.  This change is attributable to
the decreased  level of cash and cash  equivalents  and the  increased  level of
long-term and subordinated debt in fiscal 1998 as compared to fiscal 1997.

            During  fiscal  1998,  the  Company  wrote-off  $187,000 of deferred
financing costs related to its NationsBank credit facility which was replaced by
a new syndicated bank group facility led by SunTrust Bank.

            For the reasons  described above, the Company's net income in fiscal
1997 was $527,000  compared to a net loss of $5.6  million in fiscal  1998.  The
Company has made no  provision  for income tax expense in either  fiscal 1997 or
fiscal 1998 due to its historical net losses.  At June 30, 1998, the Company had
net  operating  loss  carryforwards  for  federal  income tax  purposes of $26.2
million,  which are available to offset future  federal  taxable  income through
2013.
            For the reasons described above,  EBITDA increased from $4.1 million
in fiscal 1997 to $7.1 million in fiscal 1998,  but decreased as a percentage of
net sales from 21.6% to 20.3%.


                                      -13-
<PAGE>
FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO FISCAL YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996

            Net sales  increased $7.0 million,  or 58.3%,  from $12.0 million in
fiscal  1996 to $18.9  million in fiscal  1997.  Approximately  $938,000  of the
increase  represented net sales  resulting from the May 1996  acquisition of the
BevServ   Division  of  The  Coca-Cola   Bottling  Company  of  New  York,  Inc.
("BevServ"). In addition, approximately $332,000 of the increase represented net
sales from three  acquisitions  in fiscal 1996 which are  included  for the full
year in fiscal 1997 as compared  to from their  dates of  acquisition  in fiscal
1996 and approximately  $1.4 million of the increase  represented net sales from
the eight  acquisitions  in fiscal  1997.  At June 30,  1997,  there were 21,919
Company owned systems in service,  an increase of 9,035 over the 12,884  Company
owned  systems in service at the end of fiscal  1996.  Of such  increase,  3,218
resulted from  acquisitions of businesses  completed  during fiscal 1997 and the
remaining 5,817 resulted from internal marketing  efforts.  Approximately 31% of
the acquired  systems were obtained through the May 1997 acquisition of the bulk
CO2 assets of BOC Gases ("BOC").  Increases in net sales due to price  increases
were insignificant.

            Cost of products sold increased by $3.8 million from $5.2 million in
fiscal 1996 to $9.0 million in fiscal 1997, and increased as a percentage of net
sales from  43.3% in fiscal  1996 to 47.5% in fiscal  1997.  This  increase  was
attributable to the expansion of the Company into new territories.  Fully loaded
route drivers increased by $1.3 million from $1.8 million in fiscal 1996 to $3.0
million in fiscal 1997, and increased as a percentage of net sales from 14.8% to
16.0%.  The number of depots  operated by the Company at June 30, 1997 increased
to 38, compared to 24 at June 30, 1996. Rent expense and utilities  increased by
$451,000 from $278,000 in fiscal 1996 to $729,000 in fiscal 1997,  and increased
as a  percentage  of net sales  from 2.3% to 3.8%.  When the  Company  opens new
depots and expands into new markets,  higher costs  expressed as a percentage of
net sales are incurred  until route density is achieved.  The Company  typically
services approximately 350 customers per delivery vehicle in its mature markets.
In new  territories,  a delivery  vehicle  can  initially  service as few as 100
customers.

            Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  by $2.8
million from $3.1  million in fiscal 1996 to $5.9  million in fiscal  1997,  and
increased  as a  percentage  of net sales from 25.6% in fiscal  1996 to 30.9% in
fiscal 1997. The increase was primarily  attributable to growth in the number of
marketing and administrative personnel and their associated expenses, as well as
the costs of expanding the Company's  geographic areas of service.  Fully loaded
marketing, administrative and executive personnel increased by $1.6 million from
$1.6 million in fiscal 1996 to $3.2 million in fiscal 1997,  and  increased as a
percentage  of net sales from 13.5% in fiscal 1996 to 16.9% in fiscal  1997.  At
June 30, 1996 the Company had  operations  in 18 states and at the end of fiscal
1997, the Company had operations in 30 states.

            Depreciation  and  amortization  increased by $1.8 million from $2.4
million in fiscal 1996 to $4.2  million in fiscal 1997.  As a percentage  of net
sales, such expense increased from 20.2% in fiscal 1996 to 22.4% in fiscal 1997.
Depreciation  expense increased by $1.5 million from $1.6 million in fiscal 1996
to $3.1  million in fiscal  1997  principally  due to the  increase  in bulk CO2
systems leased to customers. As a percentage of net sales,  depreciation expense
increased  from  13.4% in  fiscal  1996 to 16.5% in  fiscal  1997.  Amortization
expense  increased by $308,000  from  $808,000 in fiscal 1996 to $1.1 million in
fiscal 1997  primarily  due to the increase in  amortization  of deferred  lease
acquisition costs, goodwill and customer lists resulting from acquisitions. As a
percentage of net sales, amortization expense decreased from 6.8% in fiscal 1996
to 5.9% in fiscal 1997.

            Net interest expense in fiscal 1996 was $1.3 million compared to net
interest  income in fiscal 1997 of $681,000.  This change is attributable to the
repayment of debt from the proceeds of the Company's  initial public offering in
December 1995 (the "IPO") and the increased  level of cash and cash  equivalents
in the 1997 period from the  Company's  secondary  public  offering in June 1996
(the "Secondary Offering").

            During  fiscal  1996,  the  Company  wrote-off  $785,000 of deferred
financing  costs and incurred  $75,000 in prepayment  penalties  related to debt
which was repaid with the proceeds of the IPO.

            For the reasons  described  above,  the Company's net loss in fiscal
1996 was $813,000  compared to net income of $527,000 in fiscal  1997;  however,
net income before extraordinary item in fiscal 1996 was $46,822. The Company has
made no  provision  for income tax expense in either  fiscal 1996 or fiscal 1997
due to its historical net losses. At June 30, 1997 the Company had net operating
loss  carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $12.5 million,  which are
available to offset future federal taxable income through 2012.

            For the reasons described above,  EBITDA increased from $3.7 million
in fiscal 1996 to $4.1 million in fiscal 1997,  but decreased as a percentage of
net sales from 31.1% to 21.6%.


                                      -14-
<PAGE>
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

            The  Company's  cash  requirements  consist  principally  of capital
expenditures  associated  with  placing  new bulk CO2  systems  into  service at
customers'  locations;  payments of interest  on its  outstanding  indebtedness;
payments for acquired businesses;  and working capital.  Whenever possible,  the
Company seeks to obtain the use of vehicles,  land, buildings,  and other office
and service  equipment under operating leases as a means of conserving  capital.
As of June 30, 1998, the Company anticipated making cash capital expenditures of
at least $20.0  million to $30.0  million  during each of fiscal 1999 and fiscal
2000,  primarily for purchases of bulk C02 systems that it expects to place into
service  during this time.  Once bulk CO2 systems are placed into  service,  the
Company has generally  experienced  positive cash flows on a per-unit  basis, as
there  are  minimal  additional  capital  expenditures   required  for  ordinary
operations.  In addition to the capital expenditures related to internal growth,
the  Company  continually  reviews  opportunities  to acquire  bulk CO2  service
businesses, and may require cash in an amount dictated by the scale and terms of
any such transactions successfully concluded.

            During the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998,  the  Company's  capital
resources  included cash flows from  operations,  available  borrowing  capacity
under the Company's  credit  facilities  (NationsBank  credit  facility  through
October 1997 and SunTrust Facility thereafter) and proceeds from the sale of its
12% Senior  Subordinated  Promissory  Notes due 2004 (the "Notes").  In July and
September of 1997,  certain  assets,  primarily  consisting of bulk CO2 systems,
were acquired for $6.0 million in cash and $6.8 million in borrowings  under the
Company's NationsBank credit facility. Effective October 1, 1997, a newly formed
wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company  purchased  all  of  the  issued  and
outstanding  shares  of  common  stock of Koch  Compressed  Gases,  Inc.  for an
aggregate  purchase  price of $5.0 million which was funded  through a borrowing
under the NationsBank  credit facility.  On October 31, 1997, the Company repaid
its outstanding indebtedness under the NationsBank credit facility which totaled
approximately  $21.0  million with a portion of the  proceeds of the Notes.  The
Notes  which  aggregated  $30.0  million  were sold with seven year  warrants to
purchase an aggregate of 655,738  shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$16.40 per share.  Additionally,  NationsBanc Montgomery  Securities,  Inc., the
placement  agent for the Notes,  received a warrant to purchase an  aggregate of
30,000  shares of Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $14.64 per share which
expires on October 31, 2004.

            On October 31, 1997,  the Company  finalized a $50.0 million  senior
secured  revolving credit facility with SunTrust Bank,  South Florida,  National
Association ("SunTrust Facility").  Pursuant to the SunTrust Facility,  upon the
achievement of $15.0 million  annualized one quarter EBITDA on a pro-forma basis
for  acquisitions,  the Company  shall  automatically  request that the SunTrust
Facility  be  increased  by an  additional  $50.0  million  to a total of $100.0
million. Additionally, the SunTrust Facility provides for interest and an unused
facility fee based on a pricing grid calculated  quarterly on senior funded debt
to  annualized  EBITDA.  The  SunTrust  Facility  expires on October  31,  2000;
however,   it  contains  a  two  year  renewal  option.   Additionally,   it  is
collateralized  by substantially  all of the assets of the Company.  In December
1997,  SunTrust  closed on a  syndication  of the SunTrust  Facility  with three
additional banks.

            In July and August 1998, the 12% Senior Subordinated Promissory Note
Agreement  and the  SunTrust  Facility,  respectively,  were  amended  to adjust
certain financial  covenants as of June 30, 1998 and prospectively.  In exchange
for the amendment to the 12% Senior Subordindated Promissory Note Agreement, the
exercise  price for 612,023  warrants  was reduced from $16.40 per stock unit to
$12.40 per stock unit. The Company  believes that it will be able to comply with
all of the financial covenants, as amended, during the next fiscal year.

            For the  period  November  1997  through  March  1998,  the  Company
purchased assets from various carbonic gas distributors  consisting primarily of
bulk CO2 and high  pressure  assets  for $5.3  million  cash,  $18.7  million in
borrowings  under the  Company's  SunTrust  Facility  and the issuance of 18,835
shares of Common Stock with a market value of $275,000.

            As of June 30, 1998, a total of $29.0 million was outstanding  under
the SunTrust  Facility  with  interest at two hundred  twenty-five  basis points
above the 90-day London  InterBank  Offering Rate ("LIBOR")  (7.875% to 8.00% at
June 30, 1998).

            Working Capital. At June 30, 1997 the Company had working capital of
$9.5 million. At June 30, 1998, the Company had negative working capital of $3.1
million.

            Cash Flows from Operating Activities.  During fiscal 1997 and fiscal
1998,  net cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was $4.3  million and $7.4
million,  respectively.  Cash flows from operating  activities increased by $3.1
million for the fiscal  year ended June 30, 1998  compared to the same period in
1997  primarily  due to an  increase in accounts  payable and  depreciation  and
amortization.


                                      -15-
<PAGE>
            Cash Flows from Investing Activities.  During fiscal 1997 and fiscal
1998,  the Company  made net  capital  expenditures  of $16.9  million and $23.5
million,  respectively, for new bulk CO2 systems and associated installation and
direct  placement  costs. In addition,  during the year ended June 30, 1997, the
Company made eight  acquisitions  and expended  cash of $17.7 million and during
fiscal 1998 the Company made15 acquisitions and expended cash of $12.4 million.

            Cash Flows From Financing Activities.  During fiscal 1997 cash flows
used in financing  activities were $2.4 million.  During fiscal 1998, cash flows
provided by financing  activities were $18.6 million.  For the fiscal year ended
June 30,  1997,  cash flows used in financing  activities  were  primarily  from
repayment of long-term debt owed and the redemption of a warrant. For the fiscal
year ended June 30,  1998,  cash flows  provided by  financing  activities  were
primarily  from the  issuance  of  subordinated  debt and  borrowings  under the
Company's SunTrust Facility.

            The  Company  believes  that  cash  from  operating  activities  and
available  borrowings  under the SunTrust  Facility  will be  sufficient to fund
proposed  operations for at least the next 12 months at its anticipated  rate of
growth.

YEAR 2000

            The Company has conducted a review to identify which of its computer
and other business operating systems will be affected by the "Year 2000" problem
and has  developed a project  plan and  schedule to solve this issue.  Among the
functions  and systems  impacted  could be  inventory  and  accounting  systems,
dispatch and delivery  systems,  electronic  data  interchange,  and  mechanical
systems  operating  everything  from office building  environmental  controls to
telephone switches and fax machines.  The Company is on schedule to be Year 2000
compliant  by  June  30,  1999.   The  Company   believes   that  the  costs  of
modifications,  upgrades,  or  replacements  of software,  hardware,  or capital
equipment  which  would  not  be  incurred  but  for  Year  2000   compatibility
requirements  have  not and will not have a  material  impact  on the  Company's
financial position or results of operations.

            The Company is also engaged in  communications  with its significant
business partners,  suppliers and customers to determine the extent to which the
Company is vulnerable to such third  parties'  failure to address their own Year
2000  issues.  The  Company's  assessment  of the impact of its Year 2000 issues
includes an assessment of the Company's vulnerability to such third parties. The
Company is seeking assurances from its significant business partners,  suppliers
and customers  that their computer  applications  will not fail due to Year 2000
problems. Nevertheless, the Company does not control, and can give no assurances
as to the  substance  or  success  of the Year 2000  compliance  efforts of such
independent  third  parties and the Company  believes  that there is a risk that
certain of these third  parties on whom the  Company's  finances and  operations
depend  will  experience  Year 2000  problems  that could  affect the  financial
position or results of operations of the Company.  These risks include,  but are
not limited to, the  potential  inability  of  suppliers  to correctly or timely
provide  necessary   services,   materials  and  components  for  the  Company's
operations;  the  inability  of the  Company's  customers to timely or correctly
process and pay the Company's invoices; and the inability of lenders, lessors or
other  sources of the  Company's  necessary  capital and liquidity to make funds
available to the Company when required.

            In case the Company does  experience  severe Year 2000 financial and
operating  problems,  notwithstanding  its efforts to avoid or mitigate problems
inherent  in its own  computer  systems  or the  adverse  effects  of Year  2000
problems  experienced by third parties on whom it is substantially  reliant, the
Company has begun development of contingency plans.

INFLATION

            The modest  levels of  inflation  in the general  economy  since the
Company  began  business in 1990 have not  affected  its results of  operations.
Additionally,  the Company's  contracts with its customers  generally contain an
annual lease rate adjustment clause based on any increases in the consumer price
index.  The Company  believes that  inflation  will not have a material  adverse
effect on its future results of operations.

            The BOC CO2 Supply  Agreement  contains annual  adjustments over the
prior  contract year for an increase or decrease in the Producer Price Index for
Chemical and Allied Products ("PPI") or the average  percentage  increase in the
selling  price  of bulk  merchant  carbon  dioxide  purchased  by  BOC's  large,
multi-location  beverage customers in the United States. However, such increases
shall not exceed 3% per year in the first five contract years.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
7A.         QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

            As  discussed  under   "Management's   Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources"
above, as of June 30, 1998, a total of $29.0 million was  outstanding  under the
SunTrust  Facility with interest at two hundred  twenty-five  basis points above
the 90 day LIBOR  rate  (7.875%  to 8.00% at June 30,  1998).  Based  upon $29.0
million  outstanding under the SunTrust Facility at June 30, 1998, the Company's
annual interest cost under the SunTrust  Facility would increase by $290,000 for
each one percent increase in LIBOR (i.e., from 8.0% to 9.0%).

            In order to reduce the Company's exposure to increases in LIBOR, and
consequently  to  increases  in interest  payments,  on June 9, 1998 the Company
entered into an interest rate swap  transaction (the "Swap") with SunTrust Bank,
Atlanta, in the amount of $10.0 million (the "Notional  Amount").  The effective
date of the Swap is  September 2, 1998 and it  terminates  on September 5, 2000.
Pursuant to the Swap, the Company pays a fixed interest rate of 6% per annum and
receives a LIBOR-based  floating  rate.  The effect of the Swap is to neutralize
any changes in LIBOR on the Notional Amount.  If LIBOR decreases below 6% during
the  period  the Swap is in  effect,  interest  payments  by the  Company on the
Notional  Amount will be greater  than if the  Company had not entered  into the
Swap, since by exchanging LIBOR for a fixed interest rate, the Company would not
benefit from falling interest rates on LIBOR, a variable interest rate.

8.          FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

            See page F-1


9.          CHANGES IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON ACCOUNTING  AND
            FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

            On July 2, 1996,  the Audit  Committee  of the Board of Directors of
the Company dismissed KPMG Peat Marwick LLP ("KPMG") as independent  accountants
to the  Company  and  appointed  Cooper,  Selvin  &  Strassberg  LLP as the  new
independent  accountants  to the  Company.  KPMG's  accountant's  report  on the
financial  statements of the  Registrant for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995
(the  period for which  KPMG was  engaged as  independent  accountants)  did not
contain any adverse  opinion or  disclaimer  of opinion and was not qualified or
modified as to uncertainty,  audit scope, or accounting principles.  In November
1997,  the partners and employees of Cooper,  Selvin & Strassberg LLP joined the
firm of Margolin, Winer & Evens LLP.

                                    PART III

            The information required by Items 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this Part III
is  incorporated  by reference to the definitive  proxy statement to be filed by
the Company no later than October 28, 1998 pursuant to Regulation 14A.



                                      -17-
<PAGE>
                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

            (a)     The following documents are filed as part of this report:

            (1)     Financial statements.

                    See Index to Financial  Statements which appears on page F-1
                    herein.

            (2)     Financial  Statement Schedules

                    II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.

            (3)     Exhibits:

            EXHIBIT NO.       EXHIBIT

            **3.1       --    Amended and Restated  Articles of Incorporation of
                              the Company.

            *3.2        --    Articles   of   Amendment   to  the   Articles  of
                              Incorporation  of the Company,  dated December 18,
                              1995.

            *3.3        --    Articles   of   Amendment   to  the   Articles  of
                              Incorporation  of the Company,  dated December 17,
                              1996.

            **3.4       --    Bylaws of the Company.

            *10.1       --    1995 Stock Option Plan.

            **10.2      --    Directors' Stock Option Plan.

            **10.3      --    Noncompetition  Agreement  between the Company and
                              Joseph M. Criscuolo, dated November 30, 1995.

            **10.4      --    Noncompetition  Agreement  between the Company and
                              Edward M. Sellian, dated November 30, 1995.

            **10.5      --    Lease for 2528 North  Tamiami  Trail,  Ft.  Myers,
                              Florida,   between   the  Company  and  Edward  M.
                              Sellian.

           ***10.6      --    Lease for 2800  Southeast  Market  Place,  Stuart,
                              Florida between the Company and Edward M. Sellian.

             *10.7      --    Lease for 2820  Southeast  Market  Place,  Stuart,
                              Florida  between the Company and Edward M. Sellian
                              dated as of February 1, 1998.

            ****10.8    --    Employment agreement between the Company and Joann
                              Sabatino, dated October 16, 1996.

            *10.9       --    Revolving  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of October
                              31, 1997 by and  between the Company and  SunTrust
                              Bank, South Florida, National Association.

            *10.10      --    Waiver and  Amendment  No. 1 to  Revolving  Credit
                              Agreement dated as of August 25, 1998 by and among
                              the  Company and  SunTrust  Bank,  South  Florida,
                              National Association.

            *10.11      --    Senior Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated
                              as of October 31, 1997  between the  Company,  the
                              Subsidiary Guarantors and the Investors.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
            *10.12      --    Amendment  No.  1  to  Senior   Subordinated  Note
                              Purchase  Agreement  dated as of November 14, 1997
                              between the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and
                              the Investors.

            *10.13      --    Amendment  No.  2  to  Senior   Subordinated  Note
                              Purchase  Agreement  dated  as of  June  30,  1998
                              between the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and
                              the Investors.

            *10.14      --    Warrant  Agreement  dated as of October  31,  1997
                              among the Company and the Initial Holders.

            *10.15      --    Amendment No. 1 to Warrant  Agreement  dated as of
                              November  14,  1997,  between  the Company and the
                              Initial Holders.

            *11         --    Statement re: computation of per share earnings.

        *****16         --    Letter of KPMG Peat Marwick dated July 2, 1996.

            *21         --    Subsidiaries

            *23         --    Consent  of  Margolin,  Winer &  Evens  LLP to the
                              incorporation   by  reference  to  the   Company's
                              Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-06705)
                              of  the  independent   auditors'  report  included
                              herein.

            *27         --    Financial Data Schedule.

            (b)         REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

            No  reports  were  filed on Form 8-K in the  quarter  ended June 30,
1998.

- ---------------------------
*           Included herein.
**          Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on
            Form SB-2, filed with the Commission on November 7, 1995 (Commission
            File No. 33-99078), as amended.
***         Incorporated by reference to the Company's Registration Statement on
            Form SB-2,  filed with the  Commission  on June 7, 1996  (Commission
            File No. 333-3352).
****        Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Company's  Form  10-KSB for the
            fiscal year ended June 30, 1997.
*****       Incorporated  by reference to the  Company's  Form 8-K dated July 2,
            1996.


                                      -19-
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

            Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  the Registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                            NUCO2 INC.

Dated:  September 24, 1998                  /S/ EDWARD M. SELLIAN
                                            ---------------------
                                            Edward M. Sellian,
                                            Chairman of the Board and Chief
                                            Executive Officer

            Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


    Signature                   Title                            Date
    ---------                   -----                            ----



/S/ EDWARD M. SELLIAN           Director                     September 24, 1998
- ------------------------
    Edward M. Sellian


/S/ JOHN A. KERNEY              Director                     September 24, 1998
- ------------------------
    John A. Kerney


/S/ ROBERT L. FROME             Director                     September 24, 1998
- ------------------------
    Robert L. Frome


/S/ ROBERT RANIERI              Director                     September 24, 1998
- -----------------------
    Robert Ranieri


/S/ DANIEL RAYNOR               Director                     September 24, 1998
- ------------------------
    Daniel Raynor


/S/ JOANN SABATINO              Chief Financial Officer      September 24, 1998
- ------------------------
    Joann Sabatino


                                      -20-
<PAGE>
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                            PAGE NO.
                                                                                                            --------

                                   NUCO2 INC.

<S>                                                                                                           <C>
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ...............................................................................F-2

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:

   CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS AS OF JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998...................................................F-3

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND
     1998.....................................................................................................F-4

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996,
     1997 AND 1998............................................................................................F-5

   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND
     1998.....................................................................................................F-6

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS....................................................................F-8

SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS FOR THE FISCAL YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996,
    1997 AND 1998............................................................................................F-22
</TABLE>





                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
NuCo2 Inc.
Stuart, Florida

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of NuCo2 Inc. as of
June 30, 1997 and 1998, and the related  consolidated  statements of operations,
shareholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended June 30,  1998.  We have also  audited the  financial  statement  schedule
listed in the accompanying  index.  These financial  statements and schedule are
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects,  the consolidated  financial position of NuCo2
Inc.  as of June  30,  1997  and  1998,  and  the  consolidated  results  of its
operations  and its cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended
June 30, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also,
in our opinion,  the related  financial  statement  schedule when  considered in
relation to the basic financial statement taken as a whole,  presents fairly, in
all material respects, the information set forth therein.


                                               MARGOLIN, WINER & EVENS LLP



Garden City, New York
September 18, 1998


                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                     ASSETS
                                    (NOTE 6)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              JUNE 30,
                                                                                                              --------
                                                                                                   1997*                    1998
                                                                                                   -----                    ----
Current assets:
<S>                                                                                            <C>                    <C>         
    Cash and cash equivalents                                                                  $ 11,672,506           $    336,510
    Trade accounts receivable; net of allowance for doubtful
        accounts of $113,054 and $395,491, respectively                                           2,120,880              4,457,505
    Inventories                                                                                      85,601                211,027
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                                       276,858                262,437
                                                                                                -----------            -----------
        Total current assets                                                                     14,155,845              5,267,479
                                                                                                -----------            -----------

Property and equipment, net (Note 4)                                                             46,803,050             85,435,933
                                                                                                -----------            -----------

Other assets:
    Goodwill, net                                                                                 7,580,763             22,891,846
    Deferred charges, net                                                                           272,608              2,004,259
    Customer lists, net                                                                           1,755,919              3,963,588
    Restrictive covenants, net                                                                    1,401,833              2,275,964
    Deferred lease acquisition costs, net                                                         1,274,577              2,475,139
    Deposits                                                                                         99,863                184,059
                                                                                                -----------            -----------
                                                                                                 12,385,563             33,794,855
                                                                                                -----------            -----------
                                                                                               $ 73,344,458           $124,498,267
                                                                                                ===========            ===========
                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
    Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 6)                                              $  2,180,601           $    139,251
    Accounts payable                                                                              1,514,048              6,596,722
    Accrued expenses                                                                                709,507                323,254
    Accrued interest                                                                                 19,568                844,153
    Accrued payroll                                                                                 232,469                476,458
    Other current liabilities                                                                        22,699                  7,179
                                                                                                -----------            -----------
        Total current liabilities                                                                 4,678,892              8,387,017

Long-term debt, excluding current maturities (Note 6)                                             7,365,740             29,460,614
Subordinated debt (Note 7)                                                                          -                   29,728,571
Customer deposits                                                                                   598,177              1,279,178
                                                                                                -----------            -----------
        Total Liabilities                                                                        12,642,809             68,855,380
                                                                                                -----------            -----------

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

Shareholders' equity (Note 8):
    Preferred Stock; no par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized;
        none issued                                                                                 -                     -
    Common Stock; par value $.001 per share; 30,000,000 shares authorized;
        issued and outstanding 7,197,718 shares at June 30, 1997 and 7,216,664
        shares at June 30, 1998                                                                       7,198                 7,217
    Additional paid-in capital                                                                   63,233,043            63,809,014
    Accumulated deficit                                                                          (2,538,592)           (8,173,344)
                                                                                               -------------         -------------
        Total shareholders' equity                                                               60,701,649            55,642,887
                                                                                                -----------           -----------
                                                                                               $ 73,344,458          $124,498,267
                                                                                                ===========           ============
</TABLE>


*  Restated to conform to current year's classifications.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                                   --------------------
                                                                           1996                   1997                     1998
                                                                         --------              ----------                -------

<S>                                                                    <C>                <C>                    <C>             
 Net sales                                                             $ 11,965,999       $     18,943,569       $     35,077,361
                                                                        -----------        ---------------          -------------

 Costs and expenses:
     Cost of products sold                                                5,177,320              8,991,823             18,578,063
     Selling, general and administrative expenses                         3,066,381              5,858,934              9,396,003
     Depreciation and amortization                                        2,417,492              4,246,035              8,912,124
                                                                        -----------        ---------------         --------------
                                                                         10,661,193             19,096,792             36,886,190
                                                                        -----------        ---------------         --------------

     Operating income (loss)                                              1,304,806               (153,223)            (1,808,829)

 Other expenses (income):
     Interest expense                                                     1,402,773                884,627              3,809,138
     Interest (income)                                                     (144,789)            (1,565,289)              (170,160)
                                                                        ------------       ----------------         --------------

     Income (loss) before extraordinary item                                 46,822                527,439             (5,447,807)
                                                                        -----------        ---------------          --------------

 Extraordinary item - loss on extinguishment of debt (Note 6)               859,522                 -                     186,945
                                                                        -----------        ---------------          -------------

     Net income (loss)                                                 $   (812,700)      $        527,439       $     (5,634,752)
                                                                        ============       ===============          ==============

     Dividends on Preferred Stock                                      $   (110,917)      $         -            $        -
                                                                        ============       ===============          ==============

     Net income (loss) available to common shareholders                $   (923,617)      $        527,439       $     (5,634,752)
                                                                        ============       ===============          ==============

 Basic and Diluted EPS

     Income (loss) before extraordinary item                           $      (0.02)      $           0.07       $          (0.75)

     Extraordinary item                                                       (0.19)                   -                    (0.03)
                                                                        ------------       ----------------          -------------

     Net income (loss)                                                 $      (0.21)      $           0.07       $          (0.78)
                                                                        ============       ================          =============

     Weighted average number of common and common
       equivalent shares outstanding

           Basic                                                          4,499,989              7,164,924              7,210,350
                                                                        ============       ================          ============

           Diluted                                                        4,499,989              7,317,926              7,210,350
                                                                        ============       ================          ============
</TABLE>



See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Series A               Series B              Series C               Series D      
                                            ---------------------    ------------------    -----------------     -------------------
                                            Shares        Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares      Amount 
                                            ------        ------     ------     ------     ------     ------     ------      ------

<S>                                           <C>      <C>             <C>     <C>           <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>        
Balance, June 30, 1995                        485      $ 485,000       500     $500,000      500     $ 500,000   1,500   $1,500,000 
Redemption of Series A                       (485)      (485,000)       -          -          -          -         -           -    
Redemption of Series B                          -           -         (500)    (500,000)      -          -         -           -    
Conversion of Series C                          -           -           -          -        (500)     (500,000)    -           -    
Conversion of Series D                          -           -           -          -          -          -                   (1,500)
Conversion of subordinated debt
     and exercise of warrants and
     options                                    -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Issuance of 2,022,576 shares of com-
     mon stock - Initial Public Offering        -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Issuance of 1,761,165 shares of com-
     mon stock - secondary offering             -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Net (loss)                                      -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Dividends declared on
preferred stock                                 -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
                                           ---------- ----------     -------   ---------   --------  ---------   -------   --------
Balance, June 30, 1996                          -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Issuance of 34,289 shares of
     common stock - exercise of options         -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Redemption of warrant                           -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Additional expense - secondary
     offering                                   -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Issuance of 33,962 shares of common
     stock - asset acquisition                  -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Net income                                      -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
                                           ---------- ----------     -------   ---------   --------  ---------   -------   ---------
Balance, June 30, 1997                          -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Issuance of 18,835 shares of common
     stock - asset acquisition                  -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Issuance of 111 shares of common
     stock - exercise of options                -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Issuance of warrants                            -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
Net (loss)                                      -           -           -          -          -           -         -          -    
                                           ---------- ----------     -------   ---------   --------  ---------   -------   ---------
Balance, June 30, 1998                          -           -           -          -          -          -         -           -    
                                           ========== ==========     =======   =========   ========  =========   =======   =========
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Common Stock            Additional
                                                  -------------------------        Paid-in      Accumulated           Shareholders'
                                                   Shares           Amount         Capital        Deficit                Equity
                                                  --------          ------     -------------    -----------           ------------

<S>                                              <C>              <C>              <C>         <C>                  <C>
Balance, June 30, 1995                           1,932,953        $ 1,933          $9,317      $ (2,253,331)        $    742,919
Redemption of Series A                                -               -              -                 -                (485,000)
Redemption of Series B                                -               -           499,500              -                    (500)
Conversion of Series C                             155,164            155         499,845              -                       0
Conversion of Series D                          (1,500,000)       300,266             300         1,499,700                    0
Conversion of subordinated debt
     and exercise of warrants and
     options                                       957,343            957         805,400              -                 806,357
Issuance of 2,022,576 shares of com-
     mon stock - Initial Public Offering         2,022,576          2,023      16,149,341              -              16,151,364
Issuance of 1,761,165 shares of com-
     mon stock - secondary offering              1,761,165          1,761      44,641,484              -              44,643,245
Net (loss)                                            -               -              -             (812,700)            (812,700)
Dividends declared on
preferred stock                                       -               -          (361,275)                              (361,275)
                                                ------------     ---------   -------------    --------------      --------------
Balance, June 30, 1996                           7,129,467          7,129      63,743,312        (3,066,031)          60,684,410
Issuance of 34,289 shares of
     common stock - exercise of options             34,289             34         152,319              -                 152,353
Redemption of warrant                                 -               -        (1,143,450)             -              (1,143,450)
Additional expense - secondary
     offering                                         -               -           (59,100)             -                 (59,100)
Issuance of 33,962 shares of common
     stock - asset acquisition                      33,962             35         539,962              -                 539,997
Net income                                            -               -              -              527,439              527,439
                                                ------------     ---------   -------------    -------------        -------------
Balance, June 30, 1997                            7,197,718          7,198     63,233,043        (2,538,592)          60,701,649
Issuance of 18,835 shares of common
     stock - asset acquisition                       18,835             19        274,972              -                 274,991
Issuance of 111 shares of common
     stock - exercise of options                        111           -               999              -                     999
Issuance of warrants                                   -              -           300,000              -                 300,000
Net (loss)                                             -              -              -           (5,634,752)          (5,634,752)
                                                ------------     ---------   ------------   ---------------      ---------------
Balance, June 30, 1998                            7,216,664      $   7,217   $ 63,809,014   $    (8,173,344)     $    55,642,887
                                                ============     =========   ============   ===============      ===============
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                       F-5
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                   1996*             1997*            1998
                                                                               -----------        ----------         -------

<S>                                                                          <C>                 <C>              <C>          
Net income (loss) before extraordinary item                                  $      46,822       $    527,439     $ (5,447,807)
Extraordinary item - loss on extinguishment of debt                                859,522             -                186,945
                                                                             -------------       ------------     -------------
Net income (loss)                                                                 (812,700)           527,439       (5,634,752)
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
          Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment                1,609,063          3,130,022        6,045,652
          Amortization of other assets                                             808,429          1,116,013        2,866,471
          Loss on disposal of property and equipment                               155,592            294,411          499,704
          Write-off of deferred financing costs                                    784,069             -               186,945
          Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
          Decrease (increase) in:
              Trade accounts receivable                                           (646,224)          (735,238)      (2,189,832)
              Inventories                                                          (11,441)           (33,176)        (115,968)
              Prepaid expenses and other current assets                           (356,368)           108,090           14,421
          Increase (decrease) in:
              Accounts payable                                                     278,794           (712,747)       4,542,532
              Accrued expenses                                                     (42,347)           363,361         (395,794)
              Accrued payroll                                                       22,954            (93,592)         243,989
              Accrued interest                                                     (84,517)           193,800          824,585
              Other current liabilities                                             39,064            (50,830)         (41,061)
              Customer deposits                                                    100,463            236,392          591,296
                                                                           ---------------       ------------     ------------

              Net cash provided by operating activities                          1,844,831          4,343,945        7,438,188
                                                                           ---------------       ------------     ------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment                                126,850          2,133,776          410,868
   Purchase of property and equipment                                           (6,971,472)       (16,945,522)     (23,456,104)
   Acquisition of businesses                                                    (1,767,460)       (17,692,662)     (12,406,907)
   Increase in deferred lease acquisition costs                                   (514,258)          (914,999)      (1,805,874)
   (Increase) decrease in deposits                                                (238,364)           160,500          (79,661)
                                                                           ----------------      ------------     -------------

              Net cash used in investing activities                        $    (9,364,704)      $(33,258,907)    $(37,337,678)
                                                                           ----------------      -------------    -------------
</TABLE>


* Restated to conform to current year's classifications.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                   (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            YEARS ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                                   1996              1997           1998
                                                                                  -------         ----------       -------

Cash flows from financing activities:
<S>                                                                          <C>               <C>              <C>     
   Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock                                    $  60,794,609     $    (59,100)    $      -
   Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
      and subordinated debt                                                     10,551,728           -             21,610,820
   Repayment of long-term debt                                                 (19,943,243)      (1,309,704)         (831,409)
   Increase in loan payable to shareholder                                         200,000           -                 -
   Repayment of loan payable to shareholder                                       (200,000)          -                 -
   Increase in deferred charges                                                   (694,457)         (53,307)       (2,216,916)
   Decrease in deferred interest payable                                          (306,535)          -                 -
   Exercise of warrants and options                                                403,444          152,353               999
   Preferred stock dividends                                                      (361,275)          -                 -
   Redemption of Series A preferred stock                                         (485,000)          -                 -
   Redemption of Series B preferred stock                                             (500)          -                 -
   Redemption of warrant                                                           -             (1,143,450)           -
                                                                            --------------     -------------    -------------

              Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities               49,958,771       (2,413,208)       18,563,494
                                                                            --------------     -------------    -------------

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents                                42,438,898     (31,328,170)       (11,335,996)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year                                       561,778       43,000,676        11,672,506
                                                                            --------------     ------------     -------------

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year                                       $  43,000,676     $ 11,672,506     $     336,510
                                                                            ==============     ============     =============

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
   Cash paid during the year for:

      Interest                                                               $  1,661,645      $   903,729      $   2,966,659
                                                                            =============      ===========      =============

      Income taxes                                                           $     -           $     -          $      -
                                                                            =============      ===========      =============

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities:
   Acquisition of businesses:
      Fair value of assets acquired                                          $  4,269,535      $ 1,098,718      $  26,426,234
      Cost in excess of net assets of businesses acquired                         746,910          244,000         16,256,879
      Liabilities assumed or incurred                                          (3,248,985)         (56,250)       (30,001,215)
      Issuance of Common Stock                                                                    (539,996)          (274,991)
                                                                            -------------      -----------      -------------
             Cash paid                                                          1,767,460      $   746,472      $  12,406,907
                                                                            =============      ===========      =============
</TABLE>

            In connection  with the IPO in December 1995, the Company  converted
$2.0  million of Series C and Series D  Preferred  Stock into Common  Stock.  In
addition,  the Company  converted  $406,707 of subordinated debt and $499,500 of
Series B Preferred  Stock into  shares of Common  Stock and  additional  paid-in
capital, respectively.

            In 1996 and 1997 the Company  purchased  equipment and incurred debt
in the amount of $89,570 and $11,604, respectively.

            In 1998,  the  Company  wrote-off  a  restrictive  covenant  and the
related liability in the amount of $19,231 due to the employee resigning.

            In  1998,  the  Company  repaid  long-term  debt  in the  amount  of
$20,782,995  with  the  proceeds  of  the  issuance  of  subordinated  debt.  In
connection  therewith,  detachable  warrants  were  issued  and  original  issue
discount in the amount of $300,000 was recorded.


See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 1     -   Description  of Business  and Summary of  Significant  Accounting
               Policies


           (a)     Basis of Presentation

           The consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of NuCo2
Inc. and its wholly-owned  subsidiary,  NuCo2 Acquisition Corp. which was formed
during  the year ended June 30,  1998 to  acquire  the stock of Koch  Compressed
Gases,  Inc. (see Note 3). All material  intercompany  accounts and transactions
have been eliminated.

           (b)     Description of Business

           The Company is a supplier of bulk CO2 dispensing systems to customers
in the food, beverage, lodging and recreational industries in the United States.

           (c)     Cash and Cash Equivalents

           The Company  considers all highly liquid debt  instruments  purchased
with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

           (d)     Inventories

           Inventories,  consisting  primarily of carbon dioxide gas, are stated
at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is determined  by the first-in,  first-out
method.

           (e)     Property and Equipment

           Property  and  equipment  are stated at cost.  The  Company  does not
depreciate bulk systems held for  installation  until the systems are in service
and leased to customers.  Upon  installation,  the systems,  component parts and
direct costs  associated  with the  installation  are  transferred to the leased
equipment account. These costs are associated with successful placements of such
systems with  customers  under  noncancelable  contracts  and which would not be
incurred by the  Company  but for a  successful  placement.  Upon early  service
termination,  the  unamortized  portion  of  direct  costs  associated  with the
installation are charged to cost of products sold. Depreciation and amortization
is computed using the  straight-line  method over the estimated  useful lives of
the respective assets or the lease terms for leasehold  improvements,  whichever
is shorter.

               The depreciable lives of property and equipment are as follows:

                                                        ESTIMATED LIFE
                                                        --------------
                   Leased equipment                     5-20 years
                   Equipment and cylinders              3-20 years
                   Vehicles                             3-5 years
                   Computer equipment                   3-7 years
                   Office furniture and fixtures        5-7 years
                   Leasehold improvements               lease term


                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1 -   Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant   Accounting
           Policies - (Continued)

               (f)      Other Assets

               Goodwill, Net

               Goodwill,  net,  represents  costs in  excess  of net  assets  of
businesses  acquired and is being amortized on a straight-line basis over twenty
years.  Accumulated amortization of goodwill was $390,603 and $1,370,779 at June
30,  1997  and  1998,  respectively.   The  Company  periodically  assesses  the
recoverability  of the cost of its goodwill,  as well as of its other intangible
assets,  based on a review of projected  undiscounted  cash flows of the related
operating  assets.  These cash flows are prepared and reviewed by  management in
connection with the Company's annual long range planning process.

               Deferred Charges, Net

               Deferred  charges,  net,  consist of the  unamortized  portion of
financing  costs  which  are  being  amortized  over  the  term  of the  related
indebtedness,   ranging  from  thirty-six  to  eighty-four  months.  Accumulated
amortization of deferred  charges was $368,238 and $417,646 at June 30, 1997 and
1998,  respectively.  Included in the consolidated  statements of operations for
the years ended June 30, 1996 and 1998 are extraordinary  write-offs of deferred
financing fees in connection with the reduction of certain indebtedness.

               Customer Lists, Net

               Customer  lists,  net,  consist  of the  unamortized  portion  of
customer lists acquired in connection  with asset  acquisitions  which are being
amortized  over five years,  the average  life of customer  leases.  Accumulated
amortization  of customer lists was $565,090 and $1,380,411 at June 30, 1997 and
1998, respectively. The Company's policy is to value customer lists based on the
estimated value of future cash flows over the life of the customer lease.

               Restrictive Covenants, Net

               Restrictive  covenants,  net, consist of covenants not to compete
arising in connection  with asset  acquisitions  which are being  amortized over
their  contractual  lives ranging from thirty to one hundred and twenty  months.
Accumulated  amortization of restrictive  covenants was $173,167 and $353,993 at
June  30,  1997  and  1998,  respectively.  The  Company's  policy  is to  value
restrictive  covenants  based  on  the  negotiated   contractual  value  of  the
restrictive covenant or a third party appraisal.

               Deferred Lease Acquisition Costs, Net

               Deferred lease  acquisition  costs,  net,  consist of commissions
associated  with the  acquisition of new leases and are being amortized over the
life of the related leases,  generally five years.  Accumulated  amortization of
deferred  lease  acquisition  costs was $709,830 and $1,197,756 at June 30, 1997
and 1998, respectively.  Upon early service termination, the unamortized portion
of  deferred  lease  acquisition  costs are  charged  to  selling,  general  and
administrative expenses.

               (g) Revenue Recognition

               The Company  earns its  revenues  from the leasing of CO2 systems
and related gas sales. The Company,  as lessor,  recognizes revenue from leasing
of CO2 systems on a straight-line basis over the life of the related leases. The
majority  of CO2  system  leases  generally  include  payments  for  leasing  of
equipment and a continuous  supply of CO2 until usage  reaches a  pre-determined
maximum  annual  level,  beyond which the  customer  pays for CO2 on a per pound
basis. Other CO2 and gas sales are recorded upon delivery to the customer.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 1 -   Description  of  Business  and  Summary  of  Significant   Accounting
           Policies - (Continued)

               (h) Income Taxes

               Income  taxes  are  accounted  for  under  Financial   Accounting
Standards  Board Statement No. 109,  Accounting for Income Taxes.  Statement No.
109 requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected
future tax  consequences  of events  that have been  included  in the  financial
statements  or  tax  returns.  Under  this  method,   deferred  tax  assets  and
liabilities  are  determined  based  on the  difference  between  the  financial
statement  and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  using  enacted tax rates in
effect for the year in which the  differences  are  expected to  reverse.  Under
Statement No. 109, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change
in tax rates is  recognized  in income in the period that includes the enactment
date.

               (i)      Net Income or Loss Per Common Share

               Net income or loss per common share is  presented  in  accordance
with SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share."   Basic  earnings  per common share are
computed using the weighted average number of common shares  outstanding  during
the period. Diluted earnings per common share incorporate the incremental shares
issuable  upon the assumed  exercise of stock options and warrants to the extent
they are not anti-dilutive.

               In connection with the Initial Public Offering (IPO), 155,164 and
300,266  shares of Common  Stock were issued upon  conversion  of the  Company's
Series C convertible  preferred stock and Series D convertible  preferred stock,
respectively.  An additional 805,209 shares of Common Stock were issued upon the
conversion  of the  convertible  portion  of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes and
118,167 shares of Common Stock upon exercise of warrants and options.  The above
shares have been treated as  outstanding  since July 1, 1995.  Stock options and
warrants to purchase an additional 152,851 shares of Common Stock granted during
1995 have  also been  treated  as  outstanding  since  July 1,  1995,  using the
treasury stock method.

               (j)      Use Of Estimates

               The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with
generally accepted  accounting  principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

               (k) Employee Benefit Plan

               On June 1, 1996, the Company adopted a deferred compensation plan
under  Section  401(K) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code which covers all eligible
employees.  Under the  provisions  of the plan,  eligible  employees may defer a
percentage of their compensation subject to the Internal Revenue Service limits.
Contributions to the plan are made only by employees.

NOTE 2     -   Public Offerings

               (a) Initial Public Offering (IPO)

               In  connection  with  the  Company's   Initial  Public  Offering,
2,022,576  shares of Common  Stock  were sold in  December  1995.  In  addition,
representatives of the Underwriters  acquired warrants to purchase up to 110,000
shares of Common  Stock.  Such  warrants  are  exercisable  for a period of five
years,  at an exercise price of $10.80.  In July 1996, the Company  redeemed and
canceled a warrant to purchase 77,000 shares of its Common Stock for $1,143,450.
This amount represented the approximate market value of such warrant on the date
of redemption.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 2 -   Public Offerings - (Continued)

               The gross  proceeds  the  Company  received  from the sale of the
2,022,576  shares  of  Common  Stock  were  $18,203,184.   After  deducting  the
underwriters'  discounts and  commissions and other offering  expenses,  the net
proceeds were $16,151,364.

               Prior to the IPO, the Company had outstanding  approximately $2.9
million in principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes, a portion of which was
convertible at the option of the holders thereof into Common Stock.  The holders
of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes converted,  effective upon the closing of the
IPO,  approximately  $407,000 of the principal amount of the Senior Subordinated
Notes into an aggregate of 805,209  shares of Common Stock.  The Company  repaid
the remaining  principal of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes and accrued interest
thereon  with a portion of the net  proceeds of the IPO.  The  Company  also had
outstanding  485  shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock,  500  shares of Series B
Preferred  Stock,  500 shares of Series C  Preferred  Stock and 1,500  shares of
Series D Preferred  Stock.  Effective  upon  closing of the IPO, (i) the Company
redeemed  with a portion of the net  proceeds of the IPO all of the  outstanding
Series A  Preferred  Stock and  Series B  Preferred  Stock for an  aggregate  of
$485,500  plus  approximately   $243,000  of  dividends  and  (ii)  all  of  the
outstanding Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock  automatically
converted into an aggregate of 455,430 shares of Common Stock.  The Company used
a portion  of the net  proceeds  of the IPO to pay  dividends  of  approximately
118,000  on the  Series C  Preferred  Stock and  Series D  Preferred  Stock.  In
addition,  the holders of warrants to purchase an aggregate of 118,167 shares of
Common Stock exercised such warrants effective upon the closing of the IPO.

               Prior to the IPO,  the board of directors  approved,  among other
things,  an increase in the number of shares  authorized  of Common Stock of the
Company to  20,000,000  shares,  reduced the par value to $ .001 per share,  and
increased  the  number of  authorized  shares of  preferred  stock to  5,000,000
shares.

               The Company's  board of directors  also  declared an  approximate
3,866-for-1 stock split of the Company's Common Stock. This stock split resulted
in the  issuance  of an  additional  1,932,453  shares  of  Common  Stock of the
Company.  All share, per share and conversion  amounts relating to Common Stock,
stock options and warrants,  included in the accompanying consolidated financial
statements have been restated to reflect this stock split.

               In December 1996,  the  shareholders  voted and approved  another
increase in the number of shares  authorized  of the  Company's  Common Stock to
30,000,000 shares.

               (b) Secondary Public Offering

               In  connection  with the  Company's  Secondary  Public  Offering,
1,425,165  shares of  Common  Stock  were sold in June  1996.  In  addition,  an
over-allotment  option  for an  additional  336,000  shares of Common  Stock was
exercised.

               The net  proceeds  the  Company  received  from  the  sale of the
1,761,165 shares of Common Stock,  after deducting the  underwriters'  discounts
and commissions and other offering expenses was $44,584,145.  The Company repaid
$1,963,486  of  indebtedness  outstanding  under its  credit  facility  with the
proceeds.  The Company utilized the remaining  proceeds to fund internal growth,
for the acquisition of additional  bulk CO2 systems  leasing  businesses and for
general corporate purposes.

NOTE 3 -   Acquisitions

               Effective May 15 1996, the Company acquired  substantially all of
the  assets  associated  with the  bulk CO2  operating  segment  of the  BevServ
Division of The  Coca-Cola  Bottling  Company of New York,  Inc.  (BevServ)  for
$2,914,374.  The Company financed the acquisition  through available  borrowings
under its NationsBank credit facility (see Note 6).

               In August 1996,  the Company  acquired the bulk CO2 operations of
two  affiliated  companies  operating  in  Ohio,  Kentucky  and  Indiana  for an
aggregate purchase of approximately $1,350,000.  The Company paid cash for these
transactions.



                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 3 -       Acquisitions - (Continued)

               In March  1997,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets of three
unrelated  companies  operating  in Texas  for an  aggregate  purchase  price of
approximately $2,875,000. The Company paid cash for these transactions.

               In April  1997,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets of Texas
Oxygen,  Inc./Texas CO2, Inc. for an aggregate  purchase price of  approximately
$3,925,000. The Company paid cash for these transactions.

               In May  1997,  the  Company  acquired  certain  assets  from  two
companies,  City Carbonic Company,  Inc. and the BOC Group,  Inc.  City Carbonic
Company, Inc. operating in Oklahoma, Kansas, Texas and Arkansas, sold assets for
an aggregate  purchase price of approximately  $3,290,000.  The BOC Group,  Inc.
beverage bulk CO2 operations  were located in  Massachusetts,  Pennsylvania  and
Tennessee and were  acquired for an aggregate  purchase  price of  approximately
$5,233,000. The Company paid cash for these transactions.

               In June 1997, the Company  acquired  certain assets of a business
operating  in Georgia  for a purchase  price of  $1,350,000.  The  Company  paid
approximately  $750,000 cash, incurred  liabilities of $60,000 and issued 33,962
shares of Common Stock at market, for a value of $540,000.

               Effective July 15, 1997, the Company purchased  substantially all
of the assets of a bulk CO2 company  operating in Colorado for a purchase  price
of  $675,000.  The  purchase  price was  funded  through a  borrowing  under the
Company's NationsBank credit facility (see Note 6).

               Effective  July 31, 1997,  the Company  purchased  certain assets
from CC  Acquisition  Corp.  (Carbo  Co.)  for an  aggregate  purchase  price of
$11,000,000.  Carbo Co. had  operations  in Nebraska,  Kansas,  Oklahoma,  Iowa,
Missouri,  Arkansas and South Dakota.  The Company funded  $5,000,000  through a
borrowing  under its $30 million  NationsBank  credit  facility (see Note 6) and
paid cash for the balance.

               In September 1997, the Company purchased certain assets of a bulk
CO2 company  with  operations  in Arizona  for an  aggregate  purchase  price of
$1,084,250.  The  Company  funded  $1,075,000  through  a  borrowing  under  its
NationsBank credit facility (see Note 6) and paid cash for the balance.

               Effective October 1, 1997, a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary
of the  Company  purchased  all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Common
Stock of Koch Compressed Gases, Inc. ("Koch") for an aggregate purchase price of
approximately $5,000,000.  Koch operated a bulk CO2 business as well as provided
carbon  dioxide  and  other  gases in  high-pressure  cylinders  throughout  the
tri-state New York  metropolitan  area.  The purchase price was funded through a
borrowing under the Company's NationsBank credit facility (see Note 6).

               In November 1997, the Company purchased  substantially all of the
assets  of a bulk  CO2  company  operating  in  Texas  for a  purchase  price of
$949,240.  The Company paid  $674,249  cash and issued  18,835  shares of Common
Stock at market, for a value of $274,991.

               Effective  December 2, 1997, the Company purchased certain assets
from four related carbonic gas  distributors,  Miller Carbonic Systems Co. Inc.,
Miller  Carbonic,  Inc.,  Carbonic  National  Systems,  Inc.,  and  Carbonic Gas
Service, Inc., operating primarily in Illinois,  Indiana, Wisconsin and Michigan
for an aggregate  purchase price of $11,150,000.  The Company paid approximately
$4,650,000  cash and funded  $6,500,000  through a borrowing under the Company's
SunTrust Facility (see Note 6).

               Effective  December 2, 1997, the Company purchased certain assets
of a bulk  CO2  company  with  operations  in  Kansas  for a  purchase  price of
approximately  $990,000. The purchase price was funded through a borrowing under
the Company's SunTrust Facility (see Note 6).


                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 3 -       Acquisitions - (Continued)

               Effective January 23, 1998, the Company  purchased  substantially
all of the assets of a bulk CO2 company  operating in California  for a purchase
price of $4,500,000. The purchase price was funded through a borrowing under the
Company's SunTrust Facility (see Note 6).

               Effective  March 2, 1998,  the Company  purchased  certain assets
from Florida Carbonic Distributor, Inc., a carbonic gas distributor operating in
Florida  for a  purchase  price of  $6,300,000.  The  purchase  price was funded
through a borrowing under the Company's SunTrust Facility (see Note 6).

               In March 1998,  the Company  purchased  certain assets from three
unrelated  carbonic gas distributors with operations in Texas, Maine and Alabama
for an aggregate  purchase  price of  $406,000.  The Company paid cash for these
transactions.

               These  acquisitions  were accounted for by the purchase method of
accounting  and,  accordingly,  the  purchase  prices  and  direct  costs of the
acquisitions have been allocated to the respective assets and liabilities of the
acquired  companies based upon their estimated fair market values at the date of
acquisition. This resulted in goodwill of approximately $775,000, $4,732,000 and
$16,257,000 in the three years ended June 30, 1998, respectively, which is being
amortized on a straight-line  basis over twenty years. The results of operations
of the acquired companies are included in the Company's  consolidated  financial
statements since the effective date of the acquisitions.

               The  following  summarized,   unaudited,  pro  forma  results  of
operations  assume  that the  acquisitions  described  above  occurred as of the
beginning of the fiscal year preceding the date of acquisition:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                             -------------------
                                                   1996                1997                  1998
                                                   ----                ----                  ----

<S>                                           <C>                  <C>                   <C>        
Net sales                                     $ 18,923,657         $33,104,161           $39,078,542
Income (loss) before extraordinary item           (681,264)         (1,751,557)           (6,133,862)
Net (loss)                                      (1,540,786)         (1,751,557)           (6,320,807)
Net (loss) per common share                          (0.34)              (0.24)                (0.88)
</TABLE>

NOTE 4 - Property and Equipment, Net

         Property and equipment, net consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         JUNE 30,
                                                                         --------
                                                                   1997              1998
                                                                   ----              ----
<S>                                                            <C>               <C>         
           Leased equipment                                    $42,207,142       $ 77,378,765
           Equipment and cylinders                               6,114,340         12,126,813
           Systems held for installation                         2,028,937          3,925,539
           Vehicles                                                209,190            622,092
           Computer equipment                                      798,421          1,516,153
           Office furniture and fixtures                           766,901            997,142
           Leasehold improvements                                1,005,173          1,039,442
           Construction in progress                                    -              221,999
                                                                ----------       ------------
                                                                53,130,104         97,827,945
           Less accumulated depreciation and amortization        6,327,054         12,392,012
                                                                ----------       ------------

                                                               $46,803,050       $ 85,435,933
                                                                ==========       ============
</TABLE>

               Capitalized  component  parts and direct  costs  associated  with
installation  of equipment  leased to others  included in leased  equipment  was
$6,335,593 and $12,429,913 at June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.  Accumulated
depreciation  and  amortization of these costs were $1,934,704 and $3,525,574 at
June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

               Depreciation  and  amortization  of property  and  equipment  was
$1,609,063,  $3,130,022 and  $6,045,652 for the years ended June 30, 1996,  1997
and 1998, respectively.



                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5 -   Leases

               The Company leases equipment to its customers  generally pursuant
to  five-year  noncancelable  operating  leases  which  expire on varying  dates
through June 2004. At June 30, 1998,  future minimum  rentals due from customers
which includes,  where  applicable,  a continuous supply of CO2 (see Note 1(g)),
are as follows:

                  YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,

                  1999                          $  18,809,633
                  2000                             17,439,211
                  2001                             14,839,213
                  2002                             10,853,434
                  2003                              4,324,464
                  Thereafter                            1,194
                                                  -----------
                                                $  66,267,149
                                                  ===========

NOTE 6 -   Long-Term Debt

               Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                         JUNE 30,
                                                                                                         --------
                                                                                                     1997              1998
                                                                                                     ----              ----
<S>                                                                                               <C>              <C>
Note payable issued in connection with a 1995 asset acquisition of $479,000, principal
    and interest (at 7%) payments of  $9,485 payable monthly,  maturing January 2000
    and  collateralized by the purchased assets with a net book value of $440,638 at June
    30, 1998.                                                                                    $   268,263       $   170,114
Note payable to bank of $6,000,000, interest only for 12 months and principal  payments
    of $100,000 plus interest at a fixed rate of 8.51% payable monthly for twenty-three
    months commencing January 1997 (repaid October 1997).                                          5,400,000                 -
Note  payable to bank of $10,000,000,  interest  only for 12 months at two hundred
    seventy-five basis points above the 30-day London  InterBank  Offering Rate
    ("LIBOR"),  with the principal  amount  outstanding at the end of 12 months
    (December 1996) and 24 months (December 1997) converted to term loans
    calculated on a 60 month amortization schedule. The first converted, acquisition
    facility, term loan of $3,248,010 is due in monthly  installments of approximately
    $54,144 (repaid October 1997).                                                                 2,977,343                 -
Note payable to bank of  $13,000,000,  interest  only for 12 months at two hundred
    seventy-five basis points above LIBOR with the principal amount outstanding at the
    end of 12 months  (December  1996) and 24 months  (December  1997) converted to
    term loans calculated on a 60 month amortization schedule. The first converted,
    tank facility, term loan of $908,455 is due in monthly installments of
    approximately $15,141 (repaid October 1997).                                                     832,750                 -
Note payable to bank of $29,000,000 under a $50 million facility, interest only through
    October 2000.  Drawings at June 30, 1998 are at 6 month LIBOR rates plus 2.25%.
    (7.875% to 8.00%) (a)                                                                                  -        29,000,000
Note payable assumed in connection with the acquisition of the stock of Koch of
    $388,082, principal and interest (9%) payments of $4,413 through April 2003 and
    $5,405 from May 2003 through April 2008.                                                               -           375,741
Various notes payable                                                                                 67,985            54,010
                                                                                                   ---------        ----------
                                                                                                   9,546,341        29,599,865
Less current maturities of long-term debt                                                          2,180,601           139,251
                                                                                                   ---------        -----------

       Long-term debt, excluding current maturities                                               $7,365,740       $29,460,614
                                                                                                  ==========       ============
</TABLE>


                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 6 -   Long-Term Debt - (Continued)

               (a)  The  $50.0  million  syndicated  bank  facility   ("SunTrust
Facility")  replaced the Company's  prior facility with  NationsBank of Florida,
N.A. ("NationsBank"). Pursuant to the SunTrust Facility, upon the achievement of
$15.0 million  annualized one quarter EBITDA  pro-formaed for acquisitions,  the
Company shall  automatically  request that the SunTrust Facility be increased by
an additional  $50.0 million to a total of $100.0 million.  As of June 30, 1998,
$21.0 million is currently  available under the initial facility.  Additionally,
the SunTrust  Facility  contains interest rates and an unused facility fee based
on a pricing  grid  calculated  quarterly  on senior  funded debt to  annualized
EBITDA.  The  applicable  LIBOR margin  pursuant to the pricing grid ranges from
1.25% to 2.75%, the applicable  unused facility fee pursuant to the pricing grid
ranges from 0.1875% to 0.50% and the applicable base rate margin pursuant to the
pricing grid ranges from 0.00% to 0.50%.

               The Company is  entitled  to select the Base Rate or LIBOR,  plus
applicable margin, for principal drawings under the SunTrust Facility. Base Rate
is defined as the higher of the prime  lending  rate of  SunTrust or the Federal
Funds rate plus  one-half  of one  percent  (1/2%) per annum.  Interest  only is
payable periodically until the expiration of the SunTrust Facility at which time
all outstanding  principal and interest is due. The SunTrust Facility expires on
October 31,  2000;  however,  it contains a two year renewal  option  subject to
approval.  Additionally, it is collateralized by substantially all of the assets
of the Company.  The Company is precluded from declaring or paying any dividends
and is required to meet certain  affirmative and negative  covenants  including,
but not limited to financial covenants.

               On June 9, 1998,  the Company  entered into an interest rate swap
transaction  (the "Swap") with SunTrust  Bank,  Atlanta,  in the amount of $10.0
million (the "Notional Amount").  The effective date of the Swap is September 2,
1998 and terminates on September 5, 2000. Pursuant to the Swap, the Company pays
a fixed interest rate of 6% per annum and receives a LIBOR-based floating rate.

               The aggregate  maturities of long-term  debt for each of the five
years subsequent to June 30, 1998 are as follows:

                   YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
                               1999                            $   139, 251
                               2000                                  96,977
                               2001                              29,033,495
                               2002                                  36,638
                               2003                                  40,073
                               Thereafter                           253,431
                                                                -----------
                                                               $ 29,599,865

Extraordinary item - loss on extinguishment of debt

               For the years ended June 30, 1996 and 1998, the Company  incurred
an  extraordinary  charge  of  $859,522  and  $186,945,  respectively,  for  the
write-off of deferred  financing  costs and  prepayment  penalties in connection
with the early repayment of debt.

NOTE 7 -    SUBORDINATED DEBT

               Represents   unsecured  Senior   Subordinated   Promissory  Notes
("Notes") with interest only at 12% per annum payable  semi-annually on April 30
and October 31, due October 31, 2004. The Notes were sold with detachable  seven
year warrants to purchase an aggregate of 655,738 shares of the Company's Common
Stock at an exercise price of $16.40 per share (see Note 16). The face amount of
the Notes is  $30,000,000.  The  effective  rate of the notes is 12.1% per annum
after giving effect to the  amortization  of the original  issue  discount.  The
Company is required to meet certain affirmative and negative covenants including
financial covenants. Additionally,  NationsBanc Montgomery Securities, Inc., the
placement agent, received a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 30,000 shares of
the  Company's  Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $14.64  per share  which
expires on October 31, 2004.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 8  -   Shareholders' Equity

                See  Note  2 for  discussion  of  conversion  and  repayment  of
preferred stock and dividends declared and paid.

                (a)      Stock Option Plans

                The board of  directors  adopted the 1995 Option Plan (the "1995
Plan").  Under the 1995 Plan, the Company has reserved  850,000 shares of Common
Stock for  employees of the Company.  Under the terms of the 1995 Plan,  options
granted may be either incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options, or
both. The exercise price of incentive options shall be at least equal to 100% of
the fair market  value of the  Company's  Common Stock at the date of the grant,
and the exercise  price of  non-qualified  stock options issued to employees may
not be less than 75% of the fair market value of the  Company's  Common Stock at
the date of the grant.  The maximum  term for all  options is 10 years.  Options
granted to date vest in three or four installments  commencing one year from the
date of grant.  As of June 30,  1997 and 1998,  options  for  41,437  shares and
105,900 shares are  exercisable,  respectively.  As of June 30, 1996, no options
were exercisable.  The weighted-average fair value of options granted during the
years June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 were $5.67, $2.93 and $2.81, respectively. As
of June 30, 1998,  the  weighted-average  remaining life of the options was 7.04
years.

                The following table summarizes the transactions  pursuant to the
1995 Plan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
                                                 SHARES          EXERCISE PRICE            EXERCISE PRICE
                                                 ------          --------------           ----------------
<S>                                             <C>                 <C>                       <C>   
        Outstanding at June 30, 1995                -0-                   -0-                    -0-
        Granted                                 130,991             $9-$17.50                 $13.87
        Expired or canceled                         340                    $9                     $9
        Exercised                                   -0-                   -0-                    -0-
                                                -------             ---------                 -------
        Outstanding at June 30, 1996            130,651             $9-$17.50                 $13.88
        Granted                                 222,500                $11.25                 $11.25
        Expired or canceled                       6,225              $9-11.25                  $9.31
        Exercised                                   322                    $9                     $9
                                                -------             ---------                 ------
        Outstanding at June 30, 1997            346,604             $9-$17.50                 $12.28
        Granted                                 343,000         $10.25-$11.28                 $10.43
        Expired or canceled                      77,067             $9-$17.50                 $17.29
        Exercised                                   111                    $9                     $9
                                                -------             ---------                 ------
        Outstanding at June 30, 1998            612,426             $9-$11.28                 $10.61
                                                =======             =========                 ======
</TABLE>

                The board of  directors  of the Company  adopted the  Directors'
Stock Option Plan (the  "Directors'  Plan").  Under the  Directors'  Plan,  each
non-employee  director will receive  options for 6,000 shares of Common Stock on
the date of his or her first election to the board of directors. In addition, on
the third  anniversary of each  director's  first election to the Board,  and on
each three year anniversary thereafter,  each non-employee director will receive
an  additional  option to purchase  6,000 shares of Common  Stock.  The exercise
price per share for all options  granted under the Directors' Plan will be equal
to the fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock  as of the date of  grant.  All
options  vest  in  three  equal  annual  installments  beginning  on  the  first
anniversary of the date of grant. The maximum term for all options is ten years.
As of June 30,  1998,  options to  purchase  a total of 16,000  shares of Common
Stock at an exercise price of $9 per share and a total of 6,000 shares of Common
Stock at an  exercise  price of  $12.50  per  share  had  been  issued  and were
outstanding.  As of June 30, 1997 and 1998,  options for 8,000 shares and 14,000
shares  were  currently  exercisable.  As of June  30,  1996,  no  options  were
exercisable.  No options have been  exercised  under the  Directors'  Plan.  The
weighted-average  fair value of options  granted during the years ended June 30,
1996 and 1998 were $3.07 and $4.11, respectively. No options were granted during
the  year  ended  June  30,  1997.  As of June 30,  1998,  the  weighted-average
remaining life of the options was 8.05 years.

                (b)      Warrants

                In August  1994,  the  Company  granted a five year  warrant  to
purchase  73,042 shares of Common Stock at $3.22 per share to a  shareholder  of
the Company in  connection  with the  guarantee  of certain  indebtedness.  This
warrant was exercised in 1996.  Proceeds to the Company for the exercise of this
warrant aggregated $235,195.

                In May 1997, the Company granted a warrant to purchase 1,000,000
shares of Common Stock to BOC pursuant to the supply  agreement  (see Note 14c).
The warrant is exercisable  from May 1, 1999 to May 1, 2002 at an exercise price
of $17 per share and from May 1, 2002 until April 30, 2007 at an exercise  price
of $20 per share.  The option may be exercised  earlier for a material breach in
the supply contract or a change in control of the Company.  As of June 30, 1998,
the warrant was not exercisable.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 8 -        Shareholders' Equity - (Continued)

                (c)      Non-Qualified Stock Options

                During  1995,  the Company  granted  options to purchase  67,934
shares of Common  Stock at $4.40 per share to certain  officers  and  employees.
These  options  vest one year  after  date of grant and are  exercisable  for 10
years. In June and July 1996, these options were exercised. In 1992, the Company
also granted  options to purchase  45,125 shares of Common Stock to a company in
connection with the issuance of the senior subordinated convertible notes. These
options were also exercised in 1996. Proceeds to the Company for the exercise of
non qualified stock options in 1996 and 1997  aggregated  $164,455 and $149,455,
respectively.

                    Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  123,
Accounting for  Stock-Based  Compensation,  defines a fair value based method of
accounting for stock options.  It is effective for fiscal years  beginning after
December 15, 1995.  The  Statement  allows an entity to continue to measure cost
using the  accounting  method  prescribed by APB Opinion No. 25,  Accounting for
Stock Issued to Employees,  and to make pro forma  disclosures of net income and
earnings  per share as if the fair value  based  method of  accounting  had been
applied.  The fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average
assumptions used for grants in fiscal 1996, 1997 and 1998;  expected  volatility
of 40%, risk-free  interest rate of 5.4% to 6.5%,  expected dividend yield of 0%
and expected lives of one to five years.  The Company adopted SFAS 123 in fiscal
year ended June 30, 1997 and presents the following pro forma disclosures rather
than change its present method of accounting for employee stock options:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                          -------------------
                                                                        1996             1997                1998
                                                                        ----             ----                ----

<S>                                                                  <C>             <C>                 <C>           
                Net income (loss) available to common shareholders   $ (993,617)     $   27,439          $  (5,974,752)

                Net income (loss) per common share                   $    (0.22)     $     0.01          $       (0.83)
                                                                     ==========       =========          ==============

                Weighted average number of common and
                    common equivalent shares outstanding              4,499,989       7,302,662              7,210,350
                                                                     ==========       =========          ==============
</TABLE>

               The pro forma adjustment for stock based compensation costs under
SFAS 123 for the years  ending  1996,  1997 and 1998 is  approximately  $70,000,
$500,000 and $340,000, respectively.  No stock based compensation was recognized
in the financial statements pursuant to APB Opinion No. 25.

NOTE 9 -    Earnings per Share

                In February 1997, the FASB issued  Statement 128,  "Earnings Per
Share".  Statement 128 supersedes  APB Opinion No. 15,  "Earnings Per Share" and
specifies the computation, presentation and disclosure requirements for earnings
per share  ("EPS") for  entities  with  publicly  held Common Stock or potential
Common Stock. It replaces the  presentation of primary EPS with the presentation
of basic EPS and replaces  fully  diluted EPS with diluted EPS. It also requires
dual  presentation  of basic and  diluted  EPS on the face of the  statement  of
operations  for all entities  with  complex  capital  structures  and requires a
reconciliation  of the numerator and denominator of the basic EPS computation to
the numerator and denominator of the diluted EPS  computation.  Statement 128 is
effective for financial statements for periods ending after December 15, 1997.

                Earnings  per share of Common Stock for the years ended June 30,
1996 and 1997 have been restated to conform to the guidelines of Statement 128.


                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 9 -        Earnings Per Share - (Continued)

                Incremental  shares for stock  options and warrants  pursuant to
the treasury  stock method for the year ended June 30, 1996 were 179,197.  These
shares were not included in diluted EPS because after giving effect to preferred
stock  dividends their  inclusion  would have been  antidilutive.  Additionally,
options to purchase  75,000 shares at $17.50 were  outstanding  for a portion of
1996 but were not  included  in the  computation  of  diluted  EPS  because  the
exercise price was greater than the average market price of common shares.

                Following is a  reconciliation  of the numerator and denominator
of the basic and  diluted  per share  computations  for income  from  continuing
operations for the year ended June 30, 1997.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 Weighted          Per-Share
                                               Net Income      Average Shares       Amount

Basic EPS

<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>         
Income available to common shareholders        $ 527,439       7,164,924       $       0.07
Effect of dilutive options and warrants            -             153,002                 -
                                                --------      ----------           --------

Diluted EPS                                    $ 527,439       7,317,926       $       0.07
                                                ========      ==========           ========
</TABLE>

                Incremental  shares for stock  options and  warrants  calculated
pursuant  to the  treasury  stock  method for the year ended June 30,  1998 were
136,972.  These  shares were not included in diluted EPS because they would have
been antidilutive. Additionally, options and warrants to purchase 75,000 shares,
1,000,000  shares,  655,738  shares,  30,000 shares and 6,000 shares for $17.50,
$17.00, $16.40, $14.64 and $12.50, respectively,  were outstanding during all or
a  portion  of the year  ended  June 30,  1998  but  were  not  included  in the
computation  of diluted EPS because the options and warrants  exercise price was
greater than the average market price of the common shares.

NOTE 10 -   Income Taxes

                The tax  effects  of  temporary  differences  that  give rise to
significant  portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           JUNE 30,
                                                                                           --------
                                                                                  1997                  1998
                                                                                  ----                  ----
                 Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                                                         <C>                     <C>        
                        Allowance for doubtful accounts                     $      42,500           $   111,000
                        Amortization expense                                      137,800               269,900
                        Other                                                       3,700                 4,200
                        Net operating loss carryforwards                        4,696,200             9,862,700
                                                                              -----------            ----------
                              Total gross deferred tax assets                   4,880,200            10,247,800
                 Less valuation allowance                                        (636,400)           (2,766,200)
                                                                              -----------            ----------
                        Net deferred tax assets                                 4,243,800             7,481,600
                                                                              -----------            ----------
                 Deferred tax liabilities:
                        Depreciation expense                                   (4,243,800)           (7,481,600)
                                                                              -----------            ----------
                              Total gross deferred tax liabilities             (4,243,800)           (7,481,600)
                                                                              -----------            ----------
                              Net deferred taxes                            $    -                  $  -
                                                                              ===========            ==========
</TABLE>

            At June 30, 1998, the Company had net operating  loss  carryforwards
for  Federal  income  tax  purposes  of  approximately  $26,230,000,  which  are
available to offset future Federal  taxable  income,  if any, in varying amounts
through June 2013. The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years
ended June 30,  1997 and 1998 was a decrease  of  $206,100  and an  increase  of
$2,129,800, respectively.



                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 11 -   Related Party Transactions

                The Company  entered  into leases with the chairman of the board
and chief executive officer for certain  warehouse/depots  and office facilities
with annual rentals of approximately:

                 YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
                          1999                           $       274,000
                          2000                                   274,000
                          2001                                   233,000
                          2002                                   109,000
                          2003                                    60,000
                                                            ------------
                                                         $       950,000

                Rental expense was $87,081,  $166,549 and $246,551 in 1996, 1997
and 1998, respectively, under these leases.

NOTE 12 -   Lease Commitments

                The Company leases office equipment,  trucks and warehouse/depot
and office  facilities under operating leases  (including  related party leases,
see Note 11) that expire at various dates through  December 2004.  Primarily all
of the leases contain  renewal  options and  escalations  for real estate taxes,
common charges, etc. Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating
leases (that have initial  noncancelable  lease terms in excess of one year) are
as follows:

                YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
                         1999                          $         3,543,000
                         2000                                    3,101,000
                         2001                                    2,767,000
                         2002                                    2,392,000
                         2003                                    1,503,000
                         Thereafter                                694,000
                                                          ----------------
                                                       $        14,000,000

                Total rental expense under  noncancelable  operating  leases was
approximately  $763,900,  $1,413,000  and  $3,284,000  in 1996,  1997 and  1998,
respectively.

NOTE 13 -   Concentration of Credit and Business Risks

                The Company's business activity is with customers located within
the United States.  As of June 30, 1996,  1997 and 1998, the Company's  sales to
customers in the food and beverage industry were approximately 97%, 98% and 99%,
respectively.

               There were no  customers  that  accounted  for greater than 5% of
total  sales  for the  three  years  ended  June 30,  1998,  nor were  there any
customers  that  accounted for greater than 5% of total  accounts  receivable at
June 30, 1997 or 1998.

               The Company  purchases  new bulk CO2  systems  from the two major
manufacturers  of  such  systems.  The  inability  of both or  either  of  these
manufacturers  to deliver new systems to the Company  could cause a delay in the
Company's  ability to fulfill the demand for its services and a possible loss of
sales, which could affect operating results adversely.

NOTE 14 -   Commitments and Contingencies

                (a)      Employment Agreement

                The Company has an employment  agreement  with an officer of the
Company that currently provides minimum annual compensation of $150,000 per year
through October 1999. The contract  provides for additional  compensation in the
form of bonuses to be  determined  by the board of directors  and  incentive and
non-qualified  stock options  pursuant to the Company's 1995 Plan to purchase up
to 100,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock. The agreement also calls for a
covenant against  competition which extends one year beyond  termination for any
reason.


                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


Note 14 -   Commitments and Contingencies - (Continued)

                (b)      Consulting Agreement

                Effective  April 13, 1998, the Company entered into a three year
consulting  agreement with the former president of the Company.  Pursuant to the
terms of the agreement, the former president shall receive $50,000 per annum and
shall  not  compete  with  the  Company  for a period  of two  years  after  the
expiration of the contract. Simultaneously, options to purchase 75,000 shares of
Common Stock were canceled.

                (c)      Supply Agreement

                In May 1997,  the Company  entered  into an  exclusive  ten-year
carbon dioxide supply agreement with The BOC Group, Inc. ("BOC").  The agreement
ensures readily  available high quality CO2 as well as relatively  stable liquid
carbon dioxide prices. Pursuant to the agreement,  the Company must purchase all
of  its  liquid  CO2  requirements  from  BOC.  The  agreement  contains  annual
adjustments  over the prior  contract  year for an  increase  or decrease in the
Producer  Price Index for  Chemical and Allied  Products  ("PPI") or the average
percentage  increase  in the  selling  price  of bulk  merchant  carbon  dioxide
purchased  by BOC's  large,  multi-location  beverage  customers  in the  United
States.  However,  such increases shall not exceed 3% per year in the first five
contract years.

                (d)      Other

               Carbonic  Designs,  Inc.  ("CDI") had asserted claims against the
Company and three other  defendants  for violation of the Texas Free  Enterprise
and AntiTrust Act of 1983, business  disparagement,  tortious  interference with
contract and prospective  business relations.  CDI sought damages in unspecified
amounts.  The Company  settled this lawsuit in December  1997 for an  immaterial
amount.

                The Company is a defendant in legal  actions  which arise in the
normal course of business.  In the opinion of  management,  the outcome of these
matters will not have a material effect on the Company's  financial  position or
results of operations.

 NOTE 15 -  Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

                The following  methods and assumptions were used to estimate the
fair value of each class of financial instruments.

                (a)      Cash and cash equivalents

                The  carrying  amount  approximates  fair value due to the short
maturity of these instruments.

                (b)      Long-term debt

               The fair value of the Company's long-term debt has been estimated
based on the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same remaining
maturities.

                The carrying amounts and fair values of the Company's  financial
instruments are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          June 30,
                                                                1997                          1998
                                                               -------                        ----

                                                           Carrying Amount                 Carrying Amount
                                                            and Fair Value                  and Fair Value
                                                            --------------                  --------------

<S>                                                         <C>                              <C>        
         Cash and cash equivalents                          $  11,672,506                    $   336,510
         Long-term debt, including current maturities           9,546,341                     29,599,865
         Subordinated debt                                             -                      29,728,571
</TABLE>

As of June 30, 1998,  the fair value of the  Company's  interest  rate swap (see
Note 6) was not material.


                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


NOTE 16 -   Subsequent Events

               In July and August 1998, the 12% Senior  Subordinated  Promissory
Note Agreement and the SunTrust Facility,  respectively,  were amended to adjust
certain financial  covenants as of June 30, 1998 and prospectively.  In exchange
for the amendment to the 12% Senior Subordinated Promissory Note Agreement,  the
exercise  price for 612,023  warrants  was reduced from $16.40 per stock unit to
$12.40 per stock unit.



                                      F-21

<PAGE>
                                   NuCo2 Inc.
                                  Schedule II
                       Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Column B              Column C - Additions                       Column E
                                        --------              --------------------                      ----------
                                        Balance at       Charged to     Charged to      Column D        Balance at
                                        beginning         costs and       other         --------          end of
                                        of period         expenses       accounts      Deductions         period
                                        ---------         --------       --------      ----------         ------
<S>                                     <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>       
Year ended June 30, 1996
  Allowance for doubtful accounts       $172,468         $122,129       $     -         $  83,968       $  210,629
Year ended June 30, 1997
  Allowance for doubtful accounts       $210,629         $143,210       $     -         $ 240,785       $  113,054
Year ended June 30, 1996
  Allowance for doubtful accounts       $113,054         $450,871       $43,276(1)      $ 211,710       $  395,491
</TABLE>

(1)  Initial reserve of acquired company



                                      F-22

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                             FOWLER CARBONICS, INC.



================================================================================


To the Department of State
State of Florida

Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Section  607.1006  of  the  Florida  Business
Corporation  Act, the corporation  hereinafter  named (the  "Corporation")  does
hereby adopt the following Articles of Amendment.

1.          The name of the Corporation is Fowler Carbonics, Inc.

2.          Article I of the Articles of  Incorporation  of the  Corporation  is
            amended so as henceforth to read as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I
                                    ---------

            The name of the  corporation is NuCo2 Inc.  (hereinafter  called the
            "Corporation").

3.          The date of adoption of the  aforesaid  amendment  was  December 13,
            1995.

4.          The  designation of each voting group entitled to vote separately on
            the said amendment is hereby stated as follows: Common Stock, Series
            A Cumulative  Deferred  Preferred  Stock,  Series B Preferred Stock,
            Series C Convertible  Preferred Stock, Series D Cumulative Preferred
            Stock.

<PAGE>


5.          The number of votes cast for the said  amendment by each said voting
            group was sufficient for the approval thereof.

                                  * * * * * * *


Executed on December 18, 1995.

                                        FOWLER CARBONICS, INC.,


                                        By:/s/ Jean Houghton
                                           --------------------
                                             Name of officer: Jean Houghton
                                             Title of officer: Vice President


                                       -2-

                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.3

                              ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

                                       OF

                            ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                                   NUCO2 INC.



================================================================================

To the Department of State
State of Florida

Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Section  607.1006  of  the  Florida  Business
Corporation  Act, the corporation  hereinafter  named (the  "Corporation")  does
hereby adopt the following Articles of Amendment.

1.          The name of the Corporation is NuCo2 Inc.

2.          Article III of the Articles of  Incorporation  of the Corporation is
            amended so as henceforth to read as follows:

                                   ARTICLE III
                                   -----------

            The aggregate number of shares of all classes of capital stock which
this  Corporation   shall  have  authority  to  issue  is  Thirty  Five  Million
(35,000,000),  consisting of (i) Thirty  Million  (30,000,000)  shares of common
stock,  par value $0.001 per share (the "Common  Stock"),  and (ii) Five Million
(5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, without par value but with a stated value
of $1,000 per share (the "Preferred Stock").

            A.          COMMON STOCK.
                        -------------

            Section  1.  VOTING.  Except  as  otherwise  required  by  law or as
otherwise provided in any Preferred Stock designation  including  paragraph B of
this  Article  III below,  the  holders of the Common  Stock  shall  exclusively
possess all voting power and each share of Common Stock shall have one vote.
<PAGE>

            Section 2. DIVIDENDS.  The holders of Common Stock shall be entitled
to receive dividends,  when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of
funds  legally  available  for such  purpose  and  subject  to any  preferential
dividend rights of any then outstanding Preferred Stock.

            Section 3. LIQUIDATION,  DISSOLUTION, WINDING UP. After distribution
in full of the  preferential  amount,  if any  (fixed  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of paragraph B of this Article III), to be distributed to the holders
of  Preferred  Stock  in the  event of  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,
distribution or sale of assets,  dissolution or winding-up,  of the Corporation,
the holders of the Common  Stock shall be entitled to receive all the  remaining
assets of the Corporation,  tangible and intangible,  of whatever kind available
for  distribution to stockholders  ratably in proportion to the number of shares
of Common Stock held by them respectively.

            B.          PREFERRED STOCK.
                        ----------------

            Preferred  Stock  may be  issued  from  time  to time in one or more
series,  each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein or
in the resolution or resolutions  providing for the issue of such series adopted
by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as hereinafter provided. Any shares
of  Preferred  Stock  which  may  be  redeemed,  purchased  or  acquired  by the
Corporation  may be  reissued  except as  otherwise  provided  herein or by law.
Different  series of  Preferred  Stock  shall  not be  construed  to  constitute
different  classes  of shares  for the  purposes  of voting  by  classes  unless
expressly provided for herein or by law.

            Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from
time to  time to  issue  the  Preferred  Stock  in one or  more  series,  and in
connection  with the creation of any such series,  by resolution or  resolutions
providing for the issue of the shares thereof,  to determine and fix such voting
powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences
and   relative,   participating,   optional  or  other   special   rights,   and
qualifications,   limitations  or  restrictions   thereof,   including   without
limitation thereof,  dividend rights,  conversion rights,  redemption privileges
and  liquidation  preferences,   as  shall  be  stated  and  expressed  in  such
resolutions,  all to the full extent now or  hereafter  permitted by the Florida
Business Corporation Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the
resolutions  providing for issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide
that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to the Preferred
Stock of any other series to the extent  permitted  by law.  Except as expressly
provided elsewhere in this Article III or the Florida Business  Corporation Act,
no vote of the holders of the Preferred  Stock or Common Stock shall be required
in connection  with the  designation or the issuance of any shares of any series
of the Preferred  Stock  authorized by and complying  with the conditions of the
Articles of Incorporation, the right to have such vote being expressly waived by
all present and future holders of the capital stock of the Corporation.

3. The date of adoption of the aforesaid amendment was December 9, 1996.

4. The number of votes cast for the aforesaid  amendment by the shareholders was
sufficient for the approval thereof.


                                      -2-
<PAGE>

                                  * * * * * * *


Executed on December 17, 1996.

                              NUCO2 INC.


                              By:/S/ JEAN HOUGHTON
                                 Name of officer: Jean Houghton
                                 Title of officer: Vice President-Administration

                                      -3-

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.1

                                   NUCO2 INC.

                             1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN


1.          PURPOSES

                        The  purpose  of  the  Plan  is  to  provide  additional
incentive  to the  officers  and  employees  of the  Company  who are  primarily
responsible  for  the  management  and  growth  of  the  Company,  or  otherwise
materially  contribute to the conduct and direction of its business,  operations
and affairs,  in order to strengthen their desire to remain in the employ of the
Company and to stimulate  their efforts on behalf of the Company,  and to retain
and  attract to the employ of the  Company  persons of  competence.  Each option
granted  pursuant to the Plan shall be designated at the time of grant as either
an "incentive stock option" or as a "non-qualified  stock option." The terms and
conditions  of the Plan shall be set forth or  incorporated  by reference in the
option agreements evidencing the options.

2.          DEFINITIONS

                        For  the  purposes  of  the  Plan,  unless  the  context
otherwise requires, the following definitions shall be applicable:

                        (a)         "Board"  or "Board of  Directors"  means the
Company's Board of Directors.

                        (b)         "Code"  means the  Internal  Revenue Code of
1986, as amended.

                        (c)         "Committee" means the Stock Option Committee
composed  of two or more  members  of the Board of  Directors,  and who shall be
responsible  for  administering  the Plan.  Each of the members of the Committee
shall be a Disinterested Person.

                        (d)         "Company" means NuCo2 Inc.

                        (e)         "Disinterested Person" means a disinterested
person, as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.


<PAGE>


                        (f)         "Employee"  means an employee of the Company
or of a  Subsidiary  (including  a  director  or  officer  of the  Company  or a
Subsidiary who is also an employee).

                        (g)         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended.

                        (h)         "Fair Market  Value" of the Shares means the
closing price of publicly traded Shares on the national  securities  exchange on
which the  Shares  are  listed  (if the  Shares  are so listed) or on the Nasdaq
National  Market  (if the  Shares are  regularly  quoted on the Nasdaq  National
Market),  or, if not so listed or regularly quoted, the mean between the closing
bid and asked prices of publicly traded Shares in the  over-the-counter  market,
or, if such bid and asked  prices  shall not be  available,  as  reported by any
nationally   recognized  quotation  service  selected  by  the  Company,  or  as
determined by the Committee in a manner  consistent  with the  provisions of the
Code.

                        (i)         "ISO" means an option intended to qualify as
an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

                        (j)         "NQO"  means an option that does not qualify
as an ISO.

                        (k)         "Plan"  means the 1995 Stock  Option Plan of
the Company.

                        (l)         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of
1933, as amended.

                        (m)         "Shares"   means  shares  of  the  Company's
Common Stock,  $.001 par value,  including  authorized  but unissued  shares and
shares that have been previously issued and reacquired by the Company.

                        (n)         "Subsidiary"   of  the  Company   means  and
includes a "Subsidiary  Corporation,"  as that term is defined in Section 425(f)
of the Code.

3.          ADMINISTRATION

                                      -2-

<PAGE>



                        Subject  to the  express  provisions  of the  Plan,  the
Committee shall have authority to interpret and construe the Plan, to prescribe,
amend and rescind rules and  regulations  relating to it, to determine the terms
and conditions of the respective option agreements (which need not be identical)
and  to  make  all  other   determinations   necessary  or  advisable   for  the
administration of the Plan.  Subject to the express  provisions of the Plan, the
Committee, in its sole discretion, shall from time to time determine the persons
from  among  those  eligible  under  the Plan to whom,  and the time or times at
which,  options  shall be  granted,  the  number of Shares to be subject to each
option, whether an option shall be designated an ISO or an NQO and the manner in
and price at which such option may be exercised.  In making such  determination,
the Committee may take into account the nature and period of service rendered by
the respective optionees,  their level of compensation,  their past, present and
potential  contributions  to the Company and such other factors as the Committee
shall in its discretion deem relevant.  The  determination of the Committee with
respect to any matter referred to in this Section 3 shall be conclusive.

4.          ELIGIBILITY FOR PARTICIPATION

                        Any  Employee  shall be eligible to receive ISOs or NQOs
granted under the Plan.

5.          LIMITATION ON SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

                        Subject to adjustment as hereinafter  provided,  no more
than 850,000  Shares may be issued  pursuant to the exercise of options  granted
under the Plan. If any option shall expire or terminate for any reason,  without
having been exercised in full,  the  unpurchased  Shares  subject  thereto shall
again be available for the purposes of the Plan.

6.          TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

                        Each option  granted  under the Plan shall be subject to
the following terms and conditions:

                        (a)         Except as provided in Subsection  6(j),  the
option price per Share shall be  determined by the  Committee,  but (i) as to an
ISO shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a

                                      -3-
<PAGE>



Share on the date such ISO option is granted;  and (ii) as to an NQO,  shall not
be less  than 75% of the Fair  Market  Value of a Share on the date  such NQO is
granted.

                        (b)         The Committee shall, in its discretion,  fix
the term of each option,  provided  that the maximum  length of the term of each
option  granted  hereunder  shall  be 10 years  and  provided  further  than the
provisions of Subsection 6(j) hereof shall be applicable to the grant of ISOs to
Employees therein identified.

                        (c)         If a holder  of an option  dies  while he is
employed by the Company or a Subsidiary, such option may, to the extent that the
holder of the option was  entitled  to  exercise  such option on the date of his
death, be exercised  during a period after his death fixed by the Committee,  in
its  discretion,  at the time such option is granted,  but in no event to exceed
one year, by his personal  representative or representatives or by the person or
persons to whom the  holder's  rights  under the option shall pass by will or by
the  applicable  laws of descent and  distribution  or by a  qualified  domestic
relations order; provided, however, that no option granted under the Plan may be
exercised to any extent by anyone after its expiration.

                        (d)         In the  event  that a  holder  of an  option
shall voluntarily  retire or quit his employment  without the written consent of
the Company or a Subsidiary or if the Company shall  terminate the employment of
a holder of an option for cause, the options held by such holder shall forthwith
terminate.  If a  holder  of an  option  shall  voluntarily  retire  or quit his
employment  with the written  consent of the Company or a Subsidiary,  or if the
employment  of such  holder  shall  have been  terminated  by the  Company  or a
Subsidiary  for  reasons  other than  cause,  such holder may (unless his option
shall have previously  expired  pursuant to the provisions  hereof) exercise his
option at any time prior to the first to occur of the expiration of the original
option  period or the  expiration  of a period after  termination  of employment
fixed by the Committee,  in its  discretion,  at the time the option is granted,
but in no event to exceed  three  months,  to the extent of the number of Shares
subject to such option which were  purchasable by him on the date of termination
of his  employment.  Options granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any
change of employment so long as the holder thereof continues to be an Employee.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>


                        (e)         Anything to the contrary contained herein or
in any option  agreement  executed and delivered  hereunder,  no option shall be
exercisable  unless and until the Plan has been approved by  stockholders of the
Company in accordance with Section 13 hereof.

                        (f)         Each  option  shall  be  nonassignable   and
nontransferable  by the option holder  otherwise  than by will or by the laws of
descent and  distribution  and shall be  exercisable  during the lifetime of the
option holder solely by him.

                        (g)         An option  holder  desiring  to  exercise an
option shall exercise such option by delivering to the Company written notice of
such exercise,  specifying  the number of Shares to be purchased,  together with
payment of the purchase price therefor;  provided, however that no option may be
exercised in part with respect to fewer than 100 Shares,  except to purchase the
remaining  Shares  purchasable  under  such  option.  Payment  shall  be made as
follows: (i) in United States dollars by cash or by check, certified check, bank
draft or money order payable to the order of the Company; (ii) at the discretion
of the  Committee,  by  delivering  to the Company  Shares  already owned by the
option  holder and having a Fair Market  Value on the date of exercise  equal to
the exercise  price,  or a combination  of such Shares and cash; or (iii) by any
other proper method specifically approved by the Committee.

                        (h)         In order to assist an option holder with the
acquisition  of Shares  pursuant to the exercise of an option  granted under the
Plan, the Committee may, in its  discretion and subject to the  requirements  of
applicable  statutes,  rules and regulations,  whenever,  in its judgment,  such
assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Company,  authorize, either
at the time of the grant of the option or thereafter (i) the extension of a loan
to the option  holder by the Company,  (ii) the payment by the option  holder of
the purchase price of the Shares in  installments,  or (iii) the guaranty by the
Company  of a loan  obtained  by the  option  holder  from a  third  party.  The
Committee  shall  determine  the  terms of any such  loan,  installment  payment
arrangement  or  guaranty,  including  the  interest  rate  and  other  terms of
repayment thereof. Loans, installment payment arrangements and guaranties may be
authorized with or without  security and the maximum amount thereof shall be the
option price for the Shares being acquired plus related interest payments.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>



                        (i)         The aggregate Fair Market Value  (determined
at the time an ISO is granted)  of the Shares as to which an Employee  may first
exercise ISOs in any one calendar year under all incentive stock option plans of
the Company and its Subsidiaries may not exceed $100,000.

                        (j)         An ISO may be granted to an Employee owning,
or who is  considered  as owning by applying the rules of ownership set forth in
Section 425(d) of the Code,  over 10% of the total combined  voting power of all
classes of stock of the Company or any  Subsidiary  if the option  price of such
ISO equals or exceeds  110% of the Fair Market  Value of a Share on the date the
option is granted  and such ISO shall  expire not more than five years after the
date of grant.

7.          ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

                        (a)         Subject to any required regulatory approval,
new option rights may be  substituted  for the option  rights  granted under the
Plan, or the Company's  duties as to options  outstanding  under the Plan may be
assumed,  by a corporation other than the Company,  or by a parent or subsidiary
of  the  Company  or  such   corporation,   in   connection   with  any  merger,
consolidation,  acquisition,  separation,  reorganization,  liquidation  or like
occurrence  in which the Company is involved.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing or
the  provisions of Subsection  7(b) hereof,  in the event such  corporation,  or
parent or subsidiary of the Company or such corporation, does not substitute new
option rights for, and  substantially  equivalent  to, the option rights granted
hereunder,  or assume the option  rights  granted  hereunder,  the option rights
granted  hereunder shall  terminate and thereupon  become null and void (i) upon
dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or similar occurrence,  (ii) upon any
merger,  consolidation,  acquisition,  separation,  reorganization,  or  similar
occurrence,  in which the Company will not be a surviving entity or (iii) upon a
transfer of  substantially  all of the assets of the Company or more than 80% of
the outstanding Shares;  provided,  however,  that each option holder shall have
the  right   immediately   prior  to  or  concurrently  with  such  dissolution,
liquidation, merger, consolidation,  acquisition, separation,  reorganization or
similar  occurrence,  to exercise any unexpired option rights granted  hereunder
whether or not then  exercisable.  If the exercise of the foregoing right by the
holder of an ISO would be deemed to result in a violation of the  

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

provisions of Subsection 6(i) of the Plan, then, without further act on the part
of the  Committee or the option  holder,  such ISO shall be deemed an NQO to the
extent necessary to avoid any such violation.

                        (b) The  existence  of  outstanding  options  shall  not
affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its  stockholders to make
or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other
changes in the Company's  capital  structure or its  business,  or any merger or
consolidation  of the Company,  or any issuance of Common Stock or  subscription
rights or any merger or consolidation of the Company,  or any issuance of bonds,
debentures, preferred or prior preference stock ahead of or affecting the Shares
or the rights thereof,  or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any
sale or  transfer  of all or any part of its  assets or  business,  or any other
corporate  act or  proceeding,  whether  of a similar  character  or  otherwise;
provided,  however,  that if the outstanding Shares shall at any time be changed
or exchanged by declaration  of a stock  dividend,  stock split,  combination of
shares or recapitalization, the number and kind of Shares subject to the Plan or
subject to any options  theretofore  granted,  and the option  prices,  shall be
appropriately and equitably adjusted so as to maintain the proportionate  number
of Shares without changing the aggregate option price.

                        (c)  Adjustments  under this  Section 7 shall be made by
the Committee whose determination as to what adjustments, if any, shall be made,
and the extent thereof, shall be final.

8.          PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP

                        No option holder shall be entitled to the  privileges of
stock ownership as to any Shares not actually issued and delivered to him.

9.          SECURITIES REGULATION

                        (a) Each option shall be subject to the requirement that
if at any time the  Board of  Directors  or  Committee  shall in its  discretion
determine that the listing,  registration or qualification of the Shares subject
to such option upon any  securities  exchange or under any Federal or state law,
or the

                                      -7-

<PAGE>
approval  or  consent of any  governmental  regulatory  body,  is  necessary  or
desirable in connection with the issuance or purchase of Shares thereunder, such
option  may  not  be  exercised  in  whole  or  in  part  unless  such  listing,
registration,  qualification,  approval or consent  shall have been  effected or
obtained  free from any  conditions  not  reasonably  acceptable to the Board of
Directors or Committee.

                        (b) Unless at the time of the  exercise of an option and
the  issuance of the Shares  thereby  purchased by any option  holder  hereunder
there shall be in effect as to such Shares a  Registration  Statement  under the
Securities  Act and the rules and  regulations  of the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission,  or there shall be  available  an  exemption  from the  registration
requirements  of the Securities  Act, the option holder  exercising  such option
shall  deliver  to the  Company  at the  time  of  exercise  a  certificate  (i)
acknowledging that the Shares so acquired may be "restricted  securities" within
the meaning of Rule 144  promulgated  under the Securities  Act, (ii) certifying
that he is  acquiring  the Shares  issuable  to him upon such  exercise  for the
purpose of  investment  and not with a view to their sale or  distribution;  and
(iii) containing such option holder's agreement that such Shares may not be sold
or otherwise disposed of except in accordance with applicable  provisions of the
Securities  Act.  The  Company  shall  not  be  required  to  issue  or  deliver
certificates  for  Shares  until  there  shall  have  been  compliance  with all
applicable laws,  rules and regulations,  including the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission.

10.         EMPLOYMENT OF EMPLOYEE

                        Nothing contained in the Plan or in any option agreement
executed and delivered  thereunder shall confer upon any option holder any right
to continue in the employ of the Company or any  Subsidiary or to interfere with
the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate  such  employment at any
time.

11.         WITHHOLDING; DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION

                        (a) The  Company  shall  deduct  and  withhold  from any
salary or other  compensation for employment  services of an option holder,  all
amounts required to satisfy  withholding tax liabilities  arising from the grant
or exercise of an option under the Plan or the  acquisition  or  disposition  of
Shares acquired upon exercise of any such option.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
                        (b) In the  discretion  of the  Committee and in lieu of
the deduction and withholding  provided for in subsection (a) above, the Company
shall deduct and withhold Shares otherwise  issuable to the option holder having
a fair market value on the date income is recognized pursuant to the exercise of
an option equal to the amount required to be withheld.

                        (c) In the case of  disposition  by an option  holder of
Shares  acquired  upon exercise of an ISO within (i) two years after the date of
grant of such ISO,  or (ii) one year after the  transfer  of such Shares to such
option  holder,  such option holder shall give written  notice to the Company of
such  disposition  not later than 30 days after the  occurrence  thereof,  which
notice shall include all such  information  as may be required by the Company to
comply with  applicable  provisions of the Code and shall be in such form as the
Company shall from time to time determine.

12.         AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN

                        Subject to any required regulatory  approval,  the Board
of Directors or Committee may at any time amend,  suspend or terminate the Plan,
provided  that,  except as set forth in  Section 7 above,  no  amendment  may be
adopted without the approval of stockholders which would:

                        (a)  increase  the number of Shares  which may be issued
pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Plan;

                        (b) permit the grant of an option under the Plan with an
option  price less than 100% of the Fair Market  Value of the Shares at the time
such option is granted;

                        (c) change the provisions of Section 4;

                        (d) extend  the term of an option or the  period  during
which an option may be granted under the Plan; or

                        (e) decrease an option exercise price (provided that the
foregoing does not preclude the  cancellation  of an option and a new grant at a
lower exercise price without stockholder approval).

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
Unless the Plan shall theretofore have been terminated by the Board of Directors
or  Committee,  the Plan shall  terminate on November 6, 2005.  No option may be
granted  during the term of any  suspension of the Plan or after  termination of
the Plan.  The  amendment  or  termination  of the Plan shall not,  without  the
written consent of the option holder to be affected,  alter or impair any rights
or obligations under any option theretofore  granted to such option holder under
the Plan.

13.         EFFECTIVE DATE

                        The  effective  date of the Plan  shall be  November  7,
1995,  subject to its  approval  by  shareholders  of the Company not later than
November 7, 1996.

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.7

            THIS LEASE  ("Lease"),  dated as of February 1, 1998, by and between
Edward M. Sellian  ("Landlord"),  having an office at 6794 SE Isle Way,  Stuart,
Florida  and NuCo2 Inc.  ("Tenant")  having an office at 2800 S.E.  Marketplace,
Stuart, Florida 34997.

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

            IN CONSIDERATION  OF THE MUTUAL  COVENANTS AND CONDITIONS  CONTAINED
HEREIN, the parties hereby agree as follows:

            1. DEMISED  PREMISES:  Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant and Tenant
hereby takes and leases from Landlord, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter
set out, the property located at 2820 SE Market Place,  Stuart,  Florida and all
improvements located thereon,  including,  without limitation, the building (the
"Building"),   together  with  all  the  rights  and   appurtenances   thereunto
appertaining,  [including, without limitation, the parking area on the sides and
rear  of  the  Building  up to  the  adjoining  street  and  property  line,  as
appropriate],  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the  "Premises",  [said
premises being more particularly described on Exhibit A1].

            2. Intentionally Deleted.

            3. TERM:  The term (the "Term") hereof shall commence on February 1,
1998(the  "Commencement  Date") and expire on January 21, 2003 (the  "Expiration
Date").

            4. EXTENSION OPTION:  Tenant shall have the right, at its option, to
extend  the  term of this  Lease  for an  additional  term  of five  years  (the
"Extension  Option"),  commencing  from and after the expiration of the original
term, upon the same terms and conditions as are herein set forth.

<PAGE>
            5. RENT:  The rent (the  "Rent")  during the Term shall be $5,500.00
per month,  due and payable on the first day of each month during the Term, made
payable to Landlord and delivered to Landlord at its address set forth above. If
the  Commencement  Date is not the first day of a calendar month,  then the Rent
shall be prorated to the end of that calendar month.

            6. SECURITY DEPOSIT: Tenant has this day deposited with Landlord the
sum of  $0(the  "Security  Deposit")  as  security  for the  full  and  faithful
performance  by Tenant of all the terms,  covenants and conditions of this Lease
upon  Tenant's  part to be performed,  which said sum (with  interest)  shall be
returned to Tenant after the time fixed as the expiration of the Term,  provided
Tenant has fully and  faithfully  carried out all of said terms,  covenants  and
conditions on Tenant's part to be performed.

            7. USE:  The Premises  are for the use and  occupation  by Tenant as
office and warehouse space and all related uses. In connection therewith,  NuCo2
Inc.  intends to use the  Premises  for the storage,  sale and  distribution  of
Carbon Dioxide products for the restaurant industry.

            8. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING:  Tenant shall not assign this Lease or
sublet  any  portion  of the  Premises  without  the prior  written  consent  of
Landlord,   which  consent  shall  not  be  unreasonably  delayed  or  withheld.
Notwithstanding  anything  in this  Lease to the  contrary,  including,  without
limitation,  the  immediately  preceding  sentence,  (a)  Tenant  may  assign or
sublease  part or all of the  Premises  without  Landlord's  consent to: (i) any
corporation  or  partnership  that  controls,  is controlled by, or is in common
control  with,  Tenant;  or (ii) any  corporation  resulting  from the merger or
consolidation  with Tenant or to any entity that acquires all of Tenant's assets
as a going concern of the business that is being  conducted on the Premises,  as
long as the  assignee  or  sublessee  is a bona  fide  entity  and  assumes  the
obligations of Tenant, and (b) Tenant may assign, mortgage,  encumber, pledge or
otherwise  transfer its interest in this Lease to a lender  and/or in connection
with any financing  transaction.  Notwithstanding  anything in this Lease to the
contrary,  a  transfer  of  control  of shares of Tenant  shall not be deemed an
assignment or sublease of this Lease.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
            9. COMPLIANCE;  QUIET ENJOYMENT;  CONDITION:  Landlord  warrants and
represents  that it is the fee simple  title  holder to the  Premises.  Landlord
further  warrants and  represents  that it has full power and authority to lease
the Premises as herein provided.  Landlord covenants and agrees with Tenant that
so long as Tenant keeps and performs all of the covenants and  conditions on the
part of the Tenant to be kept and performed hereunder,  Tenant shall have quiet,
undisturbed and continued possession of the Premises, 24 hours a day, 365 days a
year, free from any claims against  Landlord and all persons  claiming under, by
or through Landlord, during the Term and any renewal terms hereunder.

                        Landlord   warrants   and   represents   that   on   the
Commencement Date:

                        (a) all applicable  laws,  ordinances,  regulations  and
                        restrictive  covenants permit the Premises to be used by
                        Tenant as described in Section 7 herein;

                        (b)  the  Premises  will  be  in  compliance   with  all
applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations of governmental authorities;

                        (c) the Premises shall be in broom clean condition;

                        (d) all utility services (including, without limitation,
                        natural gas, heat, light,  power, three phase electrical
                        power, sewer service,  telephone, and water) serving the
                        Premises are (1)  sufficient  for the  Premises,  (2) in
                        good working order, and (3) separately metered;

                        (e) the  Premises are in good repair and the heating and
                        air  conditioning  units,  the plumbing  and  electrical
                        systems as well as all mechanical systems,  doors, locks
                        and windows are in good working order;

                        (f) the Taxes (as hereinafter defined) have been paid to
date;

                        (g) the  Premises  are free and clear of all  mortgages,
                        liens, encumbrances, easements, restrictions, mortgages,
                        tenancies or right of any party to possess or occupy the
                        Premises; and

                                      -3-

<PAGE>
                        (h) there are (A) no common  area  charges or charges of
                        similar import,  (B) no merchant  association or similar
                        type of  charges,  and (iii) no taxes,  charges,  costs,
                        fees,  or expenses to be incurred  by, or imposed  upon,
                        the Tenant other than those set forth in this Lease.

            10.  MAINTENANCE,  REPAIRS,  ALTERATIONS:  (a) Tenant shall keep the
Premises in good repair;  provided  however,  Landlord shall be responsible  for
maintaining,  repairing and  replacing,  the roof,  exterior  walls,  structural
foundations,  heating,  ventilation and air conditioning systems, and sewage and
plumbing systems.  Tenant shall permit no waste, damage or intentional injury to
the Premises.  Subject to the terms hereof,  Tenant shall surrender the same, on
the  Expiration  Date,  in as good  condition as received,  normal wear and tear
excepted.

            (b) Except as may otherwise be provided herein,  Tenant will make no
material  alterations in or to the Demised  Premises without the written consent
of Landlord, said consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

            11. IMPROVEMENTS: Tenant shall be permitted to install a copper pipe
(the "Pipe") through a wall in the Premises leading to the outdoors, in order to
facilitate the delivery of carbon dioxide  products to the Tenant.  Tenant shall
remove  said  pipe and  restore  said  portion  of the wall  upon  vacating  the
Premises.  Except for the Pipe and the Work, no material improvement or material
alteration of the Premises  shall be made without the prior  written  consent of
Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld.

            12.  INDEMNIFICATION  OF LANDLORD:  Tenant will  indemnify  and save
harmless Landlord from any damages or loss by reason of any breach, violation or
non-performance  of any  condition  hereof on the part of  Tenant.  Tenant  will
indemnify,  protect and save  harmless  Landlord  herein,  from any loss,  cost,
damage,  or expense  caused by injuries to persons or property,  while in, on or
about the  Premises.  Notwithstanding  anything  in the  Lease to the  contrary,
including, without limitation, the immediately preceding two sentences, Landlord
shall be liable, and Tenant shall not indemnify or hold harmless  Landlord,  for
injuries to persons or damage to property  sustained by Tenant or other  persons
where such  injury and damage is the result of the failure of Landlord to comply
with  Landlord's  obligations  under  the  Lease  or the  result  of  the  gross
negligence or wilful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, invitees, customers,
contractors, servants, licensees or agents.

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
            13. ENTRY AND INSPECTION: Tenant shall permit Landlord or Landlord's
agents to enter  upon the  Premises  at  reasonable  times  and upon  reasonable
notice,  for the purpose of inspecting  the same, and will permit  Landlord,  at
reasonable times and upon reasonable notice, within sixty (60) days prior to the
expiration of this Lease, to place upon the Premises a standard for "rent and/or
sale" sign, and permit persons desiring to lease or purchase the same to inspect
the Premises thereafter,  at reasonable times and upon reasonable notice. In the
event of an emergency  situation,  Landlord  shall be able to enter the Premises
without notice, but shall notify Tenant immediately  thereafter if Tenant is not
in Premises upon Landlord's entry thereof.

            14.  NON-DISTURBANCE:  If any  mortgage,  deed of trust  or  similar
security  agreement  (each such  mortgage,  deed of trust or security  agreement
being  hereinafter  referred  to as a  "Mortgage")  is placed  on the  Premises,
I.E.,becomes   an  encumbrance  on  the  Premises,   Landlord  shall  deliver  a
non-disturbance  agreement from the holder (the "Holder") of said Mortgage, said
non-disturbance  agreement to provide  that if no Event of Default  exists under
this Lease,  then,  notwithstanding a default by Landlord under the Mortgage (a)
Tenant's  possession  of the  Premises  shall  not be  disturbed,  and  (b)  the
obligations  of Landlord  (and its  successors  or assigns,  including,  without
limitation, the Holder) under this Lease shall remain unchanged.

            15.  TAXES:  Tenant  shall be required  to pay(a) all real  property
taxes,  assessments  or  governmental  charges  levied or  assessed  against the
Premises  and/or  the Rent or any  charges in lieu  thereof;  (b) any charge for
depreciation  of the  Building  and any  interest or other  financing  charge in
connection  therewith;  (c) any charge for Landlord's  income,  excise,  profit,
franchise or any tax of similar  nature that is or may be imposed in  connection
with this Lease on Landlord or Tenant;  (d) any sales tax of any nature relating
to this Lease imposed on Landlord or Tenant;  and (e) any commercial rent tax or
other charges  assessed  against the Premises or in  connection  with this Lease
(items (a) - (e) being collectively referred to as the "Taxes").

                                      -5-

<PAGE>
            16.  UTILITIES:  Tenant shall be responsible  for the payment of all
utilities, including water, gas, electricity and heat delivered to the Premises.
Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  Landlord shall be responsible
and shall pay for, if not already done,  bringing  ("hooking  up") all utilities
and utility services to the Premises.

            17.  INSURANCE:  Tenant shall  maintain at Tenant's  expense  public
liability insurance covering the Premises and operations of Tenant having limits
of  liability  of not less than  $500,000  bodily  injury  per  occurrence  plus
$1,000,000  property  damage  per  occurrence,  or a  combined  single  limit of
liability not less than $500,000 per occurrence.  Tenant may carry any or all of
such insurance under blanket policies.

                        To the maximum  extent  permitted by insurance  policies
which may be owned by Landlord or Tenant,  Tenant and Landlord,  for the benefit
of each other,  waive any and all rights of  subrogation  which might  otherwise
exist.

            18. SIGNS:  Tenant shall not construct any projecting sign or awning
without  prior  written  consent  of  Landlord,   which  consent  shall  not  be
unreasonably delayed or withheld.

            19.  CONDEMNATION:  If the Premises,  or any part thereof,  shall be
taken or condemned for public use, and said taking or condemnation would prevent
or materially interfere with the use of the Premises for the purposes then being
used, then,  Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease and, if Tenant
exercises said option,  the terms hereby granted and all rights and  obligations
of Tenant hereunder shall immediately cease and terminate,  except that the Rent
shall be adjusted as of the date of such termination of the Lease.

                        If  this  Lease  is  not  terminated   pursuant  to  the
immediately  foregoing  paragraph,  this Lease shall  continue in full force and
effect,  but the  Rent  shall  be  adjusted  as of the  time of such  taking  to
equitably reflect the change in the size of the remaining property. In the event
of such taking, Landlord and Tenant shall each be entitled to receive and retain
such  separate  awards as may be allocated to their  respective  interest in any
condemnation proceeding.

                                      -6-

<PAGE>
            20. TRADE FIXTURES:  Any and all  improvements  made to the Premises
during the term hereof shall belong to the  Landlord,  except trade  fixtures of
the Tenant.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in the Lease,  including,
without limitation,  the immediately  preceding sentence,  Tenant shall have the
right to remove its furniture,  equipment,  furnishing, trade fixtures, tangible
and intangible  personal  property at any time during,  and after expiration of,
the Term at its sole  discretion  and none of the foregoing  items shall ever be
deemed to be the  property of  Landlord,  but Tenant shall repair or pay for all
repairs  necessary  for  damages to the  Premises  occasioned  by the  foregoing
described removal. Furthermore,  Landlord hereby waives any and all liens it has
or may hereinafter have on Tenant's  furniture,  equipment,  furnishings,  trade
fixtures, tangible and intangible personal property.

            21.  DESTRUCTION  OF PREMISES:  In the event of a destruction of the
Premises,  or part  thereof,  during the term hereof,  from any cause,  Landlord
shall forthwith  repair the same,  provided that such repairs can be made within
sixty (60) days  under  existing  governmental  laws and  regulations,  but such
destruction shall not terminate this Lease, except that Tenant shall be entitled
to a  proportionate  reduction of Rent while such repairs are being made,  based
upon the extent to which the said  destruction  and the  making of such  repairs
shall  interfere  with the business of Tenant on the  Premises.  If such repairs
cannot be made within said sixty (60) days, then this Lease may be terminated at
the option of either party.  If (a) the repairs can be made within 60 days,  and
(b) Landlord has undertaken said repairs, then, if said repairs are not complete
within said 60 days, Tenant may terminate this Lease.

            22.  INSOLVENCY:  In the event a receiver is  appointed to take over
the business of Tenant,  or in the event Tenant makes a general  assignment  for
the  benefit  of  creditors,  or Tenant  takes or suffers  any action  under any
solvency  or  bankruptcy  act,  and any of the same  shall  not be  reversed  or
dismissed  within  sixty  days  from the date  thereof,  then such  event  shall
constitute an Event of Default (as defined herein).

            23.  REMEDIES OF OWNER ON DEFAULT:  In the event any material breach
of this Lease by Tenant is not cured  within  ten  business  days  after  Tenant
receives notice thereof from Landlord,  such breach shall be an event of default
("Event of Default") and Landlord shall have the right to:

            (a) annul and terminate this Lease, and thereupon  re-enter and take
            possession of the Premises; or

                                      -7-

<PAGE>

            (b) re-enter and re-let the Premises from time to time, as agents of
            Tenant,  and such  re-entry  and/or  re-letting  shall not discharge
            Tenant from any  liability  or  obligations  hereunder,  except that
            rents collected as a result of such re-letting  shall be a credit on
            Tenant's  liability  for  rents  under  the  terms  of  this  Lease.
            Notwithstanding  anything  herein to the  contrary,  the  failure of
            Tenant to cure any  material  breach of this Lease  within  said ten
            business days shall not be an Event of Default if such breach cannot
            be cured  within  said ten  business  days and Tenant is  diligently
            pursuing the remedy of said breach.

            24.  Intentionally Deleted.

            25.  ATTORNEY'S FEES: In case suit should be brought for recovery of
the  Premises,  or for any sum due  hereunder,  or  because of any act which may
arise out of the  possession of the Premises,  by either party,  the  prevailing
party shall be entitled to all costs  incurred in  connection  with such action,
including a reasonable attorney's fee.

            26. WAIVER:  No failure of Landlord to enforce any term hereof shall
be deemed to be a waiver.

            27. NOTICES: All notices,  request, demands and other communications
which are  required  or may be given  under this Lease  shall be in writing  and
shall be deemed to have been duly given when  delivered (a)  personally,  (b) by
nationally recognized overnight courier, or (c) by registered or certified mail,
return  receipt   requested,   postage  prepaid,   in  any  case,  with  receipt
acknowledged:

                (a)         If to Tenant to:

                            NuCo2 Inc.
                            2800 S.E. Market Place
                            Stuart, Florida 34997
                            Attention:  Robert Ranieri

                (b)         If to Landlord to:

                            Edward M. Sellian
                            6794 SE Isle Way
                            Stuart, FL 34996

                                      -8-

<PAGE>
or to any such other  address as any party  shall  have  specified  by notice in
writing to the other in compliance with this Section.

            28.  HOLDING OVER: If Tenant  continues to occupy the Premises after
the expiration of the Term or after a forfeiture,  then Tenant shall continue as
a tenant  under the terms of the Lease  (except  as to  duration)  from month to
month and each holding over  thereafter  shall in like manner create and cause a
similar extension of this Lease from month to month.

            29.  SUCCESSORS IN INTEREST:  Every provision  hereof  applicable to
Landlord and every provision hereof  applicable to Tenant shall also bind, apply
to and  run in  favor  of  "their  respective  successors  in  interest,  heirs,
executors,  administrators  or  personal  representatives"  as  fully as if said
quoted words were inserted after the word "Landlord" and "Tenant"  wherever they
appear herein, except that this provision shall not permit the assignment of the
Lease, or subleasing of the Premises except on the conditions here imposed.

            30.  ENVIRONMENTAL:  Tenant shall have no  obligation,  liability or
responsibility  with  respect to any  environmental  liability  pursuant  to the
Comprehensive  Environmental  Response,   Compensation  and  Liability  Act,  as
amended,  and the regulations  promulgated  thereunder and all other  applicable
federal,  state and local laws,  rules and  regulations,  which results from the
business  or  operations  of  Landlord  at the  Premises on or prior to the date
hereof or after the  expiration  of this lease or which results from the acts or
omissions of anyone other than Tenant, Tenant's employees, agents or invitees.

            31.   RECORDING:   Either  party  hereto  may  record  a  memorandum
evidencing the existence of this Lease,  said memorandum to contain  information
customary for memoranda  evidencing  similar leased premises in  ______________.
Each party hereto agrees to timely execute such a memorandum if requested by the
other party.

            32. COUNTERPART:  This Lease may be executed in counterpart, each of
which shall be deemed an original and all of which, together, shall be deemed to
be the same instrument.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>
            33. RIDERS:  All riders attached hereto are by reference made a part
hereof and any terms or  conditions of such rider,  in conflict or  inconsistent
with this printed lease, shall supersede and control.

            34.  CAPTIONS:  The  captions  in the  margin of this  Lease are for
convenience only and are not a part of this Lease and do not in any way limit or
amplify the terms and provisions of this Lease.

                        IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  Landlord and Tenant have  executed
this Lease as of the date first above set forth.


                                           /S/ EDWARD M. SELLIAN
                                           -------------------------------
                                                                , Landlord


                                           NUCO2 INC., Tenant


                                           By:/S/ ROBERT RANIERI
                                              ----------------------
                                           Name:


                                      -10-

                                                                    EXHIBIT 10.9

                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


            THIS REVOLVING CREDIT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of October 31, 1997 (the
"AGREEMENT") by and among (a) NUCO2 INC., a Florida corporation (the "COMPANY"),
(b) SUNTRUST  BANK,  SOUTH FLORIDA,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  a national  banking
association  ("SUNTRUST") and any other banks or other lending institutions that
are or will become  parties to this Agreement  (collectively,  the "LENDERS" and
individually,  a  "LENDER"),  and (c) SUNTRUST  BANK,  SOUTH  FLORIDA,  NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the "AGENT").


                              W I T N E S S E T H :


            WHEREAS,  the Company has  requested,  and  SunTrust and the Lenders
have agreed to commit to a revolving credit facility to the Company on the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

            NOW,  THEREFORE,  for and in  consideration  of the sum of $10.00 in
hand paid by  SunTrust  and the Lenders to the  Company,  and for other good and
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged,  the  parties  hereto,  intending  to be legally  bound,  agree as
follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

            SECTION  1.01.  DEFINITIONS.  In addition to the other terms defined
herein, the following terms used herein shall have the meanings herein specified
(such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of
the terms defined):

            "ADDITIONAL  GUARANTOR" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
     in Section 5.13(a).

            "ADVANCE" shall mean any advance by a Lender under the Commitments.

            "AGENT"  shall  mean  SunTrust   Bank,   South   Florida,   National
     Association,  as agent for the Lenders  hereunder  and under the other Loan
     Documents, and each successor agent.


<PAGE>
            "AGENT  FEE"  shall mean the  administrative  fee  described  in the
     Commitment Letter,  payable on the Closing Date and thereafter  annually in
     advance to the Agent during the period prior to the Commitment  Termination
     Date.

            "AFFILIATE" shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person
     that, directly or indirectly through one or more  intermediaries,  controls
     or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such first Person.  A
     Person  shall be deemed to  control  another  Person if such  first  Person
     possesses,  directly  or  indirectly,  the  power to  direct  or cause  the
     direction  of the  management  and policies of such other  Person,  whether
     through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

            "AGREEMENT"  shall mean this Revolving Credit  Agreement,  either as
     originally executed or as hereafter amended,  restated,  renewed, extended,
     supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

            "ANNUALIZED  EBITDA" shall mean EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ending
     on the last day of such quarter, MULTIPLIED BY four.

            "APPLICABLE  COMMITMENT  FEE  PERCENTAGE"  shall mean the percentage
     designated  below based on the  Company's  Senior Funded Debt to Annualized
     EBITDA ratio for each fiscal quarter-end, as indicated below:


                Senior Funded Debt to                   Applicable Commitment
               Annualized EBITDA Ratio                      Fee Percentage

            Less than 1.50:1.0                           0.1875%

            Greater than or equal to 1.50:1.0            0.25%
            and less than 2.25:1.0

            Greater than or equal to 2.25:1.0            0.375%
            and less than 3.00:1.0

            Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.0            0.50%

     Until the first quarterly pricing adjustment, the Applicable Commitment Fee
     Percentage shall be 0.375%,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that if, subsequent to the
     Closing Date but prior to making the first  quarterly  pricing  adjustment,
     the Company closes and lenders fund a  subordinated  debt issue of at least
     $15,000,000,  on terms  and  conditions  satisfactory  to the Agent and the
     Lenders, the Applicable Commitment Fee Percentage will be reduced to 0.25%.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>
                        "APPLICABLE  LAW" shall mean,  anything in Section 10.05
            notwithstanding,  (i) all  applicable  common law and  principles of
            equity and (ii) all applicable  provisions of all (a) constitutions,
            statutes,  rules, regulations and orders of governmental bodies, (b)
            Governmental  Approvals,  and (c) orders,  decisions,  judgments and
            decrees of all courts and arbitrators.

                        "APPLICABLE MARGIN" shall mean the percentage designated
            below based on the Company's Senior Funded Debt to Annualized EBITDA
            ratio for each fiscal quarter-end, as indicated below:

         Senior Funded Debt to         Applicable Margin       Applicable Margin
       Annualized EBITDA Ratio         (LIBOR Advance)       (Base Rate Advance)

    Less than 1.50:1.0                      1.25%                 0.00%

    Greater than or equal to 1.50:1.0       1.75%                 0.00%
    and less than 2.25:1.0

    Greater than or equal to 2.25:1.0       2.25%                 0.00%
    and less than 3.00:1.0

    Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.0       2.75%                 0.50%

    Until the first quarterly pricing adjustment, the Applicable Margin on LIBOR
    Advances  and Base Rate  Advances  shall be 2.25%  and  0.00%  respectively,
    PROVIDED,  HOWEVER  that if,  subsequent  to the  Closing  Date but prior to
    making  the first  quarterly  pricing  adjustment,  the  Company  closes and
    lenders fund a subordinated debt issue of at least $15,000,000, on terms and
    conditions  satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders, the Applicable Margin
    on LIBOR Advances will be reduced to 1.75%.

                  "ASSET  VALUE"  shall mean,  with  respect to any  property or
    asset of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries as of any particular  date,
    an amount  equal to the greater of (i) the then book value of such  property
    or asset as  established  in  accordance  with GAAP,  and (ii) the then fair
    market value of such  property or asset as  determined  in good faith by the
    board of directors of the Company or such Subsidiary.

                  "ASSIGNMENT  AGREEMENT" shall mean an agreement in the form of
    EXHIBIT J.

                  "ASSIGNMENT  OF LEASES" shall mean that certain  Assignment of
    Leases agreement,  dated as of the date hereof,  executed by the Company and
    each  Subsidiary  in favor of the Agent,  assigning  the  Company's and each
    Subsidiary's  lessee's  interest in any leasehold  (except those  leaseholds
    whose terms  prohibit  assignments),  as the same may be hereafter  amended,
    restated, renewed, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
    time.

                  "AVAILABILITY" shall mean, with respect to any Commitment,  at
    any  time,  the  amount  by  which  such  Commitment  exceeds  all  Advances
    outstanding under such Commitment.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
                  "BANKRUPTCY   LAW"  shall  mean  laws  governing   bankruptcy,
    suspension of payments,  reorganization,  arrangement,  adjustment of debts,
    relief of  debtors,  dissolution,  or other  similar  laws  relating  to the
    enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

                  "BASE  RATE"  shall  mean the  higher  of (i) the  rate  which
    SunTrust  designates  from time to time as its  prime  lending  rate,  as in
    effect from time to time, and (ii) the Federal Funds rate, as in effect from
    time to time,  plus  one-half of one percent  (2%) per annum (any changes in
    such rates to be effective  as of the date of any change in such rate).  The
    SunTrust  prime  lending rate is a reference  rate and does not  necessarily
    represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. SunTrust
    may make commercial  loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above, or
    below the SunTrust prime lending rate.

                  "BASE RATE ADVANCE" shall mean any advance made to the Company
    by the  Lenders  at an  interest  rate  equal  to the  Base  Rate  PLUS  the
    Applicable Margin for such advance.

                  "BORROWING"  shall  mean a  borrowing  under  the  Commitments
    consisting of  simultaneous  Advances by the Lenders,  including  Swing Line
    Borrowings.

                  "BUSINESS  DAY"  shall  mean  a day  of the  year  other  than
    Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which the Agent is required to close.

                  "CAPITAL   EXPENDITURES"   shall   mean,   for   any   period,
    expenditures  made  by the  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  to  acquire  or
    construct fixed assets,  property,  plant and equipment (including renewals,
    improvements  and  replacements,  but excluding  repairs) during such period
    computed in accordance with GAAP.

                  "CERCLA" shall mean the Comprehensive  Environmental  Response
    Compensation  and Liability Act, as amended by the Superfund  Amendments and
    Reauthorization Act (42 U.S.C. ' 9601 ET SEQ.).

                  A "CHANGE IN CONTROL"  shall be deemed to have occurred if (a)
    any "person" or "group"  (within the meaning of Sections  13(d) and 14(d)(2)
    of the Exchange Act) shall become the  "beneficial  owner(s)" (as defined in
    said Rule  13d-3)  of more than  forty  percent  (40%) of the  shares of the
    outstanding  common stock of the Company entitled to vote for members of the
    Company's board of directors; (b) a majority of the seats (other than vacant
    seats)  on the  board  of  directors  of the  Company  shall  at any time be
    occupied by persons who were neither (i) nominated by the board of directors
    of the Company, nor (ii) appointed by directors so nominated;  (c) any event
    or condition shall occur or exist which requires or permits the holder(s) of
    Indebtedness  of the Company to require that such  Indebtedness be redeemed,
    repurchased,  defeased,  prepaid  or  repaid,  in whole  or in part,  or the
    maturity of such  Indebtedness  to be accelerated in any respect as a result
    of a change in control provision of such Indebtedness;  or (d) any person or
    group  (other than the group in control of the  Company on the date  hereof)
    shall otherwise directly or indirectly control the Company.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>
                  "CLOSING DATE" shall mean October 31, 1997.

                  "CODE"  shall  mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
    amended from time to time, and the  regulations  promulgated and the rulings
    issued thereunder.

                  "COLLATERAL"  shall mean all real and  personal  property  and
    assets, now or hereafter existing,  of the Company and its Subsidiaries over
    which  the  Company  or such  Subsidiary  has  granted  a Lien to the  Agent
    pursuant to the Security Documents, and all proceeds and products thereof.

                  "COMMITMENT"  shall  mean,  for any  Lender at any  time,  the
    aggregate revolving credit facility severally  established by such Lender in
    favor  of  the  Company  pursuant  to  Section  2.01,   including,   without
    duplication,  in the case of  SunTrust,  the Swing Line,  as the same may be
    increased  or  decreased  from  time to time as a  result  of any  reduction
    thereof pursuant to Section 2.04, any assignment thereof pursuant to Section
    10.08, or any amendment thereof pursuant to Section 10.02.

                  "COMMITMENT  FEE" shall have the  meaning set forth in Section
    2.10(c).

                  "COMMITMENT LETTER" means that certain Letter Agreement, dated
    as of September 16, 1997, executed by SunTrust and SunTrust Capital Markets,
    Inc., and accepted and agreed to by the Company.

                  "COMMITMENT TERMINATION DATE" shall have the meaning set forth
    in Section 2.01.

                  "COMMITTED  AMOUNT" shall mean,  with respect to any Facility,
    the maximum  principal  amount of such Facility  committed by the Lenders or
    any of them,  including any portion of the Committed Amount of such Facility
    in which such Lender has  purchased a  participation  as  permitted  by this
    Agreement and excluding any portion of the Committed Amount of such Facility
    in  which  such  Lender  has  sold a  participation  as  permitted  by  this
    Agreement, as such amount may be reduced from time to time.

                  "COMPANY PLEDGE  AGREEMENT"  shall mean that certain Stock and
    Notes Pledge Agreement (Company),  dated as of the date hereof,  executed by
    the  Company  in  favor  of  the  Agent,  as  hereafter  amended,  restated,
    supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "COMPANY SECURITY  AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Security
    Agreement (Company), dated as of the date hereof, executed by the Company in
    favor  of  the  Agent,  as  hereafter  amended,  restated,  supplemented  or
    otherwise modified from time to time.

                                      -5-

<PAGE>
                  "COMPANY TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain
    Trademark  Security  Agreement  (Company),  dated  as of  the  date  hereof,
    executed  by the  Company  in  favor of the  Agent,  as  hereafter  amended,
    restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "CONSOLIDATED COMPANIES" shall mean, collectively, the Company
    and all of its Subsidiaries.

                  "CONSOLIDATED  EBIT" shall mean,  for any fiscal period of the
    Company,  an amount equal to the sum of (a)  Consolidated Net Income (Loss),
    PLUS (b) to the  extent  deducted  in  determining  Consolidated  Net Income
    (Loss),  (i)  provisions  for taxes  based on income of the  Company and its
    Subsidiaries  determined on a  consolidated  basis in accordance  with GAAP,
    (ii) Interest Expense, and (iii) extraordinary items determined according to
    GAAP.

                  "CONSOLIDATED  NET INCOME  (LOSS)" shall mean,  for any fiscal
    period of the  Company,  the net  income  (or loss) of the  Company  and its
    Subsidiaries  determined on a consolidated basis for such period (taken as a
    single accounting period), in accordance with GAAP.

                  "CONSOLIDATED  NET  WORTH"  shall  mean,  as of  the  date  of
    determination,  the  total  shareholders'  equity  of the  Company  and  its
    Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "CONTRACTUAL   OBLIGATIONS"  of  any  Person  shall  mean  any
    provision  of any  security  issued  by  such  Person  or of any  agreement,
    instrument or  undertaking  under which such Person is obligated or by which
    it or any of its property is bound.

                  "CONTRIBUTION  AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Contribution
    Agreement,  dated as of the date hereof, executed by the Company and each of
    the Guarantors,  substantially in the form of EXHIBIT E attached hereto,  as
    hereafter amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
    time.

                  "DEFAULT"  shall  mean any  event  that,  with the  giving  of
    notice, or lapse of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

                                      -6-

<PAGE>
                  "EBITDA" shall mean, for any fiscal period of the Company,  an
    amount  equal to the sum of  Consolidated  EBIT  plus (i)  depreciation  and
    amortization   expenses  to  the  extent   deducted  in   determining   such
    Consolidated  EBIT as determined on a consolidated  basis in accordance with
    GAAP,  and (ii) the  historical  Consolidated  EBITDA of any Person for such
    period which  accrued  prior to the date such Person  became a Subsidiary of
    the  Company or was merged into or  consolidated  with the Company or any of
    its Subsidiaries or such Person's assets were acquired by the Company or any
    of its  Subsidiaries  (and the  underlying  records of such Person  shall be
    audited to the extent the Company is required  pursuant to Regulation S-X of
    the  SEC to  present  audited  financial  information  for  such  Person  in
    documents  filed by it with the SEC). If audited  financial  records are not
    available for acquired companies, pro-forma financial statements (subject to
    review and acceptance by the Required Lenders) will be substituted.

                  "ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS" shall mean all federal,  state, local and
    foreign  statutes  and codes or  regulations,  rules or  ordinances  issued,
    promulgated,  or approved thereunder, now or hereafter in effect (including,
    without  limitation,  those with respect to asbestos or asbestos  containing
    material or exposure to asbestos or asbestos containing material),  relating
    to pollution or protection of the  environment and relating to public health
    and safety,  relating to (i) emissions,  discharges,  releases or threatened
    releases of  pollutants,  contaminants,  chemicals  or  industrial  toxic or
    hazardous constituents,  substances or wastes, including without limitation,
    any Hazardous  Substance (as such term is defined under  CERCLA),  petroleum
    including crude oil or any fraction thereof,  any petroleum product or other
    waste,  chemicals or substances  regulated by any Environmental Law into the
    environment  (including  without  limitation,  ambient air,  surface  water,
    ground water, land surface or subsurface  strata),  or (ii) the manufacture,
    processing,  distribution,  use, generation,  treatment,  storage, disposal,
    transport or handling of any  Hazardous  Substance  (as such term is defined
    under CERCLA),  petroleum  including crude oil or any fraction thereof,  any
    petroleum product or other waste,  chemicals or substances  regulated by any
    Environmental  Law, and (iii) underground  storage tanks and related piping,
    and  emissions,  discharges and releases or threatened  releases  therefrom,
    such Environmental Laws to include, without limitation (i) the Clean Air Act
    (42 U.S.C.  ' 7401 ET SEQ.),  (ii) the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C.  ' 1251 ET
    SEQ.), (iii) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. ' 6901 ET
    SEQ.), (iv) the Toxic Substances  Control Act (15 U.S.C. ' 2601 ET SEQ.) and
    (v) CERCLA.

                  "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
    of 1974 and all rules and regulations  promulgated  pursuant thereto, as the
    same may from time to time be supplemented or amended.

                  "ERISA  AFFILIATE"  shall mean any trade or business  (whether
    incorporated or  unincorporated)  which together with the Company is treated
    as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

                  "EVENT OF DEFAULT" shall have the meaning set forth in Article
    VIII.

                  "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
    as amended from time to time, and any successor statute thereto.

                  "EXECUTIVE  OFFICER" shall mean each of the executive officers
    of the Company and any Person  hereafter  holding  the  following  office or
    offices which,  individually  or  collectively,  are assigned  substantially
    similar  duties:  Chairman,  Chief  Executive  Officer,   President,   Chief
    Financial Officer,  Executive Vice President,  Chief Operating Officer,  and
    Vice President of Administration.

                                      -7-

<PAGE>
                  "EXISTING  CREDIT  AGREEMENT"  shall  mean  that  certain  $30
    million  Revolving Credit  Agreement,  dated as of December 22, 1995, by and
    between the Company and NationsBank of Florida, N.A.

                  "FACILITIES"   shall  mean,   collectively,   the  Commitments
    described hereunder.

                  "FEDERAL FUNDS RATE" shall mean, for any period, a fluctuating
    interest  rate per  annum  equal  for each day  during  such  period  to the
    weighted average of the rates on overnight  Federal funds  transactions with
    members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers,  as
    published  for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next
    preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta,  or, if such
    rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of
    the quotations for such day on such transactions  received by the Agent from
    three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

                  "FEES"  shall  mean,  collectively,  the  Agent  Fee  and  the
    Commitment Fee.

                  "FIXED  CHARGE  COVERAGE  RATIO"  shall  mean,  for any fiscal
    period of the  Company,  the ratio of (a) (1) EBITDA  for the fiscal  period
    ending on the last day of such period,  PLUS (2) Rent Expense for the fiscal
    period ending on the last day of such period,  MINUS (3) Maintenance Capital
    Expenditures for the fiscal period ending on the last day of such period, to
    (b)  Fixed  Charges  for the  fiscal  period  ending on the last day of such
    period.

                  "FIXED CHARGES" shall mean  consolidated  interest expense for
    the   period   of   determination   (including   both   capitalization   and
    non-capitalized  interest and the interest component of Capital Leases) plus
    minimum rent expenses under operating leases for such period,  calculated on
    a  consolidated  basis  in  accordance  with  GAAP  plus 4% of  quarter  end
    outstanding Borrowings under this Agreement.

                  "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles set
    forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board
    of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and
    pronouncements of the Financial  Accounting Standards Board or in such other
    statements by such other entity as may be approved by a significant  segment
    of the  accounting  profession  in the United  States of America,  which are
    applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

                  "GOVERNMENTAL  APPROVAL"  shall  mean any  order,  permission,
    authorization,  consent, approval,  license, franchise, permit or validation
    of,  exemption by,  registration or filing with, or report or notice to, any
    governmental agency or unit, or any public commission, board or authority.

                                      -8-

<PAGE>
                  "GUARANTOR PLEDGE AGREEMENT" shall mean that certain Stock and
    Notes Pledge Agreement  (Guarantors),  dated as of the date hereof, executed
    by each  Guarantor in favor of the Agent,  as hereafter  amended,  restated,
    supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "GUARANTOR   SECURITY   AGREEMENT"  shall  mean  that  certain
    Security Agreement  (Guarantors),  dated as of the date hereof,  executed by
    each  Guarantor  in favor of the  Agent,  as  hereafter  amended,  restated,
    supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "GUARANTOR  TRADEMARK  SECURITY  AGREEMENT"  shall  mean  that
    certain  Trademark  Security  Agreement  (Guarantors),  dated as of the date
    hereof,  executed  by each  Guarantor  in favor of the Agent,  as  hereafter
    amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

                  "GUARANTORS" shall mean, collectively,  each Subsidiary of the
    Company  that has  executed a Guaranty  Agreement  as of the  Closing  Date,
    together  with all other  Subsidiaries  that  hereafter  execute a  Guaranty
    Agreement,   and  their   respective   successors  and  permitted   assigns.
    "GUARANTOR" shall mean any of the Guarantors.

                  "GUARANTY   AGREEMENT"   shall  mean  that  certain   Guaranty
    Agreement,  dated as of the date hereof,  executed by each of the Guarantors
    in favor of the Lenders and the Agent,  substantially in the form of EXHIBIT
    D attached hereto, as hereafter amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
    modified from time to time.

                  "GUARANTY  DOCUMENTS" shall mean,  collectively,  the Guaranty
    Agreement,  and each  other  guaranty  agreement,  mortgage,  deed of trust,
    assignment of lease, security agreement, pledge agreement, or other security
    or collateral document guaranteeing or securing the Obligations, as the same
    may be  amended,  restated,  or  supplemented  from  time to  time,  and the
    Contribution  Agreement executed by each of the Guarantors,  as the same may
    be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time.

                  "GUARANTY  OBLIGATIONS"  shall  mean  the  obligation  of  the
    Guarantors  to the  Lenders  and the  Agent,  as set  forth in the  Guaranty
    Agreement.

                  "HARSCO   ARRANGEMENT"  shall  mean  the  Company's  currently
    contemplated   financing   arrangement  with  Taylor-Wharton  Gas  Equipment
    division of Harsco Corporation,  a Delaware corporation  ("HARSCO"),  or any
    other current or future subsidiaries of Harsco.

                  "HAZARDOUS  SUBSTANCE" shall have the meaning assigned to that
    term in CERCLA.

                                      -9-

<PAGE>
                  "INDEBTEDNESS"  shall mean (i) indebtedness for borrowed money
    or for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade
    accounts  payable on customary  terms in the ordinary  course of  business),
    (ii) financial  obligations evidenced by bonds,  debentures,  notes or other
    similar  instruments,  (iii)  financial  obligations  as lessee under leases
    which shall have been or should be, in accordance  with  generally  accepted
    accounting   principles,   recorded  as  capital   leases,   (iv)  financial
    obligations as the issuer of capital stock redeemable in whole or in part at
    the option of any Person other than such issuer, at a fixed and determinable
    date or upon the  occurrence  of an event or condition not solely within the
    control of such issuer,  (v) all obligations  (contingent or otherwise) with
    respect to interest rate and currency leasing agreements, (vi) reimbursement
    obligations  (contingent or otherwise) with respect to amounts under letters
    of credit,  bankers  acceptances  and similar  instruments,  (vii) financial
    obligations  under purchase money mortgages,  (viii)  financial  obligations
    under asset  securitization  vehicles,  (ix)  conditional sale contracts and
    similar title retention  instruments with respect to property acquired,  and
    (x)  obligations  under  direct or  indirect  guaranties  in respect of, and
    obligations  (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire,  or
    otherwise to assure a creditor  against loss in respect of,  indebtedness or
    financial  obligations  of others of the kinds  referred  to in clauses  (i)
    through (ix) above,  except to the extent such  guaranties  are limited to a
    lesser amount.

                  "INTEREST  EXPENSE"  shall mean,  for any fiscal period of the
    Company,  total interest expense (including,  without  limitation,  interest
    expense  attributable to capitalized  leases in accordance with GAAP) of the
    Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, for such period.

                  "INTEREST PERIOD" shall mean (i) as to any LIBOR Advance,  the
    interest period  selected by the Company  pursuant to Section  2.12(a),  and
    (ii) as to any Base Rate  Advance,  the  interest  period  requested  by the
    Company  and  agreed to by the  participating  Lenders  pursuant  to Section
    2.12(b),  and  (iii) as to any  Swing  Rate  Advance,  the  interest  period
    requested by the Company and agreed to by SunTrust pursuant to Section 2.03.

                  "INVESTMENT" shall mean, when used with respect to any Person,
    any direct or indirect  advance,  loan or other  extension of credit  (other
    than the  creation of  receivables  in the  ordinary  course of business) or
    capital  contribution  by such Person (by means of  transfers of property to
    others or  payments  for  property  or  services  for the  account or use of
    others,  or otherwise) to any Person,  or any direct or indirect purchase or
    other acquisition by such Person of, or of a beneficial interest in, capital
    stock,  partnership interests,  bonds, notes, debentures or other securities
    issued by any other Person.

                  "LENDERS"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth  in the  first
    paragraph of this Agreement.

                  "LENDING  OFFICE"  shall mean for each  Lender the office such
    Lender may  designate  in writing  from time to time to the  Company and the
    Agent with respect to Base Rate Advances and LIBOR Advances.

                                      -10-

<PAGE>
                  "LIBOR" shall mean, for any Interest Period, the offered rates
    for deposits in U.S. dollars for a period  comparable to the Interest Period
    appearing on the Reuters Screen LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on
    the day that is two London banking days prior to the Interest Period.  If at
    least two such rates appear on the Reuters  Screen LIBOR Page,  the rate for
    that  Interest  Period will be the  arithmetic  mean of such  rates,  and in
    either  case as such  rates  may be  adjusted  for  any  applicable  reserve
    requirements.

                  "LIBOR  ADVANCE" shall mean any advance made to the Company by
    the Lenders at an interest  rate equal to LIBOR PLUS the  Applicable  Margin
    for such advance.

                  "LIEN" shall mean any  mortgage,  pledge,  security  interest,
    encumbrance, lien, assignment or charge of any kind or description and shall
    include, without limitation, any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any
    conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature
    thereof  including any lease or similar  arrangement with a public authority
    executed in connection with the issuance of industrial  development  revenue
    bonds or pollution  control revenue bonds, and the filing of or agreement to
    give  any  financing   statement  under  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code  (or
    comparable law) of any  jurisdiction  naming the owner of the asset to which
    such lien  applies as a debtor  (other than a filing which does not evidence
    an outstanding  secured  obligation,  or a commitment to make advances or to
    incur any other obligation of any kind).

                  "LOAN DOCUMENTS"  shall mean this Agreement,  each Exhibit and
    Schedule to this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the Swing Line Note,  the Guaranty
    Documents,  the Security  Documents,  and each other  document,  instrument,
    certificate  and opinion  executed  and  delivered  in  connection  with the
    foregoing,  each as amended,  restated,  supplemented or otherwise  modified
    from time to time as provided in Section 10.02.

                  "MAINTENANCE   CAPITAL   EXPENDITURES"   shall  mean   Capital
    Expenditures other than Capital Expenditures made (i) in connection with any
    business  expansion  of the  Company  and any of its  Subsidiaries,  (ii) in
    connection  with any Investment  made by the Company after the Closing Date,
    or (iii) in connection with any other  acquisition or business  expansion by
    the Company and any of its Subsidiaries.

                  "MARGIN  REGULATIONS"  shall mean  Regulation G, Regulation T,
    Regulation  U and  Regulation  X of the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal
    Reserve System, as the same may be in effect from time to time.

                  "MATERIALLY  ADVERSE  EFFECT" shall mean a materially  adverse
    change  in the  operations,  business,  property  or  assets  of,  or in the
    condition  (financial  or otherwise)  of, the Company and its  Subsidiaries,
    taken as a whole.

                  "MAXIMUM   PERMISSIBLE  RATE"  shall  mean,  with  respect  to
    interest payable on any amount, the rate of interest on such amount that, if
    exceeded,  could,  under  Applicable  Law,  result in (i) civil or  criminal
    penalties  being  imposed on any Lender or (ii) any Lender  being  unable to
    enforce  payment of (or if collected,  to retain) all or part of such amount
    or the interest payable thereon.

                                      -11-

<PAGE>
                  "MINIMUM  NET  WORTH"  shall  have the  meaning  set  forth in
    Section 7.04 hereof.

                  "MORTGAGED PROPERTY" shall mean, collectively,  all parcels of
    real  property  owned or leased by the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries
    which is subject to a Mortgage or which is assigned  under an  Assignment of
    Leases.

                  "MORTGAGES"  shall mean,  collectively,  all of the mortgages,
    deeds of trust or deeds to secure  debt  hereafter  executed in favor of the
    Agent  by the  Company  or any  Subsidiary,  as the  same  may be  hereafter
    amended,  restated,  renewed,  extended,  supplemented or otherwise modified
    from time to time.

                  "MULTIEMPLOYER  PLAN"  shall  mean a  "multiemployer  plan" as
    defined  in  Section  4001(a)(3)  of  ERISA  as to which  the  Company,  any
    Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate is obligated to make, has made, or will be
    obligated to make  contributions  on behalf of participants  who are or were
    employed by any of them.

                  "NET  WORTH"  shall  mean,  at any date,  the net worth of the
    Consolidated Companies,  determined in accordance with GAAP as determined on
    such date.

                  "NOTE" shall mean a promissory  note of the Company payable to
    the  order of any  Lender  in  substantially  the form of  EXHIBIT A hereto,
    evidencing the maximum  aggregate  principal  indebtedness of the Company to
    such Lender under such Lender's Commitment, either as originally executed or
    as it may be from time to time supplemented,  modified,  amended, renewed or
    extended.  The term "Note"  shall  include  any Swing Line Note,  unless the
    context otherwise requires.

                  "NOTICE  OF  BORROWING"  shall have the  meaning  set forth in
    Section 2.02(a) hereof.

                  "NOTICE OF INTEREST  RATE  CONVERSION"  shall have the meaning
    set forth in Section 2.02(b) hereof.

                                      -12-

<PAGE>
                  "OBLIGATIONS" shall mean all amounts owing to the Agent or any
    Lender  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement or any other Loan Document,
    including  without  limitation,  all Advances  (including  all principal and
    interest  payments due  thereunder),  Fees,  expenses,  indemnification  and
    reimbursement payments,  indebtedness,  liabilities,  and obligations of the
    Company  and its  Subsidiaries,  covenants  and duties of the Company to the
    Lenders  and the Agent of every  kind,  nature  and  description,  direct or
    indirect,  absolute  or  contingent,  due or not due,  in  contract or tort,
    liquidated or unliquidated,  arising under this Agreement or under the other
    Loan Documents, by operation of law or otherwise,  now existing or hereafter
    arising or whether or not for the payment of money or the performance or the
    nonperformance  of any  act,  including,  but not  limited  to,  all  debts,
    liabilities and obligations owing by the Company to others which the Lenders
    may have  obtained by  assignment  or  otherwise,  and all damages which the
    Company  may owe to the Lenders and the Agent by reason of any breach by the
    Company  of any  representation,  warranty,  covenant,  agreement  or  other
    provision of this Agreement or of any other Loan Document.

                  "OTHER CLAIM" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.07
    hereof.

                  "PBGC" shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and
    any successor thereto.

                  "PERSON" shall mean an individual,  corporation,  partnership,
    trust,   limited  liability  company  or  unincorporated   organization,   a
    government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

                  "PLAN"  shall  mean  any  employee   benefit  plan,   program,
    arrangement, practice or contract, maintained by or on behalf of the Company
    or an ERISA  Affiliate,  which provides  benefits or  compensation  to or on
    behalf of employees or former employees, whether formal or informal, whether
    or not written, including but not limited to the following types of plans:

                         (i)  EXECUTIVE  ARRANGEMENTS  -  any  bonus,  incentive
                  compensation, stock option, deferred compensation, commission,
                  severance,   "golden  parachute",   "rabbi  trust",  or  other
                  executive compensation plan, program, contract, arrangement or
                  practice;

                         (ii)  ERISA  PLANS - any  "employee  benefit  plan"  as
                  defined in ERISA,  including,  but not limited to, any defined
                  benefit  pension plan,  profit  sharing plan,  money  purchase
                  pension  plan,  savings  or thrift  plan,  stock  bonus  plan,
                  employee  stock  ownership  plan,  Multiemployer  Plan, or any
                  plan,  fund,  program,  arrangement or practice  providing for
                  medical (including post-retirement medical),  hospitalization,
                  accident, sickness, disability, or life insurance benefits;

                         (iii)  OTHER  EMPLOYEE  FRINGE  BENEFITS  -  any  stock
                  purchase,  vacation,  scholarship,  day  care,  prepaid  legal
                  services, severance pay or other fringe benefit plan, program,
                  arrangement, contract or practice.

                  "PRO RATA SHARE" shall mean,  for any Lender,  with respect to
    the  Facilities  (whether  one  or  more),  the  proportion  expressed  as a
    percentage  equal to (1) the sum of such  Lender's  portion of the Committed
    Amounts of such Facilities (including,  without duplication,  any portion of
    the Committed  Amounts of such Facilities in which such Lender has purchased
    a  participation  and  excluding,  without  duplication,  any portion of the
    Committed  Amounts  of such  Facilities  in  which  such  Lender  has sold a
    participation),  divided  by (2) the sum of the  Committed  Amounts  of such
    Facilities.

                                      -13-

<PAGE>
                  "REGULATION  U"  shall  mean  Regulation  U of  the  Board  of
    Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time, and
    any regulation successor thereto.

                  "RENT  EXPENSE"  shall mean all expenses for the rental of all
    property,  real or  personal,  by the Company  and any of its  Subsidiaries,
    determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "REQUIRED  LENDERS" shall mean Lenders whose combined Pro Rata
    Shares as of the Closing Date of the Facilities  are at least  sixty-six and
    two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Committed Amounts of such Facilities.

                  "SECURITY DOCUMENTS" shall mean,  collectively,  the Mortgage,
    the Assignment of Leases, the Company Pledge Agreement, the Company Security
    Agreement,  the Company Trademark Security  Agreement,  the Guarantor Pledge
    Agreement,   the  Guarantor  Security  Agreement,  the  Guarantor  Trademark
    Security Agreement,  all UCC financing statements and fixture filings naming
    the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  as debtor and the Agent as secured
    party,  all stock  certificates  evidencing  shares of stock  pledged to the
    Agent,  together with undated stock powers or other appropriate  instruments
    of  transfer  executed  in blank,  and all  filings  in the U.S.  Patent and
    Trademark Office which are required to be made under the Loan Documents.

                  "SENIOR DEBT COVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, for any fiscal period
    of the  Company,  the ratio of (a) Senior  Funded Debt as of the last day of
    such fiscal period to (b) Annualized EBITDA.

                  "SENIOR DEBT LEVERAGE RATIO" shall mean, for any fiscal period
    of the  Company,  the ratio of (a) Senior  Funded Debt as of the last day of
    such fiscal  period to (b) Total  Capitalization  as of the last day of such
    fiscal period.

                  "SENIOR  FUNDED  DEBT" shall mean all  indebtedness  for money
    borrowed,  purchase money mortgages,  capitalized leases, outstandings under
    asset securitization vehicles, conditional sales contracts and similar title
    retention  debt  instruments,  including  any  current  maturities  of  such
    indebtedness, which by its terms matures more than one year from the date of
    any  calculation  thereof  and/or which is renewable  or  extendable  at the
    option of the  obligor  to a date  beyond one year from such date to include
    any debt outstanding under the Harsco Arrangement, on such terms as shall be
    acceptable to the Lenders.

                  "SENIOR SUBORDINATED DEBT OFFERING" shall mean the offering of
    senior  Subordinated Debt, as described in that certain Senior  Subordinated
    Note Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of October 31, 1997, between the Company
    and the Guarantors and the Investors listed therein.

                                      -14-

<PAGE>
                  "SUBORDINATED DEBT" shall mean all Indebtedness of the Company
    subordinated to all obligations of the Company arising under this Agreement,
    the Notes, and the Swing Line Note, on terms and conditions  satisfactory in
    all  material  respects  to the Agent and the  Required  Lenders,  including
    without  limitation,   with  respect  to  interest  rates,   payment  terms,
    maturities,  amortization  schedules,  covenants,  defaults,  remedies,  and
    subordination  provisions, as evidenced by the written approval of the Agent
    and Required Lenders.

                  "SUBSIDIARY"  of  any  Person  shall  mean  any   corporation,
    partnership  or other  Person  of which a  majority  of all the  outstanding
    capital stock (including  director's  qualifying shares) or other securities
    or ownership  interests  having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of
    the board of directors or other persons  performing similar functions is, at
    the time as of which  any such  determination  is being  made,  directly  or
    indirectly  owned by such Person,  or by one or more of the  Subsidiaries of
    such  Person,  and  which  corporation,   partnership  or  other  Person  is
    consolidated  with such  Person for  financial  reporting  purposes.  Unless
    otherwise   specified,   "Subsidiaries"  and  "Subsidiary"  shall  mean  the
    Subsidiaries and a Subsidiary, respectively, of the Company.

                  "SUPPLEMENTAL  DOCUMENTS"  shall mean the  supplements  to the
    following documents: the Guaranty Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the
    Guarantor  Security  Agreement,  the  Guarantor  Pledge  Agreement  and  the
    Guarantor  Trademark  Security  Agreement,  as  such  supplements  are  more
    specifically described and shown in each respective document.

                  "SWING  LINE" shall have the meaning  assigned to such term in
    Section 2.03(a).

                  "SWING  LINE  ADVANCE"  shall  mean a  Borrowing  pursuant  to
    Section 2.03 consisting of a Swing Line Loan made by SunTrust to the Company
    on the same date and interest rate basis.

                  "SWING LINE BORROWING" shall mean a Borrowing consisting or to
    consist of a Swing Line Advance.

                  "SWING LINE  BORROWING  NOTICE" shall mean the notice given by
    the  Company to  SunTrust  requesting  a Swing Line  Advance as  provided in
    Section 2.03(b).

                  "SWING LINE LOANS" shall mean, collectively, the loans made to
    the Company by SunTrust pursuant to Section 2.03.

                  "SWING LINE NOTE" shall mean the  promissory  note  evidencing
    the  Swing  Line  Loans  substantially  in the  form of  EXHIBIT  B and duly
    completed in accordance with the terms hereof.

                  "SWING  RATE"  shall mean the rate of  interest  specified  by
    SunTrust to the Company as being  applicable to a Swing Line Loan  requested
    by the Company pursuant to Section 2.03(b).

                                      -15-

<PAGE>
                  "SWING RATE ADVANCE" shall mean an Advance made or outstanding
    as a Swing Line Loan bearing interest based on the Swing Rate as provided in
    Section 2.11(c).

                  "SWING RATE  QUOTE"  shall mean an offer by SunTrust to make a
    Swing Line Loan to the Company at the Swing Rate  specified  therein for the
    interest  period  to be  applicable  to the  Swing  Line  Loan as  specified
    therein, pursuant to Section 2.03(b).

                  "TAX" shall mean,  with  respect to any person or entity,  any
    federal,  state  or  foreign  tax,  assessment,  customs  duties,  or  other
    governmental charge, levy or assessment (including any withholding tax) upon
    such person or entity or upon such  person's or entity's  assets,  revenues,
    income or profits,  other than income and  franchise  taxes imposed upon any
    Lender by the jurisdictions (or any political  subdivision thereof) in which
    such Lender has its  principal  office or office from which its Advances are
    made, or in which such Lender is incorporated.

                  "TOTAL  CAPITALIZATION"  shall  mean the sum of  shareholders'
    equity PLUS Subordinated Debt PLUS Senior Funded Debt.

                  "UNITED  STATES" or "U.S." means the United States of America,
    its fifty (50) States and the District of Columbia.

                  "U.S.  DOLLAR" "DOLLAR" and "$" shall mean lawful money of the
    United States of America.

                  SECTION 1.02. CALCULATIONS;  ACCOUNTING TERMS. Calculations of
all financial data herein shall be on a  consolidated  basis for the Company and
all Subsidiaries;  and all accounting terms used herein shall,  unless otherwise
expressly  indicated,  be in reference to the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  if
any, on a consolidated  basis, which may be accounted for in accordance with the
equity investment method (to the extent such method is in accordance with GAAP),
and  shall  have the  meanings  ascribed  thereto  under and be  interpreted  in
accordance  with GAAP. All  calculations  and  determinations  under Article VII
shall be made in accordance  with  accounting  principles  consistent with those
followed in the preparation of the annual or interim  financial  statements,  as
applicable, referred to in Section 5.02.

                  SECTION 1.03. OTHER DEFINITIONAL PROVISIONS.

                  (a)  Except as  otherwise  specified  herein,  all  references
herein (A) to any  Person,  other than the Company or any  Subsidiary,  shall be
deemed to include such Person's  successors,  transferees and assignees,  (B) to
the  Company  or any  Subsidiary,  shall be  deemed  to  include  such  Person's
successors, (C) to any Applicable Law specifically defined or referred to herein
shall be deemed  references to such Applicable Law as the same may be amended or
supplemented  from time to time, and (D) to any contract  defined or referred to
herein shall be deemed  references  to such  contract  (and,  in the case of any
instrument,  any other instrument issued in substitution  therefor) as the terms

                                      -16-

<PAGE>
thereof  may have been or may be  amended,  supplemented,  waived  or  otherwise
modified from time to time.

                  (b) When used in this Agreement, the words "herein",  "hereof"
and  "hereunder"  and words of similar import shall refer to this Agreement as a
whole and not to any provision of this Agreement,  and "Section",  "Subsection",
"Schedule"  and  "Exhibit"  shall  refer to  Sections  and  Subsections  of, and
Schedules and Exhibits to, this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                  (c)  Whenever  the  context so  requires,  the  neuter  gender
includes the masculine or feminine, and the singular number includes the plural,
and vice versa.

                  (d) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined
meanings  when  used in any Note or Swing  Line  Note or,  except  as  otherwise
expressly stated therein, any certificate, opinion or other Loan Document.

                  SECTION 1.04.  CAPTIONS.  Article and Section captions in this
Agreement  are  included  for  convenience  of  reference  only  and  shall  not
constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            AMOUNT AND TERMS OF LOANS

                  SECTION 2.01.  COMMITMENTS AND NOTES.  Subject to and upon the
terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement,  each of the Lenders severally
establishes  until  October 31,  2000,  unless  otherwise  extended  pursuant to
Section 2.12 below (October 31, 2000, or such later date as the Commitments have
been  extended  pursuant  to Section  2.13,  is  hereinafter  referred to as the
"COMMITMENT  TERMINATION  DATE") a  revolving  credit  facility  in favor of the
Company in aggregate principal at any one time outstanding not to exceed the sum
set forth  opposite such  Lender's  name below,  as the same may be reduced from
time to time pursuant to the terms hereof:

   SunTrust Bank, South Florida,           $50,000,000           100%
    National Association

         TOTAL:                            $50,000,000           100%
                                                                 ===

Within the limits of the Commitments, the Company may borrow, repay and reborrow
under the terms of this  Agreement;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that (i) the aggregate
principal  amount of each Borrowing  shall not be less than $1,000,000 and shall
be in integral multiples of $500,000, (ii) all of the Company's  representations
and  warranties  are true and  correct on and as of the date of each  Borrowing,
(iii) the Company may neither  borrow nor reborrow  should there exist a Default

                                      -17-

<PAGE>
or an Event of Default,  or such would result from the  Borrowing,  and (iv) the
aggregate  outstanding  amount of Advances after giving effect to each Borrowing
shall not exceed the Committed Amount of the  Commitments.  At no time shall the
number of  Borrowings  outstanding  under this  Article II exceed six;  PROVIDED
that, for the purpose of determining the number of Borrowings  outstanding,  all
Borrowings  consisting of Base Rate  Advances  under these  Facilities  shall be
considered as one  Borrowing.  Borrowings  under the  Commitments  shall be made
through  simultaneous  Advances  by the  Lenders,  and the  amount  of each such
Borrowing  shall be prorated  among such Lenders  based on the  percentages  set
forth  above.  All  Advances by each Lender  shall be evidenced by a single Note
payable to such Lender in the form of EXHIBIT A attached hereto with appropriate
insertions.  Each Note shall be dated the date  hereof,  shall be payable to the
order of the  respective  Lender in a principal  amount  equal to the amount set
forth opposite such Lender's name above,  shall bear interest as provided for in
this  Agreement and shall mature on the  Commitment  Termination  Date or sooner
should the principal and accrued  interest  thereon be declared  immediately due
and payable as provided for hereinafter.  No Lender shall have any obligation to
advance funds in excess of an amount equal to the  percentage set forth opposite
such Lender's name above multiplied by the Committed Amount of the Commitments.

                  SECTION 2.02.  METHOD OF BORROWING UNDER THE COMMITMENTS.  (a)
The  Company  shall  give the  Agent  written  or  telephonic  notice  (promptly
confirmed  in  writing)  of  any  requested  Borrowing  under  the  Commitments,
substantially   in  the  form  of  EXHIBIT  C  attached  hereto  (a  "NOTICE  OF
BORROWING"),  specifying (i) the amount of the Borrowing,  and (ii) the date the
proposed Borrowing is to be made (which shall be a Business Day). Each Notice of
Borrowing shall be given to the Agent (x) in the case of Base Rate Advances, not
later than 11:00 a.m.  (Ft.  Lauderdale,  Florida time) the same Business Day of
such requested  Borrowing or (y) in the case of LIBOR  Advances,  at least three
Business  Days  before the date such  requested  Borrowing  is to be made (which
shall be a Business  Day). The Agent shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic
Notice of  Borrowing  which it  believes  in good faith to have been given by an
Executive Officer of the Company,  and any Advances made by the Lenders based on
such  telephonic  notice  shall,  when  deposited by the Agent to the  Company's
Account No. 0128320009032 at SunTrust, be Advances for all purposes hereunder.

                                      -18-

<PAGE>
                  (b) Whenever  the Company  desires to convert all or a portion
of an  outstanding  Borrowing  consisting of Base Rate Advances into one or more
Borrowings  consisting of LIBOR Advances,  or to continue a Borrowing consisting
of LIBOR  Advances for a new Interest  Period,  it shall give the Agent  written
notice or  telephonic  notice  (promptly  confirmed  in  writing) at least three
Business Days before the date of such conversion, specifying each such Borrowing
to be converted into or continued as LIBOR  Advances.  Such notice (a "NOTICE OF
INTEREST RATE CONVERSION")  shall be given prior to 11:00 a.m. (Ft.  Lauderdale,
Florida  time)  on the  date  specified.  Each  such  Notice  of  Interest  Rate
Conversion shall be irrevocable and shall specify the aggregate principal amount
of the Advances to be converted or  continued,  the date of such  conversion  or
continuation and the Interest Period applicable thereto. If, upon the expiration
of any  Interest  Period in respect of any  Borrowing,  the  Company  shall have
failed to deliver the Notice of Interest Rate  Conversion,  the Company shall be
deemed to have  elected to convert or  continue  such  Borrowing  to a Borrowing
consisting  of Base Rate  Advances.  So long as any  Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be  continuing,  no Borrowing  may be converted  into or
continued as (upon  expiration of the current  Interest  Period) LIBOR  Advances
unless the Agent and each of the  Lenders  shall  have  otherwise  consented  in
writing.  No conversion of any  Borrowing of LIBOR  Advances  shall be permitted
except on the last day of the Interest Period in respect thereof.

                  (c) Upon  receipt  of a Notice  of  Borrowing  or a Notice  of
Interest Rate Conversion from the Company, the Agent shall notify the Lenders by
telephone,  which notice shall be promptly  confirmed in writing  (including  by
telecopier) by the Agent to such Lenders,  of such Notice of Borrowing or Notice
of Interest  Rate  Conversion  and of each such Lender's PRO RATA portion of the
requested  Borrowing or Interest Rate Conversion.  Not later than 1:00 p.m. (Ft.
Lauderdale,  Florida  time) on the date  specified for the Borrowing or Interest
Rate Conversion in the Notice of Borrowing or Notice of Interest Rate Conversion
and in the notice to such  Lender  provided  by the  Agent,  each  Lender  shall
promptly make its portion of the Borrowing available to the Agent in immediately
available funds, and the Agent shall make available to the Company the amount so
received by the Agent from the Lenders not later than 3:00 p.m. (Ft. Lauderdale,
Florida  time) on such  date.  In the event any  Lender  shall  fail to make any
Advance available to the Agent in immediately  available funds by 1:00 p.m. (Ft.
Lauderdale,  Florida  time) on the date  specified,  and  provided no Default or
Event of Default  shall have occurred and be  continuing,  the Agent may advance
such Lender's portion of the Borrowing on behalf of such Lender,  in which event
such Lender shall  promptly  reimburse the Agent for the amount thereof plus (i)
if the amount of such Lender's Advance is reimbursed to the Agent on or prior to
the calendar day next  succeeding  the date of the  Borrowing,  interest on such
amount at the rate equal to the  Federal  Funds  Rate,  or (ii) if the amount of
such  Lender's  Advance is  reimbursed  to the Agent after the calendar day next
succeeding the day of the  Borrowing,  interest on such amount at the Base Rate;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such reimbursement by the Company to the Agent shall
not relieve  such  Lender who fails to make any  Advance as provided  above from
liability to the Company for such failure.  The amount of interest  payable as a
result of any Lender's failure to make any Advance available shall be calculated
on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the  actual  number of days such
failure has continued  (including the date of payment).  If the Company fails to
reimburse  the Agent as provided in this Section  2.02(c),  then the Agent shall
have the right to deduct any amounts owed to it hereunder from Advances it makes
to the Company in subsequent Borrowings made by the Company.

                  SECTION  2.03.  SWING LINE  SUBFACILITY.  (a)  Notwithstanding
anything  contained  herein  to the  contrary,  SunTrust  hereby  establishes  a
subfacility  within its  Commitment  of up to an  aggregate of  $2,000,000  (the
"SWING  LINE") to  accommodate  the short term  borrowing  needs of the Company.
Sections 3.01 and 3.02 shall apply equally to Borrowings  made through the Swing
Line and  Borrowings  or Interest  Rate  Conversions  requested  or made through
Section  2.02.  The  aggregate  amount of all  Borrowings  under the Swing  Line
Facility  shall  not at any  time  exceed  $2,000,000,  and  to the  extent  any
Borrowing  under the Swing Line Facility  would cause such a result after giving
effect  thereto,  the Company shall be required to request such Borrowing  under
Section 2.02(a)  hereof.  Any Borrowing made by the Company under the Swing Line
shall be for a period not to exceed 30 days.

                                      -19-

<PAGE>
                  (b) Whenever the Company desires to make a Borrowing under the
Swing Line, it shall give SunTrust prior written or telephonic  notice (promptly
confirmed in writing) of any  requested  Borrowing  under the Swing Line (each a
"SWING LINE  BORROWING  NOTICE")  prior to 11:00 a.m. (Ft.  Lauderdale,  Florida
time) on the date of such  Borrowing.  Each Swing Line  Borrowing  Notice  shall
specify the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Borrowing,  the date of
such Swing Line  Borrowing  (which  shall be a  Business  Day) and the  interest
period to be applicable  thereto.  SunTrust  shall make available to the Company
the amount of the  Borrowing  requested in the Swing Line  Borrowing  Notice not
later than 3:00 p.m. (Ft. Lauderdale,  Florida time) on such date, PROVIDED that
(i) no Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing  and
(ii) the aggregated principle amount of the Swing Line Borrowings, including the
requested Borrowing under such Swing Line Borrowing Notice,  shall be no greater
than $2,000,000.

                  (c) The  Company's  obligation  to pay the  principal  of, and
interest  on, the Swing Line Loans shall be evidenced by the records of SunTrust
and by the Swing Line Note  payable to SunTrust (or its  assignee)  completed in
conformity with this Agreement.

                  (d) The  outstanding  principal  amount  under each Swing Line
Loan shall be due and payable in full on the Commitment Termination Date.

                  (e) Each  Borrowing  under the Swing Line  shall  deemed to be
made under SunTrust's Commitment to the extent of any Availability thereunder on
the date such Borrowing is made.

                  SECTION 2.04.  PREPAYMENT OF BORROWINGS UNDER THE COMMITMENTS.
The Company shall have the right to prepay Borrowings under the Commitments,  in
whole at any time or in part from time to time, without premium or penalty (but,
in the case of LIBOR Advances, subject to the funding indemnification provisions
of Section  2.16),  PROVIDED  that (i) the Company gives the Agent prior written
notice of such prepayment, specifying the date such prepayment will occur (which
shall be a Business Day), (x) in the case of any Base Rate Advance, at least one
Business  Day in  advance  of such date or (y) in the case of any LIBOR  Advance
during an Interest Period, at least three Business Days in advance of such date,
(ii) each  partial  prepayment  shall be in an amount of at least  $500,000  and
integral  multiples of  $100,000,  (iii)  prepayments  shall be applied to repay
Borrowings  under the Commitments in the order set forth in Section 2.07 hereof,
and (iv) such  prepayments  include  interest  accrued,  on the principal amount
prepaid, to the prepayment date.

                  SECTION 2.05. MANDATORY PREPAYMENTS.

                  (a) The  Company  shall make a mandatory  prepayment  from 100
percent of the after-tax  net proceeds  received by the Company from any sale or
other disposition by the Company of any of its assets,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that
such  prepayment  provision  shall not apply to the  sales of  inventory  by the
Company in the ordinary  course of business or assets disposed of as part of the

                                      -20-

<PAGE>
Company's standard acquisition  procedures (such assets to include high-pressure
tanks,  motorized  vehicles,  including  cars and trucks,  and lines of business
other than  carbon  dioxide  that may be  obtained by the Company as part of the
group of assets of any  corporation  or other  business  entity the  Company may
acquire),  and  certain  other sales to be agreed upon in writing by the Company
and the Required Lenders.

                  (b) The  Company  shall make a mandatory  prepayment  from 100
percent of net proceeds of any offering of debt;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that this
provision  shall not  include (i)  proceeds  from the Senior  Subordinated  Debt
Offering,  (ii)  proceeds  from the Harsco  Arrangement,  and (iii) any purchase
money obligations paid to the Company.

                  SECTION  2.06.  VOLUNTARY  REDUCTION OF  COMMITMENTS.  Upon at
least  five (5)  Business  Days'  prior  written  notice (or  telephonic  notice
promptly  confirmed in writing) to the Agent, which notice shall specify (1) the
amount by which  such  Commitments  are to be  terminated  and (2) the date such
termination is to occur,  the Company shall have the right,  without  premium or
penalty,  to terminate the Commitments,  in whole or in part,  provided that (a)
any partial  termination  pursuant to this Section 2.06 shall be in an amount of
at least  $5,000,000  and  integral  multiples  of  $5,000,000  and (b) any such
termination   shall  apply  to  reduce   proportionately   and  permanently  the
Commitments. If the aggregate principal amount of Advances exceeds the amount of
the Commitments as so reduced,  the Company shall  immediately  repay Borrowings
under such Commitments by an amount equal to such excess,  together with accrued
but unpaid interest on such excess.

                  SECTION 2.07. ALLOCATION OF PAYMENTS.

                  (a) All principal and interest  payments and prepayments  made
with  respect to Advances and  payments in respect of  Commitment  Fees shall be
allocated among all outstanding  Commitments and Advances to which such payments
relate,   proportionately   based  on  the  Lenders'  Pro  Rata  Shares  of  the
Commitments.

                  (b) All  payments  made to the Agent by the  Company  shall be
applied in the following  order:  (a) FIRST,  to the  reimbursement  of any fees
which are due and payable, and expenses incurred by and then due and payable to,
the Agent, in accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,  in connection with
the administration of the Commitments and otherwise (to the extent any such fees
are payable by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement); (b) SECOND,
to the  payment of any accrued  and unpaid  interest  and Fees which are due and
payable,  PRO RATA to the Lenders based upon their respective Pro Rata Shares of
the Commitments; and (c) FINALLY, to the payment of outstanding Advances.

                  SECTION 2.08. TERMINATION OF COMMITMENTS. The unpaid principal
balance and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes and the Swing Line Note
will be due and  payable  upon the  first of the  following  dates or  events to
occur:  (i)  acceleration  of the maturity of any Note or the Swing Line Note in
accordance  with the remedies  contained in Section 8.02 of this  Agreement;  or
(ii) upon the expiration of the Commitments on the Commitment Termination Date.

                                      -21-

<PAGE>
                  SECTION 2.09. USE OF PROCEEDS.  The proceeds of each Borrowing
under  the  Commitments  will  be  used  by  the  Company  solely  to  refinance
outstanding debt, to finance acquisitions, to make capital expenditures,  and to
provide for the working capital and general corporate needs of the Company.

                  SECTION 2.10. FEES.

                  (a) On the Closing  Date,  the  Company  shall pay to SunTrust
Capital Markets,  Inc. the fees described in the Commitment  Letter,  which fees
shall be fully earned and nonrefundable when paid.

                  (b) On the Closing Date and on each  anniversary  thereof,  if
the Commitments are extended  pursuant to Section 2.12, the Company shall pay to
the Agent the Agent Fee, which fee shall be fully earned and nonrefundable  when
paid.

                  (c) The Company shall pay to the Agent, for the account of and
distribution  of the  respective  Pro Rata Share to each Lender  (subject to the
last sentence  hereof),  a commitment fee (the "COMMITMENT  FEE") for the period
commencing on the Closing Date to and including the Commitment Termination Date,
computed at a rate equal to the Applicable  Commitment Fee Percentage multiplied
by the average daily unused portion of the Commitments of the Lenders,  such fee
being  payable  quarterly in arrears on the last day of each  calendar  quarter,
commencing on December 31, 1997,  and on the  Commitment  Termination  Date. The
Commitment  Fee will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual
number of days elapsed.

                  (d) The  Company  hereby  authorizes  the Agent to withdraw an
amount equal to the fees which are due and payable under clauses (a), (b) or (c)
above  from any of its  accounts  with the Agent if not paid on the due date for
such fees.  The Agent  shall give the  Company  notice of any such  withdrawals,
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that failure by the Agent to give the Company  notice shall
not prevent the Agent from making any such withdrawals under this Section.

                  SECTION 2.11. INTEREST.

                  (a) For Borrowings other than those made under the Swing Line,
the Company  shall be entitled to select  between the  following  two options to
establish the rate of interest at which the unpaid principal amount of the Notes
shall accrue:

                         (i) Base Rate  Advances B interest  shall accrue at the
          Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; or

                         (ii) LIBOR  Advances B interest  shall  accrue at LIBOR
          plus the Applicable Margin.

                                      -22-

<PAGE>
                  (b) Interest on the Notes for Borrowings other than those made
under the Swing  Line  shall be  calculated  on the basis of a 360-day  year and
shall be payable to the Lenders as follows:

                         (i)  Base  Rate  Advances  -- on the  last day of every
          quarter in arrears; and

                         (ii)  LIBOR  Advances  -- at  the  expiration  of  each
          Interest  Period and,  with  respect to advances  made for an Interest
          Period  longer  than  three  months,  also  on the  last  day of  each
          three-month period prior to the expiration of the Interest Period.

                  (c) For  Borrowings  made  under the Swing  Line,  the rate of
interest at which the unpaid principal shall accrue on the Swing Line Note shall
be equal to the Base  Rate on the  applicable  day of the Swing  Line  Borrowing
Notice.

                  SECTION 2.12. INTEREST PERIODS.

                  (a) In  connection  with the  making  or  continuation  of, or
conversion  into, each Borrowing of LIBOR Advances,  the Company shall select an
Interest  Period to be applicable to such LIBOR Advance,  which Interest  Period
shall be either a 1, 2, 3 or 6 month period.

                  (b) In  connection  with the making of each Base Rate Advance,
the Company and the Lenders shall agree on an Interest Period acceptable to both
sides.

                  (c) Notwithstanding paragraphs (a) or (b) above:

                         (i) The initial  Interest  Period for any  Borrowing of
          LIBOR Advances shall commence on the date of such Borrowing (including
          the date of any  conversion  from a Borrowing  consisting of Base Rate
          Advances) and each Interest Period occurring  thereafter in respect of
          a continuation  of such  Borrowing  shall commence on the day on which
          the immediately preceding Interest Period expires;

                         (ii) If any Interest Period would otherwise expire on a
          day which is not a Business Day, such Interest  Period shall expire on
          the next succeeding Business Day, PROVIDED that if any Interest Period
          in respect of LIBOR Advances would  otherwise  expire on a day that is
          not a Business  Day but is a day of the month  after  which no further
          Business Day occurs in such month,  such Interest  Period shall expire
          on the next preceding Business Day;

                         (iii) Any Interest  Period in respect of LIBOR Advances
          which begins on a day for which there is no numerically  corresponding
          day in the calendar  month at the end of such  Interest  Period shall,
          subject to part (iv) below,  expire on the last  Business  Day of such
          calendar month; and

                                      -23-

<PAGE>
                         (iv) No Interest  Period with  respect to the  Advances
          shall extend beyond the Commitment Termination Date.

                  SECTION 2.13.  EXTENSION OF  COMMITMENTS.  No earlier than 120
days  but no  later  than  90  days  prior  to the  then  applicable  Commitment
Termination  Date, the Company may request that the Commitment  Termination Date
be  extended  by the Lenders for an  additional  364-day or longer  period.  The
Lenders may agree or not agree to such  extension  in the exercise of their sole
discretion;  PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Agent shall inform the Company no later
than 60 days prior to the then  applicable  Commitment  Termination  Date of the
Lenders'  decision  as to  whether to extend the  Commitment  Termination  Date.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Commitment Termination Date
may only be extended, in the aggregate,  for up to an additional two-year period
pursuant to this Section 2.13. If the Lenders agree,  in their sole  discretion,
to extend  the  Commitment  Termination  Date,  then the  applicable  Commitment
Termination Date shall  automatically be so extended upon written notice thereof
being  delivered by the Lenders to the Company and completion by the Company and
its Subsidiaries of any conditions to such extension required by the Lenders.

                  SECTION 2.14. INCREASED COSTS.

                  (a)  If,  by  reason  of  (x)  after  the  date  hereof,   the
introduction of or any change (including,  without limitation, any change by way
of imposition or increase of reserve  requirements) in or in the  interpretation
of any law or regulation,  or (y) the  compliance  with any guideline or request
from any central  bank or other  governmental  authority  or  quasi-governmental
authority  exercising  control  over banks or financial  institutions  generally
(whether or not having the force of law):

                         (i) any Lender (or its applicable Lending Office) shall
          be subject to any tax,  duty or other charge with respect to its LIBOR
          Advances or its  obligation  to make LIBOR  Advances,  or the basis of
          taxation of payments to any Lender of the  principal of or interest on
          its LIBOR Advances or its obligation to make LIBOR Advances shall have
          changed  (except  for changes in the tax on the overall net income of,
          or any franchise tax on, such Lender or its applicable  Lending Office
          imposed by the jurisdiction in which such Lender's principal executive
          office or applicable Lending Office is located); or

                         (ii) any reserve (including,  without  limitation,  any
          imposed by the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System),
          special  deposit or similar  requirement  against assets of,  deposits
          with or for the  account  of,  or credit  extended  by,  any  Lender's
          applicable Lending Office shall be imposed or deemed applicable or any
          other condition affecting its LIBOR Advances or its obligation to make
          LIBOR  Advances  shall be  imposed  on any  Lender  or its  applicable
          Lending Office or the London interbank market;

                                      -24-

<PAGE>
and as a result  thereof  there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender
of agreeing to make or making,  funding or maintaining LIBOR Advances (except to
the extent already  included in the  determination of LIBOR for LIBOR Advances),
or there  shall be a reduction  in the amount  received  or  receivable  by such
Lender or its  applicable  Lending  Office,  then the Company shall from time to
time,  upon written notice from and demand by such Lender on the Company (with a
copy of such notice and demand to the  Agent),  pay to the Agent for the account
of such  Lender  within  five  Business  Days after the date of such  notice and
demand,  additional  amounts  sufficient to indemnify  such Lender  against such
increased cost. A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost, submitted
to the Company and the Agent by such Lender in good faith and  accompanied  by a
statement  prepared by such Lender describing in reasonable detail the basis for
and  calculation of such increased  cost,  shall,  except for manifest error, be
final,  conclusive  and binding for all purposes.  In the event that the Company
shall pay the increased  costs  accrued  through the date of payment as required
under this  Section  2.14(a),  PLUS any funding  losses as  described in Section
2.16,  then the  Company  shall have the right to  convert  the  relevant  LIBOR
Advance to a Base Rate Advance,  as provided in Section 2.02,  and the Agent and
each of the Lenders  shall be deemed to have given  their  consent  thereto,  as
required thereunder.

                  (b) If any  Lender  shall  advise  the Agent that at any time,
because  of the  circumstances  described  in clauses  (x) or (y) in  Subsection
2.14(a) or any other  circumstances  beyond  such  Lender's  reasonable  control
arising  after the date of this  Agreement  affecting  such Lender or the London
interbank market or the United States secondary certificate of deposit market or
such Lender's position in such markets,  LIBOR, as determined by the Agent, will
not  adequately  and fairly reflect the cost to such Lender of funding its LIBOR
Advances, then, and in any such event:

                         (i) the Agent shall forthwith give notice (by telephone
          confirmed in writing) to the Company and to the other  Lenders of such
          advice;

                         (ii)the  Company's  right to request and such  Lender's
          obligation  to  make  or  permit  portions  of  the  Loans  to  remain
          outstanding  past the last day of the then current Interest Periods as
          LIBOR Advances shall be immediately suspended; and

                         (iii)  such  Lender  shall  make a Loan  as part of the
          requested  Borrowing of LIBOR Advances,  as the case may be, as a Base
          Rate  Advance,  which  such Base  Rate  Advance  shall,  for all other
          purposes, be considered part of such Borrowing.

                                      -25-

<PAGE>
                  SECTION  2.15.  CAPITAL  ADEQUACY.  If, after the date of this
Agreement,  any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of any applicable
law, rule or regulation  regarding capital adequacy,  or any change therein,  or
any change in the  interpretation or administration  thereof by any governmental
authority,  central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or
administration  thereof,  or  compliance  by such  Lender  with any  request  or
directive regarding capital adequacy not currently in effect or fully applicable
as of the  Closing  Date  (whether  or not  having the force of law) of any such
authority,  central bank or comparable  agency,  has or would have the effect of
reducing the rate of return on such  Lender's  capital as a  consequence  of its
obligations  hereunder  to a level  below  that  which  such  Lender  could have
achieved but for such adoption,  change or compliance (taking into consideration
such Lender's  policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by
such Lender to be material,  then,  from time to time,  promptly  upon demand by
such Lender (with a copy to the Agent),  the Company  shall pay such Lender such
additional  amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.
A certificate of any Lender  claiming  compensation  under this Section 2.14 and
setting forth the additional  amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall
be conclusive absent manifest error. In determining any such amount, such Lender
may use any  reasonable  averaging  and  attribution  methods.  Each Lender will
promptly notify the Company of any such adoption,  change or compliance of which
it has knowledge which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to this
Section,  but the  failure to give such notice  shall not affect  such  Lender's
right to such compensation provided such Lender gives such notice within 90 days
after an officer of such Lender having  responsibility for the administration of
this Agreement  shall have received  actual notice of such  adoption,  change or
compliance.

                  SECTION 2.16.  FUNDING  LOSSES.  The Company shall  compensate
each Lender,  upon its written  request to the Company  (which request shall set
forth the basis for  requesting  such  amounts  in  reasonable  detail and which
request shall be made in good faith and, absent manifest error,  shall be final,
conclusive and binding upon all of the parties hereto), for all losses, expenses
and liabilities (including, without limitation, any interest paid by such Lender
to  lenders  of funds  borrowed  by it to make or carry its LIBOR  Advances,  in
either case to the extent not  recoverable  by such Lender in connection  with a
re-employment of such funds and including loss of anticipated profits, which the
Lender may sustain): (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender)
a borrowing  of, or  conversion  to or  continuation  of, LIBOR  Advances to the
Company does not occur on the date  specified  therefor in a Notice of Borrowing
or Notice of Interest Rate Conversion  (whether or not  withdrawn),  (ii) if any
repayment  (including  mandatory  prepayments and any  conversions) of any LIBOR
Advances  by the  Company  occurs  on a date  which  is not the  last  day of an
Interest Period  applicable  thereto,  or (iii) if, for any reason,  the Company
defaults in its  obligation  to repay its LIBOR  Advances  when  required by the
terms of this Agreement.

                  SECTION 2.17. MAKING OF PAYMENTS.

                  (a) The Fees and all payments of principal of, or interest on,
the Notes and the Swing Line Note shall be made in immediately  available  funds
free and clear of any  defenses,  set-offs,  counterclaims  or  withholdings  or
deductions  for taxes to the Agent at its  principal  office in Ft.  Lauderdale,
Florida,  for the accounts of the respective Lenders. All such payments shall be
made not later than 1:00 p.m. (Ft. Lauderdale,  Florida time) and funds received
after that hour shall be deemed to have been  received  by the Agent on the next
following  Business  Day.  Payments  to the  Agent  shall,  as to  the  Company,
constitute payment to the applicable  Lenders  hereunder,  other than Swing Line
Loans.

                                      -26-

<PAGE>
                  (b) Subject to Subsection 2.12(c)(ii), whenever any payment to
be made hereunder or under any Note or the Swing Line Note shall be stated to be
due on a day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended
to the next succeeding  Business Day and, with respect to payments of principal,
interest thereon shall be payable at the applicable rate during such extension.

                  (c) On the  Business  Day that a payment is received or deemed
to have been received hereunder,  the Agent shall remit in immediately available
funds to each Lender its share,  based on the  percentages  set forth in Section
2.01, of all payments received by the Agent on the Notes.

                  SECTION 2.18.  DEFAULT RATE OF INTEREST.  Upon the  occurrence
and during the  continuance of an Event of Default set forth in Section 8.01, to
the extent  permitted by law, all unpaid amounts  hereunder  shall, on such date
and thereafter,  accrue the then applicable interest rate plus an additional two
percent  (2.0%) per annum until payment in full,  PROVIDED  that,  for any LIBOR
Advance, at the end of the applicable Interest Period,  interest shall accrue at
the Base Rate plus two percent (2.0%) per annum.  Interest  accruing pursuant to
this Section 2.17 will be due and payable upon demand.

                  SECTION  2.19.  PRORATION  OF  PAYMENTS.  If any Lender  shall
obtain any payment or other recovery (whether  voluntary,  involuntary,  through
exercise of any right of set-off or otherwise)  after the  occurrence and during
the  continuance  of an Event of  Default  on  account  of the  principal  of or
interest on any Note or any fees in respect of this  Agreement  in excess of its
PRO RATA share of payments and other  recoveries  obtained by all the Lenders on
account of the  principal  of and interest on the Notes then held by them or any
fees due to them in respect of this  Agreement,  such  Lender  shall  notify the
Agent thereof and forthwith  purchase from the other Lenders such  participation
in the Notes held by them or in such fees owed to them as shall be  necessary to
cause  such  purchasing  Lender to share the excess  payment  or other  recovery
ratably with each of them; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that if all or any portion of the
excess  payment or other recovery is thereafter  recovered from such  purchasing
Lender,  the purchase from such Lender shall be rescinded and the purchase price
restored  by each  selling  Lender to the extent of such  recovery,  but without
interest, unless the purchasing Lender is required to pay interest on the amount
so recovered,  in which case each selling Lender shall pay its pro rata share of
such interest.  After the  occurrence and during the  continuance of an Event of
Default,  disproportionate  payments of interest shall be shared by the purchase
of separate  participations  in unpaid  interest  obligations,  disproportionate
payments of fees shall be shared by the purchase of separate  participations  in
unpaid fee  obligations,  and  disproportionate  payments of principal  shall be
shared  by  the  purchase  of  separate   participations   in  unpaid  principal
obligations.  The Company  agrees that any Lender so purchasing a  participation
from another  Lender  pursuant to this  Section 2.18 may, to the fullest  extent
permitted  by law,  exercise all its rights of payment  (including  the right of
set-off) with respect to such  participation as fully as if such Lender were the
direct creditor of the Company in the amount of such participation.  Each Lender
shall  give the  Agent  notice  within  five (5) days of any  payments  or other
recoveries described above which it obtains.

                                      -27-

<PAGE>
                  SECTION 2.20. LENDERS'  OBLIGATIONS SEVERAL. The obligation of
each Lender to make any Advance is several,  and not joint or joint and several,
and is not  conditioned  upon the  performance  by all  other  Lenders  of their
obligations to make Advances.

                  SECTION 2.21. CALCULATION OF INTEREST. Interest payable on the
Notes,  including  interest  payable  as  provided  in  Section  2.17,  shall be
calculated  on the basis of a year of 360 days and paid for the actual number of
days elapsed.

                  SECTION 2.22. PAYMENTS FREE OF TAXES.

                  (a) All payments made by the Company under this Agreement, the
Notes and the  Swing  Line Note  shall be made  free and clear of,  and  without
deduction  for,  any  Tax.  To the  extent  that the  Company  is  obligated  by
Applicable  Law to make any deduction or  withholding on account of any Tax from
any amount  payable to any Lender under this  Agreement,  the Notes or the Swing
Line Note, the Company shall (1) make such deduction or withholding  and pay the
same to the relevant  governmental  authority and (2) pay such additional amount
to such  Lender  as is  necessary  to result in that  Lender's  receiving  a net
after-tax (or  after-assessment  or after-charge)  amount equal to the amount to
which such Lender would have been entitled  under this  Agreement,  the Notes or
the Swing Line Note absent such deduction or withholding.

                  (b)  Each  Lender  that is  organized  under  the  laws of any
jurisdiction  other  than the  United  States of  America  or any State  thereof
(including  the District of  Columbia)  agrees to furnish to the Company and the
Agent,  on the Closing Date and otherwise  prior to the time it becomes a Lender
hereunder,  two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form 4224 or U.S.
Internal  Revenue Service Form 1001 or any successor forms thereto (wherein such
Lender claims  entitlement  to complete  exemption  from or reduced rate of U.S.
Federal  withholding  tax on  interest  paid by the  Company  hereunder)  and to
provide  to the  Company  and the  Agent  a new  Form  4224 or Form  1001 or any
successor  forms  thereto  if any  previously  delivered  form  is  found  to be
incomplete or incorrect in any material  respect or upon the obsolescence of any
previously delivered form.

                                      -28-

<PAGE>
                  SECTION  2.23.  INTEREST RATE NOT  ASCERTAINABLE,  ETC. In the
event  that the  Agent,  in the case of  LIBOR,  shall  have  determined  (which
determination  shall be made in good faith and, absent manifest error,  shall be
final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) that on any date for determining
LIBOR for any Interest  Period,  by reason of any changes arising after the date
of this Agreement  affecting the London interbank market or the Agent's position
in such  market,  adequate  and fair  means do not  exist for  ascertaining  the
applicable  interest rate on the basis  provided for in the  definition of LIBOR
then, and in any such event, the Agent shall forthwith give notice (by telephone
confirmed  in writing)  to the Company and to the Lenders of such  determination
and a summary of the basis for such determination.  Until the Agent notifies the
Company that the circumstances giving rise to the suspension described herein no
longer exist,  the  obligations of the Lenders to make or permit portions of the
Advances to remain  outstanding  past the last day of the then current  Interest
Periods as LIBOR Advances shall be suspended,  and such affected  Advances shall
bear the same interest as Base Rate Advances.

                  SECTION 2.24. ILLEGALITY.

                  (a) In the event that any Lender shall have determined  (which
determination  shall be made in good faith and, absent manifest error,  shall be
final,  conclusive  and binding upon all parties) at any time that the making or
continuance  of any LIBOR  Advance  has become  unlawful by  compliance  by such
Lender in good faith with any applicable  law,  governmental  rule,  regulation,
guideline  or order  (whether  or not having the force of law and whether or not
failure to comply  therewith  would be unlawful),  then, in any such event,  the
Lender  shall give  prompt  notice (by  telephone  confirmed  in writing) to the
Company  and to the Agent of such  determination  and a summary of the basis for
such determination  (which notice the Agent shall promptly transmit to the other
Lenders).

                  (b) Upon the giving of the notice to the  Company  referred to
in subsection  (a) above,  (i) the Company's  right to request and such Lender's
obligation  to make LIBOR  Advances  shall be  immediately  suspended,  and such
Lender  shall  make an  Advance  as part of the  requested  Borrowing  of  LIBOR
Advances  as a Base Rate  Advance,  and (ii) if the  affected  LIBOR  Advance or
Advances are then outstanding, the Company shall immediately, or if permitted by
applicable  law,  no later than the date  permitted  thereby,  upon at least one
Business Day's written notice to the Agent and the affected Lender, convert each
such Advance into an Advance or Advances to a Base Rate Advance with an Interest
Period  ending  on the date on  which  the  Interest  Period  applicable  to the
affected  LIBOR  Advances  expires,  PROVIDED  that if more  than one  Lender is
affected  at any  time,  then all  affected  Lenders  must be  treated  the same
pursuant to this Subsection 2.24(b).

                  SECTION  2.25.   INCREASE  OF   COMMITMENTS.   Notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary,  in the event that the Company,  for any fiscal
quarter,  Annualized  EBITDA is greater than or equal to  $15,000,000,  then the
Company hereby shall automatically request from the Lenders that the Commitments
be increased to $100,000,000. Any such increase in the Commitments shall be made
in the sole  discretion  of the  Lenders,  with any  additional  increase in the
Commitments  to be  allocated  pro rata  among the  existing  Lenders.  Any such
increase  (i) shall  remain  in place  until the  Commitment  Termination  Date,
subject to any  reduction  provided for under the terms of this  Agreement,  and
(ii)  notwithstanding  anything  herein to the contrary,  shall be senior to any
other subordinated  Indebtedness of the Company,  including, but not limited to,
the Senior  Subordinated  Debt Offering.  If it is not possible for the existing
Lenders to accommodate  any such increase in the  Commitments,  then new Lenders
may be added so long as these new Lenders are reasonably acceptable to the Agent
and the Company.


                                      -29-
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE III

                            CONDITIONS TO BORROWINGS

                        The  obligation of each Lender to make an Advance to the
Company hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

                        SECTION 3.01.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL ADVANCES.
At the time of the  making by each  Lender  of its  initial  Advance  hereunder,
unless otherwise waived or consented to by the Required Lenders,

            (1) all  obligations  of the  Company  to the  Agent  or any  Lender
            incurred prior thereto (including, without limitation, the Company's
            obligation to reimburse the fees and disbursements of counsel to the
            Agent and the Lenders in accordance with this  Agreement),  together
            with the fees described in the Commitment  Letter and the Agent Fee,
            shall have been paid in full;

            (2) the Agent shall have  received the  following,  each dated as of
            the Closing Date, in form and substance  satisfactory to the Lenders
            and  (except  for the Notes and the Swing Line  Note) in  sufficient
            copies for each Lender:

                    (a)            A duly executed original of this Agreement.

                    (b)            A duly  completed and executed  original of a
                          Note  payable  to the  order  of  each  Lender  in the
                          principal amount of such Lender's Commitment.

                    (c)            A duly completed and executed original of the
                          Swing Line Note  payable to the order of  SunTrust  in
                          the principal amount of $2,000,000.

                    (d)            A duly  executed  original  of  the  Guaranty
                          Agreement and the Contribution Agreement.

                                      -30-

<PAGE>
                    (5)            A  duly  executed  original  of  the  Company
                          Security   Agreement   and  the   Guarantor   Security
                          Agreement, together with such UCC financing statements
                          and UCC amendments  recorded in such  jurisdictions as
                          the Required  Lenders  deem  necessary or desirable to
                          perfect the security  interests granted thereunder and
                          under the  Company  Pledge  Agreement,  the  Guarantor
                          Pledge  Agreement,   the  Company  Trademark  Security
                          Agreement,   and  the  Guarantor   Trademark  Security
                          Agreement.

                    (6)            Certified  Requests for Information or Copies
                          (Form  UCC-11)  or  equivalent  reports,  listing  all
                          effective financing  statements which name the Company
                          or any of its  Subsidiaries  as debtor,  together with
                          copies of such  other  financing  statements  (none of
                          which  shall  cover  the  Collateral  purported  to be
                          covered  by  the  Company  Security   Agreement,   the
                          Guarantor  Security  Agreement,   the  Company  Pledge
                          Agreement, the Guarantor Pledge Agreement, the Company
                          Trademark   Security   Agreement   or  the   Guarantor
                          Trademark  Security  Agreement),  other than financing
                          statements in favor of the Agent.

                    (7)            Completion of and receipt of lien searches in
                          all relevant  jurisdictions  revealing no liens or any
                          assets of the Company  except for liens  permitted  by
                          the Loan  Documents  and liens to be terminated on the
                          Closing  Date  under  the  Company's  Existing  Credit
                          Agreement.

                    (8)            A  duly  executed  original  of  the  Company
                          Pledge Agreement and the Guarantor  Pledge  Agreement,
                          together with stock certificates evidencing the shares
                          of stock of all Subsidiaries of the Company pledged to
                          the Agent  thereunder  and an undated  stock power for
                          each such stock certificate,  executed in blank by the
                          pledgor of such stock.

                    (9)            A  duly  executed  original  of  the  Company
                          Trademark   Security   Agreement   and  the  Guarantor
                          Trademark  Security  Agreement,   together  with  such
                          filings in the  United  States  Patent  and  Trademark
                          Office  as the  Required  Lenders  deem  necessary  or
                          desirable  to perfect the security  interests  granted
                          under the Company Trademark Security Agreement and the
                          Guarantor Trademark Security Agreement.

                                      -31-

<PAGE>
                    (10)           Duly executed  originals of any Mortgages and
                          Assignments  of  Leases  to be  recorded  in the  real
                          estate  records  of  the  jurisdiction  in  which  the
                          Mortgaged   Property   related   thereto  is  located,
                          together with such fixture  filings and  amendments to
                          existing    fixture    filings    recorded   in   such
                          jurisdictions  as the Required  Lenders deem necessary
                          or desirable to perfect the security interests granted
                          thereunder,  and  endorsements  to the existing  title
                          insurance  policies for such Mortgage or Assignment of
                          Leases  showing  that  the  Agent  has a  valid  first
                          priority Lien with respect to such Mortgaged  Property
                          subject to no encumbrances other than such Mortgage or
                          such   Assignment  of  Leases,   and  Liens  permitted
                          pursuant to Section 6.01 hereof.

                    (11)           Evidence satisfactory to the Required Lenders
                          that all  other  actions  necessary  or  desirable  to
                          perfect and protect the security  interests created by
                          the Security Documents have been taken.

                    (12)           Certificates  of  insurance   issued  by  the
                          Company's  insurers,  describing in reasonable  detail
                          the insurance maintained by the Company, together with
                          appropriate  evidence  showing that the Agent has been
                          named as loss  payee  or  additional  insured,  as its
                          interest  may  appear,   on  all  insurance   policies
                          insuring property of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

                    (13)           Certificates  signed by the  Chief  Executive
                          Officer or the Chief Financial  Officer of each of the
                          Company and the  Guarantors as to the solvency of such
                          Company or Guarantor.

                    (14)           Repayment  by the Company of all  outstanding
                          indebtedness   under  the  Company's  Existing  Credit
                          Agreement   and   termination   of   the   commitments
                          thereunder.

                    (15)           Payment of all fees required to be paid on or
                          prior to the Closing Date.

                    (16)           A  duly  executed  original  of  the  CLOSING
                          CERTIFICATE,   in  the   form   attached   hereto   as
                          EXHIBIT F. 

                                      -32-

<PAGE>
                    (17)           Copies of the  organizational  papers of each
                          of the Company and the Subsidiaries, certified as true
                          and correct by the  Secretary of State of the State in
                          which the Company or such Subsidiary is  incorporated,
                          and certificates  from the Secretaries of State of the
                          States  in which the  Company  or such  Subsidiary  is
                          incorporated and of each state in which the Company or
                          such  Subsidiary  is  legally  required  to qualify to
                          transact business as a foreign corporation, certifying
                          the  Company's  or  Subsidiaries'  good  standing as a
                          corporation in such States.

                    (18)           Copies of the  bylaws of each of the  Company
                          and the  Guarantors  of  resolutions  of the  Board of
                          Directors  of each of the Company  and the  Guarantors
                          approving this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the Swing Line
                          Note, the Borrowings hereunder, the Security Documents
                          and all other Loan  Documents  to which the Company or
                          such  Guarantor  is  a  party  and  of  all  documents
                          evidencing   other  necessary   corporate  action  and
                          governmental  approvals,  if any, with respect to this
                          Agreement,   the  Notes,  the  Swing  Line  Note,  the
                          Security  Documents  and all other Loan  Documents  to
                          which the  Company or such  Guarantor  is a party,  in
                          each  case  certified  as  true  and  correct  by  the
                          Secretary or an Assistant  Secretary of the Company or
                          such Guarantor.

                    (19)           A   favorable   written   opinion  of  Olshan
                          Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig  LLP,  General Counsel for
                          the Company and the Guarantors,  substantially  in the
                          form of EXHIBIT G attached  hereto,  and covering such
                          additional   matters   relating  to  the  transactions
                          contemplated   hereby  as  the  Required  Lenders  may
                          reasonably  request,  addressed  to the  Agent and the
                          Lenders.

                                      -33-

<PAGE>
                    (20)           A  favorable  written  opinion  of  Holland &
                          Knight   LLP,   counsel   for  the   Company  and  the
                          Guarantors,  substantially  in the form of  EXHIBIT  H
                          attached hereto,  and covering such additional matters
                          relating to the  transactions  contemplated  hereby as
                          the Required Lenders may reasonably request, addressed
                          to the Agent and the Lenders.

                    (21)           Certified copies of all consents,  approvals,
                          authorizations,  registrations  or filings required to
                          be made or obtained  by the Company or the  Guarantors
                          in  connection  with  the  transactions   contemplated
                          hereby and by the other Loan Documents.

            (3) all  corporate  and  other  proceedings  taken or to be taken in
            connection with the  transactions  contemplated  hereby and all Loan
            Documents  and other  documents  incident  thereto or  delivered  in
            connection  therewith shall be satisfactory in form and substance to
            each Lender.

                        SECTION 3.02.  CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. At
the time of the making by the Lenders of each Advance  hereunder  (including the
initial Advances), (a) the following statements shall be true:

                          (i) The  representations  and warranties  contained in
            Article IV hereof are true and correct in all  material  respects on
            and as of the date of such  Borrowing  as  though  made on and as of
            such date,  except  insofar as such  representations  and warranties
            speak  only as of a prior date or  reflect  transactions  and events
            after the Closing Date, as permitted by the Loan Documents;

                          (ii) No Default  or Event of  Default  exists or would
            result from such  Borrowing or from the  application of the proceeds
            therefrom;

                          (iii) Since the date of the most  recent  consolidated
            financial  statements  of the Company  described  in Section 4.14 or
            delivered to the Lenders  pursuant to Section 5.02, there shall have
            been no change which has had or could reasonably be expected to have
            a Materially Adverse Effect;

                         (iv) There shall be no action or proceeding  instituted
            or pending before any court or other  governmental  authority or, to
            the knowledge of the Company,  threatened (i) which reasonably could
            be expected to have a Materially  Adverse Effect, or (ii) seeking to
            prohibit or restrict  the  ownership  or operation of any portion of
            the business or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or
            to compel the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  to dispose of or
            hold separate all or any portion of its businesses or assets,  where
            such portion or portions of such business(es) or assets, as the case
            may be,  constitute a material  portion of the total  businesses  or
            assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries; and

                                      -34-

<PAGE>
                          (v) The  Advances  to be made and the use of  proceeds
            thereof shall not  contravene,  violate or conflict with, or involve
            the Agent or any Lender in a violation of, any Applicable Law.

            (b) each Notice of Borrowing given by the Company in accordance with
Section  2.02(a) hereof and the acceptance by the Company of the proceeds of any
Borrowing shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Company, made as
of the time of the making of such  Borrowing  that the  conditions  specified in
Section  3.02(a)  have been  fulfilled  as of such  time  unless a notice to the
contrary specifically  captioned  "Disclosure  Statement" is received by each of
the Lenders from the Company prior to 5:00 p.m. (Ft.  Lauderdale,  Florida time)
on the  Business  Day  immediately  preceding  the  date of the  making  of such
Borrowing.  To the extent that the Lenders  agree to make such  Borrowing  after
receipt of a Disclosure Statement in accordance with the preceding sentence, the
representations and warranties pursuant to the preceding sentence will be deemed
made as modified by the contents of such Disclosure  Statement and repeated,  as
so  modified,  as at  the  time  of the  making  of  such  Borrowing.  Any  such
modification shall be effective only for the occasion on which the Lenders elect
to make an  Advance  on such  Borrowing,  and  unless  expressly  agreed  by the
Required  Lenders in writing to the contrary in accordance  with Section  10.02,
shall not be deemed a waiver or  modification  of any condition to the making of
any future Borrowing.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES


                        The Company and the  Subsidiaries  represent and warrant
as follows:

                         SECTION 4.01.  CORPORATE  STATUS OF COMPANY;  STATUS OF
SUBSIDIARIES.  The Company and each  Subsidiary  that is a corporation  are duly
organized,  validly  existing  and  in  good  standing  under  the  laws  of the
jurisdictions of their respective incorporation and have the corporate power and
authority  to own their  respective  property  and  assets and to  transact  the
businesses in which they respectively are engaged or presently propose to engage
and are duly  qualified  and in good  standing  as foreign  corporations  in all
states  where  failure  to be so  qualified  and in good  standing  could have a
Materially  Adverse  Effect.  Each  Subsidiary  that  is a  partnership  is duly
constituted, existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of
its constitution  and has all requisite power,  authority and legal right to own
its property and assets and to transact the businesses in which it is engaged or
presently  proposes to engage and is duly  qualified  and in good  standing as a
foreign  partnership  wherever  failure to be so qualified  and in good standing
could have a Materially Adverse Effect. The Company and each of its Subsidiaries
have  the  power  to own  their  respective  properties  and to  carry  on their
respective  businesses  as  now  being  conducted.  The  Company  is  adequately
capitalized  for the purpose of conducting  its business,  was not formed solely
for the  purpose  of acting  as agent  for,  or as an  instrumentality  of,  any
Subsidiary.

                                      -35-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 4.02.  CORPORATE  POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Each of
the  Company  and the  Guarantors  has the  corporate  power  and has  taken all
necessary  corporate  action  (including,  without  limitation,  any  consent of
stockholders  required by law or by its certificate of  incorporation or bylaws)
to authorize it, to execute,  deliver and carry out the terms and  provisions of
and to incur its  obligations  under this Agreement,  the Notes,  the Swing Line
Note,  the  Security  Documents  and the other Loan  Documents  to which it is a
party.  This Agreement,  the Notes, the Swing Line Note, the Security  Documents
and the other Loan Documents have been duly  authorized,  executed and delivered
by the Company and the Guarantors party thereto.

                         SECTION 4.03.  COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER  INSTRUMENTS.  The
execution,  delivery and  performance  by the Company and any  Guarantors  party
thereto, as the case may be, of this Agreement,  the Notes, the Swing Line Note,
the Security  Documents and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, (a)
will not contravene any provision of Applicable Law, rule, regulation, judgment,
order or ruling,  (b) will not conflict with, be inconsistent with, or result in
any breach of any of the  terms,  covenants,  conditions  or  provisions  of, or
constitute a default under,  or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien
upon any of the  property  or assets of the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
pursuant to the terms of any indenture,  mortgage,  deed to secure debt, deed of
trust, or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries is a signatory or by which it is bound or to which it may be
subject,  (c) will not violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation
(or equivalent  thereof) or bylaws (or equivalent thereof) of the Company or any
corporate  Subsidiary of the Company or the  certificate of partnership or other
document  governing the  constitution or conduct of affairs of any Subsidiary of
the Company  that is not a  corporation,  (d) will not require any  Governmental
Approval  and (e) will not result in the creation of any Lien upon the assets or
properties of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  except as  contemplated  by the
Security  Documents.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party
to,  or  otherwise  subject  to  any  provision  contained  in,  any  instrument
evidencing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any agreement
relating  thereto or any other  contract or  agreement  (including  its charter)
which limits the amount of, or otherwise  imposes  restrictions on the incurring
of,  Indebtedness  of the type to be  evidenced  by the Notes and the Swing Line
Note, other than the Senior Subordinated Debt Offering.

                         SECTION 4.04. ENFORCEABLE OBLIGATIONS.  This Agreement,
the Notes,  the Swing  Line  Note,  the  Security  Documents  and the other Loan
Documents  constitute the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and
the Guarantors party thereto, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except
as the  enforceability  thereof may be limited by Bankruptcy  Law and by general
principles of equity.

                         SECTION 4.05. GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORIZATIONS.  The Company
and its  Subsidiaries  are in good  standing  with  respect to all  governmental
authorizations, consents, approvals, orders, licenses and other actions required
by any governmental or  non-governmental  authority or Person,  except where the
failure to maintain such good standing will not have a Materially Adverse Effect
on the Company and its Subsidiaries.

                                      -36-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION  4.06.   INTELLECTUAL  PROPERTY.  Each  of  the
Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  owns  or has  the  right  to use  all  patents,
trademarks,  service marks, trade names, copyrights,  licenses and other rights,
free from burdensome  restrictions,  which are material for the operation of its
business  as  presently  conducted.  Nothing  has come to the  attention  of the
Company,  any of its  Subsidiaries  or any of  their  respective  directors  and
officers to the effect that (i) any product, process, method, substance, part or
other material  presently  contemplated  to be sold by or employed by Company or
any of its Subsidiaries in connection with its business may infringe any patent,
trademark,  service mark, trade name, copyright, license or other right owned by
any other Person,  (ii) there is pending or  threatened  any claim or litigation
against or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries contesting its right
to sell or use any  such  product,  process,  method,  substance,  part or other
material  or (iii)  there is,  or there is  pending  or  proposed,  any  patent,
invention,   device,  application  or  principle  or  any  statute,  law,  rule,
regulation, standard or code which would prevent, inhibit or render obsolete the
production  or sale of any products of, or  substantially  reduce the  projected
revenues of, or otherwise have a Materially Adverse Effect on the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries.

                         SECTION  4.07.  OUTSTANDING  INDEBTEDNESS.  Neither the
Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries,  on a consolidated  basis, has outstanding
any Indebtedness,  except as described on SCHEDULE 4.07 hereto.  There exists no
default  under the  provisions  of any  instrument  evidencing  or securing  any
Indebtedness  of the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  or of any  agreement
otherwise relating thereto which has had or would reasonably be expected to have
a Materially Adverse Effect.

                         SECTION 4.08. INSURANCE COVERAGE.  Each property of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries is insured within terms reasonably acceptable
to the Lenders for the benefit of the Company or a Subsidiary  of the Company in
amounts deemed adequate by the Company's  management in its reasonable  business
judgment and not materially less than those amounts customary in the industry in
which the Company and its  Subsidiaries  operate  against risks usually  insured
against by Persons operating  businesses  similar to those of the Company or its
Subsidiaries in the localities where such properties are located,  and the Agent
has been named loss payee or additional  insured, as its interest may appear, on
all such policies.  Attached as SCHEDULE 4.08 hereto are certificates evidencing
such insurance.

                         SECTION 4.09. TITLE TO PROPERTIES.  Each of the Company
and its  Subsidiaries  has (i)  good  and  marketable  fee  simple  title to its
respective real  properties  (other than real properties it leases from others),
including such real properties reflected in the financial statements referred to
in  Section  4.14,  subject to no Lien of any kind  except  Liens  permitted  by
Section 6.01, and (ii) good title to all of its other respective  properties and
assets (other than properties and assets which it leases from others), including
the other properties and assets reflected in the financial  statements  referred
to in Section  4.14,  subject to no Lien of any kind except  Liens  permitted by
Section  6.01.  Each of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  enjoys  peaceful  and
undisturbed possession in all material leases necessary for the operation of its
respective  properties  and  assets,  none of  which  contains  any  unusual  or
burdensome  provisions  that would  adversely  affect or impair the operation of
such properties and assets,  and all such leases are valid and subsisting and in
full force and effect.

                                      -37-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 4.10. NO BURDENSOME  RESTRICTIONS.  Neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any contract or agreement that
would result in any burdensome restrictions that might reasonably be expected to
have a  Materially  Adverse  Effect on the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,
including, but not limited to, any collective bargaining agreements.

                         SECTION 4.11. NO MATERIAL VIOLATION OF LAW. Neither the
Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries has any notice of any violation of any law,
statute,  order, regulation or judgment entered against it by any court that may
reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect on the Company.

                         SECTION  4.12.  NO  DEFAULT  UNDER  OTHER   AGREEMENTS.
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default under any material
agreement to which it is a party.

                         SECTION  4.13.  NO  EQUITY  INVESTMENTS.   Neither  the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries possesses investments in any equity or other
long-term investments in any person, except permitted investments, including any
wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company and the Subsidiaries.

                         SECTION  4.14.   FINANCIAL   STATEMENTS.   The  audited
consolidated  financial  statements of the Company dated June 30, 1997,  and the
related  consolidated   statements  of  income  (including  supporting  footnote
disclosures),  with opinion of Cooper,  Selvin & Strassberg  LLP, the  unaudited
consolidated  quarterly  financial  statements  of the Company  dated August 31,
1997, and the related  consolidated  statements of income (including  supporting
footnote   disclosures),   and  the  unaudited  consolidated  monthly  financial
statements of the Company dated August 31, 1997, all heretofore furnished to the
Lenders,  are all true and correct in all material  respects and present  fairly
the consolidated  financial  condition at the date of said financial  statements
and the results of operations  for the fiscal period then ending of the Company.
The Company as of such date did not have any significant liabilities, contingent
or  otherwise,  including  liabilities  for  Taxes  or any  unusual  forward  or
long-term  commitments  which were not  disclosed by or reserved  against in the
financial  statements  referred  to above or in the  notes  thereto,  and at the
present time there are no material  unrealized  or  anticipated  losses from any
unfavorable  commitments  of the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries.  All such
financial  statements  have been prepared in  accordance  with GAAP applied on a
consistent basis throughout the periods  involved.  Since August 31, 1997, there
has been no material  adverse change in the  operations,  business,  property or
assets of, or in the condition (financial or otherwise) of, the Company.

                         SECTION  4.15.  LITIGATION.   Except  as  disclosed  on
SCHEDULE 4.15 attached hereto,  there are no actions,  suits,  investigations or
proceedings  pending  or,  to  the  knowledge  of  the  Company  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries,  threatened  against  or  affecting  the  Company  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries  or any of their  properties  or  rights by or  before  any  court,
arbitrator or  administrative  or governmental body that would have a Materially
Adverse Effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                                      -38-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION  4.16.  TAXES.  Each  of the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries has filed or caused to be filed all  declarations,  reports and tax
returns including, in the case of the Company and each Subsidiary located in the
United States,  all federal and state income tax returns which it is required by
law to file,  and has paid all Taxes which are shown as being due and payable on
such returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its properties. The
accruals  and  reserves  on the books of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  in
respect of Taxes are adequate in all material respects for all periods.  Neither
the  Company  nor  any of its  Subsidiaries  has  any  knowledge  of any  unpaid
adjustment,  assessment  or any  penalties or interest of  significance,  or any
basis  therefor,  by any taxing  authority  for any period,  except  those being
contested in good faith and by appropriate  proceedings  which  effectively stay
the enforcement of any Lien and the attachment of a penalty.

                         SECTION  4.17.  MARGIN  REGULATIONS.  No  part  of  the
proceeds of any of the Advances will be used for any purpose which violates,  or
which would be  inconsistent  or not in compliance  with,  the provisions of the
applicable Margin Regulations.

                         SECTION  4.18.  ERISA.  Except as disclosed on SCHEDULE
4.18 attached hereto:

                        (a) IDENTIFICATION OF PLANS. (i) Neither the Company nor
            any ERISA  Affiliate  maintains or contributes to, or has maintained
            or contributed  to, any Plan that is an ERISA Plan, and (ii) neither
            the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries maintains or contributes to,
            or has maintained or  contributed  to, any Plan that is an Executive
            Arrangement;

                        (b)  COMPLIANCE.   Each  Plan  has  at  all  times  been
            maintained,  by its terms and in operation,  in accordance  with all
            Applicable Laws, except such  noncompliance  (when taken as a whole)
            that will not have a Materially Adverse Effect;

                        (c)  LIABILITIES.  Neither  the  Company  nor any of its
            Subsidiaries is currently nor has in the last 6 years been obligated
            to make  contributions  (directly or indirectly) to a  Multiemployer
            Plan,  nor  is it  currently  nor  will  it  become  subject  to any
            liability   (including   withdrawal   liability),   tax  or  penalty
            whatsoever  to any  Person  whomsoever  with  respect  to  any  Plan
            including, but not limited to, any tax, penalty or liability arising
            under Title I or Title IV or ERISA or Chapter 43 of the Code, except
            such  liabilities  (when  taken  as a  whole)  as  will  not  have a
            Materially Adverse Effect; and

                        (d) FUNDING.  The Company and each ERISA  Affiliate  has
            made full and  timely  payment of all  amounts  (i)  required  to be
            contributed under the terms of each Plan and Applicable Law and (ii)
            required to be paid as expenses of each Plan. No Plan has an "amount
            of unfunded benefit  liabilities" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18)
            of ERISA).

                                      -39-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 4.19. COMPLIANCE WITH ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS.

                         (a)  The  Company  and  its  Subsidiaries  are  not  in
violation of, and do not presently have  outstanding any liability  under,  have
not been notified that they are or may be liable under and do not have knowledge
of any liability or potential  liability  (including  any liability  relating to
matters set forth in Part A. of SCHEDULE 4.19) except as set forth in Part A. of
SCHEDULE  4.19,  under  any  applicable   Environmental  Laws  which  violation,
liability  or  potential  liability  could  reasonably  be  expected  to  have a
Materially Adverse Effect.

                         (b)  Except as set forth in Part B. of  SCHEDULE  4.19,
neither the Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries  has received a written request
for  information  under any  Environmental  Laws stating or suggesting  that the
Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  has or may have  liability  thereunder  or
written  notice  that  any such  entity  has been  identified  as a  potentially
responsible party under any Environmental  Laws, or any comparable state law, or
any public health or safety or welfare law, nor has any such entity received any
written  notification  that  any  Hazardous  Substance  that  it or  any  of its
respective  predecessors in interest has generated,  stored,  treated,  handled,
transported,  or disposed of, has been  released or is threatened to be released
at any site at which any Person  intends to conduct or is  conducting a remedial
investigation or other action pursuant to any Environmental Laws.

                         (c)  Except as set forth in Part C. of  SCHEDULE  4.19,
each of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  has obtained  all  material  permits,
licenses or other  authorizations  required for the conduct of their  respective
operations  under all applicable  Environmental  and Asbestos Laws and each such
authorization is in full force and effect.

                         (d)  Except as set forth in Part D. of  SCHEDULE  4.19,
each of Company and its Subsidiaries  complies in all material respects with all
laws and  regulations  relating to equal  employment  opportunity  and  employee
safety in all jurisdictions in which it is presently doing business, and Company
will use its  reasonable  best  efforts  to  comply,  and to  cause  each of its
Subsidiaries to comply,  with all such laws and regulations which may be legally
imposed  in  the  future  in  jurisdictions  in  which  Company  or  any  of its
Subsidiaries may then be doing business.

                         SECTION   4.20.   POSSESSION   OF   MATERIAL   PATENTS,
TRADEMARKS, ETC. Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries possesses all patents,
trademarks,  licenses, and other intellectual property rights that are necessary
in any material  respect for the  ownership,  maintenance  and  operation of its
properties   and  assets  and  they  are  possessed  free  from  any  burdensome
restrictions.  To the Company's  knowledge,  there are no  infringements of such
patents, trademarks, licenses, and other intellectual property rights that could
have a Materially Adverse Effect on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                         SECTION  4.21.  SUBSIDIARIES.  SCHEDULE  4.21  attached
hereto  correctly  sets forth the name of each  Subsidiary  of the Company,  the
jurisdiction  of  such  Subsidiary's   incorporation  or  organization  and  the
ownership of all issued and outstanding  capital stock of such  Subsidiary.  All
the  outstanding  shares of the capital stock of each such  Subsidiary have been
validly  issued and are fully paid and  nonassessable  and all such  outstanding
shares,  except  as  noted on such  SCHEDULE  4.21,  are  owned  of  record  and
beneficially by the Company or a wholly-owned  Subsidiary of the Company free of
any Lien or claim.

                                      -40-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 4.22. DISCLOSURE.  Neither this Agreement,  any
Loan Document nor any other document,  certificate or statement furnished to the
Lenders  or the  Agent  by or on  behalf  of the  Company  or any  Guarantor  in
connection herewith contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein
and  therein not  misleading,  if, in either  case,  such fact is material to an
understanding of the financial condition, business, prospects or property of the
Company, or the ability of the Company to fulfill its obligations under any Loan
Documents to which it is a party.


                                    ARTICLE V

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                        So long as any Note or the Swing Line Note shall  remain
unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, unless the
Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing:

                         SECTION  5.01.  USE OF  PROCEEDS.  The  proceeds of all
Borrowings  will be used by the Company as provided in Section 2.09. None of the
proceeds of any Borrowing shall be used, directly or indirectly,  to purchase or
carry,  or to reduce or retire or refinance  any credit  incurred to purchase or
carry,  any  "margin  security"  or "margin  stock"  (within  the meaning of the
regulations  of the Board of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System) or to
extend  credit to others for the  purpose of  purchasing  or  carrying  any such
"margin  security"  or "margin  stock" or for any other  purpose that might deem
this transaction as a "purpose credit" (within the meaning of the regulations of
the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve  System).  If  requested by any
Lender,  the Company will furnish to such Lender  statements in conformity  with
the requirements of Federal Reserve Form U-1 referred to in Regulation U.

                        SECTION 5.02.  REPORTING COVENANTS.

            (a)         The Company will furnish to each of the Lenders:

                        (i) as soon as available  and in any event no later than
            90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an audited
            consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of
            the close of such fiscal year, and the related audited  consolidated
            statements   of  income  and  cash  flow  of  the  Company  and  its
            Subsidiaries for such fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and with
            (1) an unqualified  opinion of Cooper,  Selvin & Strassberg  LLP, or
            such other  independent  certified  public  accountant of recognized
            standing  selected by the Company and  satisfactory  to the Required
            Lenders,  and (2) a certificate  (with supporting  details) from the
            Chief Financial  Officer of the Company stating whether a Default or
            Event of Default exists;

                                      -41-

<PAGE>
                        (ii) as soon as  available  and in any  event  within 45
            days  after  the end of each  fiscal  quarter  of the  Company,  its
            quarterly   unaudited   financial   statements,   together   with  a
            certificate  in the  form  of  EXHIBIT  I  hereto  (the  "COMPLIANCE
            CERTIFICATE")  by the Chief  Financial  Officer of the Company (with
            supporting  details)  stating that the  financials  were prepared in
            accordance   with  GAAP   (subject  to  customary   year-end   audit
            adjustments)  and that the  covenants  described in Article VII have
            been met;

                        (iii) as soon as  available  and in any event  within 45
            days after the end of each month,  the monthly  unaudited  financial
            statements of the Company; and

                        (iv)  at  least  15 days  prior  to the  closing  of any
            acquisition  permitted under Section 6.07(b), the adjusted pro forma
            balance sheet and income  statements of the Company,  reflecting the
            financial conditional of the Company and its Subsidiaries after such
            acquisition, all in accordance with GAAP.

            In each  case,  such  financial  statements  shall  include  balance
sheets,  income  statements,  and  statements  of cash  flows  for the  Company,
provided, HOWEVER, that the monthly financial statements provided by the Company
to the Lenders shall not include a statement of cash flows.

            (b) The Company will furnish to each of the Lenders, with reasonable
promptness,  notice  of  certain  other  events,  including  the  occurrence  or
existence  of any  Default  or Event of  Default,  any  citation  for a material
violation of environmental  laws or regulations,  important  matters relating to
funding of employee  benefit plans,  or such other  information as any Lender or
the Agent may reasonably request.

                         SECTION 5.03.  MAINTENANCE OF  PROPERTIES.  The Company
shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain,  preserve, protect
and  keep,  or  cause to be  maintained,  preserved,  protected  and  kept,  its
properties  and every part thereof in good repair,  working order and condition,
and from  time to time  will  make or cause to be made all  needful  and  proper
repairs,  renewals,  replacements,   extensions,   additions,  betterments,  and
improvements  thereto,  so that the business carried on in connection  therewith
may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times other than those which
the failure to  maintain  would in the  aggregate,  have no  Materially  Adverse
Effect;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Company and each Subsidiary  shall not be
under any obligation to repair or replace any such properties  which have become
obsolete or have become  unsuitable or inadequate for the purpose for which they
are used.

                         SECTION 5.04.  MAINTENANCE  OF  INSURANCE.  The Company
shall, and shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries to, (i) maintain  liability and
worker's  compensation  insurance with financially sound and reputable  insurers
(or  maintain a legally  sufficient,  fully  funded,  program of self  insurance
against worker's compensation liabilities), and also maintain adequate insurance
on its  properties  against  such  hazards  and in at least  such  amounts as is
customary in the  business,  and (ii) name the Agent as loss payee or additional
insured, as its interest may appear, on each of such insurance policies.  At the
request  of  any  Lender,  the  Company  will  forthwith  deliver  an  officer's
certificate specifying the material details of such insurance in effect.

                                      -42-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION  5.05.  MAINTENANCE  OF  BOOKS;  INSPECTION  OF
PROPERTY  AND  RECORDS.   The  Company  shall,  and  shall  cause  each  of  its
Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and account containing complete and
accurate entries in all material  respects of all of their respective  financial
and  business  transactions  and  prepare  or cause to be  prepared  its  annual
statements and reports in accordance  with GAAP.  The Company  shall,  and shall
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any person designated by any Lender to
visit and inspect any of its properties,  corporate books and financial records,
to make  copies  and take  extracts  therefrom,  and to  discuss  its  accounts,
affairs,  and  finances  with the  principal  officers  of the  Company and such
Subsidiary  during  reasonable  business hours, all at such times as the Lenders
may  reasonably  request;  PROVIDED,   HOWEVER,  that  any  time  following  the
occurrence  and  continuance  of an Event of  Default,  no prior  notice  to the
Company and such  Subsidiary  shall be required.  The Company  shall,  and shall
cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to, prepare or cause to be prepared its interim
statements and reports in accordance  with GAAP,  subject to usual and customary
year end audit and adjustments and footnote disclosures.

                         SECTION 5.06.  EXISTENCE AND STATUS. The Company shall,
and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries  that is a corporation to, maintain its
corporate  existence,  its material  rights,  franchises  and licenses  (for the
scheduled duration thereof), its patents, trademarks,  tradenames, service marks
and other  intellectual  property  rights  necessary  or desirable in the normal
conduct of its business, its good standing in its state of incorporation and its
qualification  and good standing as a foreign  corporation in all  jurisdictions
where  its  ownership  of  property  or  its  business   activities  cause  such
qualification  to be required  and the failure to do so could have a  Materially
Adverse  Effect.  The  Company  shall  cause  each  Subsidiary  that  is  not  a
corporation  to maintain its present  form of  existence,  its material  rights,
franchises  and licenses  (for the  scheduled  duration  thereof),  its patents,
trademarks,  tradenames,  service marks and other  intellectual  property rights
necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business,  its good standing
in the jurisdiction of its constitution and its  qualification and good standing
as a foreign entity in all jurisdictions  where its ownership of property or its
business  activities cause such  qualification to be required and the failure to
do so could have a Materially Adverse Effect.

                         SECTION 5.07. TAXES AND CLAIMS.  The Company shall, and
shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to, pay and discharge (i) all Taxes prior
to the date on which penalties attach thereto,  and (ii) all claims  (including,
without  limitation,   claims  for  labor,  materials,   supplies  or  services)
(collectively  "OTHER CLAIMS") which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any of
its property; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not
be  required  to pay and  discharge  any such Tax or Other  Claim so long as the
legality  or amount  thereof  shall be promptly  contested  in good faith and by
appropriate  proceedings  which effectively stay the enforcement of any Lien and
the attachment of a penalty and the Company or such Subsidiary,  as the case may
be, shall have set aside appropriate reserves therefor in accordance with GAAP.

                                      -43-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 5.08.  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAWS,  ETC. The Company
shall,  and shall cause each of its  Subsidiaries to, comply with all Applicable
Law (including,  without limitation, the Environmental Laws and Employee Benefit
Laws) and Contractual  Obligations applicable to or binding on any of them where
the failure to comply with such Applicable Law and Contractual Obligations would
reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

                         SECTION 5.09. ERISA. The Company shall, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to, deliver to each of the Lenders:

                          (i) Promptly  after the  discovery  of the  occurrence
            thereof  with  respect  to  any  Plan,  or  any  trust   established
            thereunder,  notice of (A) a "reportable event" described in Section
            4043  of  ERISA  and  the  regulations  issued  from  time  to  time
            thereunder  (other  than a  "reportable  event"  not  subject to the
            provisions for 30-day notice to the PBGC under such regulations), or
            (B) any other  event  which  could  subject the Company or any ERISA
            Affiliate to any material tax, penalty or liability under Title I or
            Title IV of ERISA or Chapter 43 of the Code;

                         (ii) At the same  time and in the same  manner  as such
            notice  must be  provided  to the  PBGC,  or to a Plan  participant,
            beneficiary or alternative  payee, any notice required under Section
            101(d), 302(f)(4), 303(e), 307(e), 4041(b)(1)(A) or 4041(c)(1)(A) of
            ERISA or Section 412(f) of the Code with respect to any Plan; and

                        (iii)  Upon  the  request  of any  Lender,  (A) true and
            complete  copies of any and all  documents,  government  reports and
            determination  or opinion  letters  (if any) for any Plan,  or (B) a
            current  statement of withdrawal  liability  for each  Multiemployer
            Plan.

                         SECTION 5.10. LITIGATION. The Company shall give prompt
written  notice to each of the Lenders of (a) any  judgment  entered by a court,
tribunal,  administrative  agency or  arbitration  panel in which the  amount of
liability is $250,000 or more in excess of insurance  coverage,  or in which the
aggregate  amount of  liability  is  $500,000  or more in  excess  of  insurance
coverage, and (b) any disputes which may exist between the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries  and any  governmental  or regulatory  body, in which the amount in
controversy is $250,000 or more and which may  materially  and adversely  affect
the normal business  operations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any
of their respective properties and assets. The Company shall provide each of the
Lenders, on a quarterly basis,  concurrently with the delivery of the Compliance
Certificate  as provided  under  Section  5.02(a)(ii),  a report which shall set
forth  each  action,  proceeding  or claim,  of which the  Company or any of its
Subsidiaries has notice, which is commenced or asserted against the Company, and
in which the amount claimed or the potential liability is $250,000 or more.

                         SECTION 5.11. NOTICE OF EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The Company
shall  deliver to each of the Lenders  within five (5) days after any  Executive
Officer  obtains any knowledge of any  condition,  event or act which creates or
causes a Default or an Event of Default,  a certificate  signed by an officer of
the Company  specifying the nature thereof,  the period of existence thereof and
what  action  the  Company  or such  Subsidiary  proposes  to take with  respect
thereto.

                                      -44-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION     5.12.     STOCKHOLDER     REPORTS,     ETC.
Contemporaneously  with the sending or filing thereof,  the Company will provide
to each of the Lenders copies of all proxy statements, financial statements, and
reports which the Company sends to its stockholders,  and copies of all regular,
periodic,  and special reports,  and all statements which the Company files with
the Securities and Exchange  Commission or any governmental  authority which may
be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange.

                         SECTION 5.13. FUTURE GUARANTORS.

                         (a) Subject to any  prohibitions  or  limitations as to
power or authority imposed by law applicable to any such Subsidiary, the Company
shall cause (1) each Person  incorporated  or otherwise  organized in the United
States that hereafter becomes a Subsidiary (an "ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR") to become
a Guarantor  under the Guaranty  Agreement and to create a security  interest in
favor of the Lenders in all of its  assets,  including,  to the extent  owned by
such Guarantor,  100% of the stock of other Subsidiaries,  to the Agent upon the
creation of such  Additional  Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Agent
the  Supplemental  Documents;  and (2) each  Person  that  owns the stock of the
Additional  Guarantor  to pledge and deliver  such stock to the Agent,  together
with a supplement to the Company Pledge Agreement or Guarantor Pledge Agreement,
as the case may be, and with stock powers or other  appropriate  instruments  of
transfer executed by such Person in blank.

            (b) The Additional Guarantor shall also deliver to the Agent and the
Lenders,  simultaneously with the Supplemental Documents, (1) Certified Requests
for  Information  or Copies (Form  UCC-11) or equivalent  reports,  showing that
there are no effective financing  statements which name the Additional Guarantor
as debtor  and (2) an  opinion  rendered  by legal  counsel  to such  Additional
Guarantor  and the  Person  required  to  pledge  the  shares  of  stock  of the
Additional  Guarantor under the Security Documents to the Agent,  addressing the
types of  matters  set forth in  EXHIBIT G and  EXHIBIT H hereof  and such other
matters as the Lenders may  reasonably  request,  addressed to the Agent and the
Lenders.

                         SECTION 5.14. OWNERSHIP OF GUARANTORS.  The Company and
its Subsidiaries  that own Guarantors shall maintain their percentage  ownership
of such  Guarantors  existing as of the date hereof and shall not  decrease  its
ownership percentage in each Additional Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.13 after
the date hereof, as such ownership exists at the time such Additional  Guarantor
becomes a Guarantor hereunder.


                                      -45-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE VI

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                         So long as any Note or the Swing Line Note shall remain
unpaid or any Lender shall have any  Commitment  hereunder,  without the written
consent of the Required Lenders (unless otherwise provided herein):

                         SECTION   6.01.   LIMITATION   ON  LIENS  AND  SECURITY
INTERESTS.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its  Subsidiaries
to, create,  incur,  assume or suffer to exist, any Lien or other encumbrance of
any kind on any of its properties or assets, real or personal, wherever located,
including assets hereafter acquired, except

                        (a) Liens  existing on the date hereof and  described on
            SCHEDULE 6.01;

                        (b)         Liens in favor of the Agent;

                        (c) Liens for Taxes not yet  payable or being  contested
            in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

                        (d) deposits or pledges to secure  payments of workmen's
            compensation,  unemployment  insurance,  old age  pension  and other
            social security obligations;

                        (e)  mechanics',   carriers',  workmen's,   repairmen's,
            landlord's,  or  other  Liens  arising  in the  ordinary  course  of
            business  securing  obligations  which are not  overdue for a period
            longer than 60 days,  or which are being  contested in good faith by
            appropriate proceedings;

                        (f)  pledges  or  deposits  to  secure   performance  in
            connection with bids,  tenders,  contracts (other than contracts for
            the payment of money) or leases made in the  ordinary  course of the
            business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

                        (g) deposits to secure, or in lieu of, surety and appeal
            bonds to which the  Company  or a  Subsidiary  of the  Company  is a
            party;

                        (h)  deposits  in  connection  with the  prosecution  or
            defense  of any  claim in any  court or  before  any  administrative
            commission or agency;

                        (i)  Liens  arising  out of  judgments  or  awards  with
            respect to which the Company or a  Subsidiary  of the Company at the
            time  shall in good  faith be  diligently  prosecuting  an appeal or
            proceedings  for  review  and with  respect  to which it shall  have
            secured a stay of execution  pending such appeal or proceedings  for
            review;

                                      -46-

<PAGE>
                        (j) purchase money security interests, and leases in the
            nature  thereof,  for  equipment and machinery or mortgages for real
            estate,  in each case  purchased in the ordinary  course of business
            and to be used in the  conduct of its  business,  PROVIDED  that any
            such security interest or mortgage secures only the repayment of the
            purchase price of such  machinery,  equipment or real estate and any
            such lease  obligations  do not exceed  the  purchase  price of such
            machinery, equipment or real estate;

                        (k)  Liens  on  fixtures  in  connection  with  existing
            mortgages on real property or mortgages permitted hereunder;

                        (l)   zoning    restrictions,    easements,    licenses,
            reservations  and  restrictions on the use of real property or minor
            irregularities  thereto that do not materially  detract from the use
            thereof or the assets of the Company;

                        (m)  Liens  incurred  on  pledges  or  deposits  in  the
            ordinary   course  of   business   in   connection   with   workers'
            compensation,  unemployment  insurance,  old age or Social  Security
            benefits; and

                        (n) the assets in which a security  interest  is granted
            to Harsco  pursuant  to the Harsco  Arrangement,  PROVIDED  that the
            aggregate amount of such pledged assets is less than $20 million.

                         SECTION 6.02.  COMPLIANCE WITH ERISA. The Company shall
not take or fail to take, or permit any of its  Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates
to take or fail to take,  any action with respect to a Plan  including,  but not
limited to, (i) establishing any Plan, (ii) amending any Plan, (iii) terminating
or withdrawing  from any Plan, or (iv) incurring an "amount of unfunded  benefit
liabilities",  as defined in Section  4001(a)(18)  of ERISA,  or any  withdrawal
liability  under Title IV of ERISA,  where such  action or failure  could have a
Materially  Adverse  Effect,  result in a Lien on the property of the Company or
any of its  Subsidiaries  or require the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  to
provide any security,  except to the extent  permitted  pursuant to Section 6.01
hereof.

                         SECTION  6.03.  SALE AND  LEASEBACK.  The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction
with any other entity  whereby such other entity leases assets sold or otherwise
transferred to it by the Company or such Subsidiary.

                         SECTION 6.04. TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. The Company
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

                                      -47-

<PAGE>
                        (a) Enter  into any  material  transaction  or series of
            related  transactions  which in the  aggregate  would  be  material,
            whether  or  not  in the  ordinary  course  of  business,  with  any
            affiliate of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  (but excluding
            any  affiliate  which is the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries),
            other than on terms and conditions substantially as favorable to the
            Company or such  Subsidiary  as would be  obtained by the Company or
            such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm's-length transaction
            with a Person other than an affiliate.

                        (b) Convey or  transfer to any other  Person  (including
            the  Company  or  any  of  its   Subsidiaries)  any  real  property,
            buildings,  or  fixtures  used in the  manufacturing  or  production
            operations of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  or convey or
            transfer to the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries any other assets
            (excluding  conveyances  or  transfers  in the  ordinary  course  of
            business) if at the time of such  conveyance or transfer any Default
            or Event  of  Default  exists  or  would  exist as a result  of such
            conveyance or transfer.

                         SECTION  6.05.  GUARANTIES.  The Company shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create,  incur, assume,  guarantee,
suffer to exist or otherwise  become  liable on or with respect to,  directly or
indirectly, any guaranties other than:

                                    (i)  endorsements of instruments for deposit
or collection in the ordinary course of business;

                                    (ii) guarantees of Indebtedness  owed by any
Consolidated Company to another Consolidated Company; or

                                    (iii) guarantees made pursuant to the Harsco
Arrangement.

                         SECTION  6.06.  LIMITATIONS  ON  PAYMENT  RESTRICTIONS.
Except as provided under (i) the Senior Subordinated Debt Offering, and (ii) the
Harsco  Arrangement,  the  Company  shall  not,  and shall not permit any of its
Subsidiaries  to,  create  or  otherwise  cause or  suffer  to  exist or  become
effective,  any  consensual  encumbrance  or  restriction  on the ability of the
Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  to (i) pay  dividends  or make  any  other
distributions on stock of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  (ii) pay any
indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries,  or (iii) transfer
any of its property or assets to the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  except
any consensual encumbrance or restriction existing under the Loan Documents.

                         SECTION 6.07. MERGER;  JOINT VENTURES;  SALE OF ASSETS;
ACQUISITIONS.   The  Company  shall  not,  and  shall  not  permit  any  of  its
Subsidiaries to:

                        (a) merge or consolidate  with any other entity,  except
the foregoing restrictions shall not be applicable to:

                                    (i)  mergers  or  consolidations  of (x) any
                         Subsidiary  with  any  other   Subsidiary  which  is  a
                         Guarantor or (y) any Subsidiary with the Company; or

                                      -48-

<PAGE>
                                    (ii) mergers or  consolidations in which any
                        Person  engaged  in  business  in which the  Company  is
                        engaged as of the Closing Date or substantially  related
                        thereto merges or  consolidates  with the Company or any
                        of its Subsidiaries  where the surviving  corporation is
                        the Company or such Subsidiary;

                        (b) purchase, lease or otherwise acquire for cash, stock
            or  other  consideration,  the  stock  of any  Person  or all or any
            substantial  portion of the assets of any Person  where such  stock,
            assets or other consideration have an aggregate fair market value of
            more than $7,500,000, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as no Event of
            Default has  occurred (or will be caused by such  acquisition),  the
            Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  may  request  that the  Lenders
            consent  to  such   acquisition  for   consideration   greater  than
            $7,500,000 in any one transaction. Consistent with such request, the
            Company  shall  provide the Lenders with an  information  package to
            include (but not limited to) providing the following:

                                    (i) historical  financial statements showing
                        the  impact  of  the   acquisition   on  the   Company's
                        historical  operating  performance and existing  balance
                        sheet;

                                    (ii)  projections   detailing  the  expected
                         performance of the combined company going forward; and

                                    (iii)  a  detailed  listing  of  the  assets
                         proposed to be purchased in the transaction;

                        (c) enter into a  partnership  or joint venture with any
            other entity; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as no Event of Default
            has  occurred,  the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  may request
            that the Required Lenders consent to its entering into a partnership
            or joint venture for the purposes of carrying on its business; or

                        (d) sell,  lease,  transfer or otherwise  dispose of any
            assets,  except  that  this  Section  6.07  shall not  prohibit  any
            disposition  of (i) any asset if on the date such asset is sold, the
            Asset Value of all asset  sales  occurring  after the Closing  Date,
            taking  into  account the Asset  Value of the  proposed  asset sale,
            would not  exceed on an  aggregate  basis five  percent  (5%) of the
            Consolidated  Net Worth of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  on the
            Closing  Date and such sale is in the  ordinary  course of business,
            (ii) any  obsolete  or  retired  property  not used or useful in its
            business  (such  assets to include  high-pressure  tanks,  motorized
            vehicles,  including  cars and trucks,  and lines of business  other
            than carbon  dioxide  that may be obtained by the Company as part of
            the group of assets of any  corporation or other business entity the
            Company may acquire) or (iii)  certain other sales to be agreed upon
            in writing by the Company and the Required Lenders.

                        SECTION 6.08.  DIVIDENDS; LOANS, ADVANCES.

                        (a) In any fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall
not pay or declare any dividends on any of its capital stock.

                                      -49-

<PAGE>
                         (b) The Company  shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries  to, make,  permit or hold any loans or advances (not including
accounts receivable) to any Person, other than:

                                    (i) Investments in Subsidiaries  existing on
                         the Closing Date;

                                    (ii) direct obligations of the United States
                        or any agency thereof, or obligations  guaranteed by the
                        United  States  or any  agency  thereof,  in  each  case
                        supported  by the full  faith and  credit of the  United
                        States  and  maturing  within  one year from the date of
                        creation thereof;

                                    (iii)  commercial  paper maturing within one
                        year  from the  date of  creation  thereof  rated in the
                        highest grade by a nationally  recognized  credit rating
                        agency;

                                    (iv) time deposits  maturing within one year
                        from  the  date  of  creation  thereof  with,  including
                        certificates  of  deposit  issued by any  Lender and any
                        office located in the United States of any bank or trust
                        company which is organized  under the laws of the United
                        States  or  any  state  thereof  and  has  total  assets
                        aggregating  at least  $500,000,000,  including  without
                        limitation, any such deposits in Eurodollars issued by a
                        foreign branch of any such bank or trust company;

                                    (iv) Investments made by Plans;

                                    (v)  advances  made by the Company or any of
                        its  Subsidiaries  to its employees  during the ordinary
                        course of business, and loans made by the Company to its
                        employees to allow such  employees to purchase  stock of
                        the Company  (such loans to be evidenced by a promissory
                        note and  pledged to the Agent  pursuant to the terms of
                        the Security  Documents);  PROVIDED  that the  aggregate
                        total  of  such  advances  made  by the  Company  to its
                        employees  under  this   Subsection   shall  not  exceed
                        $1,000,000 at any time; and

                                    (vi)   deposits   made  by  the  Company  in
                         connection   with   acquisitions   of  other   business
                         entities.

                         SECTION  6.09.  NATURE OF BUSINESS.  The Company  shall
not, and shall not permit any of its  Subsidiaries to, engage in any business or
businesses  other than those engaged in by the Company or such Subsidiary on the
date hereof; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that nothing herein contained shall prevent the
Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  (i) from  expanding  the  location  of its
business or  businesses in the United  States,  (ii) from ceasing or omitting to
exercise any rights, licenses, permits, or franchises which in good faith in the
judgment  of the  Company  or  such  Subsidiary  can  no  longer  be  profitably
exercised, or (iii) from engaging in a business or businesses that are ancillary
to those engaged in by the Company or such Subsidiary on the date hereof.

                                      -50-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 6.10. SALE OF  SUBSIDIARIES.  The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell or otherwise  dispose
of any shares of capital stock of or other ownership  interest in any Subsidiary
of  the  Company  (except  in  connection  with  any   acquisition,   merger  or
consolidation  permitted  by  Section  6.07),  or permit any  Subsidiary  of the
Company to issue any additional  shares of its capital stock or other  incidents
of ownership,  except on a PRO RATA basis to all its  stockholders,  partners or
owners,  as the case may be and  provided  that any such  additional  shares  of
capital  stock or other  incidents  of  ownership  issued  to the  Company,  any
Guarantor or Additional Guarantor are pledged to the Agent.

                         SECTION 6.11. NEGATIVE PLEDGES.  The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to,  agree or  covenant  with any
Person to  restrict  in any way its  ability  to grant any Lien on its assets in
favor of the  Lenders,  except that this Section 6.11 shall not apply to (i) any
covenants  contained  in this  Agreement  or the  Security  Documents,  and (ii)
covenants  and  agreements  made in connection  with Liens  described in Section
6.01(j) but only if such  covenant or agreement  applies  solely to the specific
machinery, equipment or real estate to which such Lien relates.

                         SECTION  6.12.  CREATION OF  SUBSIDIARIES.  Neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall create or acquire any other Subsidiary
or any other affiliate after the Closing Date.

                         SECTION 6.13.  PREPAYMENTS UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS.  The
Company  shall not,  and shall not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, make any
prepayments  under any Subordinated Debt document or repurchase any notes issued
in  connection  with any  Subordinated  Debt without the written  consent of the
Lenders.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                               FINANCIAL COVENANTS

                        So long as any Note or the Swing Line Note shall  remain
unpaid or any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, without the
consent of the Required Lenders:

                         SECTION 7.01.  SENIOR DEBT COVERAGE RATIO.  The Company
shall not  permit  the  Senior  Debt  Coverage  Ratio as of the last day of each
fiscal quarter to be greater than 3.5 to 1.0.

                         SECTION 7.02.  FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. The Company
shall not  permit  the  Fixed  Charge  Coverage  Ratio as of the last day of any
fiscal quarter of the Company to be less than 1.25 to 1.0.

                         SECTION 7.03.  SENIOR DEBT LEVERAGE RATIO.  The Company
shall not permit the Senior Debt Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal
quarter to be greater than 0.60 to 1.0.

                                      -51-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 7.04.  MINIMUM NET WORTH.  The Company shall at
all times  maintain its Net Worth  greater than the Minimum Net Worth,  equal to
(a)  $50,000,000,  increasing  to  $55,000,000  beginning on the fiscal  quarter
ending on December  31, 1999,  (b) PLUS fifty  percent  (50%) of the  cumulative
Consolidated  Net  Income for each  fiscal  quarter  beginning  after the fiscal
quarter   ending  on  September  30,  1997   (specifically   not  including  any
Consolidated  Net Loss for any  fiscal  quarter),  PLUS (c) the  cumulative  net
proceeds of all equity  offerings  made by the  Company for each fiscal  quarter
beginning after the fiscal quarter ending on September 30, 1997, if any.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

                         SECTION 8.01. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Any one or more of the
following shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

                         (a) The Company shall fail to pay any principal  amount
            owing when due  pursuant to this  Agreement,  the Notes or the Swing
            Line Note; or

                        (b) The Company shall fail to pay any interest, fees, or
            any other amounts owing pursuant to this Agreement, the Notes or the
            Swing  Line  Note  within  three (3)  Business  Days of the due date
            thereof; or

                        (c) The  Company  shall fail to  perform or observe  any
            covenant or agreement  contained in Section 5.02 or Section 6.02, if
            remaining  unremedied  for a period  of ten (10)  days  after (x) an
            Executive  Officer becomes aware of such failure or (y) the Agent or
            any Lender  gives  notice to the Company as provided  under  Section
            10.03; or

                        (d) The  Company  shall fail to  perform or observe  any
            covenant or agreement  contained in Section 5.11,  Article VI (other
            than Section 6.02) and Article VII; or

                        (e) The  Company  shall fail to  perform or observe  any
            other covenant or agreement set forth in this Agreement,  other than
            those  referred to in clauses (a),  (b), (c) and (d) above,  and (to
            the extent such failure can be remedied) such failure of performance
            shall not be remedied  within  thirty (30) days after the earlier of
            the date on which (1) the Company obtains  knowledge thereof and (2)
            written  notice  thereof has been given by the Agent to the Company;
            or

                                      -52-

<PAGE>
                        (f) Any representation, warranty or statement made by or
            on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor to the Agent or any Lender
            in this  Agreement,  the  Company  Security  Agreement,  the Company
            Pledge Agreement,  the Company  Trademark  Security  Agreement,  the
            Guarantor Security  Agreement,  the Guarantor Pledge Agreement,  the
            Guarantor  Trademark  Security  Agreement,   the  Mortgage  and  the
            Assignment  of Leases  shall be in any respect  incorrect,  false or
            misleading as of the time at which such  representation  or warranty
            was given, or any  representation,  warranty or statement made by or
            on behalf of the Company or any Guarantor to the Agent or any Lender
            in any other Loan Documents or in any financial statement, report or
            certificate  furnished  pursuant to this  Agreement  shall be in any
            material  respect  incorrect,  false or misleading as of the time at
            which such representation, warranty or statement was made; or

                        (g) The Company or any of its Subsidiaries fails to make
            any  payment as and when such  payment is due upon any  Indebtedness
            having an aggregate unpaid principal  balance in excess of $250,000,
            other than Indebtedness  owing or arising pursuant to this Agreement
            and the Notes or the Swing Line Note, or any other default, event or
            condition  shall have  occurred  or exist  with  respect to any such
            other Indebtedness, or under any agreement or instrument evidencing,
            securing or related to such other Indebtedness,  the effect of which
            is to cause,  or to permit the holder or owner of such  Indebtedness
            to cause,  such  Indebtedness or any portion thereof,  to become due
            prior  to its  stated  maturity  date  or  prior  to  its  regularly
            scheduled dates of payment; or

                        (h) The  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  makes  an
            assignment  for the  benefit of its  creditors  or files a voluntary
            petition  seeking  relief  under any  provision  of any  bankruptcy,
            reorganization,  arrangement,  insolvency or  readjustment  of debt,
            dissolution or liquidation law of any  jurisdiction,  whether now or
            hereafter in effect; or

                        (i)  Any  involuntary  petition  is  filed  against  the
            Company   or  any  of  its   Subsidiaries   under  any   bankruptcy,
            reorganization,   arrangement,  insolvency,  readjustment  of  debt,
            dissolution or liquidation law of any  jurisdiction,  whether now or
            hereafter in effect,  and such petition shall remain undismissed for
            a period of sixty (60) days or the  Company  approves,  consents  or
            acquiesces thereto; or

                        (j) The Company  incurs any  liability  or is exposed to
            any potential  liability under any employee benefit plan that has or
            would have a Materially Adverse Effect; or

                        (k) Final judgment for the payment of money in excess of
            $250,000  (not fully  covered by  insurance)  or otherwise  having a
            Materially  Adverse  Effect  shall have been  rendered  against  the
            Company or any of its  Subsidiaries and the same shall have remained
            unpaid,  unstayed  on appeal,  undischarged,  or  undismissed  for a
            period of sixty (60) days, or such longer period as may be permitted
            by Applicable Law, during which execution may not be made,  provided
            no judgment  Lien has  attached or continues to attach to the assets
            of the Company or such Subsidiary during such longer period; or

                        (l) The  Company  fails to  close  and  have  funded  by
            lenders at least  $15,000,000  in  Subordinated  Debt,  evidenced by
            subordinated notes issued by the Company,  substantially  similar to
            the Senior Subordinated Debt Offering,  and in any event in form and
            substance  satisfactory  to the Lenders,  on or before  November 17,
            1997; or

                                      -53-

<PAGE>
                         (m) An Event of Default  occurs under any  Subordinated
            Debt document; or

                         (n) Any Change in Control occurs.

                        SECTION 8.02.  REMEDIES ON DEFAULT.

                         (a) Upon (i) the occurrence and during the continuation
of an Event of  Default  (other  than an Event of Default  described  in Section
8.01(h) or (i)) and (ii) the receipt of written  instructions  by the Agent from
any Lender,  the Agent shall (x) terminate all obligations of the Lenders to the
Company,  including,  without limitation, the Commitments and all obligations to
make Advances under this Agreement, and (y) declare the Notes and the Swing Line
Note, including,  without limitation,  principal,  accrued interest and costs of
collection  (including,  without  limitation,   reasonable  attorneys'  fees  if
collected  by or through an attorney at law or in  bankruptcy,  receivership  or
other  judicial  proceedings)  and all  other  Obligations  immediately  due and
payable,  without presentment,  demand, protest or any other notice of any kind,
all of which are expressly waived.

                         (b) Upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  under
Section 8.01(h) or (i) all obligations of the Lenders to the Company, including,
without limitation, the Commitments, shall terminate automatically and the Notes
and the Swing Line  Note,  including,  without  limitation,  principal,  accrued
interest and costs of  collection  (including,  without  limitation,  reasonable
attorneys'  fees if collected by or through an attorney at law or in bankruptcy,
receivership or other judicial  proceedings) and all other  Obligations shall be
immediately due and payable, without presentment,  demand, protest, or any other
notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived.

                         (c) Upon the  occurrence  of an  Event of  Default  and
acceleration  of the  Notes and the Swing  Line Note as  provided  in (a) or (b)
above,  each of the Lenders and the Agent, or any of them, may pursue any remedy
available  under this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the Swing Line Note, the Security
Documents or any other Loan Document,  or available at law or in equity,  all of
which shall be cumulative. The order and manner in which the rights and remedies
of the Lenders under the Loan Documents and otherwise may be exercised  shall be
determined by the Required Lenders.

                         (d)  Regardless  of  how  each  Lender  may  treat  the
payments for the purpose of its own accounting, for the purpose of computing the
Company's  obligations hereunder and under the Notes and the Swing Line Note, no
application  of  the  payments  will  cure  any  Event  of  Default  or  prevent
acceleration,  or  continued  acceleration,  of amounts  payable  under the Loan
Documents or prevent the exercise,  or continued exercise, of rights or remedies
of the Lenders hereunder or under applicable law.


                                      -54-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    THE AGENT

                         SECTION  9.01.  APPOINTMENT  AND  AUTHORIZATION.   Each
Lender  hereby  designates  SunTrust as Agent to act as herein  specified.  Each
Lender  hereby  irrevocably  authorizes,  and each  holder of any Note or by the
acceptance of a Note shall be deemed irrevocably to authorize, the Agent to take
such action on its behalf under the  provisions of this  Agreement and the Notes
and any other instruments and agreements referred to herein and to exercise such
powers and to perform such duties  hereunder and thereunder as are  specifically
delegated  to or required of the Agent by the terms  hereof and thereof and such
other powers as are reasonably  incidental thereto. The Agent may perform any of
its duties hereunder by or through its agents or employees.

                         SECTION 9.02.  NATURE OF DUTIES OF THE AGENT. The Agent
shall  have no duties or  responsibilities  to the other  Lenders  except  those
expressly  set  forth  in  this  Agreement.  Neither  the  Agent  nor any of its
officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for any action taken or
omitted by it as such hereunder or in connection herewith,  unless caused by its
or their gross  negligence  or willful  misconduct.  The Agent shall not have by
reason of this Agreement a fiduciary  relationship in respect of any Lender; and
nothing in this Agreement,  expressed or implied,  is intended to or shall be so
construed  as to impose  upon the  Agent  any  obligations  in  respect  of this
Agreement  except as expressly set forth  herein.  The Agent agrees to give each
Lender prompt notice of the Agent's receipt from the Company of any notice under
this Agreement.

                         SECTION 9.03. LACK OF RELIANCE ON THE AGENT.

                         (a) Each Lender agrees that,  independently and without
reliance upon the Agent, any other Lender, or the directors, officers, agents or
employees of the Agent or of any other  Lender,  each  Lender,  to the extent it
deems  appropriate,  has made and shall continue to make (i) its own independent
investigation  of the  financial  condition  and  affairs of the Company and its
Subsidiaries  in  connection  with the  taking or not  taking  of any  action in
connection  with this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents,  including  the
decision  to enter  into  this  Agreement,  and (ii)  its own  appraisal  of the
creditworthiness  of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  and, except as expressly
provided  in this  Agreement,  the Agent  shall have no duty or  responsibility,
either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender with any credit
or other  information with respect  thereto,  whether coming into its possession
before the making of any Advance or at any time or times thereafter.

                         (b) The Agent  shall not be  responsible  to any Lender
for any recitals, statements, information,  representations or warranties herein
or in any  document,  certificate  or  other  writing  delivered  in  connection
herewith   or  for  the   execution,   effectiveness,   genuineness,   validity,
enforceability, collectibility, priority or sufficiency of this Agreement or any
other  Loan  Documents  or  the  financial  condition  of  the  Company  or  its
Subsidiaries  or  be  required  to  make  any  inquiry   concerning  either  the
performance or observance of any of the terms,  provisions or conditions of this
Agreement or any other Loan Documents, or the financial condition of the Company
or its  Subsidiaries,  or the existence or possible  existence of any Default or
Event of Default.

                                      -55-

<PAGE>
                        SECTION 9.04.  CERTAIN RIGHTS OF THE AGENT.

                         (a) If the Agent shall  request  instructions  from the
Required  Lenders  with respect to any act or action  (including  the failure to
act) in connection  with this Agreement or any other Loan  Documents,  the Agent
shall be  entitled to refrain  from such act or taking  such  action  unless and
until the Agent shall have received  instructions  from the Required Lenders and
the Agent shall not incur  liability  to any Person by reason of so  refraining.
Without  limiting  the  foregoing,  no  Lender  shall  have any  right of action
whatsoever  against the Agent as a result of the Agent acting or refraining from
acting  hereunder in accordance with the  instructions of the Required  Lenders;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Agent  shall not be  required to act or not act in
accordance  with any  instructions  of the  Required  Lenders  if to do so would
expose the Agent to personal liability or would be contrary to any Loan Document
or to Applicable Law.

                         (b) The Agent may assume  that no Event of Default  has
occurred  and is  continuing,  unless  the Agent has  received  notice  from the
Company stating the nature of the Event of Default,  or has received notice from
a Lender  stating  the  nature of the  Event of  Default  and that  such  Lender
considers the Event of Default to have occurred and to be continuing.

                         (c) If the Agent has notice,  or has  received  notice,
that an Event of Default has  occurred and is  continuing,  the Agent shall give
notice thereof to the Lenders and shall act or not act upon the  instructions of
the Required  Lenders,  PROVIDED  that the Agent shall not be required to act or
not act if to do so would  expose the Agent to  personal  liability  or would be
contrary to any Loan Document or to Applicable Law, and PROVIDED  FURTHER,  that
if the Required Lenders fail, for five days after the receipt of notice from the
Agent, to instruct the Agent, then the Agent, in its discretion,  may act or not
act as it deems advisable for the protection of the interests of the Lenders and
shall be fully protected in so acting.

                         SECTION 9.05. LIABILITY OF THE AGENT. Neither the Agent
nor any of its directors,  officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any
action  taken  or not  taken  by them  under  or in  connection  with  the  Loan
Documents, EXCEPT for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without
limitation on the foregoing, the Agent and its directors,  officers, agents, and
employees:

                        (a) may  treat  the  payee  of any  Note  as the  holder
            thereof  until  the  Agent  receives  notice  of the  assignment  or
            transfer  thereof in form  satisfactory to the Agent,  signed by the
            payee,  and may treat  each  Lender  as the  owner of that  Lender's
            interest in the  obligations  due to such Lender for all purposes of
            this Agreement and the other Loan Documents until the Agent receives
            notice of the assignment or transfer  thereof,  in form satisfactory
            to the Agent, signed by such Lender;

                        (b) may consult with outside  legal  counsel  (including
            King  &  Spalding),   in-house  legal  counsel,  independent  public
            accountants,  in-house accountants and other professionals, or other
            experts  selected by it with reasonable care, or with legal counsel,
            independent  public  accountants,  or other experts for the Company,
            and shall not be liable for any  action  taken or not taken by it or
            them in good  faith in  accordance  with the  advice  of such  legal
            counsel, independent public accountants, or experts;

                                      -56-

<PAGE>
                        (c)  will  not be  responsible  to any  Lender  for  any
            statement,  warranty,  or  representation  made  in any of the  Loan
            Documents or in any notice,  certificate,  report, request, or other
            statement  (written  or  oral)  in  connection  with any of the Loan
            Documents;

                        (d) except to the extent expressly set forth in the Loan
            Documents,  will  have no duty to  ascertain  or  inquire  as to the
            performance or observance by the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
            or any other Person of any of the terms, conditions, or covenants of
            any of the Loan  Documents  or to inspect the  property,  books,  or
            records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or other Person;

                        (e) will not be  responsible  to any  Lender for the due
            execution,   legality,   validity,   enforceability,    genuineness,
            effectiveness, sufficiency, or value of any Loan Document, any other
            instrument or writing  furnished  pursuant  thereto or in connection
            therewith;

                        (f) will not incur any liability by acting or not acting
            in reliance upon any Loan Document,  notice,  consent,  certificate,
            document,  statement,  telex, telecopier message or other instrument
            or writing  believed  by it or them to be  genuine  and to have been
            signed, sent or made by the proper Person; and

                        (g) will not incur any  liability  for any  arithmetical
            error in  computing  any amount  payable to or  receivable  from any
            Lender  hereunder,   including,   without  limitation,   payment  of
            principal  and interest on the Notes,  Advances  and other  amounts;
            PROVIDED  that   promptly  upon   discovery  of  such  an  error  in
            computation,  the Agent,  the Lender and (to the extent  applicable)
            the Company shall make such  adjustments as are necessary to correct
            such error and to restore  the  parties  to the  position  that they
            would have occupied had the error not occurred.

                         SECTION  9.06.  INDEMNIFICATION.   Each  Lender  shall,
ratably in accordance with the respective  outstanding  principal  amount of its
Advances,  indemnify and hold the Agent and its directors,  officers, agents and
employees  harmless  against  any  and  all  liabilities,  obligations,  losses,
damages, penalties,  actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements
of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorneys' fees
and  disbursements)  that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against it
or them in any way relating to or arising out of the Loan Documents  (other than
losses  incurred by reason of the failure by the Company to pay the  obligations
due to the  Lenders  hereunder  or under the Notes) or any  action  taken or not
taken by it as Agent  thereunder,  EXCEPT  for the gross  negligence  or willful
misconduct of the Agent. Without limitation of the foregoing,  each Lender shall
reimburse the Agent upon demand for that  Lender's  ratable share of any cost or
expense incurred by the Agent in connection with the  negotiation,  preparation,
execution,   delivery,    administration,    amendment,   waiver,   refinancing,
restructuring,   reorganization  (including  a  bankruptcy   reorganization)  or
enforcement of the Loan Documents, to the extent that the Company is required to
pay that cost or expense but fails to do so upon demand.

                                      -57-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 9.07. AGENT AND AFFILIATES.  SunTrust (and each
successor  Agent) has the same rights and powers under the Loan Documents as any
other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent;  and the
term "the Lenders" or "Lender"  includes  SunTrust in its  individual  capacity.
SunTrust (and each successor Agent) and its Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend  money to,  and  generally  engage in any kind of  banking,  trust or other
business  with the Company and any  Affiliate of the Company,  as if it were not
the Agent and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. SunTrust (and
each  successor  Agent)  need not  account  to any other  Lender  for any monies
received by it for  reimbursement  of its costs,  expenses and fees as the Agent
hereunder,  or for  any  monies  received  by it in  its  capacity  as a  Lender
hereunder,  except as otherwise  provided  herein.  This Agreement  shall not be
deemed to constitute a joint venture or partnership among the Lenders.

                         SECTION 9.08.  SUCCESSOR AGENT. The Agent may resign as
such at any  time by  written  notice  to the  Company  and the  Lenders,  to be
effective upon a successor's  acceptance of appointment as Agent. In such event,
the Required  Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent or Agents who must be from
among the  Lenders;  PROVIDED  that the Agent  shall be  entitled  to  appoint a
successor Agent from among the Lenders,  subject to acceptance of appointment by
that  successor  Agent if the Required  Lenders  have not  appointed a successor
Agent within  thirty (30)  calendar days after the date the Agent gave notice of
resignation or was removed; and PROVIDED FURTHER that if no such successor Agent
is  appointed  from  among  the  Lenders,  an Agent  who is not a Lender  may be
appointed,  which shall be a bank organized  under the laws of the United States
of  America  or any State  thereof,  or any  affiliate  of such  bank,  having a
combined  capital  and  surplus  of at least  $500,000,000.  Upon a  successor's
acceptance of appointment  as Agent the successor will thereupon  succeed to and
become vested with all the rights, powers,  privileges,  and duties of the Agent
under the Loan  Documents,  and the resigning Agent will thereupon be discharged
from its duties and obligations thereafter arising under the Loan Documents.


                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                         SECTION 10.01.  SURVIVAL.  All  covenants,  agreements,
warranties and representations  made herein, in the other Loan Documents,  or in
any certificates or other documents  delivered in connection with this Agreement
by or on behalf of the Company or any  Guarantor  shall  survive the advances of
money made by the  Lenders to the  Company  hereunder  and the  delivery of this
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents,  and all such  covenants,  agreements,
warranties and representations shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the Company,  the  Guarantors,  the  Lenders,  the Agent,  and their  respective
successors and assigns, whether or not so expressed, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
Company  may not  assign or  transfer  any of its rights  under  this  Agreement
without the prior written consent of each of the Lenders.

                                      -58-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION  10.02.  AMENDMENTS;  CONSENTS.  No  amendment,
modification,  supplement,  termination,  or  waiver  of any  provision  of this
Agreement  or any other Loan  Document,  and no consent to any  departure by the
Company,  any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of the Company  therefrom,  may in any
event be effective  unless in writing signed by the Required  Lenders,  and then
only in the  specific  instance and for the specific  purpose  given;  PROVIDED,
HOWEVER,  that  without the approval in writing of all  Lenders,  no  amendment,
modification, supplement, termination, waiver, or consent may be effective:

                        (a) to amend or modify  the  principal  of,  the rate of
            interest payable on, or any fees with respect to, any Lender's Note,
            the Fees or the amount of any Lender's Commitment;

                        (b) to  postpone  any  date  fixed  for any  payment  of
            principal of, or any  installment of interest on, any Lender's Notes
            or the Fees, or to extend the term of any Lender's Commitment;

                         (c) to amend or modify the  definitions of "Commitment"
            or "Required  Lenders" or the provisions of Section 10.07 or of this
            Section 10.02;

                        (d) to  release  any of the  Collateral  pledged  to the
            Agent for the  benefit  of,  INTER  ALIA,  the Agent or the  Lenders
            pursuant to the Security Documents to secure the Obligations, if any
            Obligations   are   outstanding  or  any  Commitment  has  not  been
            terminated;

                        (e) to  consent  to the  existence  of any  other  lien,
            security  interest  or  encumbrance  on  the  Collateral  except  as
            otherwise permitted herein;

                         (f)  to  subordinate  any  of  the  Obligations  or the
            Commitments to any other  indebtedness  of the Company or any of its
            Subsidiaries; and

                        (g)  to  release  any  Guarantor  or to  consent  to the
termination or modification of any Guaranty Agreement.

Any amendment, modification, supplement, termination, waiver or consent effected
in  accordance  with this  Section  10.02 shall  apply  equally to, and shall be
binding upon, all Lenders and the Agent.

                         SECTION 10.03. NOTICES. All notices,  consents, demands
and other  communications  provided for hereunder,  unless  otherwise  provided,
shall be in writing and mailed,  sent by facsimile  transmission or delivered to
the parties  hereto  addressed  as follows or at such other  address as shall be
designated by any party in a written notice to the other party hereto:

                                      -59-

<PAGE>
                        If to the Company:

                        NuCo2 Inc.
                        2800 SE Market Place
                        Stuart, Florida 34997
                        Attn: Ms. Joann Sabatino
                        Chief Financial Officer
                        Telecopier No.: (561) 221-1690
                        Confirmation No.: (561) 221-1754

                        with a copy to:

                        Olshan Grundman Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                        505 Park Avenue
                        New York, New York  10022
                        Attn: Steven Wolosky, Esq.
                        Telecopier No.: (212) 755-1467
                        Confirmation No.: (212) 753-7200

                        If to the Agent:

                        SunTrust Bank, South Florida, National Association
                        501 E. Las Olas Blvd.
                        Ft. Lauderdale, Florida  33301
                        Attn:  Corporate Banking Department
                        Telecopier No.: (954) 765-7301
                        Confirmation No.: (954) 765-7152

                        with a copy to:

                        King & Spalding
                        191 Peachtree St.
                        Atlanta, Georgia 30303
                        Attn:  G. Lemuel Hewes, Esq.
                        Telecopier No.:   404-572-5149
                        Confirmation No.: 404-572-4862

                        If to a Lender:

                        The address,  telecopier  and  confirmation  numbers set
forth opposite its name on the signature pages hereof.

                                      -60-

<PAGE>
                         All notices that are sent by facsimile  transmission or
are hand  delivered  shall be deemed to be delivered  upon receipt.  All notices
which are mailed  shall be mailed  first class  certified  mail--return  receipt
requested, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed delivered upon actual receipt or
three days after being deposited in the mail, whichever shall occur first.

                        The  parties  hereto  agree  that  their  signatures  by
facsimile shall be effective and binding upon them as though executed in ink on
paper,  and that the parties shall  exchange  original ink  signatures  promptly
following any such delivery by facsimile.

                         SECTION  10.04.  SEVERABILITY;  TIME OF ESSENCE.  Every
provision  of this  Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents  are intended to be
severable.  If any term or provision of this Agreement or the Loan Documents, or
any other document  delivered in connection  herewith shall be  unenforceable in
any respect, the enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not thereby be
affected. Time is of the essence of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

                         SECTION   10.05.    GOVERNING   LAW;    SUBMISSION   TO
JURISDICTION.

                         (a) THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS AND ALL
OTHER  DOCUMENTS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY,  AND THE RIGHTS AND  OBLIGATIONS  OF THE
PARTIES  HEREUNDER  AND UNDER THE OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENTS  SHALL BE CONSTRUED  AND
ENFORCED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH AND  GOVERNED  BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF FLORIDA
(WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

                         (b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS
AGREEMENT  OR ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE
OF FLORIDA OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF FLORIDA, AND, BY
EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT,  THE COMPANY HEREBY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF
AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY,  THE JURISDICTION
OF THE AFORESAID  COURTS.  THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY WAIVE TRIAL BY
JURY,  AND THE  COMPANY  HEREBY  IRREVOCABLY  WAIVES ANY  OBJECTION,  INCLUDING,
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS
OF FORUM NON  CONVENIENS,  WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF
ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH RESPECTIVE JURISDICTIONS.

                         (c)  Nothing  herein  shall  affect  the  right  of the
Lenders and the Agent to serve  process in any other manner  permitted by law or
to commence legal  proceedings or otherwise  proceed  against the Company in any
other jurisdiction.

                                      -61-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 10.06.  PAYMENT OF COSTS. The Company shall pay
all  reasonable  costs,  expenses,  taxes  and  fees  incurred  by the  Agent in
connection  with the  negotiation,  preparation,  execution and delivery of this
Agreement,  the term sheet and the Commitment Letter relating to this Agreement,
the  Security  Documents  and  all  other  Loan  Documents,  including,  without
limitation,  all of the  reasonable  professional  fees and  expenses  of King &
Spalding, special counsel to the Agent, as set forth in the Commitment Letter.

                         SECTION  10.07.   INDEMNITY.   The  Company  agrees  to
protect,  indemnify  and  save  harmless  the  Agent  and each  Lender,  and all
directors, officers, employees and agents of the Agent and each Lender, from and
against  any and all (i)  claims,  demands  and  causes of action of any  nature
whatsoever  brought by any person or entity  not a party to this  Agreement  and
arising  from or  related  or  incident  to this  Agreement  or any  other  Loan
Document,  (ii) costs and  expenses  incident  to the  defense  of such  claims,
demands  and  causes  of  action,  including,  without  limitation,   reasonable
attorneys' fees, and (iii) liabilities,  judgments,  settlements,  penalties and
assessments  arising  from such claims,  demands and causes of action,  PROVIDED
such claims, costs and liabilities are not the result of the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Agent or such Lender. The indemnity contained in this
Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

                         SECTION 10.08. BENEFIT OF THE AGREEMENT.

                         (a) This  Agreement  shall be binding upon and inure to
the benefit of and be enforceable  by the  respective  successors and assigns of
the parties hereto,  PROVIDED that the Company may not assign or transfer any of
its interest hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lenders,  and no
such assignment or transfer of any such obligations shall relieve the Company of
its  obligations  hereunder  unless each  Lender  shall have  consented  to such
release in a writing  specifically  referring to the  obligation  from which the
Company is to be released.

                         (b) Any Lender may make, carry or transfer Advances at,
to or for  the  account  of,  any of its  branch  offices  or the  office  of an
Affiliate of such  Lender.  Any Lender may at any time assign all or any portion
of its rights in this Agreement and the Notes issued to it to a Federal  Reserve
Bank;  PROVIDED that no such assignment shall release the Lender from any of its
obligations hereunder.

                                      -62-

<PAGE>
                         (c) Each Lender may assign or delegate all or a portion
of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents (including all or a portion of any of its Commitments and the Advances
at the time  owing  to it and the  Notes  held by it) to  another  financial  or
lending  institution or entity;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that (i) the Agent and the
Company must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consent,
in the case of the  Company,  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld)  unless such
assignment  is to an  Affiliate of the  assigning  Lender or, in the case of the
Company,  unless an Event of Default has occurred and is  continuing,  (ii) such
assignment or delegation is complete or is in minimum  increments of $5,000,000,
and (iii) the parties to each such  assignment  shall execute and deliver to the
Agent an  Assignment  Agreement,  and,  together with a Note or Notes subject to
such assignment and, unless such assignment is to an Affiliate of such Lender, a
processing and recordation  fee of $3,000.  The Company shall not be responsible
for such processing and recordation fee or any costs or expenses incurred by any
Lender (other than the Agent) in connection with such assignment. From and after
the effective date specified in each Assignment Agreement,  which effective date
shall be at least  five (5)  Business  Days  after the  execution  thereof,  the
assignee  thereunder  shall be a party  hereto and to the extent of the interest
assigned by such  Assignment  Agreement,  have the rights and  obligations  of a
Lender under this Agreement.  Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of the
notice and the  Assignment  Agreement,  the Company,  at its own expense,  shall
execute and deliver to the Agent, in exchange for the surrendered Note or Notes,
a new Note or Notes to the order of such assignee in a principal amount equal to
the  applicable  Commitments  assumed  by it  pursuant  to such  Assignment  and
Acceptance  and new Note or Notes to the  assigning  Lender in the amount of its
retained  Commitment  or  Commitments.  Such new  Note or  Notes  shall be in an
aggregate  principal  amount  equal to the  aggregate  principal  amount of such
surrendered  Note or Notes,  shall be dated the date of the surrendered  Note or
Notes which they  replace,  and shall  otherwise  be in  substantially  the form
attached hereto.

                         (d) Each Lender may from time to time sell or otherwise
grant  participations  in all or a portion of its rights and  obligations  under
this Agreement and the other Loan  Documents  (including all or a portion of its
Commitments  and the  Advances  owing to it and the Notes held by it) to another
financial or lending  institution  or entity,  whereupon  the holder of any such
participation,  if the participation agreement so provides, shall be entitled to
all of the rights of a Lender hereunder;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that (i) the Agent
must  give  its  prior  written  consent  to  such  participation   unless  such
participation  is to an  Affiliate of such  Lender,  (ii) such selling  Lender's
obligations  under this  Agreement  shall remain  unchanged,  (iii) such selling
Lender shall  remain  solely  responsible  to the other  parties  hereto for the
performance  of such  obligations,  and (iv) the  Company,  the  Agent and other
Lenders  shall  continue  to deal  solely  and  directly  with  each  Lender  in
connection with such Lender's  rights and  obligations  under this Agreement and
the other Loan Documents, and such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce
the  obligations  of the  Company  relating to the  Advances  and to approve any
amendment,  modification  or waiver of any  provisions of this  Agreement or the
other Loan Documents. Any Lender selling a participation hereunder shall provide
prompt written notice to the Company of the name of such participant.

                         SECTION  10.09.  SUBORDINATION  OF  INDEBTEDNESS.   Any
Indebtedness  of any  Guarantor  now or hereafter  owed to the Company is hereby
subordinated  in  right of  payment  to the  payment  by such  Guarantor  of its
Guaranty  Obligations  such that if a default in the payment of the  Obligations
shall have occurred and be continuing,  any such  Indebtedness of such Guarantor
owed to the Company,  if collected or received by the Company,  shall be held in
trust by the Company for the holders of the  Obligations and be paid over to the
Lenders and the Agent for application of such Guarantor's Guaranty Obligations.

                                      -63-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION 10.10. MAXIMUM INTEREST RATE. Nothing contained
in this  Agreement  or any Note or Swing Line Note shall  require the Company to
pay  interest at a rate  exceeding  the Maximum  Permissible  Rate.  If interest
payable to any Lender for any period would exceed the Maximum  Permissible Rate,
such interest shall be reduced automatically to the maximum amount that will not
exceed the Maximum  Permissible Rate, and interest payable to any Lender for any
subsequent period, to the extent less than the Maximum  Permissible Rate, shall,
to that extent, be increased by the aggregate amount of all such reductions.

                         SECTION 10.11. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the
other Loan Documents executed and delivered contemporaneously herewith, together
with the exhibits and  schedules  attached  hereto and thereto,  constitute  the
entire  understanding  of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof,
and any other prior or contemporaneous agreements, whether written or oral, with
respect thereto, including,  without limitation, the Commitment Letter, which is
expressly  superseded  hereby;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the indemnities of the
Company in favor of the Lenders and SunTrust Capital Markets,  Inc. contained in
the  Commitment  Letter  shall  survive  the  execution  and  delivery  of  this
Agreement.  The execution of this  Agreement and the other Loan Documents by the
Company was not based upon any facts or  materials  provided by the Agent or any
Lender,  nor was the Company or any Guarantor  induced to execute this Agreement
or any other Loan Document by any representation,  statement or analysis made by
the Agent or any Lender.

                         SECTION 10.12.  SET-OFF. Upon the occurrence and during
the continuance of any Event of Default,  each Lender,  and each of its branches
and offices,  is hereby authorized by the Company,  at any time and from time to
time,  without notice to the Company (i) to set off against,  and to appropriate
and apply to the payment of the  Obligations  (in each case  whether  matured or
unmatured)  any and all  amounts  owing by such  Lender,  or any such  office or
branch,  to the  Company  (whether  payable in  Dollars  or any other  currency,
whether matured or unmatured,  and, in the case of deposits,  whether general or
special, time or demand and however evidenced) and (ii) pending any such action,
to the extent  necessary,  to hold such  amounts as  collateral  to secure  such
Obligations and Guaranty  Obligations  and to return as unpaid for  insufficient
funds any and all checks and other items drawn  against any  deposits so held as
such Lender in its sole discretion may elect. Each Lender shall give the Company
notice of its  intention  to  exercise  its  rights  under this  Section  10.12;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that failure by such Lender to give the Company notice shall
not prevent such Lender from  exercising its rights as provided in this Section.
The Company,  to the fullest extent it may  effectively  do so under  Applicable
Law,  agrees that any holder of a  participation  in any  Advance  may  exercise
rights of  set-off  and  counterclaim  and other  rights  with  respect  to such
participation  as  fully  as if such  holder  of a  participation  were a direct
creditor of the Company in the amount of such participation.

                         SECTION  10.13.  COUNTERPARTS.  This  Agreement  may be
executed in any number of  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which,  taken  together,  shall  constitute one and the same
instrument.

                                      -64-

<PAGE>
                         SECTION  10.14.  REPLACEMENT  NOTES.  Upon  receipt  of
evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft,  destruction
or mutilation of any Note or Swing Line Note,  and in the case of any such loss,
theft or  destruction,  upon  delivery  of any  indemnity  agreement  reasonably
satisfactory  to the  Company  or,  in the  case of any  such  mutilation,  upon
surrender and  cancellation  of such Note or Swing Line Note,  the Company shall
execute and deliver,  in lieu thereof,  a replacement note identical in form and
substance  to such Note or Swing Line Note and dated as of the date of such Note
or Swing Line Note, and upon such execution and delivery of the replacement note
all  references in this Agreement and in all other Loan Documents to the Note or
Swing Line Note shall be deemed to refer to such replacement note.

                         SECTION 10.15. RELEASE. In consideration of the Agent's
and the Lenders'  agreement to enter into this  Agreement  and to establish  the
Commitments  hereunder,  the Company  hereby (a)  releases,  acquits and forever
discharges  the Agent  and the  Lenders,  their  respective  agents,  employees,
officers,   directors,   servants,   representatives,   attorneys,   affiliates,
successors and assigns  (collectively,  the "RELEASED PARTIES") from any and all
liabilities,  claims,  suits, debts, liens, losses,  causes of action,  demands,
rights, damages, costs and expenses of any kind, character or nature whatsoever,
known or  unknown,  fixed or  contingent,  that the Company may have or claim to
have against the Agent and the Lenders  which might arise out of or be connected
with any act of commission  or omission of the Agent or the Lenders  existing or
occurring  on or  prior  to the  date  of  this  Agreement,  including,  without
limitation, any claims, liabilities or obligations relating to or arising out of
or in connection with the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, arising
out  of  or  in  connection  with  the  initiation,   negotiation,   closing  or
administration  of the transactions  contemplated  thereby or related  thereto),
from the beginning of time until the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement
(the  "RELEASED  CLAIMS")  and (b) agrees  forever to refrain  from  commencing,
instituting or prosecuting any lawsuit,  action or other proceeding  against the
Released Parties with respect to any and all Released Claims.

                                      -65-

<PAGE>
               [SIGNATURE PAGE TO THE REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT]

                         WITNESS the hand and seal of the parties hereto through
their duly authorized officers, as of the date first above written.


                                           NUCO2 INC.,
                                          A FLORIDA CORPORATION


Address:
c/o NuCo2 Inc.                             By: /S/ EDWARD M. SELLIAN
                                               ---------------------------------
2800 S.E. Market Place                         Name: Edward M. Sellian
Stuart, Florida 34997                          Title: President


                                           Attest: /S/ JOANN SABATINO
                                                   -----------------------------
                                                  Name: Joann Sabatino
                                                  Title: Chief Financial Officer




<PAGE>

                                           SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA,
                                           NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, INDIVIDUALLY
                                           AND AS AGENT



                                           By: /S/ RUSSELL E. BURNETTE
                                               ---------------------------------
                                               Name: Russell E. Burnette
                                               Title: Vice President

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.10

                          WAIVER AND AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                           REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT


                         THIS WAIVER AND  AMENDMENT  NO. 1 TO  REVOLVING  CREDIT
AGREEMENT  (this  "Amendment"),  dated as of August 25, 1998, by and among NUCO2
INC., a Florida  corporation  (the  "Company"),  SUNTRUST  BANK,  SOUTH FLORIDA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association ("SunTrust"), and any other
banks or other  lending  institutions  that are or will  become  parties  to the
Credit  Agreement,  defined below  (collectively,  the "Lenders"),  and SUNTRUST
BANK,  SOUTH FLORIDA,  NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  as agent (in such  capacity,  the
"Agent").


                              W I T N E S S E T H:


                         WHEREAS,  the  Company,  the  Lenders and the Agent are
parties to that certain Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of October 31, 1997
(the "Credit Agreement"; defined terms used herein without definition shall have
the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement);

                         WHEREAS,  the  Company has  requested,  and the Lenders
have agreed,  to (i) waive compliance with certain financial and other covenants
set forth in the Credit  Agreement  and (ii)  amend  certain  requirements  with
respect to future  fiscal  periods  with  respect  to certain of such  financial
covenants, all as more particularly set forth below; and

                         WHEREAS, the parties wish to amend the Credit Agreement
to reflect this agreement;

                         NOW, THEREFORE,  for and in consideration of the mutual
covenants  contained  herein and other valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,  the parties hereto,  intending to
be legally bound, agree as follows:

                         SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS TO CREDIT  AGREEMENT.  Subject to
the satisfaction of the conditions  precedent set forth in SECTION 3 hereof, and
effective  as of  the  Effective  Date  (as  hereinafter  defined),  the  Credit
Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

                         1.  Section  7.02 of the  Credit  Agreement  is  hereby
amended by deleting such section in its entirety and  substituting  therefor the
following:

                         "SECTION 7.02. FIXED CHARGE COVERAGE RATIO. The Company
            shall not permit the Fixed Charge  Coverage Ratio as of the last day
            of each fiscal  quarter of the  Company  shown below to be less than
            the corresponding ratio shown below:


<PAGE>


                       QUARTER ENDED                            RATIO

                  June 30, 1998                              0.80 to 1.00

                  September 30, 1998                         0.80 to 1.00

                  December 31, 1998                          0.85 to 1.00

                  March 31, 1999                             0.95 to 1.00

                  June 30, 1999                              1.05 to 1.00

                  September 30, 1999, and thereafter         1.25 to 1.00

                         SECTION 2.  WAIVER.  The Company has informed the Agent
and the  Required  Lenders that the Company may not have been and may not in the
future  be in  compliance  with  certain  provisions  of the  Credit  Agreement.
Therefore,  the  Required  Lenders  hereby waive any Default or Event of Default
caused by any such failure of the Company to comply with the following provision
of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal period indicated below:

                         2. Section 7.02 (Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio) for the
Company's fiscal quarter ending on March 31, 1998.

                         SECTION 3. CONDITIONS OF EFFECTIVENESS.  This Amendment
shall become effective as of March 31, 1998 (the "EFFECTIVE  DATE") on the first
day when this Amendment shall have been executed by the Company and the Required
Lenders and delivered to the Agent.

                         SECTION  4.   REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES  OF  THE
COMPANY.  The Company,  without  limiting  the  representations  and  warranties
provided in the Credit Agreement, represents and warrants to the Lenders and the
Agent as follows:

                         3.  The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by the
Company of this Amendment are within the Company's  corporate powers,  have been
duly  authorized  by all necessary  corporate  action  (including  any necessary
shareholder  action) and do not and will not (a) violate  any  provision  of any
law,  rule or  regulation,  any  judgment,  order  or  ruling  of any  court  or
governmental  agency, the articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company or
any indenture,  agreement or other instrument to which the Company is a party or
by which the  Company or any of its  properties  is bound or (b) be in  conflict
with,  result in a breach of, or constitute with notice or lapse of time or both
a default under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument.

                         4. This  Amendment  constitutes  the  legal,  valid and
binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance
with its terms.

                                       2

<PAGE>
                         5. No Default or Event of Default has  occurred  and is
continuing as of the  Effective  Date or the date hereof (after giving effect to
the waivers set forth herein).

                         SECTION   5.   SURVIVAL.    Each   of   the   foregoing
representations  and warranties and each of the  representations  and warranties
made in the Credit Agreement shall be made at and as of the Effective Date. Each
of  the   foregoing   representations   and   warranties   shall   constitute  a
representation  and warranty of the Company under the Credit  Agreement,  and it
shall be an Event of Default if any such representation and warranty shall prove
to have been  incorrect or false in any material  respect at the time when made.
Each of the  representations  and  warranties  made under the  Credit  Agreement
(including  those made herein)  shall survive and not be waived by the execution
and delivery of this Amendment or any investigation by the Lenders or the Agent.

                         SECTION 6. NO WAIVER,  ETC. The Company  hereby  agrees
that except as  expressly  set forth in Section 2 above,  nothing  herein  shall
constitute  a waiver by the Lenders of any Default or Event of Default,  whether
known or unknown, which may exist under the Credit Agreement. The Company hereby
further agrees that no action,  inaction or agreement by the Lenders,  including
without limitation,  any indulgence,  waiver,  consent or agreement altering the
provisions of the Credit  Agreement  which may have occurred with respect to the
non-payment  of any  obligation  during the term of the Credit  Agreement or any
portion  thereof,  or any other matter relating to the Credit  Agreement,  shall
require or imply any future indulgence,  waiver, or agreement by the Lenders. In
addition,  the Company  acknowledges  and agrees that it has no knowledge of any
defenses,  counterclaims,  offsets or objections in its favor against any Lender
with  regard  to any of the  obligations  due  under  the  terms  of the  Credit
Agreement as of the date of this Amendment.

                         SECTION 7. AFFIRMATION OF COVENANTS. The Company hereby
affirms and restates as of the date hereof all covenants set forth in the Credit
Agreement,  as amended hereby,  and such covenants are incorporated by reference
herein as if set forth herein directly.

                         SECTION 8. RATIFICATION OF CREDIT AGREEMENT.  Except as
expressly  amended  herein,  all terms,  covenants and  conditions of the Credit
Agreement  and the other Loan  Documents  shall remain in full force and effect,
and the parties hereto do expressly  ratify and confirm the Credit  Agreement as
amended herein. All future references to the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to
refer to the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

                         SECTION 9.  BINDING  NATURE.  This  Amendment  shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto,  their  respective
heirs, successors, successors-in-titles, and assigns.

                                       3

<PAGE>
                         SECTION  10.  COSTS,  EXPENSES  AND TAXES.  The Company
agrees to pay on  demand  all  reasonable  costs  and  expenses  of the Agent in
connection  with the  preparation,  execution and delivery of this Amendment and
the other  instruments  and  documents  to be  delivered  hereunder,  including,
without  limitation,  the reasonable fees and out-of-pocket  expenses of counsel
for the Agent with respect  thereto and with respect to advising the Agent as to
its rights and  responsibilities  hereunder  and  thereunder.  In addition,  the
Company  shall pay any and all stamp and other taxes payable or determined to be
payable in connection  with the execution and delivery of this Amendment and the
other  instruments and documents to be delivered  hereunder,  and agrees to save
the Agent and each Lender harmless from and against any and all liabilities with
respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes.

                         SECTION 11.  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Amendment  shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Florida.

                         SECTION 12. ENTIRE  UNDERSTANDING.  This Amendment sets
forth the entire  understanding  of the parties  with respect to the matters set
forth herein, and shall supersede any prior negotiations or agreements,  whether
written or oral, with respect thereto.

                         SECTION  13.   COUNTERPARTS.   This  Amendment  may  be
executed  in any  number of  counterparts  and by  different  parties  hereto in
separate  counterparts  and may be delivered by telecopier.  Each counterpart so
executed  and  delivered  shall be deemed  an  original  and all of which  taken
together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                       3

<PAGE>
                         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have executed
this  Amendment  through  their  authorized  officers as of the date first above
written.


                                          NUCO2 INC., A FLORIDA CORPORATION


                                          By: /S/ ROBERT RANIERI
                                              ----------------------
                                              Name: Robert Ranieri
                                              Title: C.O.O.




                                       5

<PAGE>
                                          SUNTRUST BANK, SOUTH FLORIDA,
                                             NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
                                             INDIVIDUALLY AND AS AGENT
                                             FOR THE LENDERS


                                          By: /S/ RUSSELL E. BURNETTE
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name:  Russell E. Burnette
                                              Title: Vice President



                                          CREDITANSTALT CORPORATE FINANCE,
                                             INC., LENDER


                                          By: /S/ JOHN G. TAYLOR
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: John G. Taylor
                                              Title:   Senior Associate

                                          By: /S/ ROBERT M. BIRINGER
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: Robert M. Biringer
                                              Title: EVP

                                          NATIONAL CITY BANK OF KENTUCKY,
                                             LENDER


                                          By: /S/ TODD ETHINGTON
                                              ----------------------------------
                                              Name: Todd Ethington
                                              Title:Vice President


                                       6

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.11







        ****************************************************************




                                   NUCO2 INC.

                                       and

                              SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS



                  --------------------------------------------




                   SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                          Dated as of October 31, 1997



                  --------------------------------------------






                                   $25,000,000



                     12% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2004



          ************************************************************



<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                    ARTICLE I

                       Definitions and Accounting Matters

SECTION 1.1  Certain Defined Terms...........................................6
SECTION 1.2  Terms Generally................................................20
SECTION 1.3  Accounting Terms; GAAP.........................................20


                                   ARTICLE II

                            Amount and Terms of Notes

SECTION 2.1  Commitments....................................................21
SECTION 2.2  Disbursement of Funds..........................................21
SECTION 2.3  Notes..........................................................21
SECTION 2.4  Interest.......................................................21
SECTION 2.5  Several Obligations; Remedies Independent......................22


                                   ARTICLE III

                              Prepayments: Payments

SECTION 3.1  Optional Prepayments...........................................23
SECTION 3.2  Method and Place of Payment....................................24


                                   ARTICLE IV

                        Representations of the Investors

SECTION 4.1  Purchase for Investment........................................25
SECTION 4.2  Accredited and Sophisticated Investor..........................25





                                       -3-
<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE V

                              Conditions Precedent

SECTION 5.1  Conditions Precedent to Notes..................................25


                                   ARTICLE VI

                         Representations and Warranties

SECTION 6.1  Organization; Powers...........................................27
SECTION 6.2  Authorization: Enforceability..................................28
SECTION 6.3  Governmental Approvals: No Conflicts...........................28
SECTION 6.4  SEC Documents: Financial Condition:
                            No Material Adverse Change......................29
SECTION 6.5  Properties.....................................................29
SECTION 6.6  Litigation and Environmental Matters...........................30
SECTION 6.7  Compliance with Laws and Agreements............................30
SECTION 6.8  Investment and Holding Company Status..........................30
SECTION 6.9  Taxes..........................................................30
SECTION 6.10  ERISA.........................................................31
SECTION 6.11  Disclosure....................................................31
SECTION 6.12  Debt Agreements...............................................31
SECTION 6.13  Capitalization................................................32
SECTION 6.14  Subsidiaries and Investments..................................32
SECTION 6.15  No Burdensome Restrictions....................................33
SECTION 6.16  Private Offering by the Company...............................33


                                   ARTICLE VII

                             Affirmative Covenants

SECTION 7.1  Financial Statements and Other Information.....................32
SECTION 7.2  Notices of Material Events.....................................35
SECTION 7.3  Existence: Conduct of Business.................................36
SECTION 7.4  Payment of Obligations.........................................36
SECTION 7.5  Maintenance of Properties: Insurance...........................36
SECTION 7.6  Books and Records: Inspection Rights...........................36
SECTION 7.7  Compliance with Laws...........................................37
SECTION 7.8  Use of Proceeds................................................37
SECTION 7.9  Certain Obligations Affecting
             Subsidiaries...................................................37


                                       -4-

<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               Negative Covenants

SECTION 8.1  Indebtedness...................................................37
SECTION 8.2  Liens..........................................................38
SECTION 8.3  Fundamental Changes............................................39
SECTION 8.4  Investments: Hedging Agreements................................40
SECTION 8.5  Restricted Payments............................................41
SECTION 8.6  Sale and Leasebacks............................................42
SECTION 8.7  Transactions with Affiliates...................................42
SECTION 8.8  Restrictive Agreements.........................................42
SECTION 8.9  Financial Covenants............................................43
SECTION 8.10  Modifications of Certain Documents............................44
SECTION 8.11  Nature of Business............................................44
SECTION 8.12  Sale of Subsidiaries..........................................44

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                Events of Default

SECTION 9.1  Events of Default: Remedies....................................45


                                    ARTICLE X

                              Subsidiary Guarantee

SECTION 10.1  The Guarantee.................................................47
SECTION 10.2  Obligations Unconditional.....................................47
SECTION 10.3  Reinstatement.................................................48
SECTION 10.4  Subrogation...................................................49
SECTION 10.5  Remedies......................................................49
SECTION 10.6  Instrument for the Payment of Money...........................49
SECTION 10.7  Continuing Guarantee..........................................49
SECTION 10.8  Rights of Contribution........................................49
SECTION 10.9  General Limitation on Guarantee
              Obligations...................................................50
SECTION 10.10 Subordination of Guarantees...................................51



                                       -5-

<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  Subordination

SECTION 11.1  Agreement to Subordinate......................................51
SECTION 11.2  Bankruptcy, Liquidation, Dissolution,
              Etc...........................................................51
SECTION 11.3  No Payment in Certain Circumstances...........................53
SECTION 11.4  Payments Otherwise Permitted..................................54
SECTION 11.5  Subrogation...................................................54
SECTION 11.6  Provisions Solely to Define
              Relative Rights...............................................55
SECTION 11.7  No Waiver of Subordination Provisions.........................55
SECTION 11.8  Notice to Investors...........................................56
SECTION 11.9  Reliance......................................................56
SECTION 11.10 Reinstatement.................................................57
SECTION 11.11 Subsidiary Guarantees.........................................57
SECTION 11.12 Limitations on Remedies.......................................57
SECTION 11.13 Notices.......................................................57


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  Miscellaneous

SECTION 12.1  Notices.......................................................58
SECTION 12.2  Waivers; Amendments...........................................58
SECTION 12.3  Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver............................59
SECTION 12.4  Successors and Assigns........................................61
SECTION 12.5  Survival......................................................62
SECTION 12.6  Counterparts; Integration;
              Effectiveness.................................................63
SECTION 12.7  Severability..................................................63
SECTION 12.8  Governing Law; Jurisdiction;
              Consent to Service of Process.................................63
SECTION 12.9  Waiver of Jury Trial..........................................64
SECTION 12.10 Headings......................................................64
SECTION 12.11 Confidentiality...............................................64


SCHEDULE 6.06(a)           -       Litigation
SCHEDULE 6.06(b)           -       Environmental Matters
SCHEDULE 6.10              -       ERISA
SCHEDULE 6.12              -       Material Agreements
SCHEDULE 6.13              -       Capitalization
SCHEDULE 6.14(a)           -       Subsidiaries
SCHEDULE 6.14(b)           -       Investments


                                       -6-

<PAGE>



SCHEDULE 8.01              -       Indebtedness
SCHEDULE 8.02              -       Liens
SCHEDULE 8.08              -       Restrictive Agreements


EXHIBIT A - Form of Senior Subordinated Note
EXHIBIT B - Form of  Opinion  of Counsel to the Obligors
EXHIBIT C - Form of Opinion of Special New York Counsel to Chase Capital


                                       -7-

<PAGE>
                  SENIOR    SUBORDINATED    NOTE   PURCHASE    AGREEMENT   (this
"AGREEMENT"), dated as of October 31, 1997, between:

                  NUCO2 INC., a corporation  duly organized and validly existing
         under the laws of the State of Florida (the "COMPANY");

                  each of the  Subsidiaries  of the Company  appearing under the
         caption  "SUBSIDIARY  GUARANTORS" on the signature  pages hereto and/or
         which  pursuant to Section  7.09 shall  hereafter  become a  Subsidiary
         Guarantor  (each  a  "SUBSIDIARY  GUARANTOR"  and,  collectively,   the
         "SUBSIDIARY   GUARANTORS";   and,   together  with  the  Company,   the
         "OBLIGORS"); and

                  each  of  the  Investors  of  the  Notes  (as  defined  below)
         appearing  under the caption  "INVESTORS" on the signature pages hereto
         and each assignee of the rights and obligations of an Investor pursuant
         to  Section  12.04  (each,  an  "INVESTOR",   and   collectively,   the
         "INVESTORS").

                  The Company has requested that the Investors acquire the Notes
in an aggregate  principal  amount of $25,000,000 to refinance  certain existing
indebtedness  of the Company,  to finance future  acquisitions,  to make capital
expenditures  and for  working  capital and  general  corporate  purposes of the
Company and its Subsidiaries. To induce the Investors to purchase the Notes, the
Obligors  and the  Investors  propose to enter into this  Agreement  pursuant to
which the  Investors  will  purchase  the Notes  issued by the  Company  and the
Subsidiary  Guarantors  will  guarantee the payment in full of the Notes and all
other amounts payable under this Agreement.

                  Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                       DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING MATTERS

                  SECTION 1.1 CERTAIN  DEFINED  TERMS.  In addition to the other
terms  defined  herein,  as used  herein,  the  following  terms  shall have the
following meanings:

                  "AFFILIATE" means, with respect to a specified Person, another
Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries,


                                       -8-

<PAGE>
Controls  or is  Controlled  by or is  under  common  Control  with  the  Person
specified;  PROVIDED  that  none  of the  initial  Investors  (or  any of  their
Affiliates) shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company.

                  "ANNUALIZED  EBITDA"  means,  as at any date of  determination
thereof, EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ending on or most recently ended prior to
such date, multiplied by four.

                  "ASSET VALUE" means,  with respect to any property or asset of
the Company or any Subsidiary, as of any particular date, an amount equal to the
greater of (i) the then book value of such property or asset as  established  in
accordance  with GAAP and (ii) the then fair  market  value of such  property or
asset as  determined  in good faith by the board of  directors of the Company or
any Subsidiary.

                  "BANKRUPTCY  CODE" means the Federal  Bankruptcy Code of 1978,
as amended from time to time or any successor statute thereto.

                  "BUSINESS DAY" means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or
other day on which  commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required
by law to remain closed.

                  "CAPITAL  EXPENDITURES"  means,  for  any  paid,  expenditures
(including,   without   limitation,   the  aggregate  amount  of  Capital  Lease
Obligations  incurred  during  such  period)  made by the  Company or any of its
Subsidiaries to acquire or construct fixed assets, property, plant and equipment
(including  renewals,  improvements  and  replacements,  but excluding  repairs)
during such paled computed in accordance with GAAP.

                  "CAPITAL   LEASE   OBLIGATIONS"   of  any  Person   means  the
obligations  of such Person to pay rent or other  amounts under any lease of (or
other arrangement  conveying the right to use) real or personal  property,  or a
combination  thereof,  which  obligations  are  required  to be  classified  and
accounted  for as capital  leases on a balance  sheet of such Person under GAAP,
and the  amount of such  obligations  shall be the  capitalized  amount  thereof
determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "CERCLA"  means  the  Comprehensive   Environmental   Response
Compensation  and  Liability  Act, as amended by the  Superfund  Amendments  and
Reauthorization Act (42 U.S.C. ss.9601 ET SEQ.).

                  "CHANGE IN CONTROL" means:  (i) the acquisition of ownership,
directly or indirectly (in a single transaction or a sales of related


                                       -9-

<PAGE>
transactions),  beneficially  or of record,  by any Person or group  (within the
meaning of Section 13(d) and Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities  Exchange Act as
in effect on the date hereof) of shares representing more than 40% of the issued
and outstanding  common stock of the Company entitled to vote for the members of
the board of  directors  of the Company;  (ii)  occupation  of a majority of the
seats  (other than  vacant  seats) on the board of  directors  of the Company by
Persons who were neither (x)  nominated by the board of directors of the Company
nor (y) appointed by directors so nominated; or (iii) any Person or group (other
than the group in control of the  Company on the date  hereof)  shall  otherwise
directly or indirectly Control the Company.

                  "CHASE CAPITAL" means Chase Equity Associates L.P.

                  "CLOSING DATE" means October 31, 1997.

                  "CODE"  means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended
from time to time and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

                  "CONSOLIDATED  EBIT" means, for any period, an amount equal to
the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income (or loss) plus (b) to the extent deducted
in determining Consolidated Net Income (or loss), (i) provisions for taxes based
on income of the Company and its Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis
in accordance with GAAP,  (ii) Interest  Expense and (iii)  extraordinary  items
determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "CONSOLIDATED  NET INCOME" means,  for any period,  net income
(or loss) of the Company and its  Subsidiaries on a consolidated  basis for such
period (taken as a single accounting period), in accordance with GAAP.

                  "CONSOLIDATED   NET   WORTH"   means,   as  of  the   date  of
determination, total shareholders' equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries on
a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP.

                  "CONTROL" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to  direct or cause the  direction  of the  management  or  policies  of a
Person,  whether  through the ability to exercise  voting power,  by contract or
otherwise. "CONTROLLING" and "CONTROLLED" have meanings correlative thereto.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>
                  "DEFAULT"  means any event or condition  which  constitutes an
Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured
or waived, become an Event of Default.

                  "DOLLARS" or "$" refers to lawful  money of the United  States
of America.

                  "EBITDA"  means,  for any period,  the sum for the Company and
its  Subsidiaries  (determined  on a consolidated  basis without  duplication in
accordance with GAAP) of Consolidated  EBIT (i)  depreciation  and  amortization
expenses  (to the extent  deducted in  determining  Consolidated  EBIT) for such
period;  and (ii) the  historical  consolidated  EBITDA  for any Person for such
period which  accrued  prior to the date such Person  became a Subsidiary or was
merged into or consolidated  with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or such
Person's assets ware acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (and the
underlying  records of such Person shall be audited to the extent the Company is
required  pursuant to  Regulation  S-X of the SEC to present  audited  financial
information  for such Person in documents  filed by it with the SEC). If audited
financial  records are not available for acquired  companies,  pro-forma  income
statements  (subject to review and acceptance by the Required Investors) will be
substituted.

                  "ENVIRONMENTAL  LAWS"  means  all  Federal,  state,  local and
foreign  statutes  and  codes  or  regulations,   rules  or  ordinances  issued,
promulgated,  or approved  thereunder,  now or hereafter  in effect  (including,
without  limitation,  those with  respect to  asbestos  or  asbestos  containing
material),  relating to pollution or protection of the  environment and relating
to public health and safety, relating to (i) emissions,  discharges, releases or
threatened  releases of Hazardous  Materials,  into the environment  (including,
without  limitation,  ambient air, surface water,  ground water, land surface or
subsurface  strata),  or (ii) the  manufacture,  processing,  distribution,  use
generation, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of any Hazardous
Materials,   and  (iii)  underground  storage  tanks  and  related  piping,  and
emissions,  discharges  and  releases or  threatened  releases  therefrom,  such
Environmental  Laws to include,  without  limitation,  (i) the Clean Air Act (42
U.S.C.  ss.7401 ET SEQ.), (ii) the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C.  ss.1251 ET SEQ.),
(iii) the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. ss.6901 ET SEQ. (iv)
the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C.
ss.2601 ET SEQ.) and (v) CERCLA, each as amended.



                                      -11-

<PAGE>
                  "ENVIRONMENTAL  LIABILITY" means any liability,  contingent or
otherwise   (including  any  liability  for  damages,   costs  of  environmental
remediation,  fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Company or any Subsidiary
directly  or  indirectly  resulting  from or  based  upon (i)  violation  of any
Environmental Law, (ii) the generation, use, handling, transportation,  storage,
treatment  or  disposal  of  any  Hazardous  Materials,  (iii)  exposure  to any
Hazardous  Materials,  (iv) the release or  threatened  release of any Hazardous
Materials  into  the  environment  or  (v)  any  contract,  agreement  or  other
consensual  arrangement  pursuant to which  liability is assumed or imposed with
respect to any of the foregoing.

                  "EQUITY  RIGHTS"  means,  with  respect  to  any  Person,  any
subscriptions,  options, warrants, commitments,  preemptive rights or agreements
of any kind (including,  without  limitation,  any stockholders' or voting trust
agreements)  for the issuance,  sale,  registration  or voting of, or securities
convertible  into,  any  additional  shams of  capital  stock of any  class,  or
partnership or other ownership interests of any type in, such Person.

                  "ERISA" means the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
1974,  as amended  from time to time and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.

                  "ERISA  AFFILIATE" means any trade or business (whether or not
incorporated)  that,  together with the Company, is treated as a single employer
under  Section  414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302
of ERISA and  Section  412 of the Code,  is treated as a single  employer  under
Section 414 of the Code.

                  "ERISA EVENT means: (i) any "reportable  event", as defined in
Section 4043 of ERISA or the  regulations  issued  thereunder  with respect to a
Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day  notice  period is waived);  (ii)
the existence with respect to any Plan of an  "accumulated  funding  deficiency"
(as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA),  whether or not
waived;  (iii) the  filing  pursuant  to  Section  412(d) of the Code or Section
303(d) of ERISA of an application  for a waiver of the minimum  funding-standard
with respect to any Plan; (iv) the incurrence by the Company or any of its ERISA
Affiliates  of any  liability  under  Title  IV of  ERISA  with  respect  to the
termination of any Plan;  (v) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA  Affiliate
from the PBGC or a plan  administrator of any notice relating to an intention to
terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee


                                      -12-
<PAGE>
to administer  any Plan;  (vi) the incurrence by the Company or any of its ERISA
Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal
from any Plan or Multiemployer  Plan; or (vii) the receipt by the Company or any
ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the
Company or any ERISA  Affiliate  of any notice,  concerning  the  imposition  of
Withdrawal  Liability or a  determination  that a  Multiemployer  Plan is, or is
expected to be, insolvent or in  reorganization,  within the meaning of Title IV
of ERISA.

                  "ERISA  PLAN" means any employee  pension  benefit plan (other
than a  Multiemployer  Plan)  subject to the  provisions of Title IV of ERISA or
Section  412 of the Code or  Section  302 of ERISA,  and in respect of which the
Company or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under
Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an  "employer" as defined in Section 3(5)
of ERISA.

                  "EVENT OF  DEFAULT"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to such
term in Section 9.01.

                  "GAAP" means generally accepted  accounting  principles in the
United States of America.

                  "GOVERNMENTAL  AUTHORITY"  means the  government of the United
States of  America,  any  other  nation or any  political  subdivision  thereof,
whether state or local, and any agency, authority,  instrumentality,  regulatory
body,  court,  central bank or other entity exercising  executive,  legislative,
judicial,   taxing,   regulatory,   monetary  or  administrative   powers  of  a
governmental nature or functions of or pertaining to government.

                  "GUARANTEE"  of or by any Person (the  "GUARANTOR")  means any
obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the
economic effect of  guaranteeing  any  Indebtedness  or other  obligation of any
other  Person  (the  "PRIMARY  OBLIGOR")  in any  manner,  whether  directly  or
indirectly,  and including any obligation of the guarantor,  direct or indirect,
(i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply  funds for the  purchase or payment
of) such  Indebtedness  or other  obligation  or to  purchase  (or to advance or
supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof,  (ii) to
purchase or lease  property,  securities or services for the purpose of assuring
the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (iii)
to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial


                                      -13-
<PAGE>
statement  condition  or  liquidity  of the primary  obliger so as to enable the
primary  obligor  to pay such  Indebtedness  or other  obligation  or (iv) as an
account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to
support such Indebtedness or obligation;  PROVIDED that the term Guarantee shall
not include  endorsements  for  collection or deposit in the ordinary  course of
business.

                  "HAZARDOUS  MATERIALS"  means  all  explosive  or  radioactive
substances  or wastes and all  hazardous  or toxic  substances,  wastes or other
pollutants,  including petroleum or petroleum distillates,  asbestos or asbestos
containing  materials,  polychlorinated  biphenyls,  radon  gas,  infectious  or
medical  wastes  and all other  substances  or wastes  of any  nature  regulated
pursuant to any Environmental Law.

                  "HEDGING  AGREEMENT" means, for any Person,  any interest rate
protection  agreement,  foreign  currency  exchange  agreement,  commodity price
protection  agreement or other  interest or currency  exchange rate or commodity
price hedging arrangement.

                  "INDEBTEDNESS" of any Person means, without  duplication:  (i)
all obligations of such Person for borrowed money;  (ii) all obligations of such
Person  evidenced  by bonds,  debentures,  notes or similar  instruments;  (iii)
financial  obligations as the issuer of capital stock  redeemable in whole or in
part at the  option  of any  Person  other  than  such  issuer,  at a fixed  and
determinable  date or upon the  occurrence  of an event or condition  not solely
within the control of such  issuer;  (iv) all  obligations  of such Person under
conditional  sale or other  title  retention  agreements  relating  to  property
acquired by such Person; (v) all financial obligations of such Person in respect
of the deferred purchase price of property or services  (excluding current trade
accounts  payable on  customary  tams and  incurred  in the  ordinary  course of
business); (vi) financial obligations under purchase money mortgages;  (vii) all
Capital Lease Obligations of such Person; (viii) all reimbursement  obligations,
contingent  or  otherwise,  of such  Person as an  account  party in  respect of
letters of credit and letters of guaranty;  (ix) all obligations,  contingent or
otherwise,  of such Person in respect of  bankers'  acceptances;  (x)  financial
obligations  under asset  securitization  vehicles;  and (xi) obligations  under
direct or indirect  Guarantees  in respect of, and  obligations  (contingent  or
otherwise) to purchase or otherwise  acquire,  or otherwise to assure a creditor
against loss in respect of,  indebtedness or financial  obligations of others of
the kinds  referred to in clauses  (i)  through (x) above,  except to the extent
such Guarantees are limited to a lesser


                                      -14-

<PAGE>
amount. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include,  without duplication,  the
Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person
is a general  partner) to the extent such Person is liable  therefor as a result
of such Person's  ownership  interest in or other relationship with such entity,
except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness  provide that such Person is
not liable therefor.

                  "INTEREST  COVERAGE RATIO" means, as at any date, the ratio of
(i) EBITDA for the period of four consecutive  fiscal quarters ending on or most
recently ended prior to such date to (ii) Interest Expense for such period.

                  "INTEREST EXPENSE" means, without duplication, for any period,
for the Company and its  Subsidiaries  (determined  on a  consolidated  basis in
accordance with GAAP) all interest  expense in respect of Indebtedness  for such
period  (whether or not actually paid during such period and including,  without
limitation, interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations).

                  "INVESTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE" means (i) Chase Capital so long as
it  shall  be a  holder  of any of the  Notes  or (ii)  otherwise,  an  Investor
designated  by the Required  Investors to act as the  Investor's  Representative
hereunder.

                  "INVESTMENT"  means,  for  any  Person:  (i)  the  acquisition
(whether for cash,  property,  services or  securities  or otherwise) of capital
stock,  bonds,  notes,  debentures,  partnership or other ownership interests or
other  securities  of any  other  Person  or any  agreement  to  make  any  such
acquisition (including,  without limitation, any "short sale" or any sale of any
securities at a time when such  securities are not owned by the Person  entering
into such sale);  (ii) the making of any deposit with,  or any advance,  loan or
other  extension  of credit to, any other  Person  (including  the  purchase  of
property  from  another  Person  subject  to  an   understanding  or  agreement,
contingent or otherwise,  to resell such property to such Person), but excluding
any such  advance,  loan or extension of credit  having a term not  exceeding 90
days arising in connection with the sale of inventory or supplies by such Person
in the ordinary course of business;  or (iii) the entering into of any Guarantee
of, or other  contingent  obligation  with  respect  to,  Indebtedness  or other
liability of any other Person and (without  duplication) any amount committed to
be advanced, lent or extended to such Person.


                                      -15-
<PAGE>
                  "LIEN"  means,  with respect to any asset,  (i) any  mortgage,
deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation,  encumbrance,  assignment, charge or
security  interest in, on or of such asset,  including  without  limitation  any
agreement  to give any of the  foregoing,  (ii) the  interest  of a vendor  or a
lessor under any conditional  sale  agreement,  capital lease or title retention
agreement (or any financing lease having  substantially the same economic effect
as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset,  including any lease or similar
arrangement with a public authority  executed in connection with the issuance of
industrial  development  revenue  bonds or pollution  control  revenue bonds and
(iii) the filing of or the agreement to give any financing  statement  under the
Uniform Commercial Code (or comparable law) of any jurisdiction naming the owner
of the asset to which such lien  applies as a debtor  (other than a filing which
does not evidence an  outstanding  secured  obligation,  or a commitment to make
advances or to incur any other obligation of any kind).

                  "MARGIN  STOCK"  means  "margin  stock"  within the meaning of
Regulations G, T, U and X.

                  "MATERIAL  ADVERSE EFFECT" means a material  adverse effect on
(i) the  business,  assets,  property,  operations  or  condition,  financial or
otherwise,  of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  taken as a whole or (ii) the
ability  of any  Obligor  to  perform  any of its  obligations  under  the  Note
Documents.

                  "MINIMUM  NET  WORTH"  has the  meaning  set forth in  Section
8.09(c).

                  "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

                  "MULTIEMPLOYER  PLAN" means a multiemployer plan as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA as to which the Company, any Subsidiary or any ERISA
Affiliate  is  obligated  to  make,  has  made,  or  will be  obligated  to make
contributions on behalf of participants who are or were employed by any of them.

                  "NET WORTH" means,  at any date,  the net worth of the Company
and its  Subsidiaries  on a consolidated  basis,  determined in accordance  with
GAAP.

                  "NOTE  DOCUMENTS"  means,  collectively,  this Agreement,  the
Notes, the Warrant Agreement and the Warrants.


                                      -16-
<PAGE>
                  "NOTES" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01,
including  any Notes issued in  substitution  for any Notes  theretofore  issued
pursuant to this Agreement.

                  "OBLIGORS"  has  the  meaning  assigned  to  such  term in the
preamble of this

                  "PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred
to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

                  "PERMITTED ENCUMBRANCES" means:

                  (i) Liens imposed by law for taxes that are not yet due or are
         being contested in compliance with Section 7.04;

                  (ii)   carriers',   warehousemen's,   mechanics',   workmen's,
         materialmen's,  repairmen's,  statutory landlord's and other like Liens
         imposed by law, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing
         obligations  that are not  overdue  by more  than 60 days or are  being
         contested in compliance with Section 7.04;

                  (iii)  pledges and  deposits  made in the  ordinary  course of
         business  in  compliance  with  workers'   compensation,   unemployment
         insurance  and other  social  security  laws or  regulations  and Liens
         thereon;

                  (iv)  deposits  to  secure  the  performance  of  bids,  trade
         contracts,  leases,  statutory  obligations,  surety and appeal  bonds,
         performance  bonds and other obligations of a like nature, in each case
         in the ordinary course of business;

                  (v) easements, zoning restrictions,  rights-of-way and similar
         encumbrances on real property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary
         course of business that do not secure any monetary  obligations  and do
         not  materially  detract  from the value of the  affected  property  or
         interfere  with the ordinary  conduct of business of the Company or any
         Subsidiary;

                  (vi) deposits in connection with the prosecution or defense of
         any claim in any  court or  before  any  administrative  commission  or
         agency; and



                                      -17-
<PAGE>
                  (vii) Liens arising out of judgments or awards with respect to
         which the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  the time shall in good faith be
         diligently  prosecuting  an appeal or  proceedings  for review and with
         respect  to which the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries  shall have
         secured a stay of  execution  pending  such appeal or  proceedings  for
         review.

                  "PERMITTED INVESTMENTS" means:

                  (i) direct obligations of, or obligations the principal of and
         interest on which are unconditionally  guaranteed by, the United States
         of America (or by any agency thereof to the extent such obligations are
         backed by the full faith and credit of the United  States of  America),
         in each case  maturing  within  one year  from the date of  acquisition
         thereof;

                  (ii)  investments in commercial paper maturing within one year
         from  the date of  acquisition  thereof  and  having,  at such  date of
         acquisition,  the highest  credit  rating  obtainable  from S&P or from
         Moody's; and

                  (iii)   investments  in  certificates  of  deposit,   banker's
         acceptances and time deposits maturing within one year from the date of
         acquisition  thereof  issued or guaranteed by or placed with, and money
         market deposit accounts issued or offered by, any office located in the
         United States of any commercial  bank or trust company  organized under
         the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof which has
         a combined  capital and surplus and undivided  profits of not less than
         $500,000,000,  including  without  limitation,  any  such  deposits  in
         Eurodollars  issued by a foreign branch of any such  commercial bank or
         trust company.

                  "PERSON" means any natural person,  corporation,  partnership,
limited liability company, trust, joint venture,  association,  company or other
organization, whether or not legal entity, and any Governmental Authority.

                  "PLAN" means any employee benefit plan, program,  arrangement,
practice  or  contract,  maintained  by or on behalf of the  Company or an ERISA
Affiliate,  which provides benefits or compensation to or on behalf of employees
or  former  employees,  whether  formal or  informal,  whether  or not  written,
including, but not limited to, the following types of plans:


                                      -18-
<PAGE>
                  (i) EXECUTIVE ARRANGEMENTS. Any bonus, incentive compensation,
         stock option,  deferred compensation,  commission,  severance,  "golden
         parachute",  "rabbi  trust",  or  other  executive  compensation  plan,
         program, contract arrangement or practice;

                  (ii) ERISA PLANS.  Any  "employee  benefit plan" as defined in
         ERISA, including, but not limited to, any defined benefit pension plan,
         profit  sharing plan,  money purchase  pension plan,  savings or thrift
         plan,  stock bonus plan,  employee stock ownership plan,  Multiemployer
         Plan, or any plan, fund, program, arrangement or practice providing for
         medical (including post-retirement medical), hospitalization, accident,
         sickness, disability, or life insurance benefits;

                  (iii) OTHER  EMPLOYEE  FRINGE  BENEFITS.  Any stock  purchase,
         vacation,  scholarship, day care, prepaid legal services, severance pay
         or fringe benefit plan, program, arrangement, contract or practice.

                  "QUALIFIED  INVESTOR"  means (i) any  initial  Investor of the
Notes and (ii) any bank, trust company,  savings and loan  association,  pension
plan,  investment  company,  insurance  company,  broker,  dealer  or any  other
financial institution or entity, regardless of legal form.

                  "REGULATIONS G, T, U AND X" means,  respectively,  Regulations
G. T. U and X of the Board of  Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System (or any
successor), as the same may be modified and supplemented and in effect from time
to time.

                  "RELATED PARTIES" means, with respect to any specified Person,
such Person's  Affiliates  and the  respective  directors,  officers,  partners,
employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person's Affiliates.

                  "RELEASE"  means  any  release,   spill,  emission,   leaking,
pumping,  injection,  deposit,  disposal,  discharge,   dispersal,  leaching  or
migration into the indoor or outdoor environment, including, without limitation,
the movement of Hazardous  Materials  through ambient air, soil,  surface water,
ground water, wetlands, land or subsurface strata.

                  "REQUIRED INVESTORS" means, at any time, Investors holding at
least 51% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time


                                      -19-
<PAGE>
outstanding  (exclusive  of  Notes  then  owned  by  the  Company  or any of its
Affiliates).

                  "RESTRICTED   PAVEMENT"  means:  (i)  any  dividend  or  other
distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any
shares of any class of capital  stock of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
other than  dividends  paid by a  Subsidiary  to the  Company;  (ii) any payment
(whether in cash,  securities or other property),  including any sinking fund or
similar   deposit,   on  account  of  the  purchase,   redemption,   retirement,
acquisition,  cancellation or termination of any such shares of capital stock of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any option,  warrant or other right to
acquire  any  such  shares;  (iii)  any  payment  on  account  of the  purchase,
redemption, conversion, exchange, retirement, acquisition, defeasance or sinking
fund payment with respect to any  Indebtedness  that is junior or subordinate to
the Notes;  and (iv) any payment made to retire,  or to obtain the surrender of,
any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class
of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  "S&P" means Standard ~ Poor's Ratings Services,  a division of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

                  "SEC" means the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  or any
successor

                  "SECURITIES  ACT" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
and in effect

                  "SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended and in effect from time to time.

                  "SENIOR CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Revolving Credit Agreement
dated as of October 31, 1997 between the Company, the lenders party thereto from
time to time and Suntrust Bank, South Florida,  National Association,  agent for
such  lenders,   as  executed  and  delivered  on  the  Closing  Date,  and  any
refinancing, refunding, extension or renewal thereof (whether or not with any of
the  lenders  or the agent for such  lenders  then  party to the  Senior  Credit
Agreement),  in each case,  at any time amended or modified in  accordance  with
Section 8.1 0(a).

                  "SENIOR CREDIT  DOCUMENTS"  means the Senior Credit  Agreement
and all other documents and agreements originally executed and delivered


                                      -20-
<PAGE>
thereunder,  in each case,  as the same shall,  subject to Section  8.10(a),  be
modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

                  "SENIOR DEBT" means the following  obligations  of the Company
and its

                  (i) with  respect to the Company,  all  principal of the loans
         outstanding  under the Senior Credit  Agreement,  all interest  thereon
         (including  any interest  accruing  after the date of any filing by the
         Company  of  any  petition  in  bankruptcy  or  the  commencing  of any
         bankruptcy,  insolvency  or  similar  proceedings  with  respect to the
         Company  whether  or not the  same is  allowed  as a claim  in any such
         proceeding) and all other amounts outstanding thereunder, including all
         expenses (including, without limitation,  attorneys' fees), indemnities
         and penalties and all commitment,  facility and administrative,  agency
         or other  similar  fees  payable by the Company from time to time under
         the Senior  Credit  Documents,  and including  any  obligations  of the
         Company in respect  of Hedging  Agreements  owing to one or more of the
         lenders under Senior Credit Agreement that are required by the terms of
         the Senior Credit Agreement;

                  (ii) with respect to the Company,  additional  Indebtedness in
         an aggregate principal amount up to but not exceeding $10,000,000 under
         or in respect  of (x) the  Senior  Credit  Agreement  and (y)any  other
         instrument evidencing such Indebtedness;  PROVIDED that, in the case of
         clause (y) only, such  Indebtedness is specifically  designated in such
         other instrument as "Senior Debt" for purposes of this Agreement;

                  (iii) with  respect to the  Company,  additional  Indebtedness
         under or in  respect  of (x) the Senior  Credit  Agreement  and (y) any
         other instrument evidencing such Indebtedness; PROVIDED that (i) in the
         case of clause (y) only, such  Indebtedness is specifically  designated
         in  such  other  instrument  as  "Senior  Debt"  for  purposes  of this
         Agreement  and (ii)  after  giving  effect  to the  Incurrence  of such
         Indebtedness (and the application of the proceeds thereof),  the Senior
         Debt Incurrence Ratio is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00;

                  (iv) with respect to any Subsidiary  Guarantor,  the Guarantee
         of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor  in respect  of any  Senior  Debt of the
         Company; and



                                      -21-
<PAGE>
                  (v) with  respect to the  Company,  any and all  refinancings,
         replacements or refundings of any of the amounts referred to in clauses
         (i), (ii) and (iii) above;  PROVIDED that the refinancing,  replacement
         or  refunding  of Senior Debt  incurred  under said clause  (iii) shall
         constitute  Senior Debt only to the extent that, after giving effect to
         such refinancing,  replacement or refunding (and the application of the
         proceeds  hereof),  the Senior  Debt  Incurrence  Ratio is less than or
         equal to 4.00 to 1.00;

PROVIDED  that the aggregate  principal  amount of Senior Debt  permitted  under
clauses (i) and (ii) above  (together  with the amount of obligations in respect
of Hedging  Agreements  referred to in said clause  (i)),  and any  refinancing,
replacement or refunding thereof permitted under clause (v) above (including the
maximum  amount of the  aggregate  commitments  of the  lenders  to  extend  any
revolving credit facility  thereunder)  shall not exceed at any time $60,000,000
MINUS the  aggregate  amount of (x)  permanent  reductions  in revolving  credit
commitments  thereunder and (y)  prepayments of any term loans made from time to
time in respect of the Senior Debt.

                  "SENIOR DEBT  INCURRENCE  RATIO"  means,  for any period,  the
ratio of (i) Senior Funded Debt to (ii) Annualized EBITDA.

                  "SENIOR DEBT  REPRESENTATIVE"  means (i)  initially,  Suntrust
Bank, South Florida, National Association and (ii) thereafter, such other holder
of Senior Debt notified in writing to each Investor pursuant to Section 11.13.

                  "SENIOR   FUNDED  DEBT"   means,   for  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, indebtedness for borrowed money, purchase
money mortgages,  capitalized  leases,  outstandings under asset  securitization
vehicles,   conditional   sales  contracts  and  similar  title  retention  debt
instruments,  including any current maturities of such indebtedness,  MINUS cash
and cash equivalents and excluding Indebtedness hereunder and under the Notes.

                  "SUBSIDIARY"  means, with respect to any Person (the "parent")
at  any  date,  any  corporation,   limited  liability   company,   partnership,
association  or other  entity the accounts of which would be  consolidated  with
those of the parent in the parent's  consolidated  financial  statements if such
financial  statements  were prepared in accordance with GAAP as of such date, as
well  as  any  other  corporation,   limited  liability  company,   partnership,
association or other entity of which


                                      -22-
<PAGE>
securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity
or more than 50% of the ordinary  voting power or, in the case of a partnership,
more than 50% of the general partnership  interests are, as of such date, owned,
controlled or held. Unless otherwise specified,  "Subsidiary" and "Subsidiaries"
shall mean a Subsidiary and Subsidiaries, respectively, of the Company.

                  "TAX" means, with respect to any Person, any Federal, state or
foreign tax,  assessment,  customs duties or other governmental  charge, levy or
assessment  (including  any  withholding  tax)  upon  such  Person  or upon such
Person's assets, revenues, income or profits.

                  "TOTAL  NET  FUNDED  DEBT"  means,  for  the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis,  indebtedness for borrowed money, purchase
money mortgages,  capitalized  leases,  outstandings under asset  securitization
vehicles,   conditional   sales  contracts  and  similar  title  retention  debt
instruments, including any current maturities of such indebtedness, which by its
terms matures more than one year from the date of any calculation thereof and/or
which is renewable or  extendable at the option of the  obligor(s)  thereof to a
date beyond one year from such date, MINUS cash and cash equivalents.

                  "TOTAL NET FUNDED DEBT COVERAGE RATIO" means,  for any period,
the ratio of (i) Total Net Funded. Debt to (ii) Annualized EBITDA.

                  "TRANSACTIONS"  means the execution,  delivery and performance
by the  Obligors of this  Agreement,  the issuance of the Notes and the w of the
proceeds  thereof in  accordance  with the preamble of this  Agreement,  and the
execution,  delivery and performance by the Company of the Warrant Agreement and
the issuance of the Warrants thereunder.

                  "WARRANT  AGREEMENT"  means the Warrant  Agreement dated as of
the date  hereof  between the  Company  and the  holders of the  Warrants  party
thereto pursuant to which the Warrants are issued, as amended and in effect from
time to time.

                  "WARRANTS" means each of the warrants issued to the holders of
the Warrants on the Closing Date  pursuant to the Warrant  Agreement,  including
any warrants issued in replacement or substitution thereof.

                  "WITHDRAWAL LIABILITY" means liability to a Multiemployer Plan
as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer


                                      -23-
<PAGE>
Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

                  SECTION 1.2 TERMS  GENERALLY.  The definitions of terms herein
shall  apply  equally to the  singular  and plural  forms of the terms  defined.
Whenever the context may require,  any pronoun shall  include the  corresponding
masculine,  feminine  and neuter  forms.  The words  "include",  "includes"  and
"including"  shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without  limitation".
The word "will"  shall be  construed  to have the same meaning and effect as the
word "shall".  Unless the context  requires  otherwise (a) any  definition of or
reference  to any  agreement,  instrument  or  other  document  herein  shall be
construed as referring to such  agreement,  instrument or other document as from
time to  time  amended,  supplemented  or  otherwise  modified  (subject  to any
restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein),
(b) any  reference  herein to any Person  shall be  construed  to  include  such
Person's  successors  and  assigns,   (c)  the  words  "herein",   "hereof"  and
"hereunder",  and words of similar  import,  shall be construed to refer to this
Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular  provision  hereof,  (d) all
references  herein  to  Articles,  Sections,  Exhibits  and  Schedules  shall be
construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and  Schedules  to,
this  Agreement and (e) the words "asset" and  "property"  shall be construed to
have the same  meaning  and  effect  and to  refer to any and all  tangible  and
intangible  assets and  properties,  including  cash,  securities,  accounts and
contract rights.

                  SECTION  1.3  ACCOUNTING  TERMS;  GAAP.  Except  as  otherwise
expressly  provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall
be construed in accordance  with GAAP, as in effect from time to time;  PROVIDED
that,  if the  Company  notifies  the  Investors  that (be  Company  requests an
amendment  to any  provision  hereof  to  eliminate  the  effect  of any  change
occurring  after the date  hereof in GAAP or in the  application  thereof on the
operation of such  provision  (or if the Required  Investors  notify the Company
that they  request an  amendment  to any  provision  hereof  for such  purpose),
regardless  of whether any such  notice is given  before or after such change in
G^AP or in the application thereof,  then such provision shall be interpreted on
the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied  immediately before such change shall
have  become  effective  until such  notice  shall have been  withdrawn  or such
provision  amended in accordance  herewith.  To enable the ready and  consistent
determination  of compliance  with the covenants set forth in Article VIII,  the
Company  will not change  the last day of its  fiscal  year from June 30 of each
year, or the last days of the first three


                                      -24-
<PAGE>
fiscal  quarters in each of its fiscal years from September 30, December 31, and
March 31 of each year, respectively.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            AMOUNT AND TERMS OF NOTES

                  SECTION  2.1  COMMITMENTS.  Subject  to and upon the terms and
conditions set forth herein, each Investor severally agrees to purchase from the
Company,  and the  Company  agrees  to issue to such  Investor,  its 12%  Senior
Subordinated Note (each a "Not_" and, collectively, the "Notes"), which Note (i)
shall be issued on the Closing  Date and (ii) shall be  purchased at par by such
Investor in an amount equal to the principal  amount sod forth opposite its name
on the signature pages hereto.

                  SECTION 2.2  DISBURSEMENT  OF FUNDS.  Each Investor shall make
available all amounts to be funded by such Investor  under this Agreement on the
Closing  Date in  immediately  available  funds to the account  specified by the
Company.

                  SECTION 2.3 NOTES.

                  (a)  The  Company's  obligation  to pay the  principal  of and
interest  on  all  the  Notes  issued  by  it  shall  be  evidenced  by a  Note,
substantially  in the form of  Exhibit A, duly  executed  and  delivered  by the
Company with blanks appropriately completed in conformity herewith.

                  (b) Upon receipt by the Company of evidence satisfactory to it
of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any Note, and (in case of loss,
theft or destruction) of indemnity  satisfactory to it (the relevant  Investor's
undertaking  shall  be  satisfactory   indemnity  in  case  of  loss,  theft  or
destruction of any Note owned by such Investor),  and upon  reimbursement to the
Company of all reasonable expenses  incidental  thereto,  and upon surrender and
cancellation  of such  Note,  if  mutilated,  the  Company  will pay any  unpaid
principal, interest and prepayment charge then or theretofore due and payable on
such  Note and will  deliver  in lieu of such  Note a new Note in the  remaining
unpaid principal amount thereof and carrying the same rights to interest (unpaid
and to accrue).

                  (c)  Except to the  extent  otherwise  provided  herein,  each
payment of principal of Notes by the Company shall be made for account


                                      -25-
<PAGE>
of the Investors pro rata in accordance  with the  respective  unpaid  principal
amounts of the Notes held by them and each  payment of  interest on Notes by the
Company shall be made for account of the  Investors pro rata in accordance  with
the amounts of  interest  on such Notes then due and  payable to the  respective
Investors.

                  SECTION 2.4  INTEREST.

                  (a) The  unpaid  principal  amount  of each  Note  shall  bear
interest  from the  Closing  Date until  maturity  (whether by  acceleration  or
otherwise) at the rate of 12% PER ANNUM.

                  (b) Any amount  that is not paid when due  hereunder  (without
giving effect to grace  periods,  if any) shall bear interest from the date such
amount  was due  through  the date of  payment at a rate equal to 14% PER ANNUM.
Without  limiting the foregoing (but without  duplication),  upon the occurrence
and during the continuance of any Event of Default,  the principal amount of the
Notes, and all other amounts then owing hereunder,  shall bear interest for each
day during the period from and including the occurrence of such Event of Default
to but  excluding the date such Event of Default shall have been cured or waived
at a rate equal to 14% PER ANNUM.

                  (c) Interest  shall accrue from and including the Closing Date
to but  excluding  the date of any  payment  thereof  and shall be  payable,  in
immediately  available  funds,  semiannually  in arrears on the 30th day of each
April and 31st day of each  October,  commencing  on April 30, 1998,  and on any
prepayment (on the amount  prepaid),  at maturity  (whether by  acceleration  or
otherwise) and, after such maturity, on demand.

                  (d) All computations of interest hereunder and under the Notes
shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting of twelve 30-day months
and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed  (including the first
day but excluding the date of payment thereof).

                  SECTION 2.5 SEVERAL  OBLIGATIONS;  REMEDIES  INDEPENDENT.  The
failure  of any  Investor  to  purchase  the Note to be  purchased  by it on the
Closing Date shall not relieve any other  Investor of its obligation to purchase
its Note on such date, but no Investor  shall be responsible  for the failure of
the  other  Investor  to  purchase  its Note,  and no  Investor  shall  have any
obligation  to any other  Investor for the failure by such  Investor to purchase
any Note required to be purchased by such


                                      -26-

<PAGE>
Investor. The amounts payable by the Company at any time hereunder and under the
Notes  to each  Investor  shall  be a  separate  and  independent  debt and each
Investor shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out of this
Agreement  and the Notes held by it, and it shall not be necessary for any other
Investor to consent to, or be joined as an additional  party in, any proceedings
for such purposes.

                                   ARTICLE III

                              PREPAYMENTS: PAYMENTS

                  SECTION 3.1 OPTIONAL PREPAYMENTS.

                  (a) The Company  may,  at its option,  upon notice as provided
below,  prepay all or,  from time to time,  part of the Notes at any time at the
following prices  (expressed in percentages of principal  amount) in each of the
years listed below, in each case,  together with interest  accrued and unpaid on
the Notes (or part thereof, as the case may be) to the prepayment date:


            YEAR                                      PRICE

From the Closing Date through                         106%
October 31, 1998
From November 1, 1998 through                         104%
October 31, 1999
From November 1, 1999 through                         102%
October 31, 2000
From November 1, 2000 and                             100%
thereafter

                  (b) The Company  will give each holder of the Notes  notice of
each optional  prepayment under paragraph (a) of this Section 3.01 not less than
20 days prior to the date fixed for such  prepayment,  specifying such date, the
aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Notes  to be  prepaid  on such  date,  the
principal  amount of each Note held by such holder to be prepaid the interest to
be prepaid to the prepayment  date with respect to such  principal  amount being
prepaid and the premium (if any) due in connection with such prepayment.



                                      -27-
<PAGE>
                  (c) In the case of each partial  prepayment of the Notes,  the
principal  amount of the Notes to be prepaid shall be allocated among all of the
Notes at the time  outstanding in proportion,  as nearly as practicable,  to the
respective  unpaid  principal   amounts  thereof  not  theretofore   called  for
prepayment.  At the request of the Company, any Note which is to prepaid only in
part shall be surrendered to the Company by the holder thereof,  and the Company
shall  issue to such holder a new Note equal in  principal  amount to the unpaid
portion of the surrendered  Note (after giving effect to such prepayment) and in
the form of Exhibit A.

                  (d) In the event of a Change in Control,  any  Investor  shall
have the option to require  the  Company  to  repurchase  the Notes held by such
Investor at a price equal to 101% of the principal  amount of such Notes if such
Change in Control  occurs prior to the third  anniversary of the date hereof and
thereafter  at a price equal to 100% of the principal  amount of such Notes,  in
each  case,  together  with  interest  accrued  and unpaid on the Notes (or part
thereof, as the case may be) to the payment date. Not less than 20 days prior to
the anticipated  date of consummation of any transaction  that would result in a
Change in Control,  the Company will give each Investor  written  notice of such
pending transaction (with a copy to the Senior Debt Representative in the manner
set forth in Section 11.13).  Any Investor may exercise its right to require the
Company to  repurchase  the Note(s) held by it in  accordance  with this Section
3.01(d)  by  delivering  written  notice of such  exercise  within 20 days after
receipt of the written  notice from the Company of the pending  transaction  and
the Company  shall  repurchase  all of the Notes of the  Investors so exercising
such rights not later than the date of consummation of such Change in Control.

                  (e) In the case of each  prepayment of Notes  pursuant to this
Section 3.01,  the principal  amount of each Note to be prepaid shall mature and
become  due and  payable on the date fixed for such  prepayment,  together  with
interest  and premium (if any) on such  principal  amount  accrued to such date.
From and after such date,  unless the Company  shall fail to pay such  principal
amount when so due and payable,  together with the interest thereon, interest on
such  principal  amount shall cease to accrue.  Any Note paid or prepaid in full
shall be surrendered to the Company and canceled and shall not be reissued,  and
no Note shall be issued in lieu of any prepaid principal amount of any Note.

                  (f) The  Company  will  not and  will  not  permit  any of its
Affiliates to purchase, redeem, prepay or otherwise acquire, directly or


                                      -28-
<PAGE>
indirectly,  any of the outstanding  Notes except upon the payment or prepayment
of the Notes in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement  or  otherwise on
terms identical to those offered to all the other Investors (whether or not such
terms have  actually  been  accepted by all the  Investors).  The  Company  will
promptly  cancel  all Notes  acquired  by it or any  Affiliate  pursuant  to any
payment,  prepayment  or purchase of Notes  pursuant  to any  provision  of this
Agreement  and no Notes may be issued in  substitution  or exchange for any such
Notes.

                  SECTION 3.2 METHOD AND PLACE OF PAYMENT.  Except as  otherwise
specifically provided herein, all payments under this Agreement shall be made to
any Investor, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date when due, and
shall be made in immediately available funds in dollars to the account specified
therefor by such Investor. Any payments under this Agreement and the Notes which
are made by the Company  later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) shall be deemed to
have been made on the next succeeding  Business Day.  Anything in this Agreement
or the Notes to the contrary  notwithstanding,  any payment of principal  of, or
premium or interest on any Note that is due on a date other than a Business  Day
shall  be made  on the  next  succeeding  Business  Day  without  including  the
additional days elapsed in the computation of the interest  payable on such next
succeeding Business Day.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                        REPRESENTATIONS OF THE INVESTORS

         Each Investor severally represents to the Company as follows:

         SECTION 4.1 PURCHASE FOR  INVESTMENT.  Such Investor is purchasing  the
Notes to be  purchased  by it on the Closing  Date for its own  general  account
and/or for one or more separate accounts maintained by it and not with a view to
any  distribution of the Notes that would be in violation of the securities laws
of the  United  States of  America  or any  State  thereof,  without  prejudice,
however,  to such Investor's right at all times to sell or otherwise  dispose of
all or any part of the Notes under an exemption from such registration available
under the  Securities Act  (including,  without  limitation,  Rules 144 and 144A
promulgated thereunder),  and subject,  nevertheless,  to the disposition of its
property  being at all times  within  its  control  and  subject to the terms of
Section 12.04.



                                      -29-
<PAGE>
                  SECTION  4.2  ACCREDITED  AND  SOPHISTICATED   INVESTOR.  Such
Investor  (a) is an  "accredited  investor"  as  defined  in Rule  501(a) of the
Securities Act, and (b) by reason of its business and financial experience,  has
such knowledge,  sophistication and experience in business and financial matters
so as to be  capable  of  evaluating  the  merits  and risks of the  prospective
investment in the Notes,  is able to bear the economic  risk of such  investment
and is able to  afford  a  complete  loss of such  investment,  and (c) has been
afforded the  opportunity to make inquiries of management of the Company and has
made its own  investigation  whether or not to purchase  Notes and in making its
decision has not relied in any way on the fact that any other Person has decided
to purchase Notes under this Agreement.


                                    ARTICLE V

                              CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

                  SECTION 5.1 CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT TO NOTES. The obligations of
the Investors to purchase the Notes issued by the Company hereunder are subject,
at the time of the purchase of the Notes,  to the  satisfaction of the following
conditions:

                  (a) CORPORATE  DOCUMENTS.  Certified copies of the charter and
by-laws (or equivalent documents) of each Obligor and of all corporate authority
for each Obligor (including,  without limitation,  board of director resolutions
and evidence of the incumbency, including specimen signatures, of officers) with
respect to the execution, delivery and performance of such of the Note Documents
to which such  Obligor is intended  to be a party and each other  document to be
delivered by such Obligor from time to time in connection herewith and the Notes
hereunder  (each Investor may  conclusively  rely on such  certificate  until it
receives notice in writing from such Obligor to the contrary).

                  (b) OFFICER'S  CERTIFICATE.  A certificate of a senior officer
of the Company,  dated the Closing  Date, to the effect set forth in clauses (a)
and (b) of Section 5.02.

                  (c) OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE OBLIGORS. An opinion,  dated the
Closing  Date,  of  Olshan  Grundman  Frome &  Rosenzweig  LLP,  counsel  to the
Obligors,   and/or  other   counsel   satisfactory   to  the  Required   Lenders
substantially  in the form of Exhibit B (and each Obligor hereby  instructs such
counsel to deliver such opinion to the Investors).


                                      -30-
<PAGE>
                  (d) OPINION OF SPECIAL NEW YORK COUNSEL TO THE  INVESTORS.  An
opinion, dated the Closing Date, of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy, special New
York counsel to Chase Capital, substantially in the forth of Exhibit C.

                  (e) NOTES. One or more Notes,  duly completed and executed for
each Investor.

                  (f) WARRANT AGREEMENT.  The Warrant  Agreement,  duly executed
and delivered by each of the parties  thereto,  and the Warrants  required to be
issued under  Section 2.02 of the Warrant  Agreement as of the Closing Date duly
issued and delivered to each of the initial  holders of the Warrants as provided
in the  Warrant  Agreement,  and each of the other  agreements  and  instruments
contemplated  to be  executed  and/or  delivered  thereunder,  in each case duly
executed and/or delivered.

                  (g) SENIOR CREDIT  AGREEMENT.  Evidence that the Senior Credit
Agreement  providing  for  commitments  to extend  credit to the  Company  in an
aggregate  principal  amount of at least  $50,000,000  and otherwise in form and
substance  satisfactory  to the Investors shall have been executed and delivered
by each of the  parties  thereto  and shall be in effect,  and that the  initial
loans thereunder shall have been made to the Company (or contemporaneously  with
the purchase of the Notes hereunder shall be made), and the Investors shall have
received  copies of the Senior  Credit  Agreement  and,  upon the request of the
Investors,  each of the other Senior Credit  Documents  delivered  thereunder in
connection with the initial  borrowing  thereunder,  in each case certified by a
senior officer of the Company.

                  (h)  REPAYMENT  OF EXISTING  INDEBTEDNESS.  Evidence  that the
principal  of and interest  on, and all other  amounts  owing in respect of, the
Indebtedness  (including,  without  limitation,  any contingent or other amounts
payable in respect of letters of credit),  if any,  indicated  on Schedule  8.01
that  is to be  repaid  on the  Closing  Date  shall  have  been  (or  shall  be
simultaneously)  paid in full,  that any  commitments to extend credit under the
agreements or instruments relating to such Indebtedness shall have been canceled
or terminated and that all Guarantees in respect of, and all Liens securing, any
such Indebtedness shall have been released (or arrangements  satisfactory to the
Required Lenders for such release shall have been made).

                  (i) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Investors shall have received
the financial statements referred to in Section 6.04.


                                      -31-
<PAGE>
                  (j) OTHER  DOCUMENTS.  Such other documents as any Investor or
special New York counsel to the Investors may reasonably request.

The obligation of any Investor to purchase its Note hereunder is also subject to
the payment or delivery by the Company of such fees and other  consideration  as
the Company  shall have agreed to pay or deliver to any Investor or an Affiliate
thereof in connection herewith,  including,  without limitation,  the reasonable
fees and expenses of Milbank,  Tweed, Hadley & McCloy,  special New York counsel
to Chase Capital, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and
delivery of the Note  Documents  and the issuance of the Notes  hereunder and of
the Warrants under the Warrant Agreement (to the extent that statements for such
fees and expenses have been delivered to the Company).

                  SECTION 5.2 OTHER CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.  The obligation of any
Investor to purchase  its Note  hereunder  is subject to the further  conditions
precedent  that,  both  immediately  prior to the purchase of such Note and also
after giving effect thereto and to the intended use thereof:

                  (a) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

                  (b) the  representations and warranties made by the Company in
Article VI shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date with the same
force  and  effect  as if  made  on  and  as of  such  date  (or,  if  any  such
representation  or  warranty  is  expressly  stated  to have  been  made as of a
specific date, as of such specific date).


                                   ARTICLE VI

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

         The Company represents and warrants to the Investors that:

         SECTION  6.1  ORGANIZATION;   POWERS.  Each  of  the  Company  and  its
Subsidiaries is duly organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the
laws of the jurisdiction of its respective organization, has all requisite power
and  authority to carry on its business as now conducted  and,  except where the
failure to do so,  individually  or in the  aggregate,  could not  reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in,
and is in good  standing  in, every  jurisdiction  where such  qualification  is
required. The Company


                                      -32-
<PAGE>
and its Subsidiaries  are adequately  capitalized for the purposes of conducting
their  respective  businesses,  and the  Company  was not formed  solely for the
purpose of acting as agent for, or as an instrumentality of, any Subsidiary.

                  SECTION 6.2  AUTHORIZATION:  ENFORCEABILITY.  The Transactions
are within each Obligor's  corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate and, if required, stockholder action. Each of this Agreement
and the  Notes  have  been duly  executed  and  delivered  by each  Obligor  and
constitutes a legal, valid and binding  obligation of each Obligor,  enforceable
in accordance  with its  respective  terms,  subject to  applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights
generally  and subject to general  principles  of equity,  regardless of whether
considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

                  SECTION  6.3  GOVERNMENTAL   APPROVALS:   NO  CONFLICTS.   The
Transactions  (a) do not require any consent or  approval  of,  registration  or
filing with, or any other action by, any  Governmental  Authority by the Company
and its Subsidiaries,  except such as have been obtained or made and are in full
force and effect,  (b) will not violate any  applicable law or regulation or the
charta,  by-laws or other  organizational  documents of the Company or of any of
its  Subsidiaries  or any  order  of any  Governmental  Authority,  (c) will not
violate or result in a default under any indenture,  agreement or other material
instrument binding upon the Company or of any of its Subsidiaries or its assets,
or give rise to a right  thereunder  to  require  any  payment to be made by the
Company or of any of its  Subsidiaries,  and (d) will not result in the creation
or  imposition  of  any  Lien  on any  asset  of  the  Company  or of any of its
Subsidiaries.  Neither the Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries is a party to or
otherwise  subject to any  provision  contained  in, any  instrument  evidencing
Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries, any agreement relating thereto
or any other  contract  or  agreement,  other than the Senior  Credit  Agreement
(including the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Company
and  its  Subsidiaries)  which  limits  the  amount  of,  or  otherwise  imposes
restrictions on the incurring of Indebtedness of the type to be evidenced by the
Notes.

                  SECTION 6.4 SEC DOCUMENTS:  FINANCIAL  CONDITION:  NO MATERIAL
ADVERSE CHANGE.

                  (a) The  Company  has filed in a timely  manner all  documents
that the Company was required to file with the Commission under Sections


                                      -33-
<PAGE>
13, 14(a) and 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act,  since its initial  public
offering.  As of their  respective  filing  dates,  all  documents  filed by the
Company with the SEC ("SEC  Documents")  complied in all material  respects with
the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange  Act or the  Securities  Act, as
applicable. None of the SEC Documents as of their respective dates contained any
untrue  statement of a material fact or omitted to state  material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein,  in light
of the  circumstances  under which they were made, not misleading.  The fiducial
statements of the Company included in the SEC Documents comply as to form in all
material respects with applicable accounting requirements and with the published
rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto.

                  (b) The Company has heretofore  furnished to the Investors its
audited consolidated balance sheet,  statements of income (including  supporting
footnote  disclosures)  and cash flows as of and for the fiscal  year ended June
30,  1997,  with the opinion of Cooper,  Selvin &  Strassberg  LLP,  independent
public accountants.

                  (c) The financial statements included in the SEC Documents and
the referred to in paragraph (b) above present fairly, in all material respects,
the financial  position and results of operations  and cash flows of the Company
and  its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  as of the  respective  dates  and  for the
respective  periods  in  accordance  with  GAAP  (subject,  in the  case  of any
unaudited financial statements, to customary year-end adjustments).

                  (d) Since June 30,  1997,  there has been no material  adverse
change in the business,  property or assets, operations or condition,  financial
or otherwise, of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

                  SECTION  6.5  PROPERTIES.  (a)  Each  of the  Company  and its
Subsidiaries  has good title to, or valid  leasehold  interests in, all its real
and  personal  property  material  to its  business,  except  for (i)  Permitted
Encumbrances  and (ii) minor  defects in title  that do not  interfere  with its
ability to conduct  its  business  as  currently  conducted  or to utilize  such
properties for their intended purposes.

                  (b)  Each of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  owns,  or is
licensed  to use,  all  trademarks,  tradenames,  copyrights,  patents and other
intellectual property material to its business, and the use


                                      -34-
<PAGE>
thereof  by the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries,  to the  best of the  Company's
knowledge, does not infringe upon the rights of any other Person, except for any
such infringements that, individually or in the aggregate,  could not reasonably
be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 6.6 LITIGATION AND  ENVIRONMENTAL  MATTERS.  (a) There
are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental
Authority now pending  against or, to the  knowledge of any Obliger,  threatened
against or  affecting  the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  (i) as to which
there is a  reasonable  possibility  of an adverse  determination  and that,  if
adversely  determined,  could  reasonably  be expected,  individually  or in the
aggregate,  to result in a  Material  Adverse  Effect,  except as  disclosed  in
Schedule 6.06(a), or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.

                  (b) Except as  disclosed  in Schedule  6.06(b) and except with
respect to any other matters that,  individually or in the aggregate,  could not
reasonably  be  expected  to result in a Material  Adverse  Effect,  neither the
Company  nor  any  of its  Subsidiaries  (i)  has  failed  to  comply  with  any
Environmental Law or to obtain,  maintain or comply with any permit,  license or
other approval required under any Environmental  Law, (ii) has become subject to
any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect
to any Environmental  Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental
Liability.

                  SECTION 6.7 COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND  AGREEMENTS.  Each of the
Company and its  Subsidiaries  is in compliance  with all laws,  regulations and
orders of any  Governmental  Authority  applicable to it or its property and all
indentures,  agreements and other  instruments  binding upon it or its property,
except where the failure to do so,  individually or in the aggregate,  could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material  Adverse  Effect.  No Default has
occurred and is continuing.

                  SECTION 6.8 INVESTMENT AND HOLDING COMPANY STATUS. Neither the
Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is (a) an "investment  company" as defined
in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment  Company Act of 1940 or (b) a
"holding  company" as defined  in, or subject to  regulation  under,  the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

                  SECTION 6.9 TAXES.  Each of the  Company and its  Subsidiaries
has timely  filed or caused to be filed all tax returns and reports  required to
have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes


                                      -35-
<PAGE>
required to have been paid by it,  except (a) Taxes that are being  contested in
good  faith  by  appropriate  proceedings  and for  which  the  Company  or such
Subsidiary,  as applicable,  has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b)
to the extent  that the  failure to do so could not  reasonably  be  expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 6.10  ERISA.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.10:

                  (a)  IDENTIFICATION  OF PLANS. (i) Neither the Company nor any
ERISA  Affiliate  maintains or contributes  to, or has maintained or contributed
to, any Plan that is an ERISA Plan and (ii)  neither  the Company nor any of its
Subsidiaries  maintains or contributes  to, or has maintained or contributed to,
any  Plan  that  is an  "Executive  Arrangement"  (as  that  term is used in the
definition of "Plane);

                  (b) COMPLIANCE. Each Plan has at all times been maintained, by
its terms and in operation, in accordance with all applicable laws, except where
such  noncompliance  (when taken as a whole)  would not have a Material  Adverse
Effect;

                  (c)   LIABILITIES.   Neither   the  Company  nor  any  of  its
Subsidiaries is currently making,  nor has in the last 6 years been obligated to
make,  contributions (directly or indirectly) to a Multiemployer Plan, nor is it
currently  nor will it become  subject to any  liability  (including  withdrawal
liability),  tax or penalty  whatsoever to any Person whomsoever with respect to
any Plan including,  but not limited to, any tax,  penalty or liability  arising
under Title I or Title IV or ERISA or Chapter 43 of the Code,  except where such
liabilities  (when taken as a whole) would not have a Material  Adverse  Effect;
and

                  (d)  FUNDING.  The Company and each ERISA  Affiliate  has made
full and timely payment of all amounts (i) required to be contributed  under the
terms of each Plan and  applicable  law and (ii) required to be paid as expenses
of each Plan.  No Plan has an  "amount  of  unfunded  benefit  liabilities"  (as
defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA).

                  SECTION 6.11  DISCLOSURE.  Neither this Agreement or any other
Note Document  (including the Private  Placement  Memorandum,  dated August 1997
delivered  to  the   Investors  by  Montgomery   Securities,   relating  to  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby)  nor  any  other  document,  certificate  or
statement  furnished  to the  Investors  by or on behalf of the  Company  or any
Subsidiary in connection herewith or therewith


                                      -36-
<PAGE>
contains any untrue  statement  of a fact or omits to state a fact  necessary to
make the statements  contained herein and therein not misleading,  if, in either
case,  such fact is material to an  understanding  of the  financial  condition,
business, prospects or property of the Company or any Subsidiary, or the ability
of any Obligor to fulfill its obligations under any Note Document to which it is
a party.

                  SECTION 6.12 DEBT AGREEMENTS.

                  (a)  Schedule  6.12 is a  complete  and  correct  list of each
credit agreement,  loan agreement,  indenture,  purchase  agreement,  Guarantee,
letter of credit or other arrangement providing for or otherwise relating to any
Indebtedness  or any  extension of credit (or  commitment  for any  extension of
credit) to, or Guarantee by, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, outstanding
on the date hereof,  and the aggregate  principal or face amount  outstanding or
that may become  outstanding under each such arrangement is correctly  described
in Schedule 6.12. There exists no default under the provisions of any instrument
evidencing or securing any  Indebtedness of the Company and its  Subsidiaries or
of any agreement otherwise relating thereto which has had or would reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

                  (b) Schedule  8.02 is a complete and correct list of each Lien
securing  Indebtedness of any Person outstanding on the date hereof and covering
any  property  of the  Company  or any of its  Subsidiaries,  and the  aggregate
Indebtedness secured (or that may be secured) by each such Lien and the property
covered by each such Lien is correctly described in Schedule 8.02.

                  SECTION 6.13  CAPITALIZATION.  The authorized capital stock of
the Company  consists,  on the date hereof, of an aggregate of 35,000,000 shares
consisting of (i) 30,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share,
of which 7,197,718 shares are duly and validly issued and  outstanding,  each of
which shares is fully paid and  nonassessable and (ii) 5,000,000 shares of blank
check  preferred  stock,  of which no shares  are duly and  validly  issued  and
outstanding. As of the date hereof, (x) except as disclosed in Schedule 6.13 and
except as provided in the Warrant  Agreement,  there are no  outstanding  Equity
Rights with respect to the Company and (y) there are no outstanding  obligations
of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries to repurchase,  redeem,  or otherwise
acquire any shares of capital stock of the Company nor are


                                      -37-
<PAGE>
there any outstanding  obligations of the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries to
make payments to any Person, such as "phantom stock" payments,  where the amount
thereof is calculated with reference to the fair market value or equity value of
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

                  SECTION 6.14 SUBSIDIARIES AND INVESTMENTS.

                  (a) Set forth in  Schedule  6.14(a) is a complete  and correct
list of all of the  Subsidiaries  of the Company as of the date hereof  together
with, for each such  Subsidiary,  (i) the  jurisdiction  of organization of such
Subsidiary,  (ii) each Person holding ownership interests in such Subsidiary and
(iii) the nature of the  ownership  interests  held by each such  Person and the
percentage  of  ownership  of such  Subsidiary  represented  by  such  ownership
interests.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.14(a), (x) each of the Company and
its Subsidiaries  owns, free and clear of Liens, and has the unencumbered  right
to vote, all outstanding  ownership interests in each Person shown to be held by
it in Schedule 6.14(a),  (y) all of the issued and outstanding  capital stock of
each such Person  organized as a corporation is validly  issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable  and (z) there are no  outstanding  Equity  Rights with respect to
such Person.

                  (b) Set forth in  Schedule  6.14(b) is a complete  and correct
list of all Investments  (other than Permitted  Investments) held by the Company
in any Person on the date hereof and, for each such Investment, (x) the identity
of the  Person or Persons  holding  such  Investment  and (y) the nature of such
Investment.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 6.14(b), the Company owns, free and
clear of all Liens, all such Investments.

                  SECTION 6.15 NO BURDENSOME  RESTRICTIONS.  Neither the Company
nor any of its  Subsidiaries  is party to any contract or  agreement  that would
result in any burdensome  restrictions  that might reasonably be expected have a
Material  Adverse  Effect,   including,  but  not  limited  to,  any  collective
bargaining agreements.

                  SECTION  6.16  PRIVATE  OFFERING BY THE  COMPANY.  Neither the
Company  nor anyone  acting on its behalf has  offered  the Notes or any similar
securities  for sale to, or solicited  any offer to buy any of the same from, or
otherwise  approached or negotiated  in respect  thereof with,  any person other
than the Investors and certain other institutional investors,  each of which has
been offered the Notes at a


                                      -38-
<PAGE>
private sale for investment,  which offer or sale would not require registration
under the  Securities  Act.  Neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf
has taken,  or will take,  any action that would subject the issuance or sale of
the Notes to the registration requirements of Section 5 of the Securities Act.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                              AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

                  The Company  covenants and agrees with the Investors  that, so
long as any Note is outstanding and until payment in full of all amounts payable
by the Company  hereunder and  thereunder,  unless the Required  Investors shall
otherwise consent pursuant to Section 12.02:

                  SECTION 7.1 FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND OTHER  INFORMATION.  The
Company will furnish to each Investor:

                  (a)  within 90 days after the end of each  fiscal  year of the
Company, its audited consolidated balance sheet and related statements of income
and cash flows as of the end of and for such year, setting forth in each case in
comparative  form the figures for the  previous  fiscal  year,  with the opinion
thereon by Cooper,  Selvin ~  Strassberg  LLP or such other  independent  public
accountants of recognized  national  standing (without a "going concern" or like
qualification or exception and without any  qualification or exception as to the
scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated  financial  statements
present fairly in all material  respects the financial  condition and results of
operations of the Company and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP consistently applied;

                  (b)  within 45 days  after the end of each of the first  three
fiscal  quarters of each fiscal year of the Company,  its  consolidated  balance
sheet and related  statements  of income and cash flows as of the end of and for
such fiscal  quarter and the then elapsed  portion of the fiscal  year,  setting
forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding  period
or  periods  of (or,  in the case of the  balance  sheet,  as of the end of) the
previous  fiscal year,  together  with a  certificate  from the chief  financial
officer of the Company certifying that such financial  statements present fairly
in all material  respects the  financial  condition and results of operations of
the  Company  and its  consolidated  Subsidiaries  on a  consolidated  basis  in
accordance with


                                      -39-
<PAGE>
GAAP consistently  applied,  subject to customary year-end audit adjustments and
the absence of footnotes;

                  (c) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after
the end of each month, the consolidated  balance sheet and related  statement of
income of the Company for such month;

                  (d)  concurrently  with any delivery of  financial  statements
under clause (a) or (b)above,  a certificate of the chief  financial  officer of
the  Company  (i)  certifying  as to whether a Default  has  occurred  and, if a
Default has  occurred,  specifying  the details  thereof and any action taken or
proposed  to be taken  with  respect  thereto,  (ii)  setting  forth  reasonably
detailed  calculations  demonstrating  compliance  with  Section  8.09 and (iii)
stating whether any material change in GAAP or in the application  thereof which
would effect the financial statements in any material respect has occurred since
the date of the audited financial statements referred to in Section 6.04 and, if
any such  change  has  occurred,  specifying  the  effect of such  change on the
financial statements accompanying such certificate;

                  (e)  concurrently  with any delivery of  financial  statements
under clause (a) above, a certificate  of the  accounting  firm that reported on
such  financial  statements  stating  whether any Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing  (which  certificate  may  be  limited  to  the  extent  required  by
accounting rules or guidelines);

                  (f) promptly after the same become publicly available,  copies
of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by
the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  with the SEC or with any  national  securities
exchange,  or distributed by the Company to its shareholders  generally,  as the
case may be;

                  (g) promptly upon receipt  thereof,  copies of all significant
reports submitted to the Company by independent public accountants in connection
with each annual,  interim or special audit of the  financial  statements of the
Company made by such accountants, including the comment letter submitted by such
accountants to management in connection with their annual audit;

                  (h) promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all notices given
or  received  by the  Company  with  respect to  noncompliance  with any term or
condition related to any Senior Debt;



                                      -40-
<PAGE>
                  (i) at least 15 days prior to the  closing of any  acquisition
permitted under Section  8.03(b),  the adjusted pro forma  consolidated  balance
sheet and statement of income of the Company, reflecting the financial condition
of the Company and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to such acquisition, all
in accordance with GAAP;

                  (j)  promptly  following  any  request  therefor,  such  other
information  regarding the operations,  business affairs and financial condition
of the Company or any  Subsidiary  that is in the Company's or its  Subsidiary's
possession, as any Investor may reasonably request.

                  SECTION  7.2  NOTICES OF MATERIAL  EVENTS.  The  Company  will
furnish to each Investor prompt written notice of the following:

                  (a) the occurrence of any Default;

                  (b)  the  filing  or  commencement  of  any  action,  suit  or
proceeding by or before any  arbitrator  or  Governmental  Authority  against or
affecting  the  Company  or  any  Affiliate  thereof  in  which  the  amount  in
controversy  is  $1,000,000  or more or that,  if  adversely  determined,  could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

                  (c) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that,  alone or together
with any other ERISA Events that have occurred,  could reasonably be expected to
result in liability of the Company and its  Subsidiaries in an aggregate  amount
exceeding $500,000;

                  (d) any other development that results in, or could reasonably
be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect; and

                  (e) a copy of any notice of default  furnished  by the Company
under the Senior Credit Agreement (or any agreement  replacing the Senior Credit
Agreement in effect from time to time)  simultaneously with the delivery thereof
to the lenders party thereto (or their agent).

Each  notice  delivered  under  this  Section  7.02  shall be  accompanied  by a
statement  of the chief  financial  officer  or other  executive  officer of the
Company  setting forth the details of the event or  development  requiring  such
notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

                  SECTION 7.3 EXISTENCE:  CONDUCT OF BUSINESS. The Company will,
and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, do or cause to be done


                                      -41-
<PAGE>
all things  necessary to  preserve,  renew and keep in full force and effect its
legal  existence and the rights,  licenses,  permits,  privileges and franchises
material to the conduct of its business;  PROVIDED that the foregoing  shall not
prohibit (i) any merger,  consolidation,  liquidation or  dissolution  permitted
under Section 8.03 or (ii) any other action permitted under Section 8.11.

                  SECTION 7.4 PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS. The Company will, and will
cause  each  of  its  Subsidiaries  to,  pay  its  obligations,   including  Tax
liabilities,  that,  if not paid,  could  reasonably  be expected to result in a
Material  Adverse Effect before the same shall become  delinquent or in default,
except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings,  (b) the Company or such Subsidiary has set aside on
its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (c)
the  failure to make  payment  pending  such  contest  could not  reasonably  be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 7.5 MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES:  INSURANCE. The Company
will,  and will cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to, (a) keep and  maintain  all
property  which is material to the conduct of its business in good working order
and condition,  ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where such failure could
not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, PROVIDED that
the Company and each  Subsidiary  shall not be under any obligation to repair or
replace any such property which has become obsolete or has become  unsuitable or
inadequate  for the  purpose  for which they are used,  and (b)  maintain,  with
financially sound and reputable insurance  companies,  insurance in such amounts
and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the
same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

                  SECTION 7.6 BOOKS AND RECORDS:  INSPECTION RIGHTS. The Company
will,  and will cause each of its  Subsidiaries  to, keep proper books of record
and account in which full, true and correct entries are made of all dealings and
transactions in relation to its business and  activities.  The Company will, and
will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by
any Investor, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties,
to examine  and make  extracts  from its books and  records,  and to discuss its
affairs,  finances and condition with its officers and independent  accountants,
all at such  reasonable  times and during normal  business hours and as often as
reasonably requested.


                                      -42-
<PAGE>
                  SECTION 7.7  COMPLIANCE  WITH LAWS. The Company will, and will
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules,  regulations and
orders of any Governmental  Authority  applicable to it or its property,  except
where  the  failure  to do so,  individually  or in  the  aggregate,  could  not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

                  SECTION 7.8 USE OF PROCEEDS. The proceeds of the Notes will be
used only for the purposes  specified in the second paragraph of this Agreement.
Neither the Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries is engaged  principally,  or as
one of its  important  activities,  in the business of extending  credit for the
purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin
Stock, and no part of the proceeds of the Notes hereunder will be used to buy or
carry any Margin Stock.

                  SECTION 7.9  CERTAIN OBLIGATIONS AFFECTING SUBSIDIARIES.

                  (a) In the event that the  Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
shall form or acquire any new Subsidiary after the date hereof, the Company will
cause  such  Subsidiary  to become a  "Subsidiary  Guarantor"  (and,  thereby an
"Obligor")  hereunder  pursuant to a written  instrument  in form and  substance
satisfactory  to the Required  Investors  and to deliver such proof of corporate
action,  incumbency of officers,  opinions of counsel and other  documents as is
consistent  with those  delivered by each Obligor  pursuant to Section 5.01 upon
the Closing Date as any Investor shall have requested.

                  (b) The Company will, and will cause each of its  Subsidiaries
to, take such action from time to time as shall be necessary to ensure that each
of its Subsidiaries is a wholly-owned Subsidiary.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                               NEGATIVE COVENANTS

                  The Company  covenants and agrees with the Investors  that, so
long as any Note is outstanding and until payment in full of all amounts payable
by the Company hereunder or thereunder:



                                      -43-
<PAGE>
                  SECTION 8.1  INDEBTEDNESS.  The Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create,  incur, assume or permit to exist any
Indebtedness, except:

                  (a) Indebtedness created hereunder and under the Notes;

                  (b) Indebtedness (including,  without limitation Capital Lease
Obligations)  constituting Senior Debt,  including,  without limitation,  Senior
Debt  incurred  pursuant  to the Senior  Debt  Incurrence  Ratio  referred to in
clauses (iii) and (v) of the definition of "Senior Debt";

                  (c) Indebtedness  existing on the date hereof and set forth in
Schedule  8.01, but not any  extensions,  renewals or  replacements  of any such
Indebtedness;

                  (d)  Indebtedness  of the Company to any Subsidiary and of any
Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary;

                  (e)  Guarantees  by  the  Company  of   Indebtedness   of  any
Subsidiary  and by any  Subsidiary of  Indebtedness  of the Company or any other
Subsidiary; and

                  (f)  additional  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  or any of its
Subsidiaries  incurred after the Closing Date in an aggregate  principal  amount
not exceeding $2,000,000.

                  SECTION 8.2 LIENS.  The Company  will not, and will not permit
any of its Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on
any property or asset now owned or  hereafter  acquired by it, or assign or sell
any income or revenues (including  accounts  receivable) or rights in respect of
any thereof, except:

                  (a) Permitted Encumbrances;

                  (b) any Lien on any  property  or asset of the  Company or any
Subsidiary  existing on the date hereof and set forth in Schedule 8.02; PROVIDED
that (i) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or asset of the Company
or any Subsidiary and (ii) such Lien shall secure only those  obligations  which
it secures on the date hereof;

                  (c) any Lien  existing  on any  property or asset prior to the
acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary or existing on any property
or asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date


                                      -44-
<PAGE>
hereof prior to the time such Person  becomes a  Subsidiary;  PROVIDED  that (i)
such  Lien  is not  created  in  contemplation  of or in  connection  with  such
acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary,  as the case may be, (ii) such
Lien  shall not  apply to any other  property  or assets of the  Company  or any
Subsidiary  and (iii) such Lien shall  secure  only those  obligations  which it
secures  on the date of such  acquisition  or the date  such  Person  becomes  a
Subsidiary, as the case may be;

                  (d) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired,  constructed or
improved  by the  Company or any  Subsidiary;  PROVIDED  that (i) such  security
interests secure Indebtedness  permitted by Section 8.01(b),  (ii) such security
interests and the  Indebtedness  secured thereby are incurred prior to or within
180 days  after such  acquisition  or the  completion  of such  construction  or
improvement,  (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of
acquiring,  constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iv) such
security  interests  shall  not  apply to any  other  property  or assets of the
Company or any Subsidiary;

                  (e) Liens securing Senior Debt; and

                  (f)   additional   Liens   securing   Indebtedness   or  other
obligations of the Company and its Subsidiaries  incurred after the Closing Date
in an aggregate amount not exceeding $2,000,000.

                  SECTION 8.3  FUNDAMENTAL  CHANGES.  The Company  will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

                  (a) merge or consolidate with any other entity, except that:

                  (i) any Subsidiary may merge into the Company in a transaction
         in which the Company is the surviving corporation;

                  (ii) any Subsidiary  may merge into any Subsidiary  Guarantor;
         PROVIDED  that if any such  transaction  shall be between a  Subsidiary
         Guarantor  and  a  Subsidiary  not a  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  and  such
         Subsidiary  Guarantor is not the  continuing or surviving  corporation,
         then the continuing or surviving  corporation shall have assumed all of
         the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder; and

                  (iii) any Person that is engaged in the  business in which the
         Company is engaged as of the Closing Date or substantially related


                                      -45-
<PAGE>
         thereto may merge into the Company or any  Subsidiary  in a transaction
         in which the  Company or a  wholly-owned  Subsidiary  is the  surviving
         corporation;  PROVIDED that, at the time thereof and immediately  after
         giving effect  thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing
         and shall comply with Section 7.09;

                  (b) purchase,  lease or otherwise  acquire for cash,  stock or
other  consideration,  the stock of any Person or all or any substantial portion
of the assets of any Person where such stock, assets or other consideration have
an aggregate fair market value of more than $15,000,000,  PROVIDED that, so long
as no Event of Default has occurred (or will be caused by such acquisition), the
Company or any Subsidiary may request Mat the Required Investors consent to such
acquisition for  consideration  greater than  $15,000,000 in any one transaction
(PROVIDED that,  notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary,  the decision
whether  or not to so  consent  shall  remain  solely at the  discretion  of the
Investors).  Consistent  with  such  request,  the  Company  shall  provide  the
Investors  with an  information  package to  include,  but not  limited  to, the
following:

                  (i) historical  financial statements showing the impact of the
         acquisition  on the  Company's  historical  operating  performance  and
         existing balance sheet;

                  (ii)  projections  detailing the expected  performance  of the
         combined company going forward; and

                  (iii)  a  detailed  listing  of  the  assets  proposed  to  be
         purchased  and  liabilities,  if any,  proposed  to be  assumed  in the
         transaction;

                  (c) enter into a  partnership  or joint venture with any other
Person;  PROVIDED that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred, the Company
or any  Subsidiary  may  request  that the  Required  Investors  consent  to its
entering into a partnership or joint venture for the purposes of carrying on its
business;

                  (d) sell,  lease,  transfer  or other  dispose of any  assets,
except that (except as otherwise  prohibited  under  Section  8.12) this Section
8.03(d) shall not prohibit any  disposition of (i) any asset if on the date such
asset is sold, the Asset Value of all assets sales  occurring  after the Closing
Date,  taking into account the Asset Value of the proposed asset sale, would not
exceed on an aggregate basis 10% of


                                      -46-

<PAGE>
the  Consolidated  Net Worth of the Company on the Closing Date and such sale is
in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any obsolete or retired assets not used
or useful in its business (such assets to include high-pressure tanks, motorized
vehicles,  including  cars and trucks,  and lines of business  other than carbon
dioxide  that may be  obtained  by the Company as part of the group of assets of
any  corporation  or other  business  entity  which the Company may acquire) and
(iii) other sales of assets approved by the Required Investors.

                  SECTION 8.4 INVESTMENTS:  HEDGING AGREEMENTS.  (a) The Company
will not,  and will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to,  purchase,  hold or
acquire  (including  pursuant  to any  merger  with  any  Person  that was not a
wholly-owned  Subsidiary  prior to such merger) any capital stock,  evidences of
indebtedness or other securities  (including any option,  warrant or other right
to  acquire  any of the  foregoing)  of,  make or  permit  to exist any loans or
advances to (not including accounts  receivable),  Guarantee any obligations of,
or make or permit to exist any  Investment  or any other  interest in, any other
Person,  or purchase or  otherwise  acquire (in one  transaction  or a series of
transactions) any assets of any other Person, except:

                  (i) Permitted Investments;

                  (ii) Investments by the Company existing on the date hereof in
         the capital stock of its Subsidiaries;

                  (iii) loans or advances made by the Company to any  Subsidiary
         and made by any Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary;

                  (iv) Guarantees constituting Indebtedness permitted by Section
         8.01;

                  (v) Investments in Plans;

                  (vi) advances  made by the Company or any of its  Subsidiaries
         to its employees in the ordinary course of business,  and loans made by
         the Company to its employees to allow such  employees to purchase stock
         of the Company;  PROVIDED  that the sum of (i) the  aggregate  total of
         such advances  made by the Company to its  employees  under this clause
         (vi) Bad (ii) the aggregate  amount paid by the Company with respect to
         the repurchase or redemption of its capital stock under Section 8.05(c)
         shall not exceed $2,000,000 at any one time outstanding;


                                      -47-
<PAGE>
                  (vii)  deposits  made  by  the  Company  in  connection   with
         acquisitions permitted under Section 8.03(b); and

                  (viii)  Investments by the Company from the net proceeds of an
         equity  issuance  after  the  Closing  Date that are not used to prepay
         Senior  Debt (to the extent  required  by the terms  thereof) or to pay
         dividends or other distributions under Section 8.05(d).

                  (b) The  Company  will  not,  and will not  permit  any of its
Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedging Agreement, other than Hedging Agreements
entered  into in the ordinary  course of business to hedge or mitigate  risks to
which the Company or any Subsidiary is exposed in the conduct of its business or
the management of its liabilities or as required by the Senior Credit Agreement.

                  SECTION 8.5  RESTRICTED  PAYMENTS.  The Company  will not, and
will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries to, declare or make, or agree to pay or
make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (a) the Company may
declare and pay dividends  with respect to its capital  stock payable  solely in
additional  shares of its common  stock,  (b) the  Company  may make  Restricted
Payments  pursuant to and in accordance with stock option plans or other benefit
plans for management or employees of the Company and its  Subsidiaries,  (c) the
Company may  repurchase  or redeem  shares of any class of capital  stock of the
Company  issued  pursuant to and in accordance  with stock option plans or other
benefit  plans for  management  or  employees or under other option plans of the
Company  not  exceeding  $1,000,000  in the  aggregate  and (d) the  Company may
declare and pay  dividends  with  respect to its capital  stock in an  aggregate
amount not  exceeding  the net  proceeds  of any equity  issuance by the Company
after the Closing Date (MINUS the aggregate  amount of any Investments made from
such proceeds under Section 8.04(a)(viii)).

                  SECTION 8.6 SALE AND  LEASEBACKS.  The Company  will not,  and
will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction with any
other Person whereby such Person leases assets sold or otherwise  transferred to
it by the Company or such  Subsidiary if the aggregate  value of the assets sold
or transferred pursuant to such a transaction shall exceed $1,000,000.

                  SECTION 8.7  TRANSACTIONS  WITH  AFFILIATES.  The Company will
not, and will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries to (a) enter into any material
transaction or series of transactions  which in the aggregate would be material,
whether or not in the ordinary course of business,


                                      -48-
<PAGE>
with any Affiliate of the Company or any  Subsidiary  except (i) in the ordinary
course of business at prices and on tams and  conditions  not less  favorable to
the Company or such Subsidiary  than could be obtained on an arm's-length  basis
from unrelated third parties,  (ii) transactions between or among Me Company and
its  wholly-owned  Subsidiaries  not involving any other Affiliate and (iii) any
Restricted  Payment  permitted by Section 8.05, or (b) convey or transfer to any
other  Person  (including  the  Company or any  Subsidiary)  any real  property,
buildings, or fixtures used in the manufacturing or production operations of the
Company  or  any  Subsidiary,  or  convey  or  transfer  to the  Company  or any
Subsidiary any other assets  (excluding  conveyances or transfer in the ordinary
course of business) if at the time of such conveyance or transfer any Default or
Event of  Default  exists  or would  exist as a  result  of such  conveyance  or
transfer.

                  SECTION 8.8 RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS.  The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly,  enter into,
incur or permit to exist any  agreement  or other  arrangement  that  prohibits,
restricts or imposes any condition upon (a) the ability of the Company or any of
its  Subsidiaries  to create,  incur or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its
property or assets,  or (b) the ability of any  Subsidiary  to pay  dividends or
other  distributions  with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make
or repay  loans  or  advances  to the  Company  or any  other  Subsidiary  or to
Guarantee Indebtedness of the Company or any other Subsidiary; PROVIDED that (i)
the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions  and conditions  imposed by law or
by this  Agreement,  (ii) the  foregoing  shall  not apply to  restrictions  and
conditions  existing on the date hereof under the Senior Credit  Agreement as in
effect on the date hereof or otherwise  identified  on Schedule  8.08 (but shall
apply to any extension, renewal, amendment or modification thereof which expands
the scope of, any such restriction or condition),  (iii) the foregoing shall not
apply to customary  restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating
to the sale of a Subsidiary  pending such sale,  provided such  restrictions and
conditions  apply  only to the  Subsidiary  that is to be sold and such  sale is
permitted  hereunder,  (iv)  clause  (a) of the  foregoing  shall  not  apply to
restrictions  or  conditions  imposed  by  any  agreement  relating  to  secured
Indebtedness  permitted by this  Agreement if such  restrictions  or  conditions
apply only to the property or assets securing such  Indebtedness  and (v) clause
(a) of the foregoing shall not apply to customary provisions in leases and other
contracts  entered  into in the  ordinary  course of  business  restricting  the
assignment thereof.



                                      -49-
<PAGE>
                  SECTION 8.9 FINANCIAL COVENANTS.

                  (a) INTEREST  COVERAGE RATIO.  The Company will not permit the
Interest  Coverage Ratio to be less than the following  respective  ratios as at
the last day of each fiscal quarter during the following respective periods:

             PERIOD                                  RATIO
From the Closing Date through
October 31, 1998                                 2.00 to 1.00
From November 1, 1998 through
October 31, 2000                                 2.50 to 1.00
From November 1, 2000 and at                     3.00 to 1.00
all times thereafter

                                    (b) TOTAL NET FUNDED  DEBT  COVERAGE  RATIO.
                  The Company will not permit the Total Net Funded Debt Coverage
                  Ratio to exceed the  following  respective  ratios at any time
                  during the following respective periods:

           PERIOD                                     RATIO
From the Closing Date through
October 31, 1998                                 5.25 to 1.00
From November 1, 1998 through
October 31, 2000                                 4.50 to 1.00
From November 1, 2000 and at                     4.00 to 1.00
all times thereafter

                                    (c) MINIMUM NET WORTH.  The Company shall at
                  all times maintain Consolidated Net Worth of not less than the
                  sum of (a) $45,000,000  (increasing to $50,000,000 on December
                  31,  1999),  (b) Ban 50% of the  cumulative  Consolidated  Net
                  Income for each fiscal quarter ending on or after December 31,
                  1997 (but specifically not including any Consolidated Net Loss
                  for any  such  fiscal  quarter)  plus (c) the  cumulative  net
                  proceeds of all equity  offerings (if any) made by the Company
                  for each fiscal quarter ending on or after September 30, 1997.



                                      -50-
<PAGE>
                  SECTION 8.10 MODIFICATIONS OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS.

                  (a) The  Company  will  not,  and will not  permit  any of its
Subsidiaries to, change, amend,  supplement or otherwise modify the terms of the
Senior  Credit  Documents,  or refund or refinance  the same,  without the prior
consent  of the  Required  Investors,  if the effect of such  amendment  or such
refunding or refinancing is to:

                  (i) impose  upon the  Company,  directly  or  indirectly,  any
         prohibition  or limitation on its ability to make  regularly  scheduled
         payments of principal of or interest on the Notes, or any other amounts
         owing to the Investors under this Agreement,  except as provided in the
         subordination provisions set forth in Article XI; and

                  (ii) extend or shorten the  scheduled  maturity of any payment
         of any principal amount of the loans under the Senior Credit Agreement,
         except (x) altering or modifying the payment  schedule of such loans so
         as to cause the  average  life to maturity of such loans to be not more
         than three years longer than the average life to maturity of such loans
         as of the date hereof or (y) extending the final  maturity date of such
         loans by more than three years.

                  (b) The  Company  will  not,  and will not  permit  any of its
Subsidiaries to, consent to any modification, supplement or waiver of any of the
provisions of its certificate of  incorporation,  certificates of designation of
preferred  stock or by-laws,  if such  modification,  supplement or waiver could
reasonably be expected to be adverse to the interests of the Investors,  in each
case without the prior consent of the Required Investors.

                  SECTION  8.11 NATURE OF  BUSINESS.  The Company  will not, and
will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any
business  other than  businesses  of the type  conducted  by the Company and its
Subsidiaries  on the date  hereof and  businesses  reasonably  related  thereto;
PROVIDED that nothing herein shall prevent the Company and its Subsidiaries from
(i) expanding  the location of its business or businesses in the United  States,
(ii) ceasing or omitting to exercise any rights, licenses, permits or franchises
which in good faith in the judgment of the Company and its  Subsidiaries  can no
longer be  profitably  exercised or (iii)  engaging in a business or  businesses
that are ancillary to those engaged in by the Company or such  Subsidiary on the
date hereof.


                                      -51-

<PAGE>
                  SECTION 8.12 SALE OF  SUBSIDIARIES.  The Company will not, and
will not permit any of its  Subsidiaries  to, sell or  otherwise  dispose of any
shares of capital stock of or other ownership interest in any Subsidiary (except
in connection with any acquisition, merger or consolidation permitted by Section
8.03) or permit any  Subsidiary  to issue any  additional  shares of its capital
stock or other  incidents  of  ownership  except on a pro rata  basis to all its
stockholders, partners or owners, as the case may be.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                EVENTS OF DEFAULT

                  SECTION  9.1  EVENTS  OF  DEFAULT:  REMEDIES.  If  any  of the
following events ("EVENTS OF DEFAULT") shall occur:

                  (a) the Company  shall fail to pay any  principal  of any Note
when and as the same  shall  become  due and  payable,  whether  at the due date
thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

                  (b) the Company  shall fail to pay any interest on any Note or
any fee or any other amount  (other than an amount  referred to in clause (a) of
this Section 9.01) payable  under this  Agreement or the Notes,  when and as the
same shall become due and payable,  and such failure shall  continue  unremedied
for a paled of five days;

                  (c) any  representation  or warranty made or deemed made by or
on  behalf of the  Obligors  in or in  connection  with  this  Agreement  or any
amendment  or  modification  hereof,  or in any report,  certificate,  financial
statement or other  document  furnished  pursuant to or in connection  with this
Agreement or any  amendment  or  modification  hereof,  shall prove to have been
incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made;

                  (d) the Company shall fail to observe or perform any covenant,
condition or agreement contained in Section 7.01(a) through (d) and such failure
shall continue unremedied for a period of ten days after notice thereof from any
Investor to the Company;

                  (e) the Company shall fail to observe or perform any covenant,
condition or agreement contained in Article VII and Article VIII;


                                      -52-
<PAGE>
                  (f) the Company shall fail to observe or perform any covenant,
condition or agreement  contained in this Agreement  (other than those specified
in clauses (a) through (e), inclusive,  of this Article), and such failure shall
continue  unremedied  for a period  of 30 days  after  notice  thereof  from any
Investor to the company;

                  (g) the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  shall  fail to make  any
payment  (whether of principal or interest  and  regardless  of amount) at final
maturity  in  respect  of any  Indebtedness  (other  than the  Notes)  having an
aggregate unpaid principal balance in excess of $1,000,000, when and as the same
shall become due and  payable,  or any  default,  event or  condition  occurs or
exists with respect to such  Indebtedness,  or under any agreement or instrument
evidencing,  securing  or related  to such  Indebtedness,  that  results in such
Indebtedness becoming due prior to its stated maturity date;

                  (h)  an  involuntary  proceeding  shall  be  commenced  or  an
involuntary  petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation,  reorganization or
other relief in respect of the Company or any  Subsidiary or its debts,  or of a
substantial part of its assets, under any Federal,  state or foreign bankruptcy,
insolvency,  receivership  or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the
appointment  of a receive,  trustee,  custodian,  sequestrator,  conservator  or
similar  official for the Company or any Subsidiary or for a substantial part of
its assets,  and, in any such case,  such  proceeding or petition shall continue
undismissed  for 60 days or an order or decree  approving  or ordain" any of the
foregoing shall be entered;

                  (i)  the  Company  or any  Subsidiary  shall  (i)  voluntarily
commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization
or other  relief  under any Federal,  state or foreign  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
receivership  or similar law now or  hereafter  in effect,  (ii)  consent to the
institution  of, or fail to  contest  in a timely and  appropriate  manner,  any
proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Section 9.01, (iii) apply
for  or  consent  to  the  appointment  of  a  receiver,   trustee,   custodian,
sequestrator,  conservator or similar official for the Company or any Subsidiary
or for a  substantial  part of its  assets,  (iv) file an answer  admitting  the
material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding,  (v)
make a general  assignment  for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action
for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;



                                      -53-
<PAGE>
                  (j) the Company or any Subsidiary  shall become unable,  admit
in writing or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

                  (k) one or more  judgments  for the  payment  of  money  in an
aggregate  amount in excess of $1,000,000 (not fully covered by insurance) shall
be rendered against the Company,  any Subsidiary or any combination  thereof and
the same shall remain  undischarged  for a period of 60 consecutive  days during
which execution shall not be effectively  stayed, or any action shall be legally
taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or
any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

                  (l) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the reasonable
opinion of the  Required  Investors,  when taken  together  with all other ERISA
Events that have occurred,  could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect; or

                  (m) the actual or asserted  invalidity of the Guarantee of any
Subsidiary under this Agreement;

then,  and in every such event  (other than an event with respect to any Obligor
described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section 9.01), and at any time thereafter
during the continuance of such event,  the Required  Investors may, by notice to
the  Company  (with a copy to the Senior Debt  Representative  in the manner set
forth in Section  11.13,  PROVIDED that the failure to provide such copy, or any
delay in so providing such copy,  shall not affect the validity of such notice),
declare the Notes then  outstanding  to be due and payable in whole (or in part,
in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter
be declared to be due and payable),  and thereupon the principal of the Notes so
declared to be due and payable,  together with accrued  interest thereon and all
fees and other  obligations of the Company accrued  hereunder,  shall become due
and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of
any kind,  all of which are hereby  waived by the  Obligors;  and in case of any
event with respect to any Obligor described in clause (h) or (i) of this Section
9.01,  the  principal  of the Notes  then  outstanding,  together  with  accrued
interest  thereon  and all fees and other  obligations  of the  Company  accrued
hereunder,  shall  automatically  become due and payable,  without  presentment,
demand,  protest or other notice of any kind,  all of which are hereby waived by
the Company.




                                      -54-

<PAGE>
                                    ARTICLE X

                              SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEE

                  SECTION 10.1 THE GUARANTEE.  The Subsidiary  Guarantors hereby
jointly and severally  guarantee to each Investor and its successors and assigns
the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration
or  otherwise)  of the  principal  of and  interest on the Note(s)  held by each
Investor  of, the Company and all other  amounts  from time to time owing to the
Investors  by the  Company  under this  Agreement  and the  Notes,  in each case
strictly in accordance  with the terms thereof  (such  obligations  being herein
collectively  called the "GUARANTEED  OBLIGATIONS").  The Subsidiary  Guarantors
hereby further jointly and severally agree that if the Company shall fail to pay
in full when due (whether at stated maturity,  by acceleration or otherwise) any
of the Guaranteed  Obligations,  the Subsidiary Guarantors will promptly pay the
same,  without  any  demand  or notice  whatsoever,  and that in the case of any
extension  of time of payment or renewal of any of the  Guaranteed  Obligations,
the same will be promptly  paid in full when due (whether at extended  maturity,
by  acceleration  or otherwise) in accordance with the tams of such extension or
renewal.

                  SECTION 10.2 OBLIGATIONS UNCONDITIONAL. The obligations of the
Subsidiary Guarantors under Section 10.01 are absolute and unconditional,  joint
and several,  irrespective of the value,  genuineness,  validity,  regularity or
enforceability of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, the Notes
or any other  agreement  or  instrument  referred to herein or  therein,  or any
substitution,  release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any
of  the  Guaranteed  Obligations,  and,  to  the  fullest  extent  permitted  by
applicable  law,  irrespective of any other  circumstance  whatsoever that might
otherwise  constitute a legal or  equitable  discharge or defense of a surety or
guarantor, it being the intent of this Section 10.02 that the obligations of the
Subsidiary  Guarantors hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional,  joint and
several, under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing,  it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following
shall not altar or impair the liability of the Subsidiary  Guarantors  hereunder
which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

                  (i) at any time or from  time to time,  without  notice to the
         Subsidiary Guarantors, the time for any performance of or


                                      -55-
<PAGE>
         compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations Hall be extended,
         or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

                  (ii) any of the acts  mentioned  in any of the  provisions  of
         this  Agreement  or the  Notes or any  other  agreement  or  instrument
         referred to herein or therein shall be done or omitted;

                  (iii) the maturity of any of the Guaranteed  Obligations shall
         be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified,
         supplemented  or  amended  in any  respect,  or any  right  under  this
         Agreement or the Notes or any other agreement or instrument referred to
         herein or therein shall be waived or any other  guarantee of any of the
         Guaranteed  Obligations  or any security  therefor shall be released or
         exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or

                  (iv) any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of,
         any Investor as security for any of the  Guaranteed  Obligations  shall
         fail to be perfected.

The Subsidiary Guarantors hereby expressly waive diligence,  presentment, demand
of payment,  protest and all notices  whatsoever,  and any requirement  that any
Investor exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against the Company under
this  Agreement or the Notes or any other  agreement or  instrument  referred to
herein or therein,  or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or
security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

                  SECTION 10.3 REINSTATEMENT.  The obligations of the Subsidiary
Guarantors under this Article X shall be automatically  reinstated if and to the
extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Company in respect
of the Guaranteed  Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any
holder  of  any  of the  Guaranteed  Obligations,  whether  as a  result  of any
proceedings  in bankruptcy  or  reorganization  or otherwise and the  Subsidiary
Guarantors jointly and severally agree that they will indemnify each Investor on
demand for all reasonable  costs and expenses  (including,  without  limitation,
reasonable  fees of counsel)  incurred by such Investor in connection  with such
rescission or  restoration,  including  any such costs and expenses  incurred in
defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference,
fraudulent  transfer or similar  payment  under any  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or
similar law.



                                      -56-
<PAGE>
                  SECTION 10.4  SUBROGATION.  Each Subsidiary  Guarantor  hereby
waives all rights of subrogation or contribution, whether arising by contract or
operation of law (including,  without  limitation,  any such right arising under
the Bankruptcy Code) or otherwise by reason of any payment by it pursuant to the
provisions of this Article X and further agrees with the Company for the benefit
of each of its creditors (including, without limitation, each Investor) that any
such payment by it shall constitute a contribution of capital by such Subsidiary
Guarantor to the Company (or an investment in the equity  capital of the Company
by such Subsidiary Guarantor).

                  SECTION 10.5 REMEDIES.  The Subsidiary  Guarantors jointly and
severally  agree that, as between the  Subsidiary  Guarantors and the Investors,
the  obligations  of the  Company  under  this  Agreement  and the  Notes may be
declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Article IX (and shall be
deemed  to have  become  automatically  due  and  payable  in the  circumstances
provided in Article IX) for purposes of Section 10.01  notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations
from becoming automatically due and payable) as against the Company and that, in
the event of such declaration (or such  obligations  being deemed to have become
automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable
by the  Company)  shall  forthwith  become  due and  payable  by the  Subsidiary
Guarantors for purposes of Section 10.01.

                  SECTION  10.6  INSTRUMENT  FOR  THE  PAYMENT  OF  MONEY.  Each
Subsidiary  Guarantor hereby  acknowledges  that the guarantee in this Article X
constitutes an instrument for the payment of money, and consents and agrees that
any Investor,  at its sole option,  in the event of a dispute by such Subsidiary
Guarantor  in the payment of any moneys due  hereunder,  shall have the right to
bring motion-action under New York CPLR Section 3213.

                  SECTION  10.7  CONTINUING  GUARANTEE.  The  guarantee  in this
Article  X  is a  continuing  guarantee,  and  shall  apply  to  all  Guaranteed
Obligations whenever arising.

                  SECTION 10.8 RIGHTS OF CONTRIBUTION. The Subsidiary Guarantors
hereby agree,  as between  themselves,  that if any Subsidiary  Guarantor  shall
become an Excess  Funding  Guarantor (as defined below) by reason of the payment
by  such  Subsidiary  Guarantor  of  any  Guaranteed  Obligations,   each  other
Subsidiary  Guarantor  shall,  on demand of such Excess  Funding  Guarantor (but
subject to the next sentence), pay to such


                                      -57-

<PAGE>
Excess Funding Guarantor an amount equal to such Subsidiary Guarantor's Pro Rata
Share (as defined below and determined,  for this purpose,  without reference to
the property,  debts and  liabilities of such Excess  Funding  Guarantor) of the
Excess Payment (as defined below) in respect of such Guaranteed Obligations. The
payment  obligation of a Subsidiary  Guarantor to any Excess  Funding  Guarantor
under this Section 10.08 shall be subordinate and subject in right of payment to
the prior payment in full of the obligations of such Subsidiary  Guarantor under
the other  provisions of this Article X and such Excess Funding  Guarantor shall
not exercise  any right or remedy with respect to such excess until  payment and
satisfaction in full of all of such obligations.

                  For  purposes  of this  Section  10.08,  (i)  "EXCESS  FUNDING
GUARANTOR"  means,  in  respect  of any  Guaranteed  Obligations,  a  Subsidiary
Guarantor  that has  paid an  amount  in  excess  of its Pro Rata  Share of such
Guaranteed  Obligations,   (ii)  "EXCESS  PAYMENT"  means,  in  respect  of  any
Guaranteed Obligations, the amount paid by an Excess Funding Guarantor in excess
of its Pro Rata Share of such Guaranteed  Obligations and (iii) "PRO RATA SHARE"
means, for any Subsidiary Guarantor, the ratio (expressed as a parentage) of (x)
the amount by which the aggregate present fair saleable value of all property of
such Subsidiary Guarantor (excluding any shares of stock of any other Subsidiary
Guarantor)  exceeds  the  amount  of all  the  debts  and  liabilities  of  such
Subsidiary  Guarantor  (including   contingent,   subordinated,   unmatured  and
unliquidated  liabilities,  but excluding  the  obligations  of such  Subsidiary
Guarantor  hereunder and any obligations of any other Subsidiary  Guarantor that
have been  Guaranteed by such  Subsidiary  Guarantor) to (y) the amount by which
the  aggregate  fair  saleable  value of all  property of all of the  Subsidiary
Guarantors  exceeds  the  amount  of all the debts  and  liabilities  (including
contingent,  subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated liabilities, but excluding
the  obligations  of the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  hereunder)  of the  Subsidiary
Guarantors,  determined (A) with respect to any  Subsidiary  Guarantor that is a
party hereto on the Closing Date,  as of the Closing Date,  and (B) with respect
to any other  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  as of the date such  Subsidiary  Guarantor
becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder.

                  SECTION 10.9 GENERAL LIMITATION ON GUARANTEE  OBLIGATIONS.  In
any action or  proceeding  involving  any state  corporate  law, or any state or
Federal bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other law affecting the rights
of creditors  generally,  if the obligations of the Subsidiary  Guarantors under
Section 10.01 would  otherwise,  be held or  determined  to be void,  invalid or
unenforceable, or subordinated to the claims of any


                                      -58-

<PAGE>
other creditors,  on account of the amount of its liability under Section 10.01,
then,  notwithstanding any other provision hereof to the contrary, the amount of
such liability  shall,  without any further action by any Subsidiary  Guarantor,
any Investor or any other Person,  be  automatically  limited and reduced to the
highest amount that is valid and enforceable and not  subordinated to the claims
of other creditors as determined in such action or proceeding.

                  SECTION 10.10 SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES.  The obligations of
the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Article X to the Investors are subordinated
as provided in Section 11.11.

                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  SUBORDINATION

                  SECTION 11.1 AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE.  The Company  covenants
and agrees, and each Investor likewise covenants and agrees, that, to the extent
and in the manner  hereinafter  set forth in this Article XI, the payment of the
principal of and interest and premium (if any) on the Notes,  and all other sums
due and payable by the Company to the Investors  hereunder (for purposes of this
Article XI,  collectively,  the "Subordinated  Debt"), are hereby expressly made
subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash
of all Senior Debt. Each Investor hereby agrees not to amend or otherwise modify
any  provision of this Article XI (and any defined term used in this Article XI)
without the prior written  consent of the requisite  number of holders of Senior
Debt as provided in the Senior Credit Agreement.  The holders of Senior Debt and
their agent under the Senior Credit  Agreement are third-party  beneficiaries of
the provisions of this Article XI and are entitled to rely thereon.

                  SECTION 11.2 BANKRUPTCY, LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION, ETC. In the
event  of  (a)  any  insolvency  or  bankruptcy  case  or  proceeding,   or  any
receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in
connection therewith,  relative to the Company or to its creditors,  as such, or
to its assets,  or (b) any  liquidation,  dissolution or other winding up of the
Company,   whether  voluntary  or  involuntary  and  whether  or  not  involving
insolvency or bankruptcy,  or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or
any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company,  then and in any
such event:



                                      -59-
<PAGE>
                  (i) the  holders of Senior  Debt shall be  entitled to receive
         payment  in full in cash of all  amounts  due or to become due on or in
         respect of all Senior Debt,  before any Investor is entitled to receive
         any payment on account of the Subordinated Debt; and

                  (ii) any payment or  distribution  of assets of the Company of
         any kind or  character,  whether in cash,  property or  securities,  by
         set-off or otherwise,  to which any Investor  would be entitled but for
         the  provisions  of this  Article  XI,  including  any such  payment or
         distribution  which  may be  payable  or  deliverable  by reason of the
         payment of any other  Indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to
         the  payment  of the  Subordinated  Debt  (other  than any  payment  or
         distribution in the form of equity or debt securities of the Company or
         any  successor  obliger  of  Senior  Debt  provided  for by a  plan  of
         reorganization  or  readjustment  which,  in the case of any such  debt
         securities, are (x) subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Debt
         that may at the time be  outstanding  to the same  extent  as,  or to a
         greater extent than, the Subordinated Debt is subordinate to the Senior
         Debt as  provided in this  Article XI and (y) are not payable  prior to
         the  payment  in  full  of  the  Senior  Debt)  shall  be  paid  by the
         liquidating  trustee or agent or other  person  making such  payment or
         distribution,   whether  a  trustee  in   bankruptcy,   a  receiver  or
         liquidating  trustee or  otherwise,  directly  to the holders of Senior
         Debt or their  representative or  representatives  or to the trustee or
         trustees under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any
         of such  Senior Debt may have been  issued,  ratably  according  to the
         aggregate  amounts  remaining unpaid on account of the principal of and
         interest  and premium (if any) on, the Senior Debt held or  represented
         by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full in cash of all
         Senior Debt  remaining  unpaid,  after giving effect to any  concurrent
         payment or distribution to the holders of such Senior Debt; and

                  (iii)  in  the  event  that,   notwithstanding  the  foregoing
         provisions of this Section 11.02,  any Investor shall have received any
         such  payment or  distribution  of assets of the Company of any kind or
         character, whether in cash, property or securities,  including any such
         payment or  distribution  which may be payable or deliverable by reason
         of  the  payment  of  any  other  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  being
         subordinated to the payment of the Subordinated Debt (but excluding any
         payment of the character  described in the parenthetical  clause in the
         foregoing clause (ii)) before all


                                      -60-
<PAGE>
         Senior  Debt  is paid in full in  cash,  then  and in such  event  such
         payment  or  distribution  shall be held in trust  for the  holders  of
         Senior  Debt and paid over or  delivered  forthwith  to the  trustee in
         bankruptcy,  receiver,  liquidating trustee, custodian, assignee, agent
         or other Person making payment or distribution of assets of the Company
         for application to the payment of all Senior Debt remaining  unpaid, to
         the  extent  necessary  to pay all Senior  Debt in full in cash,  after
         giving effect to any concurrent  payment or  distribution to or for the
         holders of Senior Debt.

                  If the  Investors  shall have failed to file proper  claims or
proofs of claim with respect to the Notes in any proceeding of the type referred
to in the first  sentence  of this  Section  11.02  prior to 30 days  before the
expiration  of the time to file such  claims or proofs of claim,  the  Investors
hereby appoint and empower the Senior Debt Representative to file such claims or
proofs of claim, and if the Investors shall fail to vote any such claim at least
15 days prior to the  expiration  of the time to vote such claim,  the Investors
hereby  appoint and empower the Senior Debt  Representative  to vote such claim;
PROVIDED  that the Senior Debt  Representative  shall have no obligation to file
and/or vote any such claim.  If the Senior  Debt  Representative  votes any such
claim in accordance  with the  provisions of this paragraph no Investor shall be
entitled to modify,  revoke or withdraw such vote.  The Investors  shall execute
and deliver,  at the expense of the holders of the Senior Debt, such agreements,
instruments  and  documents  as the Senior Debt  Representative  may  reasonably
request to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

                  SECTION 11.3  NO PAYMENT IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES.

                  (a) In the event  that any  principal  of or  interest  on the
Senior  Debt is not paid when due,  whether  at stated  maturity,  by  mandatory
prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise, but after expiration of any applicable
grace  period  (each a  "SENIOR  DEBT  PAYMENT  DEFAULT")  and the  Senior  Debt
Representative  shall have given written notice of such  non-payment (a "Payment
Default Notice"),  then no payment shall be made by the Company,  or accepted by
any Investor,  on account of the Subordinated Debt unless and until such payment
shall have been made or such Senior Debt Payment Default is waived in accordance
with the tams of such Senior Debt.

                  (b) In the  event  that any  Event of  Default  under,  and as
defined in, the Senior Credit Agreement (other than a Senior Debt


                                      -61-
<PAGE>
Payment  Default) (each a "SENIOR DEBT NONPAYMENT  DEFAULT") shall have occurred
and be continuing and the Company and the Investors shall have received  written
notice  of  such  Senior  Debt   Non-Payment   Default   from  the  Senior  Debt
Representative (a "Payment Blockage  Notice"),  then no payment shall be made by
the Company,  or accepted by any Investor,  on account of the Subordinated  Debt
(including any  repurchase of the Notes) during the period (a "PAYMENT  BLOCKAGE
PERIOD")  commencing  on the date the Company and the  Investors  received  such
Payment  Blockage  Notice  and  ending on the  earlier  of (i) the date 180 days
thereafter and (ii) the date on which the Senior Debt NonPayment  Default giving
rise to the Payment  Blockage  Period is cured or waived in accordance  with the
terms of the Senior  Credit  Documents;  PROVIDED that (x) the holders of Senior
Debt shall not be entitled to  institute  a Payment  Blockage  Period more often
than once  within  any  period of 360  consecutive  days and (y) no Senior  Debt
Non-Payment  Default or event which,  with the giving of notice  and/or lapse of
time, would become a Senior Debt  Non-Payment  Default which existed on the date
of the commencement of any such blockage period may be used as the basis for any
subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such Senior Debt NonPayment Default or
event,  as the case may be, shall in the interim have been cured or waived for a
period of not less than 90 consecutive days.

                  (c) The  failure  of the  Company  to make  any  payment  with
respect to the  Subordinated  Debt by reason of the  operation  of this  Section
11.03 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default
hereunder.  Immediately  upon the  expiration  of any period  under this Section
11.03 during which no payment may be made on account of the  Subordinated  Debt,
the  Company  may  resume  making  any  and  all  payments  on  account  of  the
Subordinated  Debt  (including  any payment of  principal,  interest  (including
interest at the  applicable  post-default  interest  rate  specified  in Section
2.04(b)) or any other amount missed during such period).

                  (d) The  Company  will  not  make any  optional  or  mandatory
prepayment  of the Notes as provided for under  Section  3.01 and the  Investors
shall not  accept any such  prepayment  to the extent  that such  prepayment  is
prohibited  under the Senior  Credit  Agreement,  unless the  lenders  under the
Senior Credit Agreement shall have given their written consent thereto.

                  (e) In the event  that,  notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the
Investors shall have received any payment prohibited by the foregoing provisions
of this Section 11.03, then and in such event such payment


                                      -62-
<PAGE>
shall be held in trust  for the  holders  of the  Senior  Debt and paid  over or
delivered  forthwith  to the  agent  for the  holders  of the  Senior  Debt  for
application  to the Senior Debt  remaining  unpaid  after  giving  effect to any
concurrent  payment or  distribution to the holders of Senior Debt in respect of
the Savior Debt.  No amount paid by the Company to the Investors and paid ova by
the  Investors  to the  holders of the Senior Debt  pursuant to this  Article XI
shall, as between Me Company and the Investors, be deemed to be a payment by the
Company to or on account of the Subordinated Debt.

                  (f) The  provisions  of this Section  11.03 shall not apply to
any payment with respect to which Section 11.02 would be applicable.

                  SECTION 11.4 PAYMENTS OTHERWISE  PERMITTED.  Nothing contained
in this Article XI or elsewhere in this  Agreement or in the Notes shall prevent
the Company,  at any time except  during the  pendency of any case,  proceeding,
dissolution,  liquidation  or other  winding up,  assignment  for the benefit of
creditors or other marshalling of assets and liabilities of the Company referred
to in Section 11.02 or under the  conditions  described in Section  11.03,  from
making payments at any time of the Subordinated Debt.

                  SECTION  11.5  SUBROGATION.  Subject to the payment in full in
cash of all Senior Debt, the Investors  shall be subrogated to the rights of the
holders of such  Senior  Debt to receive  payments  and  distributions  of cash,
property and securities applicable to the Senior Debt until the principal of and
interest on the Notes shall be paid in full.  For purposes of such  subrogation,
no payments or distributions to the holders of Senior Debt of any cash, property
or securities to which the Investors would be entitled except for the provisions
of this  Article XI, and no payments  over  pursuant to the  provisions  of this
Article XI to the holders of Senior Debt by the  Investors  shall,  as among the
Company, its creditors (other than holders of Senior Debt), and the Investors be
deemed to be a payment or  distribution  by the  Company to or on account of the
Senior Debt.

                  SECTION 11.6 PROVISIONS SOLELY TO DEFINE RELATIVE RIGHTS.  The
provisions  of this  Article XI are and are  intended  solely for the purpose of
defining the relative rights of the Investors on the one hand and the holders of
Senior Debt on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article XI or elsewhere
in this Agreement or the Notes is intended to or shall (a) impair,  as among the
Company,  its creditors  (other than holders of Senior Debt) and the  Investors,
the obligation of the


                                      -63-
<PAGE>
Company,  which is  absolute  and  unconditional,  to pay to the  Investors  the
principal of and  interest or premium (if any) on, and any other amount  payable
by the Company  under,  the Notes or this  Agreement  as and when the same shall
become due and payable in accordance with their  respective  tams; or (b) affect
the relative  rights  against the Company of the  Investors and creditors of the
Company  (other than the holders of Senior  Debt);  or (c) prevent the Investors
from exercising all remedies otherwise  permitted by applicable law upon default
under this Agreement, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Debt (i) in
any case, proceeding,  dissolution,  liquidation or other winding up, assignment
for the benefit of creditors or other  marshalling of assets and  liabilities of
the  Company  referred  to in Section  11.02,  to  receive,  pursuant  to and in
accordance with such Section, cash, property and securities otherwise payable or
deliverable to the Investors or (ii) under the  conditions  specified in Section
11.03, to prevent any payment prohibited by Section 11.03.

                  SECTION 11.7 NO WAIVER OF SUBORDINATION  PROVISIONS.  No right
of any present or future holder of any Senior Debt to enforce  subordination  as
herein  provided  shall at any time in any way be  prejudiced or impaired by any
act or  failure  to act on the part of the  Company  or by any act or failure to
act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any  non-compliance by the Company
with the tams,  provisions  and covenants of this  Agreement,  regardless of any
knowledge thereof any such holder may have or be otherwise charged with. Without
in any way limiting the  generality  of the foregoing  sentence,  the holders of
Senior  Debt may,  at any time and from time to time,  without the consent of or
notice to the Investors,  without incurring  responsibility to the Investors and
without impairing or releasing the subordination  provided in this Article XI or
the obligations hereunder of the Investors to the holders of Senior Debt, do any
one or more of the following:  (a) change the manner,  place or terms of payment
or  extend  the  time of  payment  of,  or renew or  alter,  Senior  Debt or any
instrument  evidencing  the same or any  agreement  under  which  Senior Debt is
outstanding;  (b) sell,  exchange,  release or otherwise  deal with any property
pledged,  mortgaged or otherwise  securing  Senior Debt,  or waive any provision
thereof or the  occurrence  of any  default  thereunder;  (c) release any Person
liable in any manner for the  collection  of Senior  Debt;  and (d)  exercise or
refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

                  SECTION  11.8  NOTICE  TO   INVESTORS.   Notwithstanding   the
provisions of this Article XI or any other provision of this Agreement,


                                      -64-
<PAGE>
the Investors  shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts
that  would  prohibit  the  making  of  any  payment  to it in  respect  of  the
Subordinated  Debt,  unless and until the Investors shall have received  written
notice  thereof  from an Obligor or a holder of Senior Debt or from any trustee,
fiduciary  or agent  therefor;  and,  prior to the  receipt of any such  written
notice,  the Investors  shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such
facts exist.  The Investors shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a
written notice by a Person representing itself to be a holder of Senior Debt (or
a trustee,  fiduciary or agent  therefor) to establish that such notice has been
given by a holder of Senior Debt (or a trustee, fiduciary or agent therefor). In
the event that the  Investors  determine in good faith that further  evidence is
required  with  respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Debt to
participate  in any payment or  distribution  pursuant  to this  Article XI, the
Investors  may  request  such  Person  to  furnish  evidence  to the  reasonable
satisfaction  of the  Investors  as to the  amount of  Senior  Debt held by such
Person,  the extent to which such  Person is  entitled  to  participate  in such
payment or  distribution  and any other  facts  pertinent  to the rights of such
Person  under  this  Article  XI and if  such  evidence  is not  furnished,  the
Investors may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as
to the right of such Person to receive such payment.

                  SECTION 11.9  RELIANCE.  Upon any payment or  distribution  of
assets of the Company  referred to in this  Article XI, the  Investors  shall be
entitled  to rely  upon any order or decree  entered  by any court of  competent
jurisdiction in which such insolvency,  bankruptcy,  receivership,  liquidation,
reorganization,  dissolution,  winding  up or  similar  case  or  proceeding  is
pending,  or a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy,  receiver,  liquidating
trustee, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors, agent or other Person
making such payment or distribution,  delivered to the Investors for the purpose
of  ascertaining  the  Persons  entitled  to  participate  in  such  payment  or
distribution,  the holders of Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company,
the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed
thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XI.

                  SECTION 11.10  REINSTATEMENT.  If, at any time, all or part of
any payment with respect to Senior Debt  theretofore  made by the Company or any
other Person is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the holders of Senior
Debt for any reason whatsoever (including,  without limitation,  the insolvency,
bankruptcy  or  reorganization  of  the  Company  or  such  other  Person),  the
subordination provisions set forth in this


                                      -65-
<PAGE>
Article XI shall continue to be effective or be reinstated,  as the case may be,
all as though such payment had not been made.

                  SECTION 11.11 SUBSIDIARY  GUARANTEES.  The obligations of each
Subsidiary  Guarantor  under Article X are  subordinate  and subject in right of
payment in full in cash of any Senior Debt of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor to the
same extent and in the same manner set forth in the preceding provisions of this
Article XI and, for purposes of applying  this  Section 11 . 11,  references  in
such  preceding  sections  to "the  Company"  shall  be  deemed  to refer to the
relevant Subsidiary Guarantor.

                  SECTION 11.12 LIMITATIONS ON REMEDIES.

                  (a) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,
during any period  commencing on the date of receipt of a Payment Default Notice
under Section  11.03(a) or a Payment  Blockage Notice under Section 11.03(b) and
ending on the  earlier of (i) the date the  default  that is the subject of such
Payment Default Notice or Payment Blockage Notice,  as the case may be, is cured
or waived or (ii) 90 days after receipt by the Investors of such Payment Default
Notice or Payment Blockage  Notice,  as the case may be, the Investors shall not
(A)  accelerate the Notes as provided in Section 9.01, (B) initiate any judicial
proceeding  or action to collect the Notes or (C) initiate any case,  proceeding
or other action in respect of any Obligor of the type  referred to in clause (a)
or (b) of Section 11.02 unless,  prior to the expiration of such period, (x) the
holder or holders (or their  respective  agent(s)) of any Senior Debt shall take
any action of the type  referred to in clauses (A), (B) and (C) above in respect
of such Senior Debt or (y) any Senior  Debt and/or the  Subordinated  Debt shall
have become automatically due payable in accordance with their respective tams.

                  (b) Prior to taking  any  action  of the type  referred  to in
clauses  (A),  (B) and (C) of Section  11.12(a),  the  Investors  shall give the
Senior  Debt  Representative  not  less  than 5  Business  Days'  notice  of the
Investors'  intent to take any such action (which notice may be given during the
continuation  of any paled during which the Investors are blocked from receiving
payments under Section 11.03).

                  SECTION  11.13  NOTICES.  All notices or other  communications
required  or  permitted  to be made by the  holders of Senior Debt or the Senior
Debt   Representative   to  the  Investors  shall  be  made  to  the  Investor's
Representative, at its address provided under Section 12.01


                                      -66-
<PAGE>
(and  upon  receipt  of  any  such  notice  or  communication,   the  Investor's
Representative  shall  furnish a copy  thereof  to each  Investor,  and  receipt
thereof  by the  Investor's  Representative  shall  be  deemed  to  satisfy  the
requirements  of this  Article XI for  delivery  thereof to the  Investors).  By
acceptance  of the benefits of this Article XI, the holders of Senior Debt agree
with the  Investors  that (i) all  notices or other  communications  required or
permitted  to be made to the holders of Senior Debt under this Article XI by the
Investors  or the  Investor's  Representative  may be  made to the  Senior  Debt
Representative  at its address  specified in Section  10.03 of the Senior Credit
Agreement  and  (ii)  SunTrust  Bank,   South  Florida,   National   Association
("SunTrust")  shall be the Senior Debt  Representative  for all purposes  hereof
until such time as the Investor's  Representative  shall have received notice in
writing from SunTrust or the then current Senior Debt Representative  specifying
a  new   Servitor   Debt   Representative,   following   which  the   Investor's
Representative and each Investor shall be fully protected in dealing solely with
such Senior Debt Representative for purposes of this Article XI.


                                   ARTICLE XII

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION 12.1 NOTICES.  Except in the case of notices and other
communications  expressly  permitted to be given by  telephone,  all notices and
other  communications  provided  for  herein  shall be in  writing  and shall be
delivered  by  hand  or  overnight  courier  service,  mailed  by  certified  or
registered mail or sent by telecopy,  to the intended  recipient  thereof at its
respective  address  (or  telecopy  number)  set forth  beneath  its name on the
signature  pages  hereto.  Any party  hereto may change its  address or telecopy
number for notices  and other  communications  hereunder  by notice to the other
parties hereto. All notices and other  communications  given to any party hereto
in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been
given on the date of receipt or if mailed by certified mail or registered  mail,
on the date three days after the date of mailing.

                  SECTION 12.2 WAIVERS; AMENDMENTS.

                  (a) No  failure or delay by any  Investor  in  exercising  any
right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single
or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any


                                      -67-
<PAGE>
abandonment  or  discontinuance  of steps  to  enforce  such a right  or  power,
preclude  any other or further  exercise  thereof or the  exercise  of any other
right  or  power.  The  rights  and  remedies  of the  Investors  hereunder  are
cumulative  and are not  exclusive  of any  rights or  remedies  that they would
otherwise  have. No waiver of any provision of this  Agreement or consent to any
departure by the Obligors  therefrom shall in any event be effective  unless the
same  shall be patted by  paragraph  (b) of this  Section  12.02,  and then such
waiver or consent shall be effective  only in the specific  instance and for the
purpose for which given.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,  the
issuance of a Note shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless
of whether any  Investor may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the
time.

                  (b) Neither this  Agreement  nor any  provision  hereof may be
waived,  amended or modified  except  pursuant to an agreement or  agreements in
writing entered into by the Obligors and the Required  Investors;  PROVIDED that
no such agreement shall (i) increase the commitment of any Investor  without the
written consent of such Investor,  (ii) reduce the principal  amount of any Note
or reduce the rate of interest  thereon,  or reduce any fees payable  hereunder,
without the written consent of each Investor  affected  thereby,  (iii) postpone
the  scheduled  date of  payment  of the  principal  amount of any Note,  or any
interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder,  or reduce the amount of, waive
or excuse any such payment,  or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any
commitment  of any  Investor,  without  the  written  consent  of each  Investor
affected  thereby,  (iv) change any provision of this Agreement that would alter
the pro rata  sharing of  payments  required  thereunder,  without  the  written
consent of each  Investor,  or (v) change any of the  provisions of this Section
12.02 or the definition of "Required  Investors" or any other  provision  hereof
specifying  the number or  percentage of Investors  required to waive,  amend or
modify any  rights  hereunder  or make any  determination  or grant any  consent
hereunder,  without  the  written  consent  of  each  Investor.  Notwithstanding
anything  herein to the  contrary,  in the event  that  within 60 days after the
Closing  Date the  Company  requests  the  Investors  to amend  or  modify  this
Agreement  to  increase  the  aggregate  principal  amount of the  Notes  issued
hereunder, such amendment will require the consent of each Investor.

                  SECTION 12.3  EXPENSES; INDEMNITY; DAMAGE WAIVER.

                  (a) The  Company  shall pay (i) all  reasonable  out-of-pocket
expenses incurred by any Investor and its Affiliates, including the


                                      -68-
<PAGE>
reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Milbank,  Tweed,  Hadley & McCloy,
special New York counsel to Chase Capital,  in connection with the  preparation,
negotiation,  execution  and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  or any  amendments,
modifications  or  waivers  of  the  provisions   hereof  (whether  or  not  the
transactions  contemplated  hereby or thereby shall be consummated,  subject, in
the case of Chase Capital and its  Affiliates  only, to the limitation set forth
in the letter  between the Company and Chase Capital  Partners  dated October 1,
1997 and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Investor, including the
above fees,  charges and  disbursements  of any  counsel  for any  Investor,  in
connection  with the  enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with
this Agreement,  including its rights under this Section 12.03, or in connection
with the Notes  issued  hereunder,  including  in  connection  with any workout,
restructuring or negotiations in respect thereof.

                  (b) The  Company  shall  indemnify  each  Investor,  and  each
Related Party of any of the foregoing  Poisonous  (each such Person being called
an "INDEMNITEE")  against,  and hold each Indemnitee  harmless from, any and all
losses, claims, damages,  liabilities and related expenses,  including the fees,
charges and  disbursements  of any counsel  for any  Indemnitee,  incurred by or
asserted  against any  Indemnitee  arising out of, in  connection  with, or as a
result of (i) the  execution or delivery of this  Agreement or any  agreement or
instrument  contemplated  hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their
respective  obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any
other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Note or the use of the proceeds
therefrom,  (iii)  any  actual or  alleged  presence  or  release  of  Hazardous
Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries,  or any Environmental  Liability related in any way to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation,
investigation or proceeding  relating to any of the foregoing,  whether based on
contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a
party thereto;  PROVIDED that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be
available  to the extent  that such  losses,  claims,  damages,  liabilities  or
related  expenses are determined by a court of competent  jurisdiction  by final
and nonappealable  judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful
misconduct of such Indemnitee. Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice
of any complaint or the commencement of any action or proceeding with respect to
which indemnification is being sought hereunder, such Indemnitee will notify the
Company in writing of such  complaint or of the  commencement  of such action or
proceeding, but failure so to notify the Company will not


                                      -69-
<PAGE>
relieve the Company from any liability  which the Company may have  hereunder or
otherwise,  except to the extent that such  failure  materially  prejudices  the
Company's  rights.  If the Company so elects or is requested by such Indemnitee,
the Company will assume the defense of such action or proceeding,  including the
employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee and the payment
of the fees and disbursements of such counsel, and in such event such Indemnitee
will  cooperate in connection  therewith as reasonably  requested by the Company
(subject to the expenses of such Indemnitee  being  reimbursed by the Company as
provided above). In the event,  however,  such Indemnitee  reasonably determines
that  having  common  counsel  would  present  such  counsel  with a conflict of
interest  or if the  Company  fails to  assume  the  defense  of the  action  or
proceeding in a timely manner,  then such Indemnitee may employ separate counsel
to represent or defend it in any such action or proceeding  and the Company will
pay the reasonable fees and  disbursements of such counsel,  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
that the Company will not be required to pay the fees and  disbursements of more
than one separate counsel for all Indemnified Parties in any jurisdiction in any
single action or  proceeding.  In any action or proceeding  the defense of which
the Company  assumes,  any Indemnitee will have the right to participate in such
litigation and to retain its own counsel at such Indemnitee's own expense.

                  (c) To the extent  permitted by  applicable  law, the Obligors
shall not assert,  and hereby waive,  any claim against any  Indemnitee,  on any
theory of liability,  for special,  indirect,  consequential or punitive damages
(as opposed to direct or actual damages)  arising out of, in connection with, or
as a result of, this  Agreement  or any  agreement  or  instrument  contemplated
hereby, the Transactions, any Note or the use of the proceeds thereof.

                  (e) All amounts due under this Section  12.03 shall be payable
promptly after written demand therefor.

                  SECTION 12.4 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

                  (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, all future holders of the Notes, and
their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Obligor
may assign or  otherwise  transfer  any of its rights or  obligations  hereunder
without the prior written consent of each Investor (and any attempted assignment
or transfer by any Obliger without such consent shall be null and void). Nothing
in this Agreement,


                                      -70-
<PAGE>
expressed or implied,  shall be construed to confer upon any Person  (other than
the parties hereto,  their  respective  successors and assigns  permitted hereby
and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of
the Investors and, to the extent  expressly  provided in Article XI, the holders
of Senior Debt and the Senior Debt Representative) any legal or equitable right,
remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  anything  herein  to  the  contrary,  no
Investor  may assign all or any portion of its rights under this  Agreement  and
the Note(s) held by such  Investor (i) to a Person  engaged in the  operation of
any  business  involving  the sale of  carbonic  gas or the  rental of bulls CO2
cylinders or high pressure cylinders,  (ii) to any Person other than a Qualified
Investor  and  (iii)  unless  such  assignment  complies  with the  registration
requirements (or an applicable exemption therefrom) under the Securities Act and
any applicable  state  securities laws. From and after the effective date of any
transfer of a Note by any holder  thereof to another  Person,  such Person shall
become a party to this Agreement,  be an "Investor" for all purposes hereof and,
to the extent of the  interest  assigned  pursuant  to such  transfer,  have the
rights and  obligations  of an Investor under this  Agreement,  and the relevant
transferring  Investor shall, to the extent of the interest assigned thereby, be
released  from its  obligations  under this  Agreement  (and, in the case of any
transfer  covering all of such  transferring  Investor's  rights and obligations
under this  Agreement,  such Investor shall cease to be a party hereto but shall
continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.03).

                  (c) The Company shall keep at its principal executive office a
register for the  registration  and registration of transfers of Notes. The name
and address of each holder of one or more Notes,  each transfer  thereof and the
name and address of each  transferee of one or more Notes shall be registered in
such register. Prior to due presentment for registration of transfer, the Person
in whose name any Note shall be  registered  shall be deemed and  treated as the
owner and holder thereof for all purposes  hereof,  and the Company shall not be
affected by any notice or knowledge to the  contrary.  The Company shall give to
any  holder  of a Note  that  is a  Qualified  Investor  promptly  upon  request
therefor,  a  complete  and  correct  copy of the  names  and  addresses  of all
registered holders of Notes.

                  (d)  Upon  surrender  of any Note at the  principal  executive
office of the Company for registration of transfer or exchange (and in


                                      -71-
<PAGE>
the  case  of a  surrender  for  registration  of  transfer,  duly  endorsed  or
accompanied by a written  instrument of transfer duly executed by the registered
holder of such Note or his attorney duly  authorized in writing and  accompanied
by the address for notices of each transferee of such Note or part thereof), the
Company shall execute and deliver,  at the Company's expense (except as provided
below),  one or more new Notes (as requested by the holder  thereof) in exchange
therefor,  in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unpaid principal amount
of the  surrendered  Note. Each such new Note shall be payable to such Person as
such  holder may request  and shall be  substantially  in the form of Exhibit A.
Each  such new Note  shall be  dated  and bear  interest  from the date to which
interest shall have been paid on the  surrendered  Note or dated the date of the
surrendered  Note if no interest  shall have been paid thereon.  The Company may
require  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to cover any  stamp tax or  governmental
charge  imposed in respect of any such  transfer  of Notes.  Notes  shall not be
transferred in denominations of less than $3,000,000, PROVIDED that if necessary
to enable the  registration  of  transfer  by a holder of its entire  holding of
Notes,  one  Note  may  be  in a  denomination  of  less  than  $3,000,000.  Any
transferee,  by its acceptance of a Note  registered in its name (or the name of
its  nominee),  shall be deemed to have  made the  representations  set forth in
Article IV.

                  SECTION   12.5   SURVIVAL.    All    covenants,    agreements,
representations   and  warranties  made  by  the  Obligors  herein  and  in  the
certificates  or other  instruments  delivered in connection with or pursuant to
this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties
hereto and shall survive the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement and the
issuance  of any Note  regardless  of any  investigation  made by any such other
party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that any Investor may have had notice
or knowledge of any Default or incorrect  representation or warranty at the time
any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as
long as the  principal of or any accrued  interest on any Note or any fee or any
other  amount  payable  under this  Agreement  is  outstanding  and unpaid.  The
provisions  of Section  12.03 shall  survive and remain in full force and effect
regardless of the  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  the
repayment of the Notes or the  termination  of this  Agreement or any  provision
hereof.

                  SECTION 12.6  COUNTERPARTS; INTEGRATION; EFFECTIVENESS.  This
Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties
hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an


                                      -72-
<PAGE>
original,  but all of  which  when  taken  together  shall  constitute  a single
contract.  This  Agreement  constitutes  the entire  contract  among the parties
relating  to the  subject  matter  hereof  and  supersede  any and all  previous
agreements and understandings,  oral or written,  relating to the subject matter
hereof Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement
by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of
this Agreement.

                  SECTION 12.7  SEVERABILITY.  Any  provision of this  Agreement
held to be invalid,  illegal or unenforceable  in any jurisdiction  shall, as to
such jurisdiction,  be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity,  illegality
or unenforceability without affecting the validity,  legality and enforceability
of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision
in a particular  jurisdiction  shall not invalidate  such provision in any other
jurisdiction.

                  SECTION 12.8  GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE
OF PROCESS.

                  (a) This Agreement  shall be construed in accordance  with and
governed by the law of the State of New York.

                  (b)  Each  Obligor  hereby  irrevocably  and   unconditionally
submits,  for itself and its property,  to the nonexclusive  jurisdiction of the
Supreme  Court of the State of New York  sitting  in New York  County and of the
United  States  District  Court of the  Southern  District of New York,  and any
appellate court from any thereof,  in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this  Agreement,  or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment,
and each of the parties hereto hereby  irrevocably  and  unconditionally  agrees
that all  claims in respect of any such  action or  proceeding  may be heard and
determined  in such New York State or, to the extent  permitted  by law, in such
Federal  court.  Each of the parties  hereto agrees that a final judgment in any
such  action or  proceeding  shall be  conclusive  and may be  enforced in other
jurisdictions  by suit on the judgment or in any other  manner  provided by law.
Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that any Investor may otherwise
have to bring any action or proceeding  relating to this  Agreement  against any
Obligor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

                  (c)  Each  Obligor  hereby  irrevocably  and   unconditionally
waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any


                                      -73-
<PAGE>
objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit,
action or proceeding  arising out of or relating to this  Agreement in any court
referred to in Section 12.08(b).  Each of the parties hereto hereby  irrevocably
waives,  to the fullest extent  permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient
forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

                  (d)  Each  party to this  Agreement  irrevocably  consents  to
service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 12.01.  Nothing
in this  Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve
process in any other manner permitted by law.

                  SECTION 12.9 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.  EACH PARTY  HERETO  HEREBY
WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE
TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF
OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREBY (WHETHER
BASED ON CONTRACT,  TORT OR ANY OTHER  THEORY).  EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES
THAT NO  REPRESENTATIVE,  AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS  REPRESENTED,
EXPRESSLY  OR  OTHERWISE,  THAT SUCH  OTHER  PARTY  WOULD  NOT,  IN THE EVENT OF
LITIGATION,  SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B)  ACKNOWLEDGES  THAT IT
AND THE OTHER PARTIES  HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY,
AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 12.09.

                  SECTION 12.10 HEADINGS.  Article and Section  headings and the
Table of Contents used herein are for  convenience  of reference  only,  are not
part of this  Agreement  and shall not affect the  construction  of, or be taken
into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

                  SECTION 12.11 CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of the Investors agrees to
maintain the confidentiality of the Information (-as defined below), except that
Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates' directors, officers,
employees and agents,  including  accountants,  legal counsel and other advisors
(it being  understood  that the Persons to whom such  disclosure is made will be
informed of the  confidential  nature of such Information and instructed to keep
such  Information  confidential),  (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory
authority,  (c) to the extent  required by applicable  laws or regulations or by
any  subpoena or similar  legal  process  (and the  Investor  or the  Investor's
Representative shall promptly notify the Company of any such disclosure), (d) to
any other party to this  Agreement,  (e) in connection  with the exercise of any
remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to


                                      -74-

<PAGE>
this  Agreement  or the  enforcement  of rights  hereunder,  (f)  subject  to an
agreement containing provisions  substantially the same as those of this Section
12.11, to any transferee  permitted under Section 12.04  (including  prospective
transferee)  of its rights or  obligations  under this  Agreement,  (g) with the
consent  of the  Company  or (h) to the  extent  such  Information  (i)  becomes
publicly  available  other than as a result of a breach of this Section 12.11 or
(ii) becomes available to any Investor on a nonconfidential  basis from a source
other than the Company.  For the purposes of this Section  12.11,  "INFORMATION"
means all information  received from the Company  relating to the Company or any
Subsidiary or their respective business, other than any such information that is
available to any Investor on a nonconfidential  basis prior to disclosure by the
Company;  PROVIDED  that, in the case of  information  received from the Company
after the date hereof,  such  information  is clearly  identified at the time of
delivery as  confidential  unless such  information  is received  pursuant to an
inspection   under   Section   7.06.   Any  Person   required  to  maintain  the
confidentiality  of  Information  as  provided  in this  Section  12.11 shall be
considered  to have  complied  with its  obligation  to do so if such Person has
exercised  the same  degree  of care to  maintain  the  confidentiality  of such
Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential  information and
has taken measures to cause its representatives to do the same. Each holder of a
Note, by its acceptance of a Note,  will be deemed to have agreed to be bound by
and to be entitled to the  benefits  of this  Section  12.11 as though it were a
party to this Agreement.




                                      -75-
<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be
duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

                                             NUCO2 INC.


                                             By:/S/ JOSEPH CRISCUOLO
                                                -----------------------
                                                Title: President

                                             Address for Notices:

                                             NuCo2 Inc.
                                             2800 S.E. Market Place
                                             Stuart, Florida 34997

                                             Attention: Ms. Joann Sabatino

                                             Fax No.: (561) 221-1690

                                             Telephone No.: (561) 221-1754




                                      -76-
<PAGE>
                                             SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

                                             NUCO2 ACQUISITION CORP.


                                             By: /S/JOSEPH CRISCUOLO
                                                 -----------------------
                                               Title: Vice President


                                             KOCH COMPRESSED GASES, INC.


                                             By:/S/ JOSEPH CRISCUOLO
                                                -----------------------
                                                Title: Vice President



                                      -77-

<PAGE>
                                    INVESTORS

AMOUNT OF NOTE                         CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P.

$15,000,000                            By Chase Capital Partners, its general
                                       partner


                                       By:/S/ RICHARD D. WATERS
                                          ------------------------
                                          Title:

                                       Address for Notices:

                                       Chase Capital Partners
                                       380 Madison Avenue
                                       12th Floor
                                       New York, New York 10017

                                       Attention: Mr. Richard D. Waters, Jr.

                                       Fax No.: (212) 622-3950

                                       Telephone No.: (212) 622-3096



                                      -78-
<PAGE>



AMOUNT OF NOTE                         DK ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.

$5,000,000                             By M.H. Davidson & Co.,
                                            its general partner


                                       By: /S/ THOMAS L. KEMPNER
                                           -------------------------
                                           Title: General Partner

                                       Address for Notices:

                                       DK ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.
                                       c/o M.H. Davidson & Co.
                                       885 Third Avenue
                                       Suite 3300
                                       New York, New York 10022

                                       Attention: Mr. Thomas L. Kempner, Jr.

                                       Fax No.: (212) 371-4318

                                       Telephone No.: (212) 371-3000


                                      -79-
<PAGE>
AMOUNT OF NOTE

$2,000,000                             EMPIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, as executed on
                                       their behalf by their Investment Manager,
                                       Cohanzick Management, L.L.C.


                                       By: /S/ DAVID SHERMAN
                                           ---------------------
                                           Title: President

                                       Address for Notices:
                                       Empire Insurance Company
                                       122 Fifth Ave.
                                       New York, NY 10011
                                       Attn: Frank Colalucci
                                       Telephone No.: (212) 386-3113
                                       Fax No.: (212) 691-6374

                                       with a copy to:
                                       c/o Cohanzick Management, L.L.C.
                                       110 E. 42nd Street
                                       Suite 1305
                                       New York, New York 10017
                                       Attention:  Mr. David Sherman
                                       Fax No. (212) 953-5833
                                       Telephone No.:  (212) 953-6900




                                      -80-

<PAGE>


AMOUNT OF NOTE                         ORIX USA CORPORATION

$3,000,000

                                       By: /S/ FRANKLIN CLARKE
                                           -----------------------
                                           Title: President & CEO


                                       Address for Notices:

                                       Orix USA Corporation
                                       780 Third Avenue
                                       48th Floor
                                       New York, New York 10017

                                       Attention: Mr. Franklin Clarke

                                       Fax No.: (212) 418-8308

                                       Telephone No.: (212) 418-8355


                                      -81-

                                                                  EXECUTION COPY

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                  AMENDMENT NO. 1 dated as of November 14, 1997, between:

                  NUCO2 INC., a corporation  duly organized and validly existing
         under the laws of the State of Florida (the "Company") ;

                  each of the  Subsidiaries  of the Company  appearing under the
         caption  "SUBSIDIARY  GUARANTORS" on the signature pages hereto (each a
         "SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR" and, collectively,  the "SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS";
         and, together with the Company, the "Obligors"); and

                  each of the Investors,  including the Additional  Investor (as
         defined  below),   appearing  under  the  caption  "INVESTORS"  on  the
         signature  pages hereto (each,  an "INVESTOR",  and  collectively,  the
         "INVESTORS").

                  The  Obligors  and the  Investors  (other than the  Additional
Investor) are party to a Senior Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement dated as of
October 31, 1997 (as heretofore  modified and  supplemented and in effect on the
date  hereof,  the "NOTE  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT"),  pursuant  to which the Company
issued on  October  31,  1997 its 12% Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2004 in an
aggregate  principal  amount of $25,000,000 to such Investors.  PaineWebber High
Income Fund, a series of PaineWebber  Managed Investments Trust (the "ADDITIONAL
INVESTOR")  desires to become an Investor  party to the Note Purchase  Agreement
and to  purchase  from the  Company,  and the  Company  desires  to issue to the
Additional Investor,  an additional 12% Senior Subordinated Note due 2004 in the
principal  amount of  $5,000,000  having the same terms as the Notes  heretofore
issued by the Company  under the Note Purchase  Agreement.  The Obligors and the
Investors  (including the  Additional  Investor) wish to amend the Note Purchase
Agreement  to add the  Additional  Investor  as an  Investor  thereunder  and to
provide  for  the  issuance  of  such   additional   Notes  and  to  make  other
modifications to the Note Purchase  Agreement.  Accordingly,  the parties hereto
hereby agree as follows:

                  Section 1.  DEFINITIONS.  Except as otherwise  defined in this
Amendment No. 1, terms defined in the Note Purchase Agreement are used herein as
defined therein.

                  Section  2.  AMENDMENTS.  Subject to the  satisfaction  of the
conditions  precedent specified in Section 4 below, but effective as of the date
hereof, the Note Purchase Agreement shall be amended as follows:



                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

<PAGE>
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                  A.  References  in  the  Note  Purchase   Agreement  to  "this
Agreement" (and indirect references such as "hereunder",  "hereby", "herein" and
"hereof")  shall be deemed to be references  to the Note  Purchase  Agreement as
amended hereby.

                  B. A new Section 2.06 is added to the Note Purchase  Agreement
to read as follows:

                           "SECTION 2.06 ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL NOTE. Subject to
         and  upon  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in the  immediately
         succeeding  sentence,   PaineWebber  High  Income  Fund,  a  series  of
         PaineWebber  Managed  Investments  Trust  (the  "ADDITIONAL  INVESTOR")
         agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company agrees to issue to
         the  Additional  Investor,   its  12%  Senior  Subordinated  Note  (the
         "ADDITIONAL  NOTE"),  which  Additional  Note (i)  shall be  issued  on
         November 14, 1997 (or such later date as the Company and the Additional
         Investor shall mutually  agree,  but not later than November 21, 1997),
         (ii) shall be in a principal  amount of $5,000,000 and purchased at par
         by the Additional  Investor and (iii) shall otherwise be in the form of
         Exhibit  A.  The  Additional  Note  shall  constitute  a Note,  and the
         Additional  Investor  shall be an  Investor,  for all  purposes of this
         Agreement.  The  issuance  of the  Additional  Note  to the  Additional
         Investor is subject,  at the time of purchase,  to the  satisfaction of
         the following  conditions:  (i) receipt by the Additional Investor of a
         certificate of a senior officer of the Company,  dated the date of such
         purchase, to the effect, both immediately prior to the purchase of such
         Additional  Note and also after giving effect  thereto and the intended
         use  thereof,  set forth in clauses (a) and (b) of Section  5.02;  (ii)
         receipt  by the  Additional  Investor  of  the  Additional  Note,  duly
         executed  and  completed  for the  Additional  Investor;  and (iii) the
         execution  and  delivery  of an  amendment  to  the  Warrant  Agreement
         satisfactory to the Additional Investor providing for the issuance of a
         Warrant to the Additional  Investor (or any Affiliate  thereof) for the
         purchase of 109,290  Stock Units (as defined in the Warrant  Agreement)
         and making certain other  modifications  thereto as mutually  agreed by
         the Company and the Investors (including the Additional Investor)."

                  C. Section  3.01(a) of the Note Purchase  Agreement is amended
to insert a new sentence at the end thereof to read as follows:

         "Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  Agreement  to  the  contrary,  no
         prepayment  may be made under this Section 3.01 if after giving  effect
         to such prepayment the aggregate principal

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       -2-

<PAGE>
         amount of the Notes then outstanding would be less than
         $15,000,000, unless all of the Notes are prepaid in full."

                  D. A new Section 8.13 is added to the Note Purchase  Agreement
to read as follows:

                           "SECTION 8.13 CREDIT RATING.  Within the period of 18
         months of the Closing Date, the Company will use all reasonable efforts
         to obtain a credit rating from S&P,  Moody's or Duff & Phelps,  Inc. or
         any other nationally  recognized credit rating agency acceptable to the
         Required Investors,  PROVIDED that the failure of the Company to obtain
         such  rating  within  such  period  shall  not give  rise to a  Default
         hereunder or entitle the  Investors to exercise any remedy  against the
         Company hereunder or otherwise."

                  Section 3.                REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                  (a) The Company  represents and warrants to the Investors that
the  representations and warranties set forth in Article VI of the Note Purchase
Agreement  are true and  complete on the date hereof as if made on and as of the
date hereof and as if each reference in said Article VI to "this  Agreement" (or
words of similar import)  referred to the Note Purchase  Agreement as amended by
this Amendment No. 1.

                  (b) The Additional Investor represents to the Company that the
representations  set forth in Article IV of the Note Purchase Agreement are true
and complete with respect to the Additional  Investor on the date of purchase of
the  Additional  Note as if made on and as of such date and as if each reference
in said Article IV to "this  Agreement" (or words of similar import) referred to
the Note Purchase Agreement as amended by this Amendment No. 1.

                  Section 4.  CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT.  As  provided  in Section 2
above, the amendments to the Note Purchase Agreement set forth in said Section 2
shall become effective,  as of the date hereof,  upon the execution and delivery
of one or more  counterparts  of this  Amendment  No.  1 by each of the  parties
hereto.

                  Section 5. MISCELLANEOUS.  Except as herein provided, the Note
Purchase  Agreement  shall remain  unchanged and in full force and effect.  This
Amendment  No. 1 may be  executed  in any number of  counterparts,  all of which
taken together shall  constitute one and the same amendatory  instrument and any
of the  parties  hereto may  execute  this  Amendment  No. 1 by signing any such
counterpart.  This  Amendment  No. 1 shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  in
accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       -3-

<PAGE>
                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto  have  caused  this
Amendment  No. 1 to be duly  executed and delivered as of the day and year first
above written.



                                        NUCO2 INC.


                                        By /S/ JOANN SABATINO
                                           ---------------------
                                           Title: CFO

                                        SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

                                        NUCO2 ACQUISITION CORP.


                                        By /S/ JOANN SABATINO
                                           ---------------------
                                           Title: Secretary


                                        KOCH COMPRESSED GASES, INC.


                                        By /S/ JOANN SABATINO
                                           ---------------------
                                           Title: Secretary



                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       -4-

<PAGE>
                                        INVESTORS

                                        CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P..

                                        By Chase Capital Partners,
                                           its general partner


                                        By/S/ RICHARD WATERS
                                          --------------------
                                          Title: General Partner

                                        DK ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.

                                        By M.H. Davidson & Co.,
                                           its general partner

                                        By/S/ THOMAS L. KEMPER
                                          ----------------------
                                          Title: General Partner

                                        EMPIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, as
                                        executed on their behalf by their
                                        Investment Manager, Cohanzick
                                        Management , LLC


                                        By/S/ DAVID SHERMAN
                                          -------------------
                                          Title: President


                                        ORIX USA CORPORATION


                                        By/S/ FRANKLIN CLARKE
                                          ---------------------
                                          Title: Vice President



                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       -5-

<PAGE>



AMOUNT OF ADDITIONAL NOTE                 PAINEWEBBER HIGH INCOME FUND,
                                               a series of PaineWebber
$5,000,000                                     Managed Investments Trust


                                          By/S/ PAUL SCHUBERT
                                            -------------------------
                                            Title:  Paul Schubert
                                                    Vice President and
                                                    Treasurer

                                          Address for Notices:

                                          PAINEWEBBER HIGH INCOME FUND,
                                               series of PaineWebber Managed
                                               Investments Trust
                                          c/o Mitchell Hutchins Asset
                                                Management Inc.
                                          1285 Avenue of the Americas
                                          New York, New York 10019
                                          Attention: Ms. Jenny A. Hutchinson

                                          Fax No.: (212) 586-8982
                                          Telephone No.: (212) 713-6047





                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                       -6-



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.13

         AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO 2. as of dated June 30, 1998 to Senior  Subordinated  Note
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 31, 1997, as amended, between NuCo2 Inc.,
the Subsidiary  Guarantors and the Investors (the "Agreement").  All capitalized
terms used herein and not  otherwise  defined  shall have the meanings  accorded
them in the Agreement.

         WHEREAS, the Company, the Subsidiary  Guarantors and the Investors have
entered into the Agreement; and

         WHEREAS,  the Company,  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  and the  Investors
desire to amend the Agreement.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  for good and valuable  consideration,  the receipt and
sufficiency  of which are  hereby  acknowledged,  the  Company,  the  Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Investors agree as follows:

         1.       Section 8.09(a) of the Agreement is amended in its entirety to
read as follows:

                  "(a) INTEREST  COVERAGE RATIO. The Company will not permit the
Interest  Coverage Ratio to be less than the following  respective  ratios as at
the last day of each fiscal quarter during the following respective periods:

                           PERIOD                            RATIO
                           ------                            -----

                  From the Closing Date
                    through June 30, 1998                 1.25 to 1.00

                  From July 1, 1998
                     through December 31, 1998            1.40 to 1.00

                  From January 1, 1999
                     through March 31, 1999               1.50 to 1.00

                  From April 1, 1999
                     through June 30, 1999                1.65 to 1.00

                  From July 1, 1999
                     through September 30, 1999           1.80 to 1.00

                  From October 1, 1999
                     through December 31, 1999            2.00 to 1.00

                  From January 1, 2000
                     through March 31, 2000               2.25 to 1.00

                  From April 1, 2000
                     and at all times thereafter          2.50 to 1.00"

<PAGE>
         2. Section  8.09(b) of the Agreement is amended in its entirety to read
as follows:

                  "(b) TOTAL NET FUNDED DEBT  COVERAGE  RATIO.  The Company will
not permit  the Total Net Funded  Debt  Coverage  Ratio to exceed the  following
respective ratios at any time during the following respective periods:

                           PERIOD                              RATIO
                           ------                              -----

                  From the Closing Date
                    through September 30, 1998             7.00 to 1.00

                  From October 1, 1998
                     through December 31, 1998             6.50 to 1.00

                  From January 1, 1999
                     through March 31, 1999                5.50 to 1.00

                  From April 1, 1999
                     through June 30, 1999                 5.00 to 1.00

                  From July 1, 1999
                     and at all times thereafter           4.50 to 1.00"

         3. The Company  represents and warrants to the Investors that (a) as of
the date hereof and after giving effect to the amendments provided in Sections 1
and 2 hereof, (i) the  representations and warranties set forth in Article VI of
the  Agreement  are true and complete on the date hereof as if made on and as of
the date hereof and as if each reference in said Article VI to "this  Agreement"
(or words of similar import) referred to the Senior  Subordinated  Note Purchase
Agreement  as  amended  by this  Amendment  No.  2 except  that (w) the  lawsuit
described  in Schedule  6.06(a) has been settled by the Company and is no longer
pending,  (x) certain of the indebtedness  listed in Schedule 6.12 has been paid
off by the Company,  (y) the number of validly issued and outstanding  shares of
common  stock,  par value  $0.001  per  share,  referenced  in  Section  6.13 is
7,216,664 and (z) the number of outstanding  options granted under the Company's
stock  option  plans  has  changed  and  (ii) no  Default  has  occurred  and is
continuing  and (b) the amendment to certain of the Warrants as set forth in the
letter  dated as of the date  hereof  from the Company to certain of the Holders
(as defined in the Warrant Agreement) have been duly authorized by all necessary
corporate  action  on the part of the  Company  and such  letter  has been  duly
executed  and  delivered  by the Company  and such  letter and such  Warrants as
amended thereby constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company,
enforceable  against it in accordance  with their  respective  terms,  except as
enforcement  may be limited by bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar laws affecting
creditors' rights generally,  and by general principles of equity (regardless of
whether enforcement is sought at equity or in law).

         4. Except as herein provided,  the Agreement shall remain unchanged and
in full force and effect.  This Amendment No. 2 may be executed in any number of
counterparts,  all of which taken  together  shall  constitute  one and the same
amendatory  instrument  and any of the parties hereto may execute this Amendment
No. 2 by signing any such  counterpart.  This  Amendment No. 2 shall be governed
by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 2
to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.



<PAGE>
                              COMPANY:

                              NUCO2 INC.

                              By: /S/ JOANN SABATINO
                                  ----------------------
                                  Name: Joann Sabatino
                                  Title: CFO

                              SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:

                              NUCO2 ACQUISITION CORP.

                              By: /S/ JOANN SABATINO
                                  ----------------------
                                  Name: Joann Sabatino
                                  Title: Treasurer

                              KOCH COMPRESSED GASES, INC.

                              By: /S/ JOANN SABATINO
                                  ----------------------
                                  Name: Joann Sabatino
                                  Title: Treasurer

                              INVESTORS:

                              CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P.

                              By: Chase Capital Partners, its general partner

                              By: /S/ JOHN M.B. O'CONNOR
                                  --------------------------
                                  Name: John M.B. O'Connor
                                  Title: General Partner

                              DK ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.

                              By: M.H. Davidson & Co., its general partner

                              By: /S/ THOMAS L. KEMPNER, JR.
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name: Thomas L. Kempner, Jr.
                                  Title: Partner

                              EMPIRE  INSURANCE  COMPANY, as executed on their
                              behalf by their Investment Manager, Cohanzick
                              Management, L.L.C.

                              By: ______________________________
                                  Name:
                                  Title:

                              ORIX USA CORPORATION

                              By: /S/ HIROYUKI MIYAUCHI
                                  -------------------------
                                  Name: Hiroyuki Miyauchi
                                  Title: Executive Vice President

                              PAINEWEBBER HIGH INCOME FUND, a series of
                              PaineWebber Managed Investments Trust

                              By: ______________________________
                                  Name:


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.14











                                   NUCO2 INC.


                                       and


                          CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P.
                            EMPIRE INSURANCE COMPANY,
                                    ORIX USA,
                          DK ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.
                                       AND
                     NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES, INC.



                           ---------------------------





                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                          Dated as of October 31, 1997




                           ---------------------------







<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE



Section 1.       Definitions, Accounting Terms and
                 Determinations...............................................1
         1.1     Definitions..................................................1
         1.2     Accounting Terms and Determinations..........................9

Section 2.       Purchase, Sale and Exercise of Warrants......................9
         2.1     Authorization and Issuance of Shares
                 and Warrants.................................................9
         2.2     The Closing..................................................9
         2.3     Initial Holder Representations, Warranties
                 and Agreements..............................................10
         2.4     Securities Act Compliance...................................10
         2.5     Exercise of Warrants........................................10

Section 3.       Representations and Warranties..............................13
         3.1     Existence...................................................13
         3.2     No Breach...................................................13
         3.3     Corporate Action............................................13
         3.4     Approvals...................................................14
         3.5     Investment Company Act......................................14
         3.6     Public Utility Holding Company Act..........................14
         3.7     Capitalization..............................................14
         3.8     Private Offering............................................15
         3.9     SEC Documents; Financial Statements.........................15

Section 4.       Transfers Generally: Securities Act
                 Compliance..................................................16
         4.1     Transfers Generally.........................................16
         4.2     Transfers of Restricted Securities
                 Pursuant to Registration Statements
                 and Rule 144, Etc...........................................16
         4.3     Notice of Certain Transfers.................................16
         4.4     Restrictive Legend..........................................16
         4.5     Termination of Restrictions.................................17

Section 5.       Additional Provisions Relating
                 to Transfers................................................17


                                  (i)

<PAGE>


                                                                           PAGE

         5.1     Disposition of Securities...................................17
         5.2     Transfer Restriction........................................18
         5.3     Repurchase of Common Stock..................................19
         5.4     Cancellation and Reissuance.................................19
         5.5     Transfer, Division and Combination..........................19

Section 6.       Adjustment of Stock Unit....................................20
         6.1     Stock Dividends, Subdivisions and
                 Combinations................................................20
         6.2     Issuance of Additional Shares of
                 Common Stock................................................20
         6.3     Issuance of Options.........................................21
         6.4     Issuance of Convertible Securities..........................22
         6.5     Superseding Adjustment of Stock Unit........................23
         6.6     Other Provisions Applicable to
                 Adjustments Under this Section 6............................24

Section 7.       Consolidation, Merger, Share Exchange, etc.;
                 Distributions...............................................26
         7.1     Consolidation, Merger, Share Exchange, etc..................26
         7.2     Distributions upon Declaration of Dividend
                 or Other Distribution.......................................27
         7.3     Dilution in Case of Other Securities........................28

Section 8.       Notice to Warrant Holders...................................28
         8.1     Notice of Adjustment of Stock Unit
                 or Exercise Price...........................................28
         8.2     Notice of Certain Corporate Actions.........................29
         8.3     Limitation on Holders' Rights...............................29

Section 9.       Reservation and Authorization of
                 Common Stock................................................30

Section 10.      Taking of Record; Stock and Warrant
                 Transfer Books..............................................30

Section 11.      Holders' Special Rights.....................................31
         11.1    Replacement of Instruments..................................31
         11.2    Restrictions on Certain Action..............................31
         11.3    Inspection Rights...........................................32
         11.4    Board Attendance............................................32


                                 (ii)

<PAGE>


                                                                           PAGE

Section 12.      Registration................................................34
         12.1    Notice......................................................34
         12.2    Proration...................................................36
         12.3    Registration Procedures.....................................37
         12.4    Holdback on Sales...........................................40
         12.5    Expenses....................................................40
         12.6    Indemnification.............................................40
         12.7    No Other Registration Rights................................43
         12.8    Rule 144....................................................44

Section 13.      Miscellaneous...............................................44
         13.1    Waiver......................................................44
         13.2    Notices.....................................................44
         13.3    Office of the Company.......................................44
         13.4    Expenses, Transfer Taxes and
                 Other Charges...............................................45
         13.5    Amendments, Etc.............................................46
         13.6    Successors and Assigns......................................46
         13.7    Survival....................................................46
         13.8    Regulation Y................................................46
         13.9    Captions....................................................46
         13.10   Counterparts................................................46
         13.11   Governing Law...............................................47
         13.12   Severability................................................47
         13.13   Entire Agreement............................................47
         13.14   No Third Party Beneficiary..................................47


SCHEDULE 1       -    Schedule of Warrants and Options
SCHEDULE 2       -    Authorized and Outstanding Capital Stock

ANNEX 1          -    Form of Warrant



                                      (iii)

<PAGE>
                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                      WARRANT  AGREEMENT  dated as of October  31,  1997  among:
NuCO2 INC., a corporation  duly organized and validly existing under the laws of
the State of Florida (the "COMPANY"); and each of the investors signatory hereto
(individually, an "INITIAL HOLDER" and, collectively, the "INITIAL HOLDERS").

                      WHEREAS, in connection with the issuance by the Company of
up to $25,000,000  aggregate  principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes (the
"NOTES") and as an inducement  for the purchase by the Initial  Holders of up to
such $25,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Notes, the Company has agreed
to issue Warrants to the Initial Holders providing for the purchase of shares of
Common Stock of the Company, in the manner hereinafter provided.

                      NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants
and  agreements  set forth in this  Agreement,  and for other good and  valuable
consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

                      Section    1.    DEFINITIONS,    ACCOUNTING    TERMS   AND
DETERMINATIONS.

                      1.1 DEFINITIONS.  Except as expressly provided herein, the
following  terms shall have the following  meanings (all terms in this Section 1
or in  other  provisions  of this  Agreement  in the  singular  to have the same
meanings in the plural and vice versa):

                      "1995 STOCK  OPTION  PLAN" shall mean the  Company's  1995
Stock Option Plan for employees as the same may be amended from time to time.

                      "ADDITIONAL  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK" shall mean all shares
(including  treasury shares) of Common Stock issued or sold by the Company on or
after the date hereof,  other than (i) the shares of Common  Stock  described as
being issued and outstanding




                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

<PAGE>
in Section 3.07 hereof and (ii) the Option Stock, Options and Warrants listed on
Schedule 1 hereto.

                      "AFFILIATE"  shall have the  meaning  assigned  thereto in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) no individual
shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of a  corporation  solely by reason of his or
her  being an  officer  or  director  of such  corporation,  and (b) none of the
Initial  Holders  (or any of  their  Affiliates)  shall be an  Affiliate  of the
Company.

                      "BANK HOLDING COMPANY  AFFILIATE" shall mean, with respect
to any Holder subject to the provisions of Regulation Y. (i) if such Holder is a
bank holding  company,  any company  controlled by such bank holding  company or
(ii) the bank  holding  company that  controls  such Holder and any other Person
controlled by such bank holding company.

                      "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

                      "BOC  WARRANT"  shall  mean the  warrant  to acquire up to
1,000,000  shares of Common Stock dated May 1, 1997 from the Company in favor of
The BOC Group, Inc.

                      "BUSINESS  DAY"  shall  mean any day on  which  commercial
banks are not authorized or required to close in New York City.

                      "CODE"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as
amended.

                      "COMMISSION"   shall  mean  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  or any other similar or successor  agency of the Federal  government
with primary responsibility for administering the Securities Act.

                      "COMMON STOCK" shall mean the Company's  authorized Common
Stock, par value $.001 per share, and any stock into which such Common Stock may
thereafter be changed, and also shall


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -2-
<PAGE>
include stock of the Company of any other class (including,  without limitation,
any  future  class(es)  of such  Common  Stock),  which is not  preferred  as to
dividends  or  assets  over any class of stock of the  Company  and which is not
subject to redemption.

                      "COMPANY" shall have the meaning  assigned to such term in
the first  paragraph of this  Agreement,  and shall include any  successors  and
permitted assigns of the Company.

                      "CONVERTIBLE   SECURITIES"   shall   mean   evidences   of
indebtedness,  shares of stock or other securities which are convertible into or
exchangeable  or  exercisable  for  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock,  either
immediately  or upon the  arrival  of a  specified  date or the  happening  of a
specified event.

                      "CONVERTIBLE  SECURITY  VALUE"  shall mean the fair market
value of a Convertible Security on the date of issuance,  reasonably  determined
in good faith by the Board,  less the proceeds  received by the Company for such
conversion or exchange.

                      "CURRENT MARKET PRICE", per share of Common Stock, for the
purposes of any  provision  hereof or of a Warrant at the date herein or therein
specified,  shall be deemed to be (a) with respect to any  Additional  Shares of
Common Stock issued (or to be issued) in a public  offering (other than a public
offering effected as a part of a merger or other acquisition  transaction by the
Company,  in which case paragraph (b) below shall apply),  the offering price of
such Additional Shares and (b) otherwise, the average of the daily market prices
for each day during the 20 consecutive  trading days immediately  preceding such
date as of which such a price can be  established in the manner set forth in the
next sentence. The market price for each such trading day shall be the last sale
price on such day as reported in the Consolidated  Last Sale Reporting System or
as quoted in the National  Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation
System, or if such last sale price is not available,  the average of the closing
bid and asked  prices as  reported in either such  system.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing, the "Current Market Price" per share of Common stock for shares to be
issued in


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -3-
<PAGE>
connection with an acquisition of assets or stock, a tender or exchange offer, a
merger or other business  combination  shall be deemed to be the price per share
as determined in such  acquisition,  tender or exchange  offer,  merger or other
business combination agreement.

                      "CURRENT WARRANT PRICE",  for the purpose of any provision
hereof or of a Warrant at the date herein or therein  specified,  shall mean the
amount per share of Common Stock equal to the quotient  resulting  from dividing
the Exercise Price per Stock Unit in effect on such date by the number of shares
(including any fractional share) of Common Stock comprising a Stock Unit on such
date.

                      "DATE OF ISSUANCE" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in SECTION 11.05 hereof.

                      "DEMAND  NOTICE"  shall have the meaning  assigned to such
term in SECTION 12.01 hereof.

                      "DEMAND  REGISTRATION"  shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in SECTION 12.01 hereof.

                      "DIRECTORS'  STOCK OPTION  PLAN" shall mean the  Company's
Directors'  Stock  Option  Plan for  non-employee  directors  as the same may be
amended from time to time.

                      "ELECTION  NOTICE" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in SECTION 11.05 hereof.

                      "ELECTION  PERIOD" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in SECTION 11.05 hereof.

                      "EQUITY  SECURITIES"  shall mean any securities the rights
of which are in the nature of those of the Company's  Common  Stock,  including,
without  limitation,  common stock, any securities  having the right to vote for
the election of directors, stock appreciation rights, and securities convertible
into any of the foregoing.

                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -4-
<PAGE>
                      "EXCHANGE ACT" shall mean the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended,  and the rules and  regulations of the Commission  thereunder,
all as the same shall be in effect at the time or any replacement act.

                      "EXERCISE  NOTICE" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in SECTION 2.05 hereof.

                      "EXERCISE  PRICE" shall have the meaning  assigned to such
term in the form of Warrant attached as Annex 1 hereto.

                      "EXPIRATION  DATE" shall mean the 7th  Anniversary  of the
closing date of the Notes.

                      "GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles
applied on a consistent basis.

                      "GOVERNMENTAL   AUTHORITY"   shall   mean  any  nation  or
government,  any state or other political  subdivision  thereof,  and any entity
exercising  executive,  legislative,   judicial,  regulatory  or  administrative
functions of or pertaining to any such government.

                      "HOLDER"  shall mean any Person  who  acquires  Restricted
Warrants  pursuant  to the  provisions  of this  Agreement,  including,  without
limitation,  the Initial  Holders,  any  Affiliate of the Initial  Holders,  any
Person who becomes a party to this  Agreement  pursuant  to SECTION  5.04 and an
Affiliate of such Person and any permitted transferees of any of the foregoing.

                      "INITIAL  HOLDER" shall have the meaning  assigned to such
term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

                      "IPO  WARRANTS"  shall  mean the  warrants  to  acquire an
aggregate  of 33,000  shares of Common  Stock  dated as of May 24, 1996 from the
Company in favor of First Analysis Securities Corporation,  Allan Cohen, Michael
Siemplenski, Richard Drage, Steve Bouck and Mark Koulogeorge.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -5-

<PAGE>
                      "INDEMNIFIED  PARTY"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to
such term in SECTION 12.06 hereof.

                      "INDEMNIFYING  PARTY"  shall have the meaning  assigned to
such term in SECTION 12.06 hereof.

                      "ISSUE PRICE" shall have the meaning assigned to such term
in SECTION 11.05 hereof.

                      "Lien" shall mean any pledge,  assignment,  hypothecation,
mortgage,  security  interest,  deposit  arrangement,  conditional sale or title
retaining contract, sale and leaseback transaction,  financing statement filing,
or any other type of lien, charge, encumbrance or preferential arrangement.

                      "MAJORITY HOLDERS" shall mean Holders of a majority of the
Warrant Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.  For purposes of
giving notices hereunder, Holders of Warrants shall be deemed holders of Warrant
Stock issued upon the exercise thereof.

                      "MAJORITY INITIAL HOLDERS" shall mean Initial Holders of a
majority of the Warrant  Stock issued or issuable upon exercise of the Warrants.
For purposes of giving notices  hereunder,  Initial Holders of Warrants shall be
deemed holders of Warrant Stock issued upon the exercise thereof.

                      "NOTES"  shall have the  meaning  assigned to such term in
the second paragraph of this Agreement.

                      "NOTICE OF  ISSUANCE"  shall have the meaning  assigned to
such term in SECTION 11.05 hereof.

                      "ON A FULLY DILUTED BASIS" shall mean, with respect to the
Common  Stock of the Company  outstanding  at any time,  the number of shares of
such  Common  Stock  then  issued and  outstanding,  assuming  full  conversion,
exercise and exchange of all issued and outstanding  Convertible  Securities and
Options that shall be (or may become) exchangeable for, or exercisable or


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -6-
<PAGE>
convertible  into, such Common Stock,  including  Warrants with respect thereto;
PROVIDED that the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be outstanding  "on
a fully diluted basis" shall be reduced  (without  duplication) by the number of
shares of Common Stock  purchasable  or issuable  upon  exercise,  conversion or
exchange of (i) Options or  Convertible  Securities  at the time of  calculation
that are Out of the Money and (ii) Options issued under the Stock Option Plans.

                      "OPTION" shall mean any warrant,  option or other right to
subscribe  for or  purchase  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock or  Convertible
Securities, including those listed on SCHEDULE I hereto.

                      "OPTION  STOCK"  shall mean shares of Common  Stock not to
exceed, in the aggregate,  910,000 shares of Common Stock, issued or issuable in
accordance  with the Stock Option  Plans,  PROVIDED  that (i) in the case of the
1995 Stock Option Plan,  the option  exercise price at the time of such grant is
not less than 75% of the fair  market  value of such  shares on the date of such
grant as  reasonably  determined  in good  faith by the  Stock  Option  or other
administering  Committee  of the Board  and (ii) the  number of shares of Common
Stock  specified  above shall be adjusted  as  appropriate  to reflect any stock
split,  stock  consolidation,  subdivision or  combination  affecting the Common
Stock.

                      "OTHER  SECURITIES"  shall  mean  any  stock  (other  than
Warrant  Stock)  and  other  securities  of  the  Company  or any  other  Person
(corporate  or  otherwise)  which a Holder  at any time  shall  be  entitled  to
receive,  or shall have  received,  upon  exercise of the Warrants  held by such
Holder or  pursuant  to SECTION 7 hereof,  in lieu of or in  addition to Warrant
Stock,  or which at any time  shall be  issuable  or shall  have been  issued in
exchange for or in replacement of Warrant Stock or Other Securities  received in
an earlier exchange, exercise or replacement of Warrant Stock.

                      "OUT  OF THE  MONEY"  shall  mean  (a) in the  case  of an
Option,  that the fair market  value of the shares of any Common Stock which the
holder thereof is entitled to purchase or


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -7-
<PAGE>
subscribe for is less than the exercise price of such Option and (b) in the case
of a Convertible  Security,  that the quotient  resulting from dividing the fair
market value of such Convertible  Security by the number of shares of any Common
Stock into or for which such Convertible Security is exercisable, convertible or
exchangeable  is greater  than the fair  market  value of a share of such Common
Stock.

                      "PARTICIPATING  SECURITY"  shall mean any security  (other
than  Common  Stock) the rights of the holders of which are not limited to (i) a
fixed sum or percentage of liquidation  preference or principal  amount,  (ii) a
sum determined by reference to a formula based on a published  index of interest
rates, (iii) an interest rate publicly announced by a financial institution or a
similar  index of interest  rates in respect of interest or  dividends or (iv) a
fixed sum or percentage  of principal  amount or  liquidation  preference in any
distribution of assets.

                      "PERSON" shall mean a corporation, an association, limited
liability company, a partnership, a joint venture, an organization;  a business,
an individual or a Government Authority.

                      "PREFERRED  STOCK"  shall  mean,  as to  any  Person,  any
capital  stock of such Person  which is preferred as to dividends or assets over
any other class of any other stock of such Person.

                      "REGULATED  HOLDER" shall mean a Holder which is a bank, a
bank holding company or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing.

                      A Regulated  Holder shall be deemed to have a  "REGULATORY
PROBLEM" when (i) such  Regulated  Holder's  investment  in the Warrants  and/or
Warrant Stock exceeds any limitation to which it is subject, or is otherwise not
permitted,  under any law,  rule or  regulation  of any  Governmental  Authority
(including any position to that effect taken by such Governmental Authority), or
(ii) restrictions are imposed on such Regulated


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -8-
<PAGE>
Holder which, in its reasonable  judgment,  make it illegal or unduly burdensome
for such  Regulated  Holder to continue  to hold such  Warrants  and/or  Warrant
Stock.

                      "REGULATION Y" shall mean  Regulation Y promulgated by the
Board  of  Governors  of the  Federal  Reserve  System  (12  C.F.R.  225) or any
successor regulation.

                      "REPRESENTATIVE"  shall have the meaning  assigned to such
term in SECTION 11.04 of this Agreement.

                      "RESTRICTED  CERTIFICATE"  shall  mean a  certificate  for
Common Stock,  Warrants or Other Securities  bearing the restrictive  legend set
forth in SECTION 4.04 hereof.

                      "RESTRICTED  SECURITIES"  shall mean Restricted  Stock and
Restricted Warrants.

                      "RESTRICTED  STOCK" shall mean Common Stock evidenced by a
Restricted Certificate.

                      "RESTRICTED  WARRANTS" shall mean Warrants  evidenced by a
Restricted Certificate.

                      "RULE  144"  shall  mean  Rule 144 as  promulgated  by the
Commission under the Securities Act and any successor provision thereto,  all as
the same shall be in effect at the time.

                      "SECURITIES ACT" shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder,  all as the
same shall be in effect at the time or any replacement act.

                      "SELLER"  shall have the meaning  assigned to such term in
SECTION 12.01 hereof.

                      "SELLER  NOTICE"  shall have the meaning  assigned to such
term in SECTION 12.01 hereof.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -9-
<PAGE>
                      "SHAREHOLDER"  shall  mean  any  Person  who  directly  or
indirectly owns any shares of Common Stock of the Company.

                      "STATE STREET  WARRANT"  shall mean the warrant to acquire
84,917  shares of Common  Stock  dated as of June 7, 1997  (original  issue date
December  22,  1995) from the  Company in favor of State  Street  Bank and Trust
Company.

                      "STOCK OPTION  PLANS" shall mean the Company's  1995 Stock
Option Plan and the Company's Directors' Stock Option Plan.

                      "STOCK UNIT" shall mean one share of Common Stock, as such
Common Stock is constituted on the date hereof,  and thereafter  shall mean such
number of shares  (including  any  fractional  shares) of Common Stock and Other
Securities,  cash or  other  property  as  shall  result  from  the  adjustments
specified in SECTIONS 6 and 7 hereof.

                      "SUBSIDIARY"  shall mean, for any Person,  any corporation
or  other  entity  of  which  at least a  majority  of the  securities  or other
ownership interests having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a
majority of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions
of such  corporation or other entity is at the time directly or indirectly owned
or controlled by such Person and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

                      "TRANSFER"  shall mean any  disposition  of any Restricted
Securities,  or of any  interest in any thereof,  which would  constitute a sale
thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act.

                      "WARRANTS"  shall mean the warrant  certificates  covering
the  purchase  of Stock  Units,  each in the form of Annex 1 to this  Agreement,
originally issued by the Company pursuant to SECTION 2 hereof,  and all Warrants
issued upon transfer,  division or combination of, or in  substitution  for, any
thereof. All Warrants shall at all times be identical as to terms and


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -10-
<PAGE>
conditions  and expiry  date,  except as to the number of Stock  Units for which
they may be exercised and the Exercise Price.

                      "WARRANT  STOCK"  shall mean the shares of Common Stock of
the Company purchasable or purchased upon the exercise of Warrants issued by the
Company,  including  any such  Common  Stock into which  such  Common  Stock may
thereafter be changed.

                      1.2  ACCOUNTING  TERMS  AND   DETERMINATIONS.   Except  as
otherwise may be expressly  provided  herein,  all accounting  terms used herein
shall be interpreted,  and all certificates and reports as to financial  matters
required to be delivered to the Holders  hereunder and under the Warrants  shall
be prepared,  in accordance  with GAAP.  All  calculations  made for purposes of
determining  compliance  with the terms of this Agreement and the Warrants shall
(except as may be expressly provided herein) made by application of GAAP.

                      Section 2.  PURCHASE, SALE AND EXERCISE OF WARRANTS.

                      2.1 AUTHORIZATION AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES AND WARRANTS. The
Company  has  authorized:  (a) the issue of the  Warrants  for  issuance  to the
Initial Holders pursuant to this Agreement; and (b) the reservation for issuance
of such number of shares of its Common Stock as shall be issuable  upon exercise
of the warrants.

                      2.2  THE CLOSING.

                           (a) The Company  shall issue to each Initial  Holder,
on the date hereof and for no cash consideration,  Warrants covering such number
of Stock  Units as is equal to the  percentage  of the  issued  and  outstanding
shares of Common Stock on a fully  diluted  basis on the date of issuance of the
Warrants  as is  specified  opposite  the  name of such  Initial  Holder  on the
signature  page(s) hereto.  The number of shares of Common Stock comprising each
Stock Unit covered by the Warrants  issued under this Agreement shall be subject
to adjustment as provided in SECTIONS 6 and 7 hereof.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -11-
<PAGE>
                           (b) On the date hereof,  the Company shall deliver to
each Initial Holder a single certificate for the Warrants to be acquired by such
Initial Holder hereunder,  registered in the name of such Initial Holder, except
that,  if such Initial  Holder shall notify the Company in writing prior to such
issuance  that it  desires  certificates  for  Warrants  to be  issued  in other
denominations  or  registered  in the  name or names of any  Person  or  Persons
referred to in SECTION  5.01(A)(I) or (II) hereof or any nominee or nominees for
its or their  benefit,  then the  certificates  for Warrants to be issued by the
Company  shall  be  issued  to such  Initial  Holder  in the  denominations  and
registered in the name or names specified in such notice.

                           (c) On the date  hereof,  the Company will deliver to
each  Initial  Holder a legal  opinion  from  counsel to the Company in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to each Initial Holder.

                      2.3  INITIAL   HOLDER   REPRESENTATIONS,   WARRANTIES  AND
AGREEMENTS.  Each Initial Holder represents and warrants to, and agrees with the
Company that (a) such Initial Holder is purchasing for its own account,  and not
with a view to the resale or  distribution of such Warrants or the Warrant Stock
or any part  thereof,  and such Initial  Holder is prepared to bear the economic
risk of retaining such Warrants and the warrant Stock for an indefinite  period,
all without prejudice, however, to the right of such Initial Holder at any time,
in accordance with this  Agreement,  lawfully to sell or otherwise to dispose of
all part of such Warrants or the Warrant Stock held by it, (b) Initial Holder is
an  "accredited  investor'  (as defined in Rule 501 of  Regulation D promulgated
under the Securities  Act), (c) such Initial Holder is experienced in evaluating
and investing in securities,  and understands  that the warrants and the Warrant
Stock will be restricted  securities,  and that a legend to that effect shall be
placed on the  Restricted  Securities,  and no public market shall exist for the
disposition or transfer of such Restricted Securities,  and (d) the acquisition,
holding and any transfer of any Restricted Securities by an Initial Holder shall
be in compliance with all laws applicable to such Initial Holder.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -12-
<PAGE>
                      2.4  SECURITIES  ACT   COMPLIANCE.   Each  Initial  Holder
understands that the Company has not registered or qualified the warrants or the
Warrant Stock under the Securities Act or any applicable  state  securities laws
and each Initial  Holder  agrees that neither the Warrants nor the Warrant Stock
shall be sold or offered for sale without  registration under the Securities Act
or the  availability  of an exemption  therefrom,  all as more fully provided in
SECTION 4 hereof.

                      2.5 EXERCISE OF WARRANTS. On and after the date hereof and
until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date, each Holder may, on
one or more occasions, on any Business Day, in whole or in part:

                      (a) exercise for cash all or some of the Warrants  held by
         it; and

                      (b)  convert all or some of the  Warrants  held by it into
         the number of shares of Common  Stock for each Stock Unit  evidenced by
         such Warrant which is being so  converted,  equal to (a)(i) the product
         of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock  comprising a Stock Unit at
         the time of such  conversion and (y) the Current Market Price per share
         of Common Stock at the time of such conversion  MINUS (ii) the Exercise
         Price per Stock Unit at the time of such conversion, DIVIDED BY (b) the
         Current  Market  Price per  share of  Common  Stock at the time of such
         conversion,

in each case by delivering  to the Company,  at its office  maintained  for such
purpose pursuant to SECTION 13.03 hereof:

                      (i) a  written  notice  (the  "EXERCISE  NOTICE")  of such
         Holder's election to exercise such warrant or convert such Warrant,  as
         the case may be,  in the form of the  Exercise  Form set out at the end
         thereof (or a reasonable facsimile thereof), which notice shall specify
         the number of Stock Units to be purchased or converted, as the case may
         be; and


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -13-
<PAGE>
            (ii)      such Warrant,

and, in the case of an exercise of such  Warrant,  a certified  or bank check or
checks  payable to the Company in an  aggregate  amount  equal to the  aggregate
Exercise  Price for the number of Stock Units as to which such  Warrant is being
exercised.  Upon receipt thereof,  the Company shall, as promptly as practicable
and in any event within five  Business Days  thereafter,  execute or cause to be
executed and deliver or cause to be delivered to such Holder a stock certificate
or certificates representing the aggregate number of shares of Warrant Stock and
Other  Securities  issuable  upon  such  exercise  or  conversion  and any other
property  to which such  Holder is  entitled  by virtue of the  exercise  of any
Warrants.

                      If a Holder is subject to the  provisions of Regulation Y.
such  Holder  shall not,  and shall not permit any of its Bank  Holding  Company
Affiliates  to,  exercise any Warrant if, after giving effect to such  exercise,
(i) such Holder and its Bank Holding Company  Affiliates  would own more than 5`
of the total issued and  outstanding  shares of Common Stock on a fully  diluted
basis or (ii) such Holder would be deemed  under  Regulation Y to have the power
to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management
or policies  of, or would  otherwise  control,  the Company (and for purposes of
this clause (ii), a reasoned opinion of counsel to such Holder delivered to such
Holder (which is based on facts and  circumstances  deemed  appropriate  by such
counsel) to the effect that such Holder does not have the power to exercise such
a controlling influence or otherwise control the Company shall be conclusive).

                      The stock certificate or certificates for warrant Stock so
delivered  shall be in such  denominations  as may be  specified in the Exercise
Notice and shall be  registered in the name of such Holder or such name or names
as shall be  designated  in such  Exercise  Notice.  Such stock  certificate  or
certificates  shall be deemed to have been  issued and such  Holder or any other
Person so designated to be named therein shall be deemed to have


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -14-
<PAGE>
become a holder of record of such shares,  including, to the extent permitted by
law,  the right to vote such  shares or to  consent  or to  receive  notice as a
Shareholder, as of the date on which the last of the Exercise Notice, payment of
the Exercise Price and the Warrant to which such exercise relates is received by
the Company as aforesaid,  and all taxes required to be paid by Holder,  if any,
pursuant to SECTION 13.04(C)  hereof,  prior to the issuance of such shares have
been paid. If such Warrant shall have been  exercised or converted only in part,
the Company shall,  at the time of delivery of the  certificate or  certificates
representing  Warrant  Stock and other  securities,  execute and deliver to such
Holder a new  warrant  evidencing  the  rights of such  Holder to  purchase  (or
convert)  the  unpurchased  (or  unconverted)  Stock  Units  called  for by such
Warrant,  which new Warrant  shall in all other  respects be identical  with the
surrendered Warrant.

                      All shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise or
conversion of a Warrant shall, upon payment therefor in accordance herewith,  be
duly and validly issued by the Company,  fully paid and  nonassessable  and free
and clear of all Liens.

                      The Company  shall not be  required to issue a  fractional
share of Common Stock or Other  Securities  upon  exercise or  conversion of any
Warrant. As to any fraction of a share of Common Stock or Other Securities which
a Holder  would  otherwise  be  entitled  to  purchase  upon  such  exercise  or
conversion,  the Company may in lieu of the issuance of a fractional share pay a
cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to the same
fraction  of the  Current  Market  Price  per  share  of  Common  Stock or Other
Securities on the date of exercise.

                      2.6  ISSUE  PRICE;   ORIGINAL   ISSUE   DISCOUNT.   Having
considered all facts relevant to a  determination  of the value of the Notes and
the warrants being acquired by the Initial Holders,  the Company and the Initial
Holders have concluded and do hereby agree that, for the purposes of Section 305
and of Section 1273 of the Code,  and for purposes of  determining  any original
issue


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -15-
<PAGE>
discount with respect to the Notes to be issued at the closing hereof, the issue
price for the Notes and the Warrants is $24,750,000 and $250,000,  respectively.
The  Company  and the  Holders  agree not to take a  position  on any income tax
return, before any governmental agency charged with collection of any income tax
or in any judicial proceeding that is inconsistent herewith,  unless required to
do so pursuant to a "Determination"  within the meaning of Section 1313(a)(i) of
the Code.

                      Section 3.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND  WARRANTIES.  The Company
represents and warrants to the Initial Holders that:

                      3.1   EXISTENCE.   The  Company  is  a  corporation   duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of
Florida.

                      3.2 NO BREACH. Except as described in SECTION 3.04 hereof,
none of the  execution  and delivery of this  Agreement  and the  Warrants,  the
consummation of the transactions herein and therein  contemplated and compliance
with the terms and provisions hereof and thereof will conflict with or result in
a breach of, or require any consent under, the charter or by-laws of the Company
or any applicable law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of
any court or Governmental Authority, or any agreement or instrument to which the
Company or any of its  Subsidiaries  is a party or by which any of them is bound
or to which any of them is  subject,  or  constitute  a  default  under any such
agreement or instrument,  which conflict,  breach,  failure to obtain consent or
default would have a material  adverse effect on the financial  condition of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or on the ability of the Company
to perform its obligations hereunder.

                      3.3  CORPORATE  ACTION.  The  Company  has  all  necessary
corporate  power and authority to execute,  deliver and perform its  obligations
under this Agreement and the Warrants;  the execution,  delivery and performance
by the Company of this  Agreement and the Warrants have been duly  authorized by
all necessary corporate action (including all required shareholder


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -16-
<PAGE>
action) on the part of the Company;  this  Agreement  has been duly executed and
delivered by the Company and constitutes, and the Warrants when executed, issued
and delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement  will  constitute,  valid and legally
binding  obligations of the Company entitled to the benefits  provided  therein,
and the Warrant Stock initially  covered by the Warrants shall,  when issued and
delivered against payment therefor in accordance with the Warrants,  be duly and
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable; and the Warrants when executed and
delivered  by  the  Company  will  constitute,  its  legal,  valid  and  binding
obligations,  enforceable  against it in accordance with their terms,  except as
enforcement  may be limited by  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other  similar  laws
affecting  creditors'  rights  generally,  and by general  principles  of equity
(regardless of whether enforcement is sought at equity or in law).

                      3.4 APPROVALS.  No  authorizations,  approvals or consents
of,  and no  filings or  registrations  with,  any  Governmental  Authority  are
necessary  for the  execution,  delivery or  performance  by the Company of this
Agreement  or of the Warrants or for the  validity or  enforceability  hereof or
thereof.  Any such action  required to be taken as a condition to the  execution
and  delivery  of  this  Agreement  and the  Warrants,  or the  issuance  of the
Warrants,  has been duly  taken by all such  Governmental  Authorities  or other
Persons, as the case may be.

                      3.5 INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT. Neither the Company nor any of
its  Subsidiaries is an "investment  company",  or a company  "controlled by" an
"investment company",  within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.

                      3.6  PUBLIC  UTILITY  HOLDING  COMPANY  ACT.  Neither  the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a "holding company", or an "affiliate" of
a "holding company" or a "subsidiary company" of a "holding company", within the
meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.

                      3.7  CAPITALIZATION.



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -17-
<PAGE>
                      (a)  Upon  the  issuance  of  the   warrants   under  this
Agreement,  the total  number of shares of capital  stock  which the Company has
authority  to issue and the  outstanding  shares of the  Company  will be as set
forth in  SCHEDULE  2 hereto.  Upon the  issuance  of the  Warrants  under  this
Agreement,  the  Company  shall not have  outstanding  any  stock or  securities
convertible  into or  exchangeable  for any shares of capital stock nor shall it
have outstanding any rights to subscribe for or to purchase,  or any Options for
the purchase of, or any  agreements  providing for the issuance  (contingent  or
otherwise) of, or any calls, commitments or claims of any character relating to,
any capital stock or stock or securities  convertible  into or exchangeable  for
any  capital  stock other than (i) the  Warrants  to be issued  pursuant to this
Agreement, and (ii) the Option Stock, Options and Warrants listed on SCHEDULE 1.

                      (b)  There  is  not  in  effect  on the  date  hereof  any
agreement  by the Company  pursuant to which any  holders of  securities  of the
Company have a right to cause the Company to register such securities  under the
Securities Act other than (i) this  Agreement,  (ii) the BOC warrant,  (iii) the
IPO warrants, and the (iv) the State Street Warrant.

                      3.8  PRIVATE  OFFERING.  The  purchases  to be made by the
Initial  Holders  pursuant  to this  Agreement  are to be  separate  and several
purchases.  The Company  agrees that neither it nor anyone  acting on its behalf
has  offered  or will  offer the  Warrants  or the  Warrant  Stock,  or any part
thereof,  or any similar  securities  for issue or sale to, or has  solicited or
will  solicit any offer to acquire  any of the same from,  anyone so as to bring
the issuance and sale of the Warrants  within the provisions of Section 5 of the
Securities Act.

                      3.9 SEC DOCUMENTS;  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The Company has
filed in a timely  manner all  documents  that the Company was  required to file
with the  Commission  under  Sections 13,  14(a) and 15(d) of the Exchange  Act,
since its initial public  offering.  As of their  respective  filing dates,  all
documents filed by the Company with the Commission ("SEC Documents')


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -18-
<PAGE>
complied in all material  respects with the  requirements of the Exchange Act or
the  Securities  Act,  as  applicable.  None of the SEC  Documents  as of  their
respective dates contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to
state a material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary to make the
statements  made therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
made, not misleading.  The financial  statements of the Company  included in the
SEC Documents  (the  "Financial  Statements")  comply as to form in all material
respects with applicable  accounting  requirements  and with the published rules
and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto. The Financial Statements
have been prepared in accordance  with GAAP and fairly present the  consolidated
financial  position of the Company and any Subsidiaries at the dates thereof and
the consolidated results of their operations and consolidated cash flows for the
periods then ended  (subject,  in the case of unaudited  statements,  to normal,
recurring adjustments).

                      Section 4. TRANSFERS GENERALLY: SECURITIES ACT COMPLIANCE.

                      4.1 TRANSFERS GENERALLY.  Except as otherwise permitted by
SECTION 5 hereof, the Restricted  Securities shall only be transferable upon the
conditions  specified in this SECTION 4, which  conditions  are intended,  among
other things,  to insure  compliance with the provisions of Regulation Y and the
Securities  Act in respect of the  transfer of any  Restricted  Securities.  Any
Holder shall, by its acceptance of any Warrant hereunder, be deemed to have made
the representations,  warranties and agreements set forth in SECTION 2.03 hereof
on the date of such acceptance.

                      4.2  TRANSFERS  OF  RESTRICTED   SECURITIES   PURSUANT  TO
REGISTRATION  STATEMENTS  AND RULE 144, ETC. The  Restricted  Securities  may be
offered or sold by the Holder thereof pursuant to (a) an effective  registration
statement  under the Securities Act, (b) to the extent  applicable,  Rule 144 or
(c) subject to SECTION  4.03 hereof,  any other  applicable  exemption  from the
Securities Act.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -19-
<PAGE>
                      4.3  NOTICE OF  CERTAIN  TRANSFERS.  If any  Holder of any
Restricted  Security  desires to transfer such  Restricted  Security  other than
pursuant to an effective registration  statement,  Rule 144 under the Securities
Act an  applicable  exemption  from the  Securities  Act or in  accordance  with
SECTION  5.01(A)  hereof,  such Holder  shall  deliver to the Company at least 7
Business  Days' prior  written  notice with  respect to the  proposed  transfer,
together with an opinion (at such Holder's expense) of Milbank,  Tweed, Hadley &
McCloy,  or such other counsel  reasonably  satisfactory to the Company,  to the
effect that an exemption from registration under the Securities Act is available
and specifying the applicable exemption.

                      4.4  RESTRICTIVE   LEGEND.   Unless  and  until  otherwise
permitted by this  SECTION 4, each  certificate  for Warrants  issued under this
Agreement, each certificate for any Warrants issued to any subsequent transferee
of any such  certificate,  each  certificate  for any Warrant  Stock issued upon
exercise of any Warrant,  each  certificate  for any Warrant Stock issued to any
subsequent  transferee of any such  certificate,  each certificate for any Other
Securities  issued in  connection  with the  exercise  of any  Warrant  and each
certificate for any Other Securities issued to any subsequent  transferee of any
such  certificate in respect  thereof,  shall be stamped or otherwise  imprinted
with a legend in substantially the following form:

                      "THE SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT
                      BEEN  REGISTERED  UNDER  THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS
                      AMENDED,   OR  APPLICABLE   STATE   SECURITIES  LAWS,  AND
                      ACCORDINGLY,  SUCH SECURITIES MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED, SOLD
                      OR  OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN  COMPLIANCE  WITH THE
                      REGISTRATION  OR  QUALIFICATION  PROVISIONS  OF APPLICABLE
                      FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR APPLICABLE EXEMPTIONS
                      THEREFROM."

                      "THE  TRANSFER  OF  THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY  THIS
                      CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN THAT
                      CERTAIN  WARRANT  AGREEMENT  DATED AS OF OCTOBER 31, 1997,
                      BETWEEN NUCO2 INC., A FLORIDA CORPORATION,


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -20-
<PAGE>
                      AND CERTAIN INITIAL HOLDERS, AS SUCH WARRANT AGREEMENT MAY
                      BE MODIFIED  AND  SUPPLEMENTED  AND IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO
                      TIME,  AND NO TRANSFER OF THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY
                      THIS  CERTIFICATE  SHALL BE VALID OR EFFECTIVE  UNTIL SUCH
                      CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED. A COPY OF THE FORM OF SUCH
                      WARRANT  AGREEMENT  IS ON FILE AND MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE
                      PRINCIPAL  EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE AFORESAID  CORPORATION.
                      THE  HOLDER OF THIS  CERTIFICATE,  BY  ACCEPTANCE  OF THIS
                      CERTIFICATE,  AGREES TO BE BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH
                      WARRANT AGREEMENT."

                      4.5 TERMINATION OF RESTRICTIONS.  The restrictions imposed
by this SECTION 4 upon the  transferability  of the Restricted  Securities shall
cease  and  terminate  as  to  any  particular  Restricted  Security  when  such
Restricted Security shall have been effectively  registered under the Securities
Act and sold by the Holder thereof in accordance with such  registration or sold
under and pursuant to Rule 144 or are eligible to be sold  pursuant to paragraph
(k) of Rule 144.  Whenever  the  restrictions  imposed  by this  SECTION 4 shall
terminate as to any  Restricted  Security as  hereinabove  provided,  the Holder
thereof shall,  upon written  request,  be entitled to receive from the Company,
without  expense,  a new certificate  evidencing  such  Restricted  Security not
bearing the restrictive  legend otherwise  required to be borne by a certificate
evidencing such Restricted Security.

                      Section 5. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO TRANSFERS.

                      5.1 DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES.  Subject to compliance with
all of the  provisions  of SECTION 4 hereof,  any Holder shall have the right to
transfer any Restricted Securities to any Person.

                      (a) Subject to compliance with the provisions of SECTION 4
hereof,  except with respect to the requirement for an opinion of counsel to the
Holder, which shall not be required


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -21-
<PAGE>
under this  SECTION  5.01(A),  any Holder  shall have the right to transfer  any
Restricted Securities:

                      (i)  to any  Person  who at the  time  owns  (directly  or
         indirectly)  at least a majority of the voting  capital  stock or other
         equity interests of such Holder;

             (ii) to any  Person at least a  majority  of whose  voting  capital
         stock  shall at the  time be owned  (directly  or  indirectly)  by such
         Holder or by any Person who owns  (directly or  indirectly)  at least a
         majority of the voting capital stock or other equity  interests of such
         Holder; or

           (iii)      to another Initial Holder.

                      (b) If, in the reasonable judgment of a Holder, a transfer
is required to be effected by such Holder because of a Regulatory  Problem,  the
Company shall use  reasonable  efforts to assist such Holder in disposing of its
Warrants and Warrant Stock,  subject to and in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement and applicable law, to any prospective  purchaser which is a financial
institution  or other  institutional  investor  approved by the  Company  (which
approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or  delayed)  of the  Warrants or
Warrant  Stock owned by such Holder as such  purchaser  may  reasonably  request
(PROVIDED  that,  the Company  shall not be required to make  available  to such
purchaser  any documents or  information  if doing so would,  in the  reasonable
judgment of counsel to the Company,  compromise  any  attorney-client  privilege
existing  with  respect  thereto) or to a direct or indirect  competitor  of the
Company.

                      (c) In the event of any  underwritten  public  offering of
Restricted  Securities  in which a Holder which is subject to the  provisions of
Regulation Y is participating,  the Company shall use its reasonable  efforts to
assist the  underwriter in ensuring that any Warrants or Warrant Stock issued by
the Company and sold by such Holder are widely disseminated.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -22-
<PAGE>
                      5.2 TRANSFER RESTRICTION. Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement or the Warrants to the contrary,  no Holder  subject to the provisions
of Regulation Y shall transfer any Warrants or shares of Warrant Stock issued by
the  Company  and held by it, if, as a result of such  transfer  or the right to
effect such transfer, such Holder would be deemed under Regulation Y to have the
power to exercise,  directly or  indirectly,  a controlling  influence  over the
management or policies of, or otherwise control,  the Company (and, for purposes
of this  restriction,  a reasoned opinion of counsel to such Holder delivered to
such Holder (which is based on facts and  circumstances  deemed  appropriate  by
such counsel) to the effect that such Holder does not have the power to exercise
such  a  controlling  influence  or  otherwise  control  the  Company  shall  be
conclusive).

                      5.3 REPURCHASE OF COMMON STOCK.  The Company shall give 30
days prior written notice to each Holder before purchasing,  redeeming, retiring
or otherwise acquiring any shares of Common Stock of the Company.

                      5.4 CANCELLATION AND REISSUANCE.  If any Initial Holder or
any of its  Affiliates  assigns or  otherwise  transfers  any of its  Notes,  or
assigns any of its rights or obligations  thereunder to any Person, such Initial
Holder may request  (upon 10 Business  Days' prior notice to the Company) that a
number of warrants held by such Initial  Holder be cancelled on the date of such
assignment  and  transfer  and that a like  number of  Warrants be issued by the
Company  to the  Person to whom  such  Notes are  being  assigned  or  otherwise
transferred.  Upon the date specified in such request,  the Company shall issue,
and the Initial  Holder  shall  deliver to the Company  for  cancellation,  such
number of warrants as aforesaid  and the Company and such Person  shall  execute
and  deliver an  instrument  pursuant  to which such  Person  becomes a "Holder"
hereunder  entitled to all the benefits  accorded to a Holder under, and subject
to all of the obligations  imposed upon a Holder pursuant to, this Agreement and
the warrants.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -23-
<PAGE>
                      5.5  TRANSFER,   DIVISION  AND  COMBINATION.   Subject  to
SECTIONS 4 and 5 hereof,  transfer  of a Warrant and all rights  thereunder,  in
whole or in part (the "TRANSFERRED  WARRANT"),  shall be registered on the books
of the  Company  to be  maintained  for such  purpose,  upon  surrender  of such
Transferred  Warrant at the office of the Company  maintained  for such  purpose
pursuant  to  SECTION   13.03  hereof,   together  with  a  written   assignment
substantially in the form set out at the end of such Transferred  Warrant,  duly
executed  by the  relevant  Holder and  payment of funds  sufficient  to pay any
transfer  taxes payable upon the making of such  transfer.  Upon such  surrender
and, if required,  such payment,  the Company shall, subject to SECTIONS 4 and 5
hereof and the  immediately  following  sentence,  (a) execute and deliver a new
Warrant  or  Warrants  in the  name  of the  assignee  or  assignees  and in the
denominations  specified  in such  instrument  of  assignment,  (b) issue to the
assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of such Transferred warrant not so
assigned or transferred  and (c) promptly  cancel such  Transferred  Warrant.  A
Warrant, if properly assigned in compliance with SECTIONS 4 and 5 hereof, may be
exercised  by an assignee  for the  purchase of shares of Common  Stock  without
having a new Warrant or Warrants issued. Notwithstanding any provision herein to
the  contrary,  the Company  shall not be required to register  the  transfer of
Warrants or Warrant  Stock in the name of any Person who  acquired  such Warrant
(or part thereof) or any Warrant Stock  otherwise  than in accordance  with this
Agreement.

                      The Company shall  maintain with its transfer  agent or at
its aforesaid office, books for the registration and transfer of the Warrants.

                      Section 6.  ADJUSTMENT OF STOCK UNIT. The number of shares
of Common Stock comprising a Stock Unit shall be subject to adjustment from time
to time as set forth in this  SECTION 6. All of the  adjustments  referred to in
this SECTION 6 shall only apply to Warrants  which have not yet been  exercised.
The Company  shall not create any class of Common Stock which carries any rights
to  dividends  or assets  differing in any respect from the rights of the Common
Stock on the date hereof.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -24-
<PAGE>
                      6.1 STOCK DIVIDENDS,  SUBDIVISIONS AND COMBINATIONS. If at
any time the Company shall:

                      (a) declare or pay a dividend payable in Additional Shares
         of Common Stock, or

                      (b) subdivide its outstanding  shares of Common Stock into
         a larger number of shares of Common Stock, or

                      (c) combine its outstanding  shares of Common Stock into a
         smaller number of shares of Common Stock,

then the number of shares of Common Stock  comprising  a Stock Unit  immediately
after the  occurrence of any such event shall be adjusted to equal the number of
shares of Common  Stock which a record  holder of the number of shares of Common
Stock comprising a Stock Unit  immediately  prior to the happening of such event
would own or be entitled to receive after the happening of such event.

                      6.2 ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL  SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.  If at
any time the Company shall (except as  hereinafter  provided)  issue or sell any
Additional Shares of Common Stock in exchange for consideration in an amount per
Additional  Share of Common Stock less than the Current Market Price at the time
the Additional  Shares of Common Stock are issued,  then the number of shares of
Common Stock thereafter comprising a Stock Unit shall be adjusted to that number
determined  by  multiplying  the number of shares of Common  Stock  comprising a
Stock Unit immediately  prior to such adjustment by a fraction (a) the numerator
of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding  immediately
prior to the issuance of such Additional  Shares of Common Stock PLUS the number
of such Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued,  and (b) the denominator of
which  shall be the  number of shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  immediately
prior to the issuance of such Additional  Shares of Common Stock PLUS the number
of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration for the total number
of such  Additional  Shares of  Common  Stock so issued  would  purchase  at the
Current Market


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -25-
<PAGE>
Price.  For purposes of this SECTION 6.02, for all issuances of shares of Common
Stock except for those shares issued in connection with an acquisition of assets
or stock, a tender or exchange  offer,  a merger or other business  combination,
the date as of which the Current  Market  Price  shall be computed  shall be the
earlier of (i) the date on which the Company  shall  enter into a firm  contract
for the issuance of such Additional  Shares of Common Stock and (ii) the date of
actual  issuance of such Additional  Shares of Common Stock.  Subject to SECTION
6.05  hereof,  no further  adjustment  of the  number of shares of COMMON  Stock
comprising  a Stock Unit shall be made under this SECTION 6.02 upon the issuance
of any Additional Shares of Common Stock:

                      (a) for which an adjustment is provided under SECTION 6.01
         hereof;

                      (b) which  are  issued  pursuant  to the  exercise  of any
         Options or the  conversion,  exchange or  exercise  of any  Convertible
         Securities, if any such adjustment shall previously have been made upon
         the issuance of such  Options or  Convertible  Securities  (or upon the
         issuance  of any Option  therefor)  pursuant  to  SECTION  6.03 or 6.04
         hereof; or

                      (c) as a  distribution  or a dividend which is distributed
         or declared and paid in accordance with SECTION 7.02 hereof.

                      6.3 ISSUANCE OF OPTIONS.  If at any time the Company shall
issue or sell,  or shall fix a record date for the  determination  of holders of
any class of  securities  entitled to receive,  any Options,  whether or not the
rights to purchase thereunder are immediately exercisable, and the consideration
received by the Company in payment for such Options  (determined  in  accordance
with  SECTION  6.06(A)  hereof)  shall be less than the Current  Market Price in
effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance,  sale or fixing of
a record date, then the number of shares of Common Stock thereafter comprising a
Stock Unit shall be adjusted  as  provided  in SECTION  6.02 hereof on the basis
that (a) the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -26-
<PAGE>
Stock issuable  pursuant to all such Options shall be deemed to have been issued
as of (and, accordingly,  the date as of which the Current Market Price shall be
computed  shall  be) the  computation  date  specified  in the  next  succeeding
sentence of this SECTION  6.03,  and (b) the  aggregate  consideration  for such
maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be (subject to SECTION
6.05 hereof) the consideration  received by the Company for the issuance or sale
of such Additional  Shares of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of such Options
or pursuant to the terms of such  Convertible  Securities.  For purposes of this
SECTION 6.03, the computation  date for clause (a) above shall be the earlier of
(i) the date on which the  Company  shall  take a record of the  holders  of its
Common Stock for the purpose of entitling them to receive any such Options, (ii)
the date on which the Company  shall enter into a firm contract for the issuance
or sale of such  Options and (iii) the date on which the Company  shall issue or
sell such Options. No further adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock
comprising  a Stock Unit shall be made under this SECTION 6.03 upon the issuance
or sale of any Options to  subscribe  for or purchase any  Additional  Shares of
Common Stock or any Convertible  Securities or upon the subsequent issue or sale
of Additional  Shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options,  if any
such  adjustment  shall  previously  have been made upon the issuance or sale of
such Option or upon the setting of a record  date  therefor,  or upon any deemed
issuance or sale of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, as a distribution or
a dividend which is distributed or declared and paid in accordance  with SECTION
7.02 hereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  any issuance of an Option which is
issued together with a debt security of the Company, as a unit, shall be treated
for the purpose of this SECTION 6 as the issuance of a Convertible Security.

                      6.4 ISSUANCE OF CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES. If at any time the
Company  shall  issue or sell any  Convertible  Securities,  whether  or not the
rights to exchange or convert  thereunder are immediately  exercisable,  and the
consideration received by the Company in payment for such Convertible Securities
shall be less than the Convertible Security Value thereof, then the number of



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -27-
<PAGE>
shares of Common Stock thereafter  comprising a Stock Unit shall be increased to
a number of shares of Common  Stock  having a value  immediately  following  the
computation  date (as  established  below)  equal to the value of the  number of
shares  comprising such Stock Unit  immediately  before such increase.  For this
purpose,  the value before the increase will be the Current  Market Price of the
Common Stock  (determined  as at the date  immediately  preceding such increase)
DIVIDED by the number of shares of Common Stock following the  computation  date
shall be the foregoing  value,  except that the  numerator  shall be the Current
Market  Price PLUS the cash  amount  paid to the  Company  for such  Convertible
Securities LESS the Convertible Security Value of such Convertible Securities on
issuance and the  denominator  shall be  increased  by the number of  Additional
Shares of Common Stock issuable on exercise of such Convertible Securities.  For
purposes of this SECTION 6.04, the computation date shall be the earliest of (i)
the date on which the  Company  shall take a record of the holders of its Common
Stock  for the  purpose  of  entitling  them to  receive  any  such  Convertible
Securities,  (ii) the date on which the Company shall enter into a firm contract
for the issuance or sale of such  Convertible  Securities  and (iii) the date of
actual issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities. No further adjustment of
the number of shares of Common Stock comprising a Stock Unit shall be made under
this SECTION 6.04 upon the issuance or sale of any Convertible Securities or the
conversion or exchange of such Convertible  Securities into Additional Shares of
Common Stock:

                      (A) which are issued or sold  pursuant to the  exercise of
         any Option therefor,  if any such adjustment shall previously have been
         made  upon  the  issuance  or  sale  of  an  Option  relating  to  such
         Convertible Securities pursuant to SECTION 6.03 hereof; or

                      (B)  if any  such  adjustment  in  respect  thereof  shall
         previously  have been made upon the setting of a RECORD date  therefor,
         or upon any deemed issuance or sale of such Convertible Securities; or



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -28-
<PAGE>
                      (C) as a  distribution  or a dividend which is distributed
         or declared and paid in accordance with SECTION 7.02 hereof.

                      6.5 SUPERSEDING  ADJUSTMENT OF STOCK UNIT. If, at any time
after any adjustment of the number of shares of Common Stock  comprising a Stock
Unit shall have been made pursuant to SECTION 6.03 or 6.04 hereof as a result of
the issuance of Options or Convertible  Securities,  or after any new adjustment
of the number of shares of Common Stock  comprising a Stock Unit shall have been
made pursuant to this SECTION 6.05, (a) such Options or the right of conversion,
exchange or exercise of such Convertible  Securities shall expire,  and all or a
portion of such Options or the right of  conversion,  exchange or exercise  with
respect to all or a portion of such Convertible Securities,  as the case may be,
shall not have been  exercised or treated as having been  exercised or otherwise
canceled  or  acquired  by  the  Company  in  connection   with  any  settlement
(including,  without  limitation,  any cash  settlement)  of such Options or the
rights of conversion, or exchange or exercise of such convertible Securities, or
(b) there has been any change  (whether by the passage of time or  otherwise) in
the number of shares  issuable  upon  exercise,  conversion  or exchange of such
Options or  Convertible  Securities  (including  as a result of the operation of
antidilution provisions applicable thereto), or (c) the consideration per share,
for which  Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  are  issuable  pursuant  to such
Options or the terms of any Convertible Securities,  or the maturity of any such
Convertible  Security,  shall be  changed  (whether  by the  passage  of time or
otherwise) then such previous adjustment shall be rescinded and annulled and the
Additional  Shares of Common  Stock  which  were  deemed to have been  issued by
virtue of the  computation  made in connection  with the adjustment so rescinded
and  annulled  shall no longer  be deemed to have been  issued by virtue of such
computation.  Thereupon,  a  recomputation  shall be made of the  effect of such
Options or Convertible Securities on the basis of:

                      (i)  treating  the number of  Additional  Shares of Common
         Stock, if any, theretofore actually issued or sold


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -29-
<PAGE>
         pursuant  to the  previous  exercise  of such  Options or such right of
         conversion  or  exchange,  as having been issued or sold on the date or
         dates of such  issuance as  determined  for  purposes of such  previous
         adjustment and for the consideration actually received therefor;

             (ii)  treating the maximum  number of  Additional  Shares of Common
         Stock  (A)  issuable   pursuant  to  all  Options   which  then  remain
         outstanding  and (B) necessary to effect the  conversion or exchange of
         all Convertible  Securities  which then remain  outstanding,  as having
         been issued (subject, however, to further adjustment under this Section
         6.05); and

            (iii) making the  computations  called for in SECTION 6.04 hereof on
         the basis of the revised terms of such Convertible Securities as if the
         securities being subject to  recomputation  were newly issued as of the
         relevant recomputation date and, if and to the extent called for by the
         foregoing  provisions of this SECTION 6 on the basis  aforesaid,  a new
         adjustment  of the number of shares of Common Stock  comprising a Stock
         Unit  shall  be  made,  and such new  adjustment  shall  supersede  the
         previous adjustment so rescinded and annulled.

                      6.6 OTHER PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE TO ADJUSTMENTS UNDER THIS
SECTION  6. The  following  provisions  shall be  applicable  to the  making  of
adjustments  of the  number of shares of Common  Stock  comprising  a Stock Unit
hereinbefore  provided for in this  SECTION 6,  irrespective  of the  accounting
treatment of any consideration described below:

                      (a) COMPUTATION OF  CONSIDERATION.  To the extent that any
Additional  Shares of Common Stock,  any Options or any  Convertible  Securities
shall be  issued  for cash  consideration,  the  consideration  received  by the
Company  therefor  shall be deemed  to be the  amount  of cash  received  by the
Company  therefor,  or, if such  Additional  Shares of Common Stock,  Options or
Convertible  Securities  are  offered  by  the  Company  for  subscription,  the
subscription price, or, if such Additional


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -30-
<PAGE>
Shares  of  Common  Stock,  Options  or  Convertible   Securities  are  sold  to
underwriters or dealers for public offering without a subscription offering, the
initial public offering price. To the extent that such issuance or sale shall be
for consideration  other than cash, then the amount of such consideration  shall
be deemed to be the fair market value of such  consideration at the time of such
issuance,  as reasonably  determined  by the Board.  The  consideration  for any
Additional  Shares of Common Stock issuable  pursuant to any Option to subscribe
for or purchase the same shall be the  consideration  received or  receivable by
the  Company  for the  sale or  issuance  of such  Option  plus  the  additional
consideration  payable to the Company  upon the  exercise  thereof in full.  The
consideration for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the
terms of any Convertible  Securities shall be the consideration  paid or payable
to the  Company in respect of the  subscription  for,  sale or  issuance of such
Convertible Securities plus the additional  consideration payable to the Company
upon the conversion or exchange  thereof in full. In case of the issuance at any
time of any Additional  Shares of Common Stock in payment or satisfaction of any
dividend upon any class of stock other than Common  Stock,  the Company shall be
deemed to have received for such Additional Shares of Common Stock consideration
equal to the amount of such dividend so paid or satisfied.

                      (b) WHEN ADJUSTMENTS TO BE MADE. The adjustments  required
by this  SECTION 6 shall be made  whenever and as often as any  specified  event
requiring an adjustment  shall occur except that any adjustment of the number of
shares of Common Stock  comprising a Stock Unit that would otherwise be required
may be postponed  (except in the case of a subdivision  or combination of shares
of the Common  Stock,  as  provided  for in SECTION  6.01  hereof) up to but not
beyond the date of  exercise if such  adjustment  either by itself or with other
adjustments  not previously made adds or subtracts less than 1% of the aggregate
Exercise Price for all Warrants then outstanding.  Any adjustment representing a
change of less than such minimum percent (except as aforesaid)  shall be carried
forward and made as soon as such  adjustment,  together  with other  adjustments
required by this


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -31-
<PAGE>
SECTION 6 and not previously made,  would result in a minimum  adjustment on the
date of exercise.  For the purpose of any adjustment,  any specified event shall
be  deemed  to  have  occurred  at the  close  of  business  on the  date of its
occurrence.

                      (c) FRACTIONAL  INTERESTS.  In computing adjustments under
this SECTION 6, fractional interests in Common Stock shall be taken into account
to the nearest one-hundredth of a share.

                      (d) WHEN ADJUSTMENT NOT REQUIRED. (i) If the Company shall
take a record of the holders of its Common  Stock for the  purpose of  entitling
them to receive a dividend or  distribution  or  subscription or purchase rights
and  shall,  thereafter  and before the  distribution  thereof to  Shareholders,
legally  abandon  its  plan  to  pay or  deliver  such  dividend,  distribution,
subscription or purchase rights,  then no adjustment shall be required by reason
of the taking of such record and any such adjustment  previously made in respect
thereof  shall be rescinded  and  annulled,  and no  adjustment in the number of
shares of Common Stock  thereafter  comprising a Stock Unit under  SECTION 6.02,
6.03 or 6.04  hereof  shall  be made in  respect  of the  Warrants  held by such
Holder. (ii) No adjustment shall be made hereunder in respect of the issuance of
Option Stock or options representing the right to acquire Option Stock.

                      Section 7. CONSOLIDATION,  MERGER,  SHARE EXCHANGE,  ETC.;
DISTRIBUTIONS.  The  provisions  set forth in this SECTION 7 shall only apply to
Warrants which have not yet been exercised.

                      7.1 CONSOLIDATION,  MERGER, SHARE EXCHANGE, ETC. In case a
consolidation,  merger or share  exchange of the Company  shall be effected with
another  Person after the date hereof and the Company shall not be the surviving
entity,  or the Company shall be the surviving entity but its Common Stock shall
be changed into  securities or other  property of another  Person,  or the sale,
lease or transfer of all or a substantial  part of its assets to another  Person
shall  be  effected  after  the  date  hereof,  then,  as a  condition  of  such
consolidation, merger, share


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -32-
<PAGE>
exchange,  sale, lease or transfer,  lawful and adequate provision shall be made
whereby  each Holder  shall  thereafter  have the right to purchase and receive,
upon the  exercise of its  Warrants,  on the basis and the terms and  conditions
specified  herein  (and  in  lieu of each  Stock  Unit  immediately  theretofore
purchasable  and receivable  upon the exercise of the Warrants),  such shares of
stock,  securities,  cash or other property  receivable upon such consolidation,
merger,  share exchange,  sale, lease or transfer as such Holder would have been
entitled to receive if its Warrants had been exercised immediately prior to such
event. In any such case,  appropriate and equitable provision also shall be made
with  respect  to the rights and  interests  of each  Holder to the end that the
provisions hereof  (including  SECTION 6 hereof) shall thereafter be applicable,
as nearly as may be, in  relation  to any shares of stock,  securities,  cash or
other property  thereafter  deliverable  upon the exercise of any Warrants.  The
Company shall not effect any such consolidation,  merger, share exchange,  sale,
lease or  transfer  unless  prior  to or  simultaneously  with the  consummation
thereof the  successor  Person (if other than the Company)  resulting  from such
consolidation,  merger or share  exchange or the Person  purchasing,  leasing or
otherwise  acquiring  such  assets  shall  assume,  by written  instrument,  the
obligation to deliver to such Holder such shares of stock,  securities,  cash or
other property as, in accordance with the foregoing provisions,  such Holder may
be entitled to upon the exercise of its Warrants.  The above  provisions of this
SECTION 7.01 shall similarly apply to successive consolidations,  mergers, share
exchanges, sales, leases or transfers.

                      7.2  DISTRIBUTIONS  UPON  DECLARATION OF DIVIDEND OR OTHER
DISTRIBUTION. So long as any Warrants remain outstanding, the Company shall pay,
upon the declaration  and payment of any dividend or distribution  (whether such
dividend  or  distribution  is in the  form of  cash,  debt  securities,  equity
securities or other  property) on any class of Common Stock,  to each Holder the
dividend or distribution that such Holder would be otherwise entitled to receive
had such Holder exercised the Warrants held by it in full  immediately  prior to
the  taking of record of those  holders  of Common  Stock  entitled  to any such
dividend or


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -33-
<PAGE>
distribution,  PROVIDED that,  this  provision  shall apply only to dividends or
distributions in respect of the Common Stock other than ordinary,  periodic cash
dividends  paid out of  earned  surplus  of the  Company.  If such  dividend  or
distribution  is in the form of a voting  equity  security,  such Holder will be
entitled to receive,  at its option,  in its stead non-voting  equity securities
otherwise  identical to and  convertible at such Holder's option into the equity
securities to which such Holder is otherwise entitled  thereunder and continuing
benefiting from antidilution  provisions similar to those herein. This provision
shall not apply to stock dividends of Additional Shares of Common Stock, or to a
reclassification  or  recapitalization,  PROVIDED  that the Company  adjusts the
number of shares of Common  Stock  comprising  a Stock Unit  pursuant to SECTION
6.01 hereof.

                      7.3  DILUTION  IN CASE OF  OTHER  SECURITIES.  In case any
Other  Securities  shall be issued or sold or shall  become  subject to issue or
sale upon the  conversion or exchange of any stock (or Other  Securities) of the
Company (or any issuer of Other  Securities  or any other Person  referred to in
SECTION 7.01 hereof) or to subscription,  purchase or other acquisition pursuant
to any rights, options, warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire
either  Additional  Shares of Common Stock or securities  directly or indirectly
convertible into or exchangeable for Additional  Shares of Common Stock,  issued
or granted by the Company (or any such other issuer or Person) for consideration
such as to dilute,  on a basis consistent with the standards  established in the
other  provisions  of  SECTION 6 hereof,  the  purchase  rights  granted  by the
Warrants,  then,  and in each  such  case,  the  computations,  adjustments  and
readjustments  provided  for in said  SECTION 6 with  respect to the Stock Units
shall be made as nearly as  possible  in the manner so  provided  and applied to
determine the amount of Other  Securities  from time to time receivable upon the
exercise of the  Warrants,  so as to protect  the Holders  against the effect of
such dilution.

                      Section 8.    NOTICE TO WARRANT HOLDERS.



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -34-
<PAGE>
                      8.1 NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT OF STOCK UNIT OR EXERCISE  PRICE.
Whenever the number of shares of Common  Stock  comprising a Stock Unit shall be
adjusted pursuant to SECTION 6 or 7 hereof, the Company shall forthwith obtain a
certificate signed by the chief financial officer of the Company, setting forth,
in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment and the method by which
such  adjustment was  calculated  (including a description of the basis on which
the Board determined the fair market value of Additional  Shares of Common Stock
issued  or sold and,  if the  consideration  therefor  was other  than  cash,  a
description  of how such  consideration  was valued),  specifying  the number of
shares of Common Stock  comprising a Stock Unit and (if such adjustment was made
pursuant  to  SECTION  7 hereof)  describing  the  number  and kind of any other
securities  comprising a Stock Unit, and any change in the Exercise Price, after
giving effect to such  adjustment or change.  The Company shall  promptly and in
any case within 10 days after the making of such adjustments cause a signed copy
of such  certificate  to be delivered to each Holder in accordance  with SECTION
13.02 hereof. The Company shall keep at its office or agency, maintained for the
purpose  pursuant to SECTION 13.03 hereof,  copies of all such  certificates and
cause the same to be  available  for  inspection  at said office  during  normal
business hours by any Holder or any prospective permitted purchaser of a Warrant
designated by a holder thereof.

                      8.2  NOTICE  OF  CERTAIN  CORPORATE  ACTIONS.  In case the
Company  shall  propose (a) to pay any dividend  (other than a regular  periodic
dividend  payable in cash out of earned  surplus)  to the  holders of its Common
Stock or to make any other  distribution  to the holders of its Common Stock, or
(b) to offer to the holders of its Common Stock  rights to  subscribe  for or to
purchase any Additional  Shares of Common Stock or Other  Securities,  rights or
options, or (c) to effect any reclassification of its Common Stock (other than a
reclassification involving only the subdivision,  or combination, of outstanding
shares of Common Stock), or (d) to effect any capital reorganization,  or (e) to
effect any  consolidation,  merger or share exchange in which the Company is not
the surviving entity, or is the surviving entity but its Common Stock


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -35-
<PAGE>
shall be changed into securities or other property of another  Person,  or sale,
lease,  transfer  or other  disposition  of all or a majority  of its  property,
assets or business, or (f) to effect the liquidation,  dissolution or winding up
of the Company,  then, in each such case, the Company shall give to each Holder,
in accordance with SECTION 13.02 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which
shall specify the date on which a record is to be taken for the purposes of such
stock dividend,  distribution  or offering of rights,  or the date on which such
reclassification,  reorganization,  consolidation, merger, share exchange, sale,
lease, transfer, disposition,  liquidation, dissolution or winding up is to take
place and the date of  participation  therein by the holders of Common Stock, if
any such date is to be fixed and shall also set forth  such  facts with  respect
thereto as shall be  reasonably  necessary to indicate the effect of such action
on the Common  Stock,  if any,  and the  number and kind of any other  shares of
stock  which  will  comprise  a Stock  Unit,  and the  purchase  price or prices
thereof,  after giving effect to any adjustment,  if any, which will be required
as a result of such  action.  Such  notice  shall be so given in the case of any
action  covered  by clause (a) or (b) above at least 20 days prior to the record
date for  determining  holders of the Common  Stock for purposes of such action,
and in the case of any other such action,  at least 20 days prior to the date of
the taking of such proposed action or the date of  participation  therein by the
holders of Common Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.

                      8.3 LIMITATION ON HOLDERS'  RIGHTS.  Prior to the exercise
of any  Warrant,  the Holder  thereof  shall not be  entitled to any rights of a
Shareholder  (subject  to SECTION  7.02  hereof with  respect to  dividends  and
distributions),  including,  without  limitation,  the right to vote or  receive
dividends  or other  distributions,  or any  notice  of any  proceedings  of the
Company except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

                      Section 9. RESERVATION AND  AUTHORIZATION OF COMMON STOCK.
The Company  shall at all times  reserve and keep  available  for issue upon the
exercise or conversion of Warrants  such number of its  authorized  but unissued
shares of Common Stock as will be


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -36-
<PAGE>
sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding  Warrants from time
to time. All shares of Common Stock which shall be so issuable, when issued upon
exercise of any Warrant and payment of the applicable Exercise Price therefor in
accordance with the terms hereof and of the Warrants,  shall be duly and validly
issued by the Company,  fully paid and  nonassessable  and free and clear of all
Liens.

                      Before   taking  any  action  which  would  result  in  an
adjustment  in the number of shares of Common  Stock  comprising a Stock Unit or
which would cause an adjustment  reducing the Current Warrant Price per share of
Common  Stock below the then par value,  if any,  of the shares of Common  Stock
issuable  upon  exercise of the  Warrants,  the Company shall take any corporate
action  which is  necessary  in order that the  Company  may validly and legally
issue fully paid and nonassessable  shares of Common Stock free and clear of all
Liens upon the exercise of all the Warrants immediately after the taking of such
action.

                      Before   taking  any  action  which  would  result  in  an
adjustment in the number of shares of Common Stock comprising a Stock Unit or in
the Current  Warrant Price per share of Common  Stock,  the Company shall obtain
all such  authorizations or exemptions  thereof,  or consents thereto, as may be
necessary from any public regulatory body or bodies having jurisdiction thereof.

                      The Company will list on each national securities exchange
on which any Common Stock may at any time be listed,  subject to official notice
of issuance upon  exercise of the  Warrants,  and will maintain such listing of,
all shares of Common Stock from time to time  issuable  upon the exercise of the
Warrants.  The Company will also so list on each national  securities  exchange,
and will  maintain  such  listing  of, any Other  Securities  if at the time any
securities  of the  same  class  shall be  listed  on such  national  securities
exchange by the Company.

                      Section 10. TAKING OF RECORD;  STOCK AND WARRANT  TRANSFER
BOOKS.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -37-
<PAGE>
                      (a) In the case of all dividends or other distributions by
the  Company  to the  holders  of its  Common  Stock  with  respect to which any
provision of SECTION 6 and SECTION 7.02 hereof  refers to the taking of a record
of such  holders,  the Company  shall in each such case take such a record as of
the close of business on a Business Day.

                      (b) The Company shall not close its stock  transfer  books
or  Warrant  transfer  books for the  purpose  of  preventing  or  delaying  the
exercise, conversion or transfer of any Warrant.

                      Section 11.   HOLDERS' SPECIAL RIGHTS.

                      11.1  REPLACEMENT  OF  INSTRUMENTS.  Upon  receipt  by the
Company of evidence  reasonably  satisfactory  to it of the ownership of and the
loss,  theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  any  certificate  or  instrument
evidencing any Warrants issued by the Company, and

                      (a) in the  case of  loss,  theft  or  destruction,  of an
         indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, PROVIDED that, if the owner of
         the same is an Initial Holder,  its own agreement of indemnity shall be
         deemed to be satisfactory,  or if the owner of the same is a Holder the
         Company may require a bond, or

                      (b)  in  the  case  of   mutilation,   upon  surrender  or
         cancellation thereof,

the  Company,  at its expense,  shall  execute,  register  and deliver,  in lieu
thereof,  a new  certificate  or instrument for (or covering the purchase of) an
equal number of warrants or warrant Stock.

                      11.2  RESTRICTIONS ON CERTAIN ACTION.

                      (a)  The  Company  shall  not at any  time  enter  into an
agreement or other instrument limiting in any manner (other than in a de minimis
manner) its ability to perform its


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -38-
<PAGE>
obligations  under this Agreement or making such  performance or the issuance of
shares of Common Stock upon the  exercise of any Warrant  issued by it a default
under any such agreement or instrument.

                      (b) So long as at least 50` of all of the Warrants  issued
to the  Initial  Holders  hereunder  (not  including  those  Warrants  issued to
NationsBanc Montgomery Securities,  Inc.) shall remain outstanding,  neither the
Company nor any of its Subsidiaries  shall (i) issue any Participating  Security
or  Options  for or  Convertible  Securities  convertible  into a  Participating
Security,  (ii) issue any class of equity other than Common Stock outstanding on
the date hereof and any Preferred Stock of the Company or (iii) make or agree to
make payments to any Person,  such as any "phantom"  stock  payments,  where the
amount  thereof is calculated  with  reference to fair market or equity value of
the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

                      11.3 INSPECTION RIGHTS. As and when requested, the Company
shall provide to any transferee of Notes who is a Holder of or an Initial Holder
of  more  than  15%  of  the  total  outstanding   Warrants  or  the  agents  or
representatives  of such holder all information and/or access to all information
in respect of the  Company  and its  Subsidiaries  as the  Company  provides  to
members  of the  Board at the  same  time or times  and/or  subject  to the same
conditions  to which such  information  or access  thereto is  provided  to such
members of the Board.

                      11.4 BOARD ATTENDANCE.  So long as the Initial Holders own
50% or more of the  Warrants  and the Warrant  Stock,  one  representative  (the
"Representative") appointed by the Majority Initial Holders shall be entitled to
attend  all  meetings  of (i) the  Board,  (ii) the  board of  directors  of any
Subsidiary  of the  Company  and  (iii)  any  committee  of (i) and  (ii)  above
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the Representative shall not be entitled to vote at any
such  meeting.  The Company shall  reimburse,  by Company check mailed within 30
Business  Days of receipt by the Company of proper  documentation  thereof,  the
reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses incurred by the Representative in connection
with



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -39-
<PAGE>
attendance at any meetings  pursuant to this SECTION 11.04;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
the  Representative  shall not be  entitled  to  reimbursement  for  first-class
travel.

                      11.5 RIGHT TO PURCHASE EQUITY  SECURITIES.  (a) So long as
an Initial Holder owns any Warrants or Warrant Stock, if the Company proposes to
and does issue any Equity Securities (other than in a registered public offering
or in a transaction  in which Equity  Securities are exchanged for the assets or
securities of another  person;  PROVIDED,  that the Board has determined in good
faith that the assets or  securities  received by the  Company in such  exchange
have a fair value at least  equal to the value of the Equity  Securities  of the
Company exchanged therefor) the Company shall offer each such Initial Holder the
right  to  participate  proportionately  in a  percentage  amount  equal  to the
percentage of the Company's Common Stock (on a fully diluted basis)  represented
by the Warrants  and/or Warrant Stock held by each such Initial Holder as of the
date of issuance of any such Equity  Securities  (the "DATE OF ISSUANCE") and on
the same  terms  and  conditions  and at the same per  unit  price  (the  "ISSUE
PRICE").  The Company shall give written notice to each such Initial  Holders of
any such issuance as far in advance of the Date of Issuance as possible,  but in
no event  less than 10 days in  advance  of the Date of  Issuance  (a "NOTICE OF
ISSUANCE").  The Notice of Issuance will describe in reasonable detail the terms
and conditions of the proposed issuance,  including the Issue Price, the maximum
number of Equity  Securities  that  each  Initial  Holder  will be  entitled  to
purchase  (assuming  for this  purpose  only that the number of Warrants  and/or
shares of Warrant Stock held by each Initial  Holder does not change between the
date of the  giving  of such  notice  and the Date of  Issuance)  on the Date of
Issuance.

                      (b) Each such  Initial  Holder  shall  have the  option to
elect to purchase  all or part of such  Initial  Holder's  portion of the Equity
Securities described in a Notice of Issuance at the Issue Price and on the other
terms  contained in the Notice of Issuance by  notifying  the Company in writing
(an "ELECTION NOTICE") at least two business days prior to the Date


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -40-
<PAGE>
of Issuance (the  "Election  Period"),  at which time such Initial  Holder shall
become  irrevocably  bound  (subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  all  regulatory
requirements)  to purchase such Equity  Securities.  Each  Election  Notice will
indicate the number of units that each Initial Holder elects to purchase.

                      (c) Any purchase and sale  pursuant to the  provisions  of
this SECTION 11.05 shall occur on the Date of Issuance at the principal  offices
of the Company unless otherwise agreed. At any closing of a purchase and sale in
accordance  with this  SECTION  11.05,  the Company  will  deliver  certificates
evidencing  the Equity  Securities to be so purchased  against  delivery by each
Initial  Holder of an amount  equal to the  number  of units  that each  Initial
Holder has elected to purchase  multiplied by the Issue Price.  Such amount will
be payable at such  closing.  Each  Initial  Holder  making a purchase of Equity
Securities  pursuant to this SECTION 11.05 shall be responsible  for the payment
of any  transfer or other taxes due as a result of such  purchase and such taxes
shall be payable at the closing (unless such Initial Holder provides evidence in
form satisfactory to the Company that such taxes have been paid).

                      (d) The  failure of any  Initial  Holder to  exercise  its
right to purchase Equity  Securities under this SECTION 11.05 in connection with
any one  issuance of Equity  Securities  by the Company will not, in any manner,
waive or  otherwise  impair the rights of such Initial  Holder to purchase  such
Initial  Holder's  share of  Equity  Securities  in  connection  with any  other
proposed   issuance  of  Equity  Securities  to  which  this  SECTION  11.05  is
applicable.

                      (e)  Notwithstanding  anything  contained  in this SECTION
11.05 to the  contrary,  the Company may at any time,  regardless  of whether an
Election  Notice  has  been  given,  prior to the Date of  Issuance  abandon  an
offering  as to  which it has  given a Notice  of  Issuance,  in which  case the
Initial  Holders shall have no further  right to purchase the Equity  Securities
described in such Notice of Issuance.



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -41-

<PAGE>
                      Section 12.   REGISTRATION.

                      12.1 NOTICE.  On and after the date of this  Agreement (a)
upon receipt of notice (a "DEMAND NOTICE") from the Majority Holders  requesting
that the Company effect the  registration of Warrants or shares of Warrant Stock
held by any Holder or Holders, or (b) whenever the Company otherwise proposes to
effect the  registration  of any Common  Stock  under the  Securities  Act,  the
Company  shall  promptly,  and in any  event  at  least  20  days  prior  to the
anticipated  filing date of the proposed  registration  statement,  give written
notice of such proposed  registration to all Holders. Each Holder that wishes to
register  its  Warrants or shares of Warrant  Stock  (each,  a "SELLER")  shall,
within 15 days after  receipt of such  notice from the  Company,  deliver to the
Company  a notice  (a  "SELLER  NOTICE")  stating  that  such  Seller  wishes to
participate  in such  offering and setting forth the number of shares of Warrant
Stock  that such  Seller  desires  to  include  in such  offering.  The  Company
thereupon shall,  subject to SECTION 12.01(C) as expeditiously as possible,  use
its best efforts to effect the  registration  under the  Securities  Act of such
shares of Warrant Stock (any such registration  effected or undertaken  pursuant
to a  Demand  Notice  being  herein  referred  to as a  "DEMAND  REGISTRATION");
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Company  shall not be required to effect more than
two Demand  Registrations  PROVIDED,  FURTHER that the  Company's  obligation to
effect  registration  of  Warrants  or shares of  Warrant  Stock  under  Section
12.01(b)  shall be  unlimited  in  number.  In the event  that (i) the amount of
securities  proposed to be sold by Sellers  pursuant to a Demand Notice shall be
reduced  pursuant to SECTION 12.02(A) hereof to an amount which is less than 75%
of the amount of securities  originally  proposed to be sold by Sellers, or (ii)
any Demand Notice shall be withdrawn by the Holder or Holders  originally giving
such  Demand  Notice  at any  time  prior  to the  filing  by the  Company  of a
preliminary  registration statement in connection with such Demand Notice, then,
in such event,  no right to a Demand  Registration  shall be deemed to have been
exercised  or forfeited  and such Demand  Notice shall not operate to reduce the
Company's obligation to effect a Demand Registration pursuant to a Demand Notice
on two occasions;



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -42-
<PAGE>
provided,  however,  if the Demand  Notice is withdrawn by the Holder or Holders
originally giving such Demand Notice as provided in subparagraph (ii) above, the
right to a Demand  Registration  shall be deemed to have been  exercised if such
Holder or Holders does not  reimburse  the Company for all costs and expenses of
such withdrawn registration.

                      (a)  DEFERRAL OF FILING.  The Company may defer the filing
(but not the  preparation)  of a  registration  statement  required  by  SECTION
12.01(A)  until a date not later  than 60 days in the case of  clause  (i) below
and, in the case of clause (ii)  below,  180 days (or, if longer,  90 days after
the effective date of the  registration  statement  contemplated  by clause (ii)
below),  after  the date of the  Demand  Notice  if (i) at the time the  Company
receives the Demand Notice, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in
confidential negotiations or other confidential business activities,  disclosure
of which  would be  required in such  registration  statement  (but would not be
required  if  such  registration  statement  were  not  filed),  and  the  Board
determines in good faith that such disclosure would be materially detrimental to
the Company and its  shareholders or would have a material adverse effect on any
such confidential  negotiations or other confidential  business  activities,  or
(ii) prior to receiving the Demand Notice,  the Board had determined to effect a
registered  underwritten  public  offering of the Company's  securities  for the
Company's account and the Company had taken  substantial  steps (including,  but
not  limited to,  selecting a managing  underwriter  for such  offering)  and is
proceeding with reasonable  diligence to effect such offering. A deferral of the
filing of a registration  statement  pursuant to this SECTION  12.01(C) shall be
lifted, and the requested registration  statement shall be filed forthwith,  if,
in the case of a deferral pursuant to clause (i) of the preceding sentence,  the
negotiations or other activities are disclosed or terminated, or, in the case of
a deferral  pursuant  to clause (ii) of the  preceding  sentence,  the  proposed
registration  for the  Company's  account  is  abandoned.  In order to defer the
filing of a  registration  statement  pursuant  to this  SECTION  12.01(C),  the
Company shall promptly (but in any event within 10 days), upon



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -43-
<PAGE>
determining to seek such deferral,  deliver to each Seller a certificate  signed
by an executive  officer of the Company  pursuant to this SECTION 12.01(C) and a
general  statement of the reason for such deferral and an  approximation  of the
anticipated  delay.  Within 15 days after receiving such  certificate,  Seller's
holding a majority in interest of the warrant Stock for which  registration  was
previously  requested may withdraw such request by giving notice to the Company;
if  withdrawn,  the Demand  Notice shall be deemed not to have been made for all
purposes  of this  Agreement.  The Company may not invoke its right to defer the
filing of a registration statement under this SECTION 12.01(C) more than once in
any eighteen month period.

                      (b) If the Majority  Holders so elect, the offering of the
Warrants,  the Warrant  Stock and/or the Other  Securities  pursuant to a Demand
Registration  shall be in the form of an  underwritten  offering.  If any Demand
Registration is in the form of an underwritten  offering,  the Majority  Holders
will select and obtain the  investment  banker or  investment  bankers that will
administer  the  offering;  provided,  that  such  investment  banker  shall  be
reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

                      12.2  PRORATION.

                      (a) In the case of a Demand  Registration,  if underwriter
(or, if the offering is not  underwritten,  an independent  financial advisor to
the Sellers)  determines  that  marketing  factors  require a limitation  on the
number of  securities  to be offered  and sold,  there shall be included in such
registration  only that number of securities that the underwriter,  or financial
advisor, as the case may be, reasonably believes will not jeopardize the success
of the  offering.  Any  reduction in the number of  securities  to be so offered
shall first be pro-rata among all Persons (other than the Company)  proposing to
sell  securities  pursuant to such  offering who are not  Sellers,  based on the
number of securities  originally  proposed to be sold by each of them, and then,
if  necessary,  pro-rata  among all  Sellers  based on the number of  securities
originally proposed to be sold by each of them.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -44-
<PAGE>
                      (b) In the case of a registration to be effected  pursuant
to SECTION  12.01(B)  hereof,  if the  underwriter  (or, if the  offering is not
underwritten,  an independent  financial advisor to the Company) determines that
marketing factors require a limitation on the number of securities to be offered
and sold in the offering,  including securities requested to be offered and sold
by  Sellers,  there  shall be  included  in the  offering  only  that  number of
securities  that the  underwriter,  or  financial  advisor,  as the case may be,
reasonably  believes  will not  jeopardize  the  success  of the  offering.  Any
reduction in the number of securities  to be so offered shall be pro-rata  among
the  Shareholders,  the  Sellers  and  all  other  Persons,  proposing  to  sell
securities  pursuant  to  such  offering,  based  on the  number  of  securities
originally proposed to be sold by each such Person.

Nothing  contained  herein shall be construed to limit in any way the  Company's
right, in its sole  discretion,  to withdraw any  registration  statement (other
than a  registration  statement  filed  pursuant to a Demand Notice) before such
registration  statement  becomes  effective,  or to  postpone  the  offering  of
securities contemplated by any such registration statement.

                      12.3 REGISTRATION PROCEDURES.  If and whenever the Company
is required by the  provisions  of SECTION  12.01(A)  hereof or, with respect to
subsections  (iii),  (vi), (vii),  (viii),  (ix), (x) and (xiii) of this SECTION
12.03,  by the  provisions  of SECTION  12.01(A) or (B) hereof,  to use its best
efforts to effect the registration of any of its securities under the Securities
Act, the Company shall, as expeditiously as possible,

                      (i) prepare and file with the  Commission  a  registration
         statement on Form S-2,  Form S-3 or such other  "short-form"  as may be
         available  with respect to such  securities and use its best efforts to
         cause such registration  statement to become and remain effective for a
         period of not less than 90 days to permit  the sale of such  securities
         in  accordance  with the plan of  distribution  chosen by the Seller or
         Sellers and the underwriter;



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -45-
<PAGE>
             (ii)  prepare  and file with the  Commission  such  amendments  and
         supplements to such  registration  statement and the prospectus used in
         connection  therewith  as may be  necessary  to keep such  registration
         statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Securities
         Act with  respect to the sale or other  disposition  of all  securities
         covered by such registration statement;

            (iii) furnish to each Seller such numbers of copies of a prospectus,
         including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements
         of the  Securities  Act, and such other  documents,  as such Seller may
         reasonably  request in order to  facilitate  the  public  sale or other
         disposition of the securities owned by such Seller;

            (iv) use its best  efforts to  register  or qualify  the  securities
         covered by such  registration  statement under such other securities or
         blue sky laws of such  jurisdictions  within the United  States as each
         Seller shall reasonably request,  and do such other reasonable acts and
         things as may be  requested  of it to enable such Seller to  consummate
         the  public  sale or other  disposition  in such  jurisdictions  of the
         securities owned by such Seller,  except that the Company shall not for
         any such  purpose be  required  to qualify to do  business as a foreign
         corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified;

                      (v) use its best efforts to cause the  securities  covered
         by such  registration  statement to be  registered  with or approved by
         such other U.S. or state governmental agencies or authorities as may be
         necessary  to enable the Seller or Sellers  thereof to  consummate  the
         disposition of such securities;

             (vi)  notify  each  Seller  of  any  securities   covered  by  such
         registration  statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto
         is required to be delivered  under the Securities Act, of the Company's
         becoming  aware  that  the  prospectus  included  in such  registration
         statement, as then



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -46-
<PAGE>
         in effect,  includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
         state any material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
         make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  in  the  light  of the
         circumstances  then existing  (upon receipt of which each Seller agrees
         to forthwith cease making offers and sales of such securities  pursuant
         to such  prospectus  and to deliver to the  Company  any copies of such
         prospectus  then in the possession of such Seller),  and at the request
         of any such  Seller  promptly  prepare  and  furnish  to such  Seller a
         reasonable number of copies of a prospectus  supplemented or amended so
         that, as  thereafter  delivered to the  purchasers of such  securities,
         such  prospectus  shall not include an untrue  statement  of a material
         fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated  therein or
         necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of
         the circumstances then existing;

            (vii) make available to its security holders,  as soon as reasonably
         practicable,  an  earnings  statement  covering  the period of at least
         twelve months, but not more than eighteen months, beginning with one of
         the first three months  after the  effective  date of the  registration
         statement,  which  earnings  statement  shall satisfy the provisions of
         Section 11(a) of the Securities Act;

           (viii)  otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all  applicable
         rules and regulations of the Commission;

             (ix) use its best efforts to list such securities on any securities
         exchange on which the Common Stock of the Company is then  listed,  or,
         if not so listed, on a national securities exchange,  if the listing of
         such securities is then permitted under the rules of such exchange;

                      (x)  provide a transfer  agent and  registrar  for all the
         securities  covered by such  registration  statement not later than the
         effective date of such registration statement;



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -47-

<PAGE>
             (xi)  enter  into  such   agreements   (including  an  underwriting
         agreement in customary form  containing  without  limitation  customary
         indemnity  and   contribution   provisions   for  the  benefit  of  the
         underwriter  or  underwriters  and the Seller or Sellers) and take such
         other  actions  as the Seller or Sellers  shall  reasonably  request in
         order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such securities;

            (xii)  obtain an  opinion  from the  Company's  counsel  and a "cold
         comfort" letter from the Company's  independent  public  accountants in
         customary form and covering such matters as the Seller or Sellers shall
         reasonably request;

           (xiii) make  available  for  inspection  by any Seller of  securities
         covered   by   such   registration   statement,   by  any   underwriter
         participating  in any  disposition  to be  effected  pursuant  to  such
         registration  statement and by any attorney,  accountant or other agent
         retained  by any such  Seller or any such  underwriter,  all  pertinent
         financial  and  other  records,   pertinent   corporate  documents  and
         properties  of the Company,  and cause all of the  Company's  officers,
         directors and employees to supply all information  reasonably requested
         by any  such  Seller,  underwriter,  attorney,  accountant  or agent in
         connection with such registration statement; and

            (xiv) permit any Seller of securities  covered by such  registration
         statement to require the  insertion  therein of material,  furnished to
         the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such Seller
         should be included.

If any such registration or comparable statement refers to any Seller by name or
otherwise as the holder of any securities of the Company, then such Seller shall
have the right to require (A) the  insertion  therein of  language,  in form and
substance  satisfactory  to such Seller,  to the effect that the holding by such
Seller of such  securities  is not to be construed as a  recommendation  by such
Seller of the investment quality of the Company's securities covered thereby and
that such  holding  does not imply that such  Seller  will assist in meeting any
future



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -48-
<PAGE>
financial  requirements of the Company,  or (B) in the event that such reference
to such Seller by name or otherwise is not required by the  Securities  Act, the
deletion of the reference to such Seller.

                      The Company may require each Holder of securities  to, and
each such Holder, as a condition to including  Securities in such  registration,
shall,  furnish the Company with such information and affidavits  regarding such
holder and the  distribution  of such securities as the Company may from time to
time  reasonably  request in writing in connection  with such  registration.  No
Seller may participate in any  underwritten  registration  hereunder unless such
Seller (a) agrees to sell such Seller's  securities on the basis provided in any
underwriting  arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve
such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all  questionnaires,  powers of
attorney,  indemnities,  lock-ups,  underwriting  agreements and other documents
reasonably required under the terms of such-underwriting  arrangements and these
registration rights.

                      Each Seller of securities  agrees that upon receipt of any
notice from the Company of the  happening of any event of the kind  described in
SECTION  12.03(VI),   such  Seller  will  forthwith  discontinue  such  Seller's
disposition of securities  pursuant to the  registration  statement  relating to
such securities until such Seller's receipt of the copies of the supplemented or
amended prospectus contemplated by SECTION 12.03 (VI) and, if so directed by the
Company,  will  deliver to the Company (at the  Company's  expense)  all copies,
other than  permanent  file  copies,  then in such  Seller's  possession  of any
prospectus relating to such securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

                      12.4 HOLDBACK ON SALES. The Company and the Holders hereby
agree not to effect any public sale or distribution of any securities similar to
those  registered  in  accordance  with SECTION  12.03 hereof  during the 14 day
period prior to, and during the 45 day period beginning on, the


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -49-
<PAGE>
effective  date  of  any  registration   statement   (except  as  part  of  such
registration statement).

                      12.5 EXPENSES.  Subject to SECTION  12.01,  all reasonable
expenses incurred in complying with this Section, including, without limitation,
all registration and filing fees,  printing expenses,  fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Company,  the reasonable fees and  disbursements  of one counsel
for the  Seller or the  Sellers  (to be chosen by the  Seller or by the  Sellers
holding a majority of the securities to be included by Sellers in a registration
statement),  expenses of any special audits  incident to or required by any such
registration  and expenses of complying  with the securities or blue sky laws of
any jurisdictions  (PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  the Company may delay such registration
for up to 30 days,  if such  delay  will  eliminate  the  need for such  special
audit),  shall be paid by the  Company;  provided,  that in no event  shall  the
Company be  required  to pay any  underwriting  discounts,  commissions  or fees
attributable to the sale of warrant Shares by a Seller hereunder.

                      12.6  INDEMNIFICATION.

                      (a)  In  the  event  of  any  registration  of  any of its
securities  under the  Securities  Act  pursuant to this SECTION 12, the Company
shall,  and hereby  agrees to,  indemnify  and hold harmless each Seller of such
securities, its directors and officers, partners, and each other Person, if any,
who controls such Seller within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act,
against any losses to which such Seller or any such director,  officer,  partner
or Person may become subject under the Securities Act or any other statute or at
common law,  insofar as such losses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of
or are based upon any alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in
any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the
Securities  Act, any  preliminary  prospectus or final  prospectus  with respect
thereto,  or any amendment or  supplement  thereto,  or any alleged  omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, and


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -50-
<PAGE>
shall reimburse such Seller or such director,  officer, partner or participating
Person or  controlling  Person  for any legal or any other  expenses  reasonably
incurred  by such Seller or such  director,  officer,  partner or  participating
Person or controlling  Person in connection with  investigating or defending any
such loss; PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,  that the Company shall not be liable in any such
case to the extent that any such loss arises out of or is based upon any alleged
untrue  statement  or  alleged  omission  made in such  registration  statement,
preliminary prospectus,  prospectus, or amendment or supplement in reliance upon
and  in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the  Company  for
inclusion  therein through an instrument duly executed by such Seller;  PROVIDED
FURTHER,  HOWEVER  that with  respect to any untrue  statement  or  omission  or
alleged untrue  statement or omission made in any  preliminary  prospectus,  the
indemnity  agreement  contained in this paragraph  shall not apply to the extent
that any such loss,  claim,  damage,  liability or expense results from the fact
that a  current  copy of the  prospectus  was not sent or  given  to the  Person
asserting any such loss, claim, damage,  liability or expense at or prior to the
written  confirmation of the sale of the securities  concerned to such Person if
the  Company  had prior  thereto  given such  Seller the notice  referred  to in
SECTION  12.03(VI)  hereof and provided to such Seller a supplemented or amended
prospectus as  contemplated by SECTION  12.03(VI),  and such current copy of the
prospectus would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim,  damage,
liability  or  expense.  Such  indemnity  shall  remain in full force and effect
regardless  of any  investigation  made by or on behalf  of such  Seller or such
director,  officer or  participating  Person or  controlling  Person,  and shall
survive the transfer of such securities by such Seller.

                      (b) Each  Seller of  securities  which are  included  in a
registration statement hereunder, as a condition to including securities in such
registration  statement,  shall, to the full extent permitted by law,  indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, its directors and officers and each other Person,
if any,  who  controls  the  Company  within  the  meaning  of Section 15 of the
Securities Act, against any losses to which the Company or



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -51-
<PAGE>
any such director, officer or Person may become subject under the Securities Act
or otherwise,  insofar as such losses (or actions in respect  thereof) arise out
of or are based upon any untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement of any
material  fact  contained  in  such  registration  statement,   any  preliminary
prospectus,  final prospectus or summary prospectus  contained  therein,  or any
amendment or supplement  thereto,  or any omission or alleged  omission to state
therein a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
statements  therein  (in  the  case  of  a  prospectus,  in  the  light  of  the
circumstances  under  which  they were  made)  not  misleading,  if such  untrue
statement or alleged untrue  statement or omission or alleged  omission was made
in reliance upon and in  conformity  with written  information  furnished to the
Company  by  such  Seller  specifically  for  use  in the  preparation  thereof;
PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, that the obligation to provide  indemnification  pursuant to
this SECTION  12.06(B) shall be several,  and not joint and several,  among such
Sellers  on the  basis of the  number  of  securities  included  by each in such
registration  statement and the aggregate amount which may be recovered from any
holder  of  securities  pursuant  to the  indemnification  provided  for in this
SECTION  12.06(B) in connection with any sale of securities  shall be limited to
the total  proceeds  received by such  holder from the sale of such  securities.
Such  indemnity  shall  remain  in  full  force  and  effect  regardless  of any
investigation  made by or on behalf of the Company or any such other  Person and
shall survive the transfer of such securities by such Seller.

                      (c)  Promptly  after  receipt  by any  Person  under  this
Section  of  notice  of  the  commencement  of  any  action,   such  Person  (an
"INDEMNIFIED  PARTY") shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against
any other Person (an  "INDEMNIFYING  PARTY") for  indemnity  under this Section,
notify the Indemnifying  Party in writing of the commencement  thereof;  but the
omission  so to notify  the  Indemnifying  Party  shall not  relieve it from any
liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party,  except to the extent that
the Indemnifying Party is prejudiced  thereby.  The Indemnifying Party may, upon
being  notified  of such  action,  assume  the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel
satisfactory to such


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -52-
<PAGE>
Indemnified Party, and, after such assumption,  the Indemnifying Party shall not
be liable to such Indemnified Party under this Section for any legal expenses of
other counsel or any other expenses,  in each case subsequently incurred by such
Indemnified  Party, in connection with the defense thereof;  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER,
that the Indemnifying  Party may not assume the defense of the action, and shall
remain  liable to the  Indemnified  Party for its legal  expenses of counsel and
other  expenses,  in the event that the  Indemnified  Party has been  advised in
writing by counsel who, in good faith determines that a conflict of interest may
exist between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party.

                      (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section is
unenforceable   although   available,   or  insufficient  to  hold  harmless  an
Indemnified  Party  hereunder for any losses (or actions in respect  thereof) in
respect of which the provisions of SECTION 12.06(A) or (B) would otherwise apply
by their terms, then the Indemnifying  Party shall contribute to the amount paid
or payable by such  Indemnified  Party as a result of such losses (or actions in
respect  thereof) in such  proportion as is  appropriate to reflect the relative
fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and the Indemnified Party on the
other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
losses (or actions in respect thereof),  as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations.  The relative  fault shall be  determined by reference to, among
other things,  whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact
relates to  information  supplied by the  Indemnifying  Party on the one hand or
such  Indemnified  Party on the other  hand and the  parties'  relative  intent,
knowledge,  access to  information  and  opportunity  to correct or prevent such
statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable
if  contribution  pursuant  to  this  subsection  were  determined  by pro  rata
allocation or by any other method of  allocation  which does not take account of
the equitable considerations referred to in this subsection.  The amount paid or
payable as a result of the losses (or  actions in respect  thereof)  referred to
above in this subsection  shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -53-
<PAGE>
investigating  or  defending  any such  action or claim.  In no event  shall any
Seller be required to contribute in the aggregate an amount exceeding the amount
of proceeds  received by such Seller in connection with any offering.  No Person
guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the Securities  Act) shall be entitled to  contribution  from any Person who was
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

                      12.7 NO OTHER  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS. The Company shall not
grant any  registration  rights to any holder of  securities  of the  Company in
respect of such securities if such registration  rights would rank senior to, or
otherwise  adversely affect in any material  respect,  the  registration  rights
granted in this Section 12.

                      12.8 RULE 144. The Company covenants that it will file the
reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act
so long as the Company is registered under the Exchange Act. Upon the request of
any Holders,  the Company will deliver to such Holder a written  statement as to
whether it has complied with such requirements.

                      Section 13.  MISCELLANEOUS.

                      13.1  WAIVER.  No  failure  on the part of any  Holder  to
exercise and no delay in  exercising,  and no course of dealing with respect to,
any right,  power or privilege  under this  Agreement  shall operate as a waiver
thereof,  nor shall any  single  or  partial  exercise  of any  right,  power or
privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or
the  exercise of any other right,  power or  privilege.  The  remedies  provided
herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

                      13.2  NOTICES.   All  notices  and  other   communications
provided  for  herein  and the  Warrants  (including,  without  limitation,  any
modifications  of, or waivers or consents under,  this Agreement) shall be given
or made in writing (including,  without limitation,  by telecopy), if to (a) any
party hereto,


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -54-
<PAGE>
delivered to the intended recipient at the "Address for Notices" specified below
its name on the  signature  pages  hereof;  or, as to any  party,  at such other
address as shall be designated  by such party in a written  notice to each other
party,  or (b) any other Person who is the registered  Holder of any Warrants or
Warrant  Stock,  to the  address  for such  Holder as it appears in the stock or
warrant ledger of the Company.  Except as otherwise  provided in this Agreement,
all such communications shall be deemed to have been duly given when transmitted
by telecopier or personally delivered,  or, in the case of a mailed notice, upon
receipt,  in each case given or addressed as  aforesaid.  The Company  agrees to
deliver  to each  Holder in the  manner  prescribed  by this  SECTION  12.02 any
notices or other communications delivered to the shareholders of the Company.

                      13.3 OFFICE OF THE COMPANY. So long as any of the Warrants
remains  outstanding,  the Company shall  maintain an office in the  continental
United  States of America  where the  Warrants may be  presented  for  exercise,
transfer,  division or  combination  provided  herein and in the Warrants.  Such
office shall be at 2800 Southeast Market Place, Stuart, Florida 34997 unless and
until the  Company  shall  designate  and  maintain  some other  office for such
purposes and give notice thereof to all Holders.

                      13.4  EXPENSES, TRANSFER TAXES AND OTHER CHARGES.

                      (a) EXPENSES.  ETC. The Company agrees to pay or reimburse
each of the Initial Holders for paying: (i) all reasonable  out-of-pocket  costs
and  expenses  of  the  Initial  Holders  (including,  without  limitation,  the
reasonable fees and expenses of Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy, special counsel
to the Initial  Holders),  in connection with (x) the negotiation,  preparation,
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance of warrants  hereunder
and (y) any  amendment,  modification  or  waiver  of any of the  terms  of this
Agreement or the Warrants;  and (ii) all reasonable  fees, costs and expenses of
the  Initial  Holders  (including  reasonable  fees of a single  counsel for the
Holders) in connection with any default by the


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -55-
<PAGE>
Company  hereunder or under any Warrant or in  connection  with any  enforcement
action or other  proceedings  relating  hereto or  thereto  (including,  without
limitation, the enforcement of this SECTION 13.04).

                      (b) CERTAIN TAXES,  ETC.  Except as otherwise  provided in
SECTION 13.04(C),  the Company shall pay all taxes (other than Federal, state or
local income  taxes) which may be payable in  connection  with the execution and
delivery of this Agreement or the issuance and sale of the Warrants hereunder or
in connection with any  modification of this Agreement or the Warrants and shall
hold each Holder  harmless  without  limitation  as to time  against any and all
liabilities with respect to all such taxes. The obligations of the Company under
this SECTION 13.04(B) shall survive any redemption, repurchase or acquisition of
Warrants by the Company and the termination of this Agreement.

                      (c) TRANSFER TAXES, ETC. The Company shall pay any and all
expenses,  transfer taxes and other charges, including all costs associated with
the preparation,  issue and delivery of stock or warrant certificates,  that are
incurred in respect of the  issuance or delivery of shares of Common  Stock upon
exercise  or  conversion  of the  Warrants  pursuant  to SECTION 2 thereof or in
connection  with any transfer,  division or combination of Warrants  pursuant to
SECTION 3 thereof.  The Company shall not,  however,  be required to pay any tax
which may be  payable  in  respect  of any  transfer  involved  in the issue and
delivery  of  shares  of  Common  Stock in a name  other  than that in which the
relevant  Warrant is  registered,  and no such issue or  delivery  shall be made
unless and until the Person  requesting  such issue has paid to the  Company the
amount of any such tax, or has established,  to the satisfaction of the Company,
that such tax has been paid.

                      13.5  AMENDMENTS,   ETC.  Except  as  otherwise  expressly
provided in this  Agreement,  any provision of this  Agreement may be amended or
modified only by an instrument in writing  signed by the Company and the Holders
of at least 66-2/3% of the Restricted Warrants; PROVIDED that (a) the consent of
the Holders of Restricted Warrants shall not be required with respect to any



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -56-
<PAGE>
amendment or waiver which does not affect the rights or benefits of such Holders
under this Agreement,  (b) the consent of the Holders of Restricted  Stock shall
be required  with  respect to any  amendment or waiver of SECTION 12, and (c) no
such  amendment or waiver shall,  without the written  consent of all Holders of
Restricted  Stock and Restricted  Warrants at the time  outstanding,  amend this
SECTION 13.05.

                      13.6  SUCCESSORS  AND  ASSIGNS.  This  Agreement  shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns.

                      13.7 SURVIVAL.  All representations and warranties made by
the Company herein or in any certificate or other instrument  delivered by it or
on its behalf under this Agreement  shall be considered to have been relied upon
by each  Initial  Holder and shall  survive the  execution  and delivery of this
Agreement  and the issuance of the Warrants or the Warrant  Stock  regardless of
any   investigation   made  by  or  on  behalf  of  any  Initial   Holder.   All
representations  and  warranties  made by the Initial  Holders  herein  shall be
considered  to have  been  relied  upon by the  Company  and shall  survive  the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the issuance to the Initial Holders
of the Warrants,  the Warrant Stock and any Other  Securities  regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of the Company.

                      13.8 REGULATION Y. The Company shall not be liable for any
Holder's breach of any of the provisions herein relating to Regulation Y.

                      13.9 CAPTIONS. The captions and section headings appearing
herein are included  solely for convenience of reference and are not intended to
affect the interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.

13.10   COUNTERPARTS.   This   Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts,  all of which taken  together  shall  constitute  one and the same
instrument  and any of the parties  hereto may execute this Agreement by signing
any such counterpart.


                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -57-
<PAGE>
13.11  GOVERNING  LAW.  This  Agreement  shall be governed by, and  construed in
accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

                      13.12  SEVERABILITY.  In the event that any one or more of
the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance,
is  held  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,   the  validity,   legality  and
enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining
provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

                      13.13 ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.  This  Agreement  supersedes  all
prior discussions and agreements between the parties with respect to the subject
matter  hereof,  and (together  with the Warrants)  contains the sole and entire
agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

                      13.14 NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARY. The terms and provisions
of this  Agreement  are  intended  solely for the benefit of each party  hereto,
their respective  successors and permitted assigns,  and it is not the intention
of the parties to confer third-party beneficiary rights upon any other Person.



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -58-
<PAGE>
                      IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have duly executed
this Agreement as of the date first above written.

                                   COMPANY

                                   NUCO2 INC.



                                   By: /S/ JOSEPH CRISCUOLO
                                       ------------------------
                                       Title: President

Address for Notices:

                                   NUCO2 INC.
                                   2800 Southeast Market Place
                                   Stuart, Florida 34997
                                   Attention: Joann Sabatino
                                               Chief Financial Officer

                                   Telephone:  561-221-1754
                                   Fax:        561-221-1690


                                   WITH A COPY TO:

                                   Olshan, Grundman, Frome & Rosenzweig LLP
                                   505 Park Avenue, 17th Floor
                                   New York, NY 10022
                                   Attention: Steve Wolosky, Esq.

                                   Telephone:  212-753-7200
                                   Fax:        212-980-7177



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -59-
<PAGE>
PERCENTAGE

3.5%                                 CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P.


                                     By Chase Capital Partners,
                                        its general partner


                                     By: /S/ RICHARD D. WATERS
                                         -------------------------
                                         Title:






                                WARRANT AGREEMENT


                                      -60-
<PAGE>

PERCENTAGE

 .70%                                 ORIX USA CORPORATION



                                     By: /S/ FRANKLIN CLARKE
                                         -----------------------
                                         Title:  President & CEO






                                WARRANT AGREEMENT


                                      -61-
<PAGE>
PERCENTAGE

 .47%                                 EMPIRE  INSURANCE  COMPANY, as
                                     executed on their behalf by their
                                     Investment Manager, Cohanzick
                                     Management, L.L.C.


                                     By: /S/ DAVID SHERMAN
                                         ---------------------
                                         Title: President






                                WARRANT AGREEMENT


                                      -62-
<PAGE>
PERCENTAGE

1.17%                                DK ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.

                                     By M.H. Davidson & Co.,
                                        its general partner


                                     By:/S/ THOMAS L. KEMPNER
                                        ------------------------






                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -63-
<PAGE>
PERCENTAGE

 .32%                                 NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES,
INC.


                                     By: /S/ ROBERT D. LONG
                                         ----------------------
                                         Title:
                                         Managing Director






                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -64-
<PAGE>
                                   Addresses for Notices:

                                   CHASE CAPITAL PARTNERS
                                   380 Madison Avenue
                                   12th Floor
                                   New York, New York  10017-3100
                                   Attention:  Richard D. Waters

                                   Telephone:  (212) 622-3096
                                   Fax:         (212) 622-3950

                                   WITH A COPY TO:

                                   Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy
                                   1 Chase Manhattan Plaza
                                   New York, New York  10005
                                   Attention:  John T. O'Connor

                                   Telephone:  (212) 530-5548
                                   Fax:        (212) 530-5219

                                   EMPIRE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                   122 5th Avenue
                                   New York, New York 10011
                                   Attention: Frank Colalucci

                                   Telephone: (212) 387-3113
                                   Fax:       (212) 691-6374

                                   WITH A COPY TO:

                                   COHANZICK MANAGEMENT, L.L.C.
                                   110 East 42nd Street
                                   Suite 1305
                                   New York, New York 10017
                                   Attention: David K. Sherman



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -65-
<PAGE>
                                   Telephone:  (212) 953-6900
                                   Fax:        (212) 953-5833

                                   ORIX USA
                                   780 Third Avenue
                                   48th Floor
                                   New York, New York 10017
                                   Attention: Franklin Clark

                                   Telephone: (212) 418-8355
                                   Fax:       (212) 418-8308

                                   DK ACQUISITIONS PARTNERS, L.P.
                                   c/o M.H. Davidson & Co.
                                   885 Third Avenue, Suite 3300
                                   New York, New York 10022
                                   Attention:  Thomas L. Kempner, Jr.

                                   Telephone:  (212) 371-3000
                                   Fax:        (212) 371-4318

                                   WITH A COPY TO:

                                   Akin, Gump, Strauss, Hauer &
                                     Feld, L.L.P.
                                   590 Madison Avenue
                                   New York, New York 10022
                                   Attention:  Ronald W. Goldberg

                                   Telephone:  (212) 872-1000
                                   Fax:        (212) 872-1002

                                   NATIONSBANC MONTGOMERY SECURITIES,
                                      INC.
                                   9 West 57th Street
                                   New York, New York 10019
                                   Attention:  Thomas C. Liu
                                   Telephone:  (212) 583-8531
                                   Fax:        (212) 583-8561



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

                                      -66-
<PAGE>
                                                                      Annex 1 to
                                                               Warrant Agreement


                                [Form of Warrant]

                                     WARRANT

         THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED
         UNDER THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933,  AS AMENDED,  OR  APPLICABLE  STATE
         SECURITIES   LAWS,  AND   ACCORDINGLY,   SUCH  SECURITIES  MAY  NOT  BE
         TRANSFERRED,  SOLD OR OTHERWISE  DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE  WITH
         THE REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION  PROVISIONS OF APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND
         STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR APPLICABLE EXEMPTIONS THEREFROM.

         THE  TRANSFER OF THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED  BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  IS
         SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS  SPECIFIED IN THAT CERTAIN WARRANT  AGREEMENT
         DATED  AS  OF  OCTOBER  31,  1997,   BETWEEN   NUCO2  INC.,  A  FLORIDA
         CORPORATION, AND CERTAIN INITIAL HOLDERS, AS SUCH WARRANT AGREEMENT MAY
         BE MODIFIED AND  SUPPLEMENTED  AND IN EFFECT FROM TIME TO TIME,  AND NO
         TRANSFER OF THE  SECURITIES  REPRESENTED BY THIS  CERTIFICATE  SHALL BE
         VALID OR EFFECTIVE UNTIL SUCH CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN FULFILLED. A COPY OF
         THE FORM OF SUCH  WARRANT  AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AND MAY BE INSPECTED AT
         THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICE OF THE AFORESAID CORPORATION. THE HOLDER
         OF THIS CERTIFICATE,  BY ACCEPTANCE OF THIS  CERTIFICATE,  AGREES TO BE
         BOUND BY THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH WARRANT AGREEMENT.

No. of Stock Units: ________________                       Warrant No.__________


                                     WARRANT
                           to Purchase Common Stock of
                                   NUCO2 INC.



                      THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT [NAME OF INITIAL  HOLDER],  or its
registered assigns, is entitled to purchase in whole or in




                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

<PAGE>
part from NUCO2 INC., a Florida  corporation  (the  "COMPANY"),  at any time and
from time to time on or after the date hereof, but not later than 5:00 p.m., New
York City time, on [ ] (the "EXPIRATION  DATE"),  [_] Stock Units (as defined in
the Warrant  Agreement  referred to below) at a PURCHASE  PRICE of [ ] per Stock
Unit, PROVIDED that such purchase price shall not be less than the aggregate par
value of the capital  stock  contained in a Stock Unit (the  "EXERCISE  PRICE"),
subject  to the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  herein  and in the  Warrant
Agreement,  each  such  purchase  of a Stock  Unit to be made,  and to be deemed
effective  for the  purpose  of  determining  the date of  exercise,  only  upon
surrender  of this  warrant to the Company at its office  referred to in SECTION
13.03 of the Warrant Agreement,  with the Form of Exercise attached hereto (or a
reasonable  facsimile  thereof) duly  completed and signed,  and upon payment in
full to the Company of the  Exercise  Price (i) in cash or (ii) by  certified or
official  bank  check or  (iii)  by any  combination  of the  foregoing,  all as
provided in the warrant  Agreement and upon  compliance  with and subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Warrant Agreement.

                      On and after the date  hereof and prior to the  Expiration
Date,  this  Warrant  may be  converted,  in whole or in part,  at the  Holder's
option,  into the number of shares of Common Stock for each Stock Unit evidenced
hereby  which is being so  converted,  equal to (a)(i)  the  product  of (x) the
number of shares of Common  Stock  comprising  a Stock  Unit at the time of such
conversion  and (y) the Current  Market  Price per share of Common  Stock at the
time of such conversion MINUS (ii) the Exercise Price per Stock Unit at the time
of such conversion,  DIVIDED BY (b) the Current Market Price per share of Common
Stock at the time of such conversion,  all as provided in the Warrant  Agreement
and upon  compliance  with and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in
the Warrant Agreement.

                      If a Holder is subject to the  provisions of Regulation Y.
such  Holder  shall not,  and shall not permit any of its Bank  Holding  Company
Affiliates  to,  exercise this Warrant if, after giving effect to such exercise,
(i) such Holder and its Bank Holding Company  Affiliates  would own more than 5`
of the total issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock on a fully




                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

<PAGE>
diluted basis or (ii) such Holder would be deemed under Regulation Y to have the
power to exercise,  directly or  indirectly,  a controlling  influence  over the
management  or policies  of, or would  otherwise  control,  the Company (and for
purposes  of this  clause  (ii),  a reasoned  opinion of counsel to such  Holder
delivered  to such  Holder  (which  is based on facts and  circumstances  deemed
appropriate  by such  counsel)  to the effect that such Holder does not have the
power to exercise such a controlling  influence or otherwise control the Company
shall be conclusive).

                      This  Warrant is issued under and in  accordance  with the
Warrant  Agreement  dated as of October 31, 1997 between the Company and certain
investors (as the same may be modified and  supplemented  in accordance with its
terms  and as in effect  from time to time,  the  "WARRANT  AGREEMENT"),  and is
subject to the terms and  provisions of the Warrant  Agreement,  which terms and
provisions are hereby  incorporated by reference  herein and made a part hereof.
Every  Holder of this  Warrant  consents  to all of the terms  contained  in the
Warrant Agreement by acceptance hereof.

                      The number of shares of Common  Stock or other  securities
of the  Company  constituting  one "Stock  Unit" are  subject to  adjustment  in
certain events as provided in the Warrant Agreement.

                      The Company  shall not be  required to issue a  fractional
share of Common  Stock upon  exercise of this  Warrant.  As to any fraction of a
share which the Holder hereof would  otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such
exercise,  the  Company  may pay a cash  adjustment  in  respect  of such  final
fraction in an amount equal to the same fraction of the Current Market Price per
share of Common Stock on the date of exercise.

                      This  Warrant may be  exchanged  either  separately  or in
combination  with other  warrants  at the office of the  Company  referred to in
SECTION 12.03 of the Warrant  Agreement for new Warrants  representing  the same
aggregate  number of warrants  evidenced  by the Warrant or Warrants  exchanged,
upon surrender of this and any other Warrant being exchanged and upon compliance




                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

<PAGE>
with  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  herein  and  in the  Warrant
Agreement.

                      The Warrants and the Warrant  Stock shall be  transferable
only upon  compliance  with the conditions  specified in SECTIONS 4, 5 and 12 of
the Warrant  Agreement,  which conditions are intended,  among other things,  to
ensure  compliance  with the  provisions of the Securities Act in respect of the
transfer of any Warrant or any Warrant  Stock,  and any Holder  hereof  shall be
bound by the  provisions of (and entitled to the benefits of) said Sections 4, 5
and 12. Upon any such transfer  effected in  compliance  with said Sections 4, 5
and 12, a new Warrant or new Warrants of different  denominations,  representing
in the  aggregate a like number of warrants,  will be issued to the  transferee.
Every Holder  hereof,  by accepting  this Warrant,  consents and agrees with the
Company  and with  every  subsequent  Holder  of this  Warrant  that  until  due
presentation  for the  registration  of transfer of this  Warrant on the warrant
register maintained by the Company, the Company may deem and treat the Person in
whose name this Warrant is  registered  as the absolute and lawful owner for all
purposes  whatsoever  and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the
contrary.

                      Nothing  contained  in the  Warrant  Agreement  or in this
Warrant shall be construed as conferring on the holder of any Warrants or his or
her transferee any rights whatsoever as a Shareholder of the Company.

                      No provision hereof, in the absence of affirmative  action
by the Holder hereof to purchase shares of Common Stock, and no mere enumeration
herein of the  rights  or  privileges  of such  Holder,  shall  give rise to any
liability  of such  Holder for the  Exercise  Price or as a  Shareholder  of the
Company,  whether such liability is asserted by the Company,  by any creditor of
the Company or any other Person.

                      Any  notices  and  other  communications  pursuant  to the
provisions  hereof shall be sent in accordance with SECTION 13.02 of the Warrant
Agreement.



                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

<PAGE>
                      This  Warrant  shall be deemed a  contract  made under the
laws of the  State of New  York  and for all  purposes  shall  be  construed  in
accordance  with the laws of the State of New York without  giving effect to the
principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

                      Each term used herein  without  definition  shall have the
meaning assigned thereto in the Warrant Agreement.

                      IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has duly  executed  this
Warrant.

Dated: _________________ _____, 1997


                                   NUCO2 INC.


                                   By _______________________________________
                                      Name:
                                      Title:





                                WARRANT AGREEMENT
<PAGE>
                               FORM OF ASSIGNMENT


                      FOR VALUE  RECEIVED the  undersigned  registered  owner of
this Warrant  hereby sells,  assigns and transfers unto the assignee named below
all the rights of the undersigned  under this Warrant with respect to the number
of Stock Units covered thereby set forth hereinbelow unto:



                                                             Number of
                                                             Stock
Name of Assignee               Address                       Units





Dated:________________________



                                        _______________________________________
                                        Signature of Registered Holder


                                        _______________________________________
                                        Name of Registered Holder
                                        (Please Print)



Witness:



_______________________________________






                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

<PAGE>
                                FORM OF EXERCISE

                (To be executed by the registered holder hereof)


                      The undersigned registered owner of this Warrant
hereby

                      SELECT ONE OF THE FOLLOWING TWO CHOICES:

                      [irrevocably  exercises  this  Warrant for the purchase of
                      Stock  Units of NUCO2  INC.,  a Florida  corporation,  and
                      herewith   makes   payment   therefor  in  the  amount  of
                      $__________________, all at the price and on the terms and
                      conditions specified in this Warrant,]

                                       OR

                      [irrevocably  converts  this Warrant into shares of Common
                      Stock of NUCO2  INC.,  a Florida  corporation,  all in the
                      manner and on the terms and  conditions  specified in this
                      Warrant,]

and requests that (i) certificates and/or other instruments  covering such Stock
Units be issued in accordance with the instructions given below and (ii) if such
Stock  Units  shall not  include  all of the Stock  Units to which the Holder is
entitled  under this warrant,  that a new warrant of like tenor and date for the
balance of the Stock Units issuable hereunder be delivered to the undersigned.

Dated:___________, ______________


                                        _______________________________________
                                        (Signature of Registered Holder)


Instructions for issuance and registration of Stock Units:


Name of Registered Holder:______________________________________________________
(Please print)

Social Security or Other Identifying Number:____________________________________





                                WARRANT AGREEMENT

<PAGE>

         Please deliver certificate to the following address:


                 _____________________________________________

                 _____________________________________________

                 _____________________________________________





                                WARRANT AGREEMENT


                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.15

                                 AMENDMENT NO. 1

                  AMENDMENT NO. 1 dated as of November 14, 1997, between:

                  NUCO2 INC., a corporation  duly organized and validly existing
         under the laws of the State of Florida (the "COMPANY");

                  each of the Initial Holders,  including the Additional Initial
         Holder  (as  defined  below),  appearing  under  the  caption  "INITIAL
         HOLDERS" on the signature pages hereto (each, an "INITIAL HOLDER",  and
         collectively, the "INITIAL Holders").

                  WHEREAS,  the Company and the Initial  Holders (other than the
Additional  Initial Holder) are party to a Warrant Agreement dated as of October
31, 1997 (as  heretofore  modified  and  supplemented  and in effect on the date
hereof, the "WARRANT AGREEMENT");

                  WHEREAS, pursuant to the Warrant Agreement, in connection with
the issuance by the Company of up to $25,000,000  aggregate  principal amount of
Senior  Subordinated  Notes  (the  "OLD  NOTES")  and as an  inducement  for the
purchase by the Initial Holders (other than the Additional Initial Holder) of up
to such $25,000  aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes,  the Company  issued
Warrants  to the Initial  Holders  (other than the  Additional  Initial  Holder)
providing for the purchase of shares of Common Stock of the Company;

                  WHEREAS,  in connection with the issuance by the Company of an
additional  $5,000,000  aggregate  principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes
(the  "ADDITIONAL  NOTE",  and  together  with the Old Notes,  the  "NOTES")  to
PaineWebber High Income Fund, a series of PaineWebber  Managed Investments Trust
(the  "ADDITIONAL  INITIAL HOLDER") and as an inducement for the purchase by the
Additional Initial Holder of such $5,000,000  aggregate  principal amount of the
Additional  Note,  the Company  has agreed to issue a Warrant to the  Additional
Initial  Holder  providing  for the  purchase  of shares of Common  Stock of the
Company;


                                       -1-
<PAGE>
                  WHEREAS,  the  Additional  Initial Holder desires to become an
Initial  Holder party to the Warrant  Agreement  and to purchase the  Additional
Note  from the  Company,  and the  Company  desires  to issue to the  Additional
Initial  Holder,  a Warrant  having  the same terms as the  Warrants  heretofore
issued by the Company under the Warrant  Agreement.  The Company and the Initial
Holders  (including  the  Additional  Initial  Holder) wish to amend the Warrant
Agreement to add the Additional  Initial Holder as an Initial Holder  thereunder
and to provide  for the  issuance of such  additional  Warrant and to make other
modifications to the Warrant Agreement.  Accordingly,  the parties hereto hereby
agree as follows:

                  Section 1.  DEFINITIONS.  Except as otherwise  defined in this
Amendment  No. 1, terms  defined in the  Warrant  Agreement  are used  herein as
defined therein.

                  Section  2.  AMENDMENTS.  Subject to the  satisfaction  of the
conditions  precedent specified in Section 4 below, but effective as of the date
hereof, the Warrant Agreement shall be amended as follows:

                  A.  References  in the Warrant  Agreement to "this  Agreement"
(and indirect  references such as "hereunder,  "hereby",  "herein" and "hereof")
shall be deemed to be references to the Warrant Agreement as amended hereby.

                  B. A new  Section  2.07 is added to the Warrant  Agreement  to
read as follows:

                  "SECTION 2.07 ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL  WARRANT.  (a) Subject to
and upon the conditions set forth in this Agreement,  the Company shall issue to
PaineWebber High Income Fund, a series of PaineWebber  Managed Investments Trust
(the  "Additional  Initial  Holder"),  on  November  14,  1997  and  for no cash
consideration,  a  Warrant  (the  "ADDITIONAL  WARRANT")  in the form of Annex I
covering such number of Stock Units as is equal to the  percentage of the issued
and  outstanding  shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis on the date of
issuance of the  Additional  warrant as is  specified  opposite  the name of the
Additional  Initial Holder on the signature page(s) hereto. The number of shares
of Common Stock  comprising  each Stock unit covered by the  Additional  Warrant
issued under this Agreement shall be subject to


                                       -2-

<PAGE>
adjustment as provided in SECTIONS 6 and 7 hereof.  The Additional Warrant shall
constitute  a Warrant,  and the  Additional  Initial  Holder shall be an Initial
Holder,  for all purposes of this  Agreement.  On November 14, 1997, the Company
shall deliver to the  Additional  Initial  Holder a single  certificate  for the
Warrant to be acquired by such Additional  Initial Holder hereunder,  registered
in the name of such Additional Initial Holder.

                  C.  Section  12.01(b) of the Warrant  Agreement  is amended to
insert a new sentence at the end thereof to read as follows:

         "Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if any Initial Holder  (including the
         Additional  Initial Holder) who holds at least $5,000,000 of Notes (the
         "$5  MILLION  NOTE  HOLDER")  requests  a Demand  Registration  and the
         Majority Holders do not want to consummate a Demand Registration,  then
         upon receipt of a Demand  Notice from the $5 Million  Note Holder,  the
         Company shall effect a Demand  Registration for such Warrants or shares
         of Warrant  Stock held by such $5 Million  Note  Holder (a "$5  MILLION
         NOTE HOLDER DEMAND REGISTRATION");  PROVIDED,  HOWEVER, each $5 Million
         Note Holder may  exercise its right to request a $5 Million Note Holder
         Demand   Registration   pursuant   to   this   sentence   only   once."
         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  no right to a Demand Registration shall
         be deemed to have been  exercised or forfeited  and such Demand  Notice
         for a $5 Million Note Holder Demand  Registration  shall not operate to
         reduce  the  Company's  obligation  to  effect  a  Demand  Registration
         pursuant to a Demand Notice on two occasions.  In addition, the Company
         shall  comply with  Section  12.01(b)  for each $5 Million  Note Holder
         Demand Registration.

                  Section 3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

                  (a) The Company represents and warrants to the Initial Holders
that the  representations  and  warranties set forth in Section 3 of the Warrant
Agreement  are true and  complete on the date hereof as if made on and as of the
date hereof and as if each  reference in said Section 3 to "this  Agreement" (or
words of similar  import)  referred to the Warrant  Agreement as amended by this
Amendment No. 1.


                                       -3-
<PAGE>
                  (b) The Additional  Initial  Holder  represents to the Company
that the  representations set forth in Section 2.03 of the warrant Agreement are
true and complete with respect to the  Additional  Initial Holder on the date of
issuance  of the  Additional  Warrant as if made on and as of such date and each
reference in said Section 2.03 to "this  Agreement (or words of similar  import)
referred to the Warrant Agreement as by this Amendment No. 1.

                  Section 4.  CONDITIONS  PRECEDENT.  As  provided  in Section 2
above, the amendments to the Warrant Agreement set forth in said Section 2 shall
become effective,  as of the date hereof, upon the execution and delivery of one
or more counterparts of this Amendment No. 1 by each of the parties hereto.

                  Section  5.  MISCELLANEOUS.  Except  as herein  provided,  the
warrant  Agreement  shall remain  unchanged  and in full force and effect.  This
Amendment  No. 1 may be  executed  in any number of  counterparts,  all of which
taken together shall  constitute one and the same amendatory  instrument and any
of the  parties  hereto may  execute  this  Amendment  No. 1 by signing any such
counterpart.  This  Amendment  No. 1 shall be  governed  by,  and  construed  in
accordance with, the law of the State of New York.




                                       -4-

<PAGE>
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment No. 1
to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.


                                        COMPANY

                                        NUCO2 INC.



                                        By: /S/ JOANN SABATINO
                                            ----------------------
                                            Title: CFO





                                       -5-

<PAGE>




                                        INITIAL HOLDERS


                                        CHASE EQUITY ASSOCIATES L.P.

                                        By Chase Capital Partners,
                                           its general partner



                                        By: /S/ RICHARD D. WATERS
                                            -------------------------
                                            Title:  General Partner



                                        ORIX USA CORPORATION



                                        By:/S/ FRANKLIN CLARKE
                                           ----------------------
                                           Title: Vice President


                                        EMPIRE INSURANCE COMPANY, as
                                        executed on their behalf by their
                                        Investment Manager, Cohanzick
                                        Management, L.L.C.



                                        By: /S/DAVID SHERMAN
                                            --------------------
                                            Title: President


                                        DK ACQUISITION PARTNERS, L.P.

                                            By M.H. Davidson & Co.
                                                its general partner



                                        By:/S/ THOMAS L. KEMPNER
                                           ------------------------
                                           Title: General Partner


                                       -6-

<PAGE>

                                        NATIONSBANC MONTOGOMERY SECURITIES,
                                        INC.



                                        By: /S/ ROBERT D. LONG
                                            ----------------------
                                            Title: Managing Director




                                       -7-

<PAGE>



PERCENTAGE

1.17%                               PAINEWEBBER HIGH INCOME FUND, a series
                                    of PaineWebber Managed Investments Trust


                                         By:/S/ PAUL SCHUBERT
                                            --------------------
                                            Title: Vice President and
                                               Treasurer

                                         Address for Notices:

                                         PAINEWEBBER HIGH INCOME FUND, a
                                         series of PaineWebber Managed
                                         Investments Trust

                                         c/o Mitchell Hutchins Asset
                                              Management Inc.
                                         1285 Avenue of the Americas
                                         New York, New York 10019
                                         Attention: Ms. Jenny A. Hutchinson

                                         Fax No.:  (212) 586-8982
                                         Telephone No.:  (212) 713-6047




                                       -8-


Exhibit 11 - Statement re Computation of Per Share Earnings


         The net income or loss per share  computations  presented  are based on
the weighted  average  number of common  shares and dilutive  common  equivalent
shares outstanding during each year. Diluted and basic income or loss per common
share are the same amounts for each period.

         In  connection  with the Initial  Public  Offering  (IPO),  155,164 and
300,266  shares of common stock were issued upon the conversion of the Company's
Series C convertible  preferred stock and Series D convertible  preferred stock,
respectively.  An additional 805,209 shares of common stock were issued upon the
conversion  of the  convertible  portion  of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes and
118,167 shares of common stock upon exercise of warrants and options.  The above
shares have been treated as  outstanding  since July 1, 1995.  Stock options and
warrants to purchase an additional 152,851 shares of common stock granted during
1995 have  also been  treated  as  outstanding  since  July 1,  1995,  using the
treasury stock method.

                                                                      EXHIBIT 21

                                  SUBSIDIARIES

NuCo2 Acquisition Corp., a Florida corporation
Koch Compressed Gases, Inc., a New Jersey corporation


               CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


         We  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in the  Registration
Statement  (No.333-06705) on Form S-8 of our report dated September 18, 1998 for
the years ended June 30,  1996,  1997 and 1998,  and to the addition of our firm
under the  caption  "Experts"  in the  Prospectus,  insofar as it relates to our
report on the financial statements for the three years ended June 30, 1998.


                                            /S/ MARGOLIN, WINER & EVENS LLP
                                            -----------------------------------
                                                MARGOLIN, WINER & EVENS LLP



New York, New York
September 28, 1998


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  EXTRACTED FROM NUCO2 INC.
FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AS OF JUNE 30, 1998 AND IS  QUALIFIED  IN ITS ENTIRETY BY
REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                              <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                    12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                                 JUN-30-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                      JUN-30-1998
<CASH>                                                336,510
<SECURITIES>                                                0
<RECEIVABLES>                                       4,457,505
<ALLOWANCES>                                          395,491
<INVENTORY>                                           211,027
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                    5,267,479
<PP&E>                                             97,827,945
<DEPRECIATION>                                     12,392,012
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                    124,498,267
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                               8,387,017
<BONDS>                                                     0
                                       0
                                                 0
<COMMON>                                                7,217
<OTHER-SE>                                         55,635,670
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                      124,498,267
<SALES>                                            35,077,361
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                   35,077,361
<CGS>                                              18,578,063
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                      36,886,190
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                            0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                            0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                  3,809,138
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                    (5,447,807)
<INCOME-TAX>                                                0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                (5,447,807)
<DISCONTINUED>                                              0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                       186,945
<CHANGES>                                                   0
<NET-INCOME>                                       (5,634,752)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                           (0.78)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                           (0.78)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission